Shelving CARTS lAB FURniTURe WORKSTATiOnS

Shelving CARTS lAB FURniTURe WORKSTATiOnS
2016
COMMERCIAL
PRODUCT CATALOG
Shelving
CARTS
LAB FURNITURE
WORKSTATIONS
MERCHANDISERS
Product index
PRODUCT
Metro uses new ways to serve, inform
and better connect with you.
View the latest product
and application videos.
youtube.com/metrogrocery
youtube.com/metrolabsolutions
PAGE
Examples of 3D Product and Application Visualization
Looking for
high-touch services?
Metro can make everything
from application visualization
to custom packaging easy.
Professional Services Available:
• “Space Audits” to Maximize Your Storage Potential
• Product Planning and Room Layout
• Project Quoting and Management
• 3D Product and Application Visualization
• Custom Product Design and Engineering
• Product Prototyping and Samples
• Custom Packaging
PAGE
PRODUCT
PAGE
Side Load............................137
Tray Drying...........................28
Turn-Out Gear.................... 114
Wire Bun Pan......................137
Flexline.......................176-183
Carts
Autoclave...........................191
Basket..................................87
Benchside...........................151
Cleanroom Wire/Solid........166
Electronic Tray............158-160
Feed...................................192
Glassware...........................175
Kitting................................153
Lab..............................172-177
Lab Animal Research..........192
Liquid Chromatography.....174
PCB..............................156-161
Metal...........................184-185
Sanitation..........................167
Slanted Shelf................ 49, 135
Smart Tray...................158-160
Stem Caster............. 18, 39, 48
Tray....................................161
Utility
Accessories................... 85-86
Deep Ledge.........................86
Heavy Duty.................89, 142
MetroMax i...................19, 83
MetroMax Q..................19, 83
myCart Series............... 84-85
Standard Duty....................88
Wine...................................136
Frames
Dolly.....................................52
MetroMax . ..........................27
Three-Sided................... 27, 57
Reel Storage, SMT............. 154
Furniture, Lab
Starsys System........... 204-236
Security Trucks
and Units....................103-107
Grounding Cables..............155
Shelves
Basket.....................47, 87, 134
Cantilever.............46, 134, 202
Dunnage........................46, 71
Triangle..............................134
Caster Guide....................... 51
“Let us help manage
your space. Take
advantage of our layout
and design services.”
PRODUCT
Bench, Gowning................ 169
Casters
Antimicrobial.......................50
Cleanroom.........................167
Conductive........................152
Decorative...........................51
Electronic...........................152
High-Temperature.............190
Plate.....................................53
Polymer..........................18, 50
Stainless Steel........ 18, 50, 167
Stem............... 18, 50, 152, 190
Clean Tables, Perf Top....... 165
Computer Accessories........ 64
Counter Units...................... 67
Dollies
Made-To-Order....................52
Truck....................................52
Hangers
Extension Display................ 60
Garment Tube......................58
Rail.......................................57
Swing.................................. 60
HD qwikTRAK................ 92-95
High-Density Storage....92-100
Inventory Storage....... 141-144
Kits
ESD.....................................155
Solid Mat Overlay.................16
Merchandisers,
Slanted Shelf......................135
Posts
Designer....................... 43, 131
HD Super..............................70
MetroMax i...........................12
MetroMax 4..........................14
MetroMax Q.........................16
qwikSLOT...........................127
Super Erecta
SiteSelect..........35, 37, 42, 152
Printed Circuit
Board Handling
Accessories........................157
Hand-Held Carriers............157
PCB Carts....................156-161
Smart Tray System......158-160
Racks
Bootie/Shoe.......................169
Can.......................................26
Cleanroom Garment..........168
Drying..................................28
Dunnage.....................101-102
End Load............................137
Garment.....................168, 188
Gowning....................168, 188
Shelving
Appeal.........................124-125
Autoclave....................189-190
Convenience Pak................. 46
Designer....................... 43, 127
Drop Mat............................125
Erecta Shelf..........................69
HD Super........................ 70-71
Hi-Rise................................100
MetroMax i Polymer.............12
MetroMax 4..........................14
MetroMax Q Polymer
Wire Hybrid..........................16
Platform..................... 102, 131
qwikSLOT...........................123
Reel....................................154
Seismic........................108-109
Starter and
Add-On Units
MetroMax i.........................13
MetroMax Q........................17
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta.......................38
Super Erecta.................44-45
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta................... 36-39
Super Erecta Pro.............32-35
Super Erecta Shelf
— Solid............................66-68
Super Erecta Shelf
— Wire............................40-61
Shelving Accessories
Baskets..................... 27, 59, 60
Bins..............................62, 163
Bumpers........................ 51, 71
Clamps
Joining........................... 47, 68
Post...............................14, 47
1.800.992.1776
•
PRODUCT
PAGE
Color Identification Tubes.....61
Covers
Autoclave..........................191
Cart.....................................63
Dust....................................52
ESD Cart............................151
Dividers...... 22, 23, 55, 68, 129
Enclosure Panels............24, 56
Foot Plates................14, 47, 71
Floor Glides..........................47
Handles..........................19, 54
Hooks...........................58, 132
Inlays, Shelf..........................58
Keyboard Tray..................... 64
Label Holders........... 25, 35, 61
Ledges...................... 22, 23, 55
Leveling Feet........................47
Power Strip.......................... 64
Rods and Tabs......................57
“S” Hooks.......................38, 44
Shelf Markers.................25, 35
Slides........................26, 59, 68
Split Sleeves.........................47
Tote Boxes..........................162
Tow Bar Assembly............... 54
Wedge Connector......... 12, 14
Wire Management Clip....... 64
Smart Tray System......158-160
Starsys System........... 204-236
Table
Accessories........ 196, 199, 202
Tables......................... 194-202
Top-Track High-Density
Storage System.......93, 96-100
Tote Boxes......................... 162
Trucks
Super Erecta Shelf Dolly.......49
Wall Shelving
Brackets......................... 74-82
Erecta Shelf..........................81
MetroMax i...........................80
SmartWall G3..................74-79
Super Erecta Shelf.......... 81-82
Wine Merchandisers..........136
Worktables................ 194-202
WWW.METRO.CO M
Follow Us For:
The latest show info.,
Product releases,
Product updates, and more.
twitter.com/metro_grocery
Self-Service Tools
• Web-Based Room Layout and Product Planning
• Web-Based Product Configuration
• Web-Based Learning Modules
Visit metroconfigurator.com and test drive the Configurator...our web based
software developed to give you the power to manage your space.
Commercial SOLUTIONS GUIDE
C o nt e nts
Value Added Services....................Inside Front Cover-3
Table of Contents................................................... 4-5
Metro Shelving Systems......................................... 6-7
Polymer Shelving Solutions............................. 8-29
MetroMax Platform Overview...................................... 10-11
MetroMax i Shelves & Posts......................................... 12-13
MetroMax 4 Shelves & Posts........................................ 14-15
MetroMax Q Shelves & Posts........................................ 16-17
Casters, Pull & Push Handles........................................ 18-19
Mobile Shelving Units & Utility Carts........................... 20-21
MetroMax Platform Accessories.................................. 22-29
Wire and Solid Shelving Solutions.................. 30-71
Wire/Polymer Hybrid Shelving.................................... 32-35
Easy-Adjust Shelving & Carts....................................... 36-39
Wire Shelving, Carts & Trucks...................................... 40-49
Casters & Accessories for Wire Shelving....................... 50-64
Solid Shelving & Accessories........................................ 66-68
Light-Duty Wire Shelving & Accessories........................... 69
Heavy-Duty Solid Shelving & Accessories.................... 70-71
Wall Shelving & Carts..................................... 72-89
Wall Shelving & Storage Systems................................. 74-82
Premium Polymer Utility Carts......................................... 83
Polymer Utility Carts................................................... 84-86
Utility Carts................................................................. 87-88
Heavy-Duty Utility Carts.................................................. 89
High-Density Storage,
Dunnage & Security......................................90-109
High-Density Movable Aisle Shelving .......................... 92-99
Vertical High-Density Shelving....................................... 100
Dunnage Racks & Shelves........................................ 101-102
Security Storage...................................................... 103-107
Seismic Shelving...................................................... 108-109
1.800.992.1776
February 2016
C o nt e nts
Municipal Services Products.......................113-116
Turn-out Gear/General Storage and Security.................. 114
Sanitation & Electronic Charging Stations....................... 115
Evidence & Property Storage.......................................... 116
Grocery & Retail Products...........................118-144
Display Shelving & Accessories................................ 124-133
Specialty Shelving................................................... 134-136
Food Prep................................................................ 137-140
Inventory Storage & Transport................................. 141-142
Cooler/Freezer Storage............................................ 143-144
Electronics & Clean Room Products.............146-169
Carts, Covers & ESD Accessories.............................. 148-155
PCB Handling.......................................................... 156-161
Tote Boxes, Bins & Accessories................................. 162-163
Clean Tables, Carts & Gowning Room Products........ 164-169
Laboratory Products...................................170-236
Lab Carts & Storage................................................. 172-188
Autoclave Storage & Carts....................................... 189-191
LAR Feed Carts & Storage........................................ 192-193
Lab Worktables & Accessories................................. 194-202
Starsys Lab Furniture............................................... 204-236
Terms and Conditions.............................................. 237-239
Index......................................................... Inside Back Cover
Locations............................................................ Back Cover
W W W . M E T R O . C O M
5
®
DESIG
Metro
stands alone.
A
CLE N
N
Leading the industry in stability, mobility and efficiency.
MetroMax i®
MetroMax 4™
MetroMax Q®
Ultimate Lifetime
Storage and
Handling System.
Corrosion Proof with
Unrivaled Value.
Quick-to-Clean.
Quick-to-Adjust.
Super Erecta Pro
™
Durable & Cleanable.
The Original...Reinnovated.
Metroseal 3
™
The Original Wire Shelving
for Wet Environments.
Chrome Plated
& BRITE
Basic Storage and Transport
for Dry Environments.
Type 304
Stainless Steel
Long Life Use in the
Toughest Environments.
HHHHH
HHHHH
HHHH
HHH
HHH
H
HHHHH
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection
Corrosion Protection
HHHHH
HHHHH
HHHH
HHHH
HH
HH
HHH
Cleanability
Cleanability
Cleanability
Cleanability
Cleanability
Cleanability
Cleanability
HHHHH
HHHHH
Abrasion Resistance
Abrasion Resistance
HHHHH
HHHHH
Stability & Mobility
Stability & Mobility
$$$$
HHHH
HHH
HHHHH
HHHHH
Abrasion Resistance
Abrasion Resistance
Abrasion Resistance
Abrasion Resistance
HHHHH
HHHHH
HHHHH
HHHHH
HHHHH
Stability & Mobility
Stability & Mobility
Stability & Mobility
Stability & Mobility
Stability & Mobility
$$$
$$$
Relative Price
HHHH
Abrasion Resistance
Relative Price
Relative Price
$$
Relative Price
$
Relative Price
$
Relative Price
$$$$$
Relative Price
Superior materials and design for every application.
Robust Corners and Frames • Proven Stability
Durable Finishes • Advanced Polymer Materials • Type 304 Stainless Steel
Easy-to-Adjust in Increments of 1" (25mm)
Metro incorporates several elements in its product design to support cleaning protocols:
Microban® and the Microban®
symbol are registered trademarks of the
Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
A
CLE N
6
N
Processes
R
DESIG
Supports good
HACCP
• Microban® antimicrobial product protection helps keep shelves “cleaner
between cleanings” by inhibiting the growth of mold, mildew, fungus, and
bacteria that cause odors and stains on the shelf surface.
• Advanced polymer and other proprietary finishes provide corrosion resistance
• Smooth rounded corners to allow for easier cleaning
MetroMax i ®
“Ultimate storage and handling
system with a lifetime guarantee”
MetroMax 4™
“Corrosion Proof with
Unrivaled Value”
MetroMax Q®
“Quick to Clean, Quick to Adjust
Quick to Assemble”
Super Adjustable Super Erecta®
“The easiest to adjust
wire shelving system ever”
qwikSLOT ™
“Add-A-Shelf, Remove-A-Shelf . . .
Instantly”
Super Erecta Pro™
“Durable and Cleanable.
The original — reinnovated.”
Super Erecta®
“The Original Wire Storage and
Handling System”
Drop Mat ™
“Provides density and
containment economically”
Super Erecta® Solid
“A solid performer in the
proven Super Erecta style”
7
NEW
Stability is
in our corner.
(failure is not an option)
MetroMax Platform. Polymer Shelving
you can count on, with a superior design that’s cleanable,
durable and won’t fold under pressure.
8
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
MetroMax Platform
CORROSION PROOF POLYMER
& HYBRID POLYMER/WIRE
MetroMax Platform Overview...................................... 10-11
MetroMax i Shelves & Posts......................................... 12-13
MetroMax 4 Shelves & Posts........................................ 14-15
MetroMax Q Shelves & Posts........................................ 16-17
Casters, Pull & Push Handles........................................ 18-19
Mobile Shelving Units & Utility Carts........................... 20-21
MetroMax Platform Accessories.................................. 22-29
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
9
M etro M a x P L A T F O R M
MetroMax i ®
Performance
All Polymer with Stainless Steel Corners
MetroMax 4™
All Polymer
Lifetime
Lifetime
Corrosion Proof
Corrosion Proof
Weight Capacity Stationary
Up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg)
Up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg)
Weight Capacity Mobile
Up to 1,000 lbs. (454kg)
Up to 600 lbs. (272kg)
Warranty Against Rust and Corrosion
Corrosion Protection
800lbs. (363kg)
Weight Capacity* — 24"x48" (610x1219mm)
> Depths: 18", 24" [457, 610mm]
> Lengths: 24/30/36/42/48/54/60/72"
Sizes
[610/760/914/1060/1219/1372/1524/1829mm]
400 lbs. (181kg)
> Depths: 24" [610mm]
> Lengths: 24/30/36/42/48"
[610/760/914/1060/1219mm]
*Evenly distributed weight.
NEW
MetroMax i
All polymer with type
304 stainless corners
designed for the
heaviest loads.
MetroMax 4
Built to handle what
you store the most.
The most unique applications.
For itemized, compartmentalized solutions, use drop in baskets
with MetroMax i shelf frames on any MetroMax family unit.
10
“We needed corrosion
proof shelving to manage our
heavy yet sensitive testing
equipment. These devices can
weigh up to 400 lbs. (181kg) and
stand on narrow legs. MetroMax i
mobile shelving was the ideal
solution. The sturdy mobile units
allow us to reconfigure our
workspace easily.”
1.800.992.1776 • WWW.ME TRO.CO M
MetroMax i
MetroMax i bottom shelf
shown. Consult your
Metro representative for
configuration requirements.
“The choice was easy. Our
facility needed a solution that
could organize and protect
sensitive packaged items so
I chose MetroMax i. In fact, I
realized the payback versus
wire shelving within two years
by dramatically reducing my
sterile pack reprocessing costs.”
M etro M a x P L A T F O R M
Interchangeable Posts
MetroMax Q ®
What makes the
MetroMax platform
more advanced than
other shelving?
Polymer
Post
Epoxy Coated
Steel Post
Hybrid Polymer/Wire
15 years
Corrosion Resistant
Up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg)
Up to 1,000 lbs. (454kg)
800 lbs. (363kg)
> Depths: 18", 21", 24" [457, 530, 610mm]
> Lengths: 24/30/36/42/48/54/60/72"
> Long, useful life.
> Stability — Stationary and Mobile. Shelving units can stand alone.
> Reliable carts for transporting supplies.
> Easy to clean (lift off shelf mats).
> Microban antimicrobial product protection.
> 1" (25mm) shelf adjustment and space saving accessories.
> Interchangeable shelves, posts and accessories.
[610/760/914/1060/1219/1372/1524/1829mm]
Interchangeable Shelves
PLUS NEW
MetroMax 4
Grid Shelf (pictured)
or Solid Shelf
NEW
MetroMax Q
Grid Shelf
MetroMax i
Solid Shelf
MetroMax Q
Quick-to-clean.
Quick-to-adjust.
MetroMax i
Grid Shelf
MetroMax i
Heavy-Duty
Grid Shelf
A
CLE N
Supports good
DESIG
N
MetroMax i
Use MetroMax i solid bottom shelf on
MetroMax Q units as a dust barrier
or when containing spills is important.
HACCP
R
Processes
Lift-off shelf mats
for easy cleaning.
“To service our growing business we
must assure our equipment is long lasting
and easy to maintain. We can’t afford any
letdowns. MetroMax 4 shelving is perfect
for our wet areas and high traffic
storage areas. It handles the abuse,
it won’t rust and it cleans up quickly.”
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
11
M etro M a x i® S H E L V E S A N D P O S T S
MetroMax i® Polymer Shelving —
9.20
Standard Shelves
• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bag of wedges.
Nominal
Approx.Cat. No.
Approx.Cat. No.
List
Width
LengthPkd. Wt.
Shelf withPkd. Wt.
Shelf withPrice
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Grid Mat
(lbs.) (kg)
Solid MatEach
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
457
457
457
457
457
457
457
457
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
610
760
914
1060
1220
1372
1524
1829
8.7 4.0
10.5 4.7
12.2 5.5
13.9 5.3
15.7 7.1
17.5 7.9
19.2 8.7
22.5 10.2
MX1824G
MX1830G
MX1836G
MX1842G
MX1848G
MX1854G
MX1860G
MX1872G
12.7
14.5
17.2
20.1
23.1
21.5
23.2
27.5
5.8
6.6
7.8
9.1
10.5
9.7
10.5
12.5
MX1824F
MX1830F
MX1836F
MX1842F
MX1848F
MX1854F
MX1860F
MX1872F
160.50
167.00
167.00
201.50
201.50
240.00
240.00
281.00
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
610
760
914
1060
1220
1372
1524
1829
12.2 5.5
13.9 6.3
15.6 7.1
17.5 7.9
19.3 8.7
21.0 9.5
22.8 10.5
26.0 11.8
MX2424G
MX2430G
MX2436G
MX2442G
MX2448G
MX2454G
MX2460G
MX2472G
14.2
15.9
19.6
21.5
25.3
25.0
26.8
31.0
6.4
7.2
8.9
9.8
11.5
11.3
12.1
14.1
MX2424F
MX2430F
MX2436F
MX2442F
MX2448F
MX2454F
MX2460F
MX2472F
199.50
203.50
203.50
248.00
248.00
293.00
293.00
346.50
Actual Dimensions: Width: Add 1/4" (6mm) to nominal size. Length: Subtract 1/4" (6mm) from nominal size.
Maximum weight capacity evenly distributed: Up to and including 48" (1220mm) long shelf, 800 lbs. (363kg);
54" (1372mm) and longer, 600 lbs. (272kg).
Standard shelf with solid mat
Heavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves
• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed: 1,200 lbs. (544kg)
on shelves up to and including 48" (1220mm) long; 900 lbs.
(408kg) for shelves 60” (1524mm) long.
Standard shelf with grid mat
Nominal
Approx.Cat. No.
List
Width
LengthPkd. Wt.
Shelf withPrice
(in.) (mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Grid MatEach
24 610
24 610
24 610
36
48
60
914
1220
1524
21
27
33
9.5
12.2
15.0
MetroMax i®
Replacement Wedges
Polymer Posts
Bag of (4)
Cat. No. MX9985
• Corrosion proof with built-in Microban antimicrobial
product protection.
• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to
compensate for uneven floors. Leveling foot can be
adjusted 1" (25mm).
Cat. No.Cat. No.
Nominal
Approx.
Stationary
Mobile
List
HeightPkd. Wt.Post withPost forPrice
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
Leveling Foot
Stem CasterEach
9
13
27
33
54
63
74
86
228
370
685
875
1370
1585
1890
2195
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.0
1.6
1.8
2.2
3.0
0.15
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.4
—
MX13P
MX27P
MX33P
MX54P
MX63P
MX74P
MX86P
MX9UP
MX13UP
MX27UP
MX33UP
MX54UP
MX63UP
MX74UP
MX86UP
(Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metro representative.)
NOTE: For maximum rigidity on heavily loaded carts, the steel posts may be
used. See page 16 for models.
1.800.992.1776
24.50
28.50
38.00
41.50
46.50
49.50
56.50
65.50
MetroMax i® Wedges are not compatible
with original MetroMax shelves and posts.
Post Clamp
Adds stability by joining posts
of two separate units together.
With it, each unit is supported
by four posts and buttressed
by the adjacent unit.
Cat. No. 9994X
Foot Plate
Use to add stability to the
shelving unit or to bolt units to
the floor.
Cat. No. Zinc 9993Z
Cat. No. Stainless Steel 9993S
Note: MetroMax i® shelves, posts, and wedges are not compatable with original MetroMax shelves and posts.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
12
198.00
235.50
283.00
(Dunnage shelves are not recommended for use as part of an add-on unit with two posts.)
Heavy-duty grid shelf
MHP2436G
MHP2448G
MHP2460G
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
M etro M a x i® S tarter and A dd - O n units
MetroMax i® Shelving Starter and Add-On Units
• Save time and money by eliminating adjacent posts and replacing with
“S” hooks.
• Starter Units consist of four polymer posts and indicated number of
MetroMax i shelves.
• Add-On Units consist of two polymer posts, indicated number of
shelves, and two “S” Hooks per shelf, for attaching shelf to adjacent unit.
To attach shelves at right angles, Intermediate “S” Hook Kits must be
ordered separately.
END-TO-END
“S” Hook
“S” Hook Kits
(M9995 — qty. 2)
Regular “S” Hook location
Intermediate bracket location
Post
Post not required
Starter Unit
Add-On Unit
COMBINATION
RIGHT ANGLES
Intermediate “S” Hook Kit (MX9996 — qty. 1)
Add-On Unit
“S” Hook Kit (M9995 — qty. 2)
Intermediate “S” Hook Kit (MX9996 — qty. 1)
Starter Unit
Add-On Unit
Intermediate
Bracket
Intermediate Bracket
Starter
Unit
Add-On units with “S” hooks can only be attached to shelves
supported by two or more posts.
MetroMax i
“S” Hook Kit —
Add-On
Unit
Shelving Starter and Add-On Units — Easy Order Guide
5 Shelves
74" (1880mm) Posts
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24" (610mm)Cat. No.
5X317GX3 5AX317GX3 5X517GX3 5AX517GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 60 (27)
55 (25)
65 (29)
60 (27)
“S” Hook
Cat. No. M9995
(also includes collar plug
[pictured below])
30" (760mm)Cat. No.
5X327GX3 5AX327GX3 5X527GX3 5AX527GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 65 (29)
60 (27)
80 (36)
75 (34)
MetroMax i
Intermediate
“S” Hook Kit
36" (914mm)Cat. No.
5X337GX3 5AX337GX3 5X537GX3 5AX537GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 70 (32)
65 (29)
85 (39)
80 (36)
42" (1066mm)Cat. No.
5X347GX3 5AX347GX3 5X547GX3 5AX547GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 80 (36)
75 (34)
95 (43)
90 (41)
48" (1219mm) Cat. No.
5X357GX3 5AX357GX3 5X557GX3 5AX557GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 90 (41)
85 (39)
105 (48)
100 (45)
60" (1524mm)Cat. No.
5X367GX3 5AX367GX3 5X567GX3 5AX567GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 110 (50)
105 (48)
115 (52)
110 (50)
Add on shelving to existing
units using two posts instead of
four. Kit includes one “S” hook
and one corner adapter plug.
Two kits required per storage
level when configuring units
end-to-end.
Cat. No. M9995
Intermediate “S” Hook Kit
Cat. No. MX9996
(also includes two collar
plugs [pictured below])
72" (1825mm)Cat. No.
5X377GX3 5AX377GX3 5X577GX3 5AX577GX3
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg) 125 (57)
120 (54)
145 (66)
140 (64)
Note: “Right Angle” Add-On Units require one additional Intermediate “S” Hook kit per shelf level.
Required when joining units at
right angles with open corner
and no post. Intermediate
bracket connects a shelf corner
to the front beam of the
adjoining shelf. Kit includes one
intermediate bracket, two “S”
Hooks, and two corner adapter
plugs. See illustration for
quantity required per level.
Cat. No. MX9996
Corner adapter (plug)
fits MetroMax i
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
13
M etro M a x 4™ S H E L V E S A N D P O S T S
MetroMax 4 Polymer Shelves —
9.22
Standard Shelves.
• All-polymer shelves with removable 6” (152mm) wide shelf mats.
• Compatible on the same shelving units with MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelves.
• Part number includes shelf with removable shelf mats and one bag of wedges.
Nominal
Approx.Cat. No.
Approx.Cat. No.
List
Width
LengthPkd. Wt.
MetroMax 4 ShelfPkd. Wt.
MetroMax 4 ShelfPrice
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
with Grid Mats
(llbs.) (kg)
with Solid MatsEach
24
24
24
24
24
610
610
610
610
610
24
30
36
42
48
610
760
914
1060
1220
7.4
8.7
9.9
11.2
12.5
3.4
3.9
4.5
5.1
5.7
MX4-2424G
MX4-2430G
MX4-2436G
MX4-2442G
MX4-2448G
7.8
9.2
10.5
11.9
13.3
3.5
4.2
4.8
5.4
6.0
MX4-2424F
MX4-2430F
MX4-2436F
MX4-2442F
MX4-2448F
119.50
122.00
122.00
148.50
148.50
Note: Consult your Metro representative for configuration requirements. Additional detail may also be found in spec sheet 9.22.
Note: Mobile Units taller than 54" (1370mm) require four shelves or more.
Note: Weight capacity of a MetroMax 4 shelf is 400 lbs. (181kg) evenly distributed.
MetroMax i Polymer Shelves —
Removable shelf mat
9.20
• Consult your Metro representative for configuration requirements.
• Provides a higher capacity shelf; compatible on MetroMax 4 shelving units.
Nominal
Approx.Cat. No.
Approx.Cat. No.
List
Width
LengthPkd. Wt.
MetroMax i ShelfPkd. Wt.
MetroMax i ShelfPrice
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
with Grid Mats
(llbs.) (kg)
with Solid MatsEach
24
24
24
24
24
610
610
610
610
610
24
30
36
42
48
610
760
914
1060
1220
12.2 5.5
13.9 6.3
15.6 7.1
17.5 7.9
19.3 8.7
MX2424G
MX2430G
MX2436G
MX2442G
MX2448G
14.2
15.9
19.6
21.5
25.3
6.4
7.2
8.9
9.8
11.5
MX2424F
MX2430F
MX2436F
MX2442F
MX2448F
199.50
203.50
203.50
248.00
248.00
Note: Weight capacity of a MetroMax i shelf [up to 48" (1220mm)] is 800 lbs. (363kg) evenly distributed.
MetroMax i shelf
(Casters sold separately)
MetroMax 4
Replacement Wedges
Polymer Posts
• Corrosion proof with built-in Microban antimicrobial
product protection.
• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to
compensate for uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted
1" (25mm).
Cat. No.Cat. No.
Nominal
Approx.
Stationary
Mobile
List
HeightPkd. Wt.Post withPost forPrice
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
Leveling Foot
Stem CasterEach
27
33
54
63
74
86
685
875
1370
1585
1890
2195
0.9
1.0
1.6
1.8
2.2
3.0
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.4
MX27P
MX33P
MX54P
MX63P
MX74P
MX86P
MX27UP
MX33UP
MX54UP
MX63UP
MX74UP
MX86UP
(Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metro representative.)
Indicates antimicrobial product.
14
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
38.00
41.50
46.50
49.50
56.50
65.50
Bag of (4)
Cat. No. MX4-9985
Post Clamp
Adds stability by joining posts
of two separate units together.
With it, each unit is supported
by four posts and buttressed
by the adjacent unit.
Cat. No. 9994X
Foot Plate
Use to add stability to the
shelving unit or to bolt units to
the floor.
Cat. No. Zinc 9993Z
Cat. No. Stainless Steel 9993S
M etro M a x 4™ S H E L V E S A N D P O S T S
NEW
MetroMax 4
™
Corrosion proof performance,
proven Metro stability,
and unrivaled value.
Open Grid and Solid
Shelf options.
Where do your needs stack up?
MetroMax i
MetroMax 4
Heavy Loads
Frequent
Transport
40 lbs.+
35 lbs.+ 50 lbs.
Full Accessorization
Moderate Loads
Moderate Mobility
Everyday Accessories
(15kg)
800
(15kg)
(13kg)
(15kg)
(18kg)
50 lbs.
35 lbs.+
50 lbs.
(16kg)
(18kg)
(18kg)
(16kg)
40 lbs.+
35 lbs.+
(23kg)
(18kg)
(272kg)
Max load per mobile unit*
*Minimum 4 tiers on
mobile units using 54"
(1373mm) posts or taller.
*Minimum 3 tiers on
mobile units using 50"
(1270mm) posts or taller.
1"
(25mm)
(16kg)
600 lbs.
Max load per mobile unit*
adjust at 1"
increments.
(13kg)
(23kg)
(454kg)
(454kg)
Shelves
per shelf (181kg)
evenly distributed
35 lbs.+
1000 lbs.
1000 lbs.
lbs.
40 lbs.+
(15kg)
35 lbs.+
40 lbs.+
40 lbs.+
400
lbs.
per shelf (363kg)
50 lbs.
35 lbs.+
evenly distributed
(19kg)
40 lbs.+
40 lbs.+
(19kg)
(13kg)
40
lbs.+
Up to
Smooth
Protective
Surfaces
protect sensitive packaged items
600 lbs.
1"
(272kg)
Shelves
adjust at 1"
increments.
(25mm)
1.800.992.1776
•
Smooth
Protective
Surfaces
protect sensitive packaged items
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
15
M etro M a x Q® S H E L V E S A N D P O S T S
MetroMax Q® Shelving —
Standard Shelves
• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bag of wedges.
Nominal
Approx.Cat. No.
List
Width
LengthPkd. Wt.
Shelf withPrice
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Grid MatsEach
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
457
457
457
457
457
457
457
457
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
610
760
914
1060
1220
1372
1524
1829
6.2
8.0
9.7
11.4
13.2
15.0
16.7
20.0
2.8
3.6
4.4
5.2
6.0
6.8
7.6
9.1
MQ1824G 93.50
MQ1830G 98.00
MQ1836G 98.00
MQ1842G
117.50
MQ1848G
117.50
MQ1854G
140.50
MQ1860G
140.50
MQ1872G
159.50
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
610
760
914
1060
1220
1372
1524
1829
8.0
9.7
11.4
12.8
14.5
16.7
18.5
21.7
3.6
4.4
5.2
5.8
6.6
7.6
8.4
9.9
MQ2124G
MQ2130G
MQ2136G
MQ2142G
MQ2148G
MQ2154G
MQ2160G
MQ2172G
110.00
113.00
113.00
132.00
132.00
154.00
154.00
188.00
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
610
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
610
760
914
1060
1220
1372
1524
1829
9.7
11.4
13.1
14.1
15.8
18.5
20.3
23.5
4.4
5.2
6.0
6.4
7.1
8.4
9.2
10.7
MQ2424G
MQ2430G
MQ2436G
MQ2442G
MQ2448G
MQ2454G
MQ2460G
MQ2472G
116.50
118.50
118.50
145.00
145.00
172.00
172.00
201.00
Actual Dimensions: Width: Add 3/8" (10mm) to nominal size.
Length: Subtract 3/16" (5mm) from nominal size.
Maximum weight capacity evenly distributed: Up to and including 48"
(1220mm) long shelf, 800 lbs. (363kg); 54" (1372mm) and longer, 600 lbs. (272kg).
NOTE: The current MetroMax Q® shelves with the blue S-hook plugs have
different actual measurements than original MetroMax Q shelves
manufactured in March 2009 and earlier and cannot be mixed on the
same shelving units.
Solid Mat Overlays
• Overlays snap onto the open
grid mats to create a solid
surface.
• Available for 21" (530mm)
deep MetroMax Q shelves.
• For 18" (457mm) and 24"
(610mm) deep solid shelves,
please see Models MX****F
on page 12.
Approx.
List
Fits ShelfPkd. Wt.Price
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Each
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1060
530x1220
530x1372
530x1524
530x1829
0.35
0.45
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.16
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.32
0.36
0.41
0.45
Q2124SM
Q2130SM
Q2136SM
Q2142SM
Q2148SM
Q2154SM
Q2160SM
Q2172SM
38.00
39.00
40.50
44.50
46.00
53.00
53.00
64.00
Posts
• Epoxy coated steel and polymer posts have Microban antimicrobial product protection.
• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensate for uneven floors.
Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).
• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary posts are used.
MetroMax Q®
Replacement
Wedges
Bag of (4)
Cat. No. MQ9985
MetroMax Q® Wedges are compatible with original MetroMax Q
shelves and posts.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
16
1.800.992.1776
STEELPOLYMER
Cat. No.Cat. No.Cat. No.Cat. No.
Nominal
Approx.
Stationary
Mobile
Approx.
Stationary
Mobile
List
HeightPkd. Wt.Post withPost forPkd. Wt.Post withPost forPrice
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
Leveling Foot
Stem Caster
(lbs.) (kg)
Leveling Foot
Stem CasterEach
9 228
13 370
27 685
33 875
54 1370
63 1585
70 1778
74 1890
86 2195
0.3
1.0
2.0
2.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.5
0.15
0.5
0.9
1.1
1.8
2.0
2.3
2.5
2.9
—
MQ13PE
MQ27PE
MQ33PE
MQ54PE
MQ63PE
—
MQ74PE
MQ86PE
—
MQ13UPE
MQ27UPE
MQ33UPE
MQ54UPE
MQ63UPE
MQ70UPE
MQ74UPE
MQ86UPE
(Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metro representative.)
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
0.5
0.9
1.0
1.6
1.8
2.2
3.0
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.4
—
MX13P
MX27P
MX33P
MX54P
MX63P
—
MX74P
MX86P
MX9UP MX13UP
MX27UP
MX33UP
MX54UP
MX63UP
—
MX74UP
MX86UP
24.50
28.50
38.00
41.50
46.50
49.50
56.50
65.50
M etro M a x Q® S tarter and A dd - O n units
MetroMax Q® Shelving Starter and Add-On Units
• Save time and money by eliminating adjacent posts and replacing
with “S” hooks.
• Starter Units consist of four epoxy-coated steel posts and indicated
number of MetroMax Q shelves.
• Add-On Units consist of two epoxy-coated steel posts, indicated
number of shelves, and two “S” Hooks per shelf, for attaching shelf
to adjacent unit. To attach shelves at right angles, Intermediate “S”
Hook Kits must be ordered separately.
END-TO-END
“S” Hook Kits (M9995 — qty. 2)
Regular “S” Hook location
Intermediate bracket location
Starter Unit
Post
Post not required
Add-On Unit
“S” Hook
RIGHT ANGLES
COMBINATION
Intermediate “S” Hook Kit (Q9995Z — qty. 1)
“S” Hook Kits (M9995 — qty. 1)
“S” Hook Kit (M9995 — qty. 3)
Intermediate “S” Hook Kit (Q9995Z — qty. 1)
Add-On units with “S” hooks can only be attached to shelves
supported by two or more posts.
“S” Hooks —
Add-On Unit
Starter Unit
Add-On Unit
Intermediate
Bracket
Intermediate Bracket
Starter
Unit
Add on shelving using two posts
instead of four. Includes one “S” hook.
Two kits required per level when
configuring units end-to-end.
“S” Hook
Cat. No. M9995
Cat. No. M9995
Note: Collar/hole plug is designed for use
with MetroMax i shelves only.
MetroMax Q® Intermediate
“S” Hook Kit
Add-On
Unit
Shelving Starter and Add-On Units — Easy Order Guide
Intermediate“S”
Hook Kit
Cat. No. Q9995Z
Use when configuring MetroMax
Q Starter and Add-On Units at
right angles.
Cat. No. Q9995Z
5 Shelves
74" (1880mm) Posts
18" (457mm) Wide
21" (530mm) Wide
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
Starter
Add-On
Starter
Add-On
5AQ317G3
5Q417G3
5AQ417G3
5Q517G3
5AQ517G3
24"Cat. No.
(610mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q317G3
50.4 (23)
40.4 (18)
56.4 (26)
46.4 (21)
56.4 (26)
46.4 (21)
30"Cat. No.
(760mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q327G3
5AQ327G3
5Q427G3
5AQ427G3
5Q527G3
5AQ527G3
57.9 (26)
47.9 (22)
63.1 (29)
53.1 (24)
66.4 (30)
56.4 (26)
36"Cat. No.
(914mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q337G3
5AQ337G3
5Q437G3
5AQ437G3
5Q537G3
5AQ537G3
65.4 (30)
55.4 (25)
70.9 (32)
60.9 (28)
76.4 (35)
65.4 (30)
42"Cat. No.
(1066mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q347G3
5AQ347G3
5Q447G3
5AQ447G3
5Q547G3
5AQ547G3
72.9 (33)
62.9 (29)
82.1 (37)
72.1 (33)
86.4 (39)
78.4 (36)
48"Cat. No.
(1219mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q357G3
5AQ357G3
5Q457G3
5AQ457G3
5Q557G3
5AQ557G3
80.4 (36)
70.4 (32)
89.4 (41)
79.4 (36)
96.4 (44)
86.4 (39)
60"Cat. No.
(1524mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q367G3
5AQ367G3
5Q467G3
5AQ467G3
5Q567G3
5AQ567G3
95.4 (43)
85.4 (39)
106.4 (48)
96.4 (44)
116.4 (53)
106.4 (48)
72"Cat. No.
(1825mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5Q377G3
5AQ377G3
5Q477G3
5AQ477G3
5Q577G3
5AQ577G3
110.4 (50)
100.4 (46)
121.4 (55)
111.4 (51)
136.4 (62)
126.4 (57)
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
17
ME TROMAX PLATFORM C A STERS
Go mobile.
Add casters to any shelving unit to add versatility.
MetroMax Stem Casters —
For use with either polymer or steel stem caster posts.
• Promotes easy cleaning. Casters allow shelving units to be moved easily for access to floors and walls.
• Efficient Transport: Create a cart to efficiently move supplies throughout a facility or campus.
Polymer Stem Casters —
Innovative polymer stem casters offer corrosion resistance and enhanced durability.
Appropriate for all medium-duty mobile applications. Bumpers included.
• All-polymer horn, stainless axle, and hardware.
• 5" (127mm) diameter polyurethane, flat wheel tread.
• Sleeve style axle bearing and optional toe-operated brake mechanism
Wheel
LoadTemperature Range
Approx.
List
Diameter
FaceRating
(Continuous Usage)Pkd. Wt.Cat. No.Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Type
(Fahrenheit)
(Celsius)
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
AntimicrobialEach
5PCX
5
5
5
127
127
127
11/4 32
11/4 32
11/4 32
300 135
300 135
300 135
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid*
-20°-120° -29°-49°
-20°-120° -29°-49°
-20°-120° -29°-49°
2 0.9
2 0.9
2 0.9
5PCX
5PCBX
5PCRX
5PCXM
5PCBXM
—
87.00
94.00
*Note 1: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf width must be provided. Rigid connecting channel
(aluminum) for 5PCRX caster: Cat. No. P18RC, P21RC, P24RC.
*Note 2: Not suitable for cart wash and autoclave applications.
Standard Stem Casters —
• Plated caster horns and hardware. Bumper included with each caster.
• Swivel, Swivel with Brakes, and Rigid Caster options available.
Wheel
LoadTemperature Range
Approx.
List
Diameter
FaceRating
(Continuous Usage)Pkd. Wt.Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Type
Wheel Tread
(Fahrenheit) (Celsius)
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.Each
5PCBX
5MPX
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
200
200
200
250
250
250
300
300
300
90
90
90
113
113
113
135
135
135
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid*
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid*
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid*
Resilient, Flat
-30°-160° -34°-71°
Resilient, Flat
-30°- 160° -34°-71°
Resilient, Flat
-30°- 160° -34°-71°
High Modulus Donut -40°-180° -40°-82°
High Modulus Donut -40°-180° -40°-82°
High Modulus Donut -40°-180° -40°-82°
Polyurethane, Flat
-30°-180° -34°-82°
Polyurethane, Flat
-30°-180° -34°-82°
Polyurethane, Flat
-30°-180° -34°-82°
21/2
25/8
31/2
21/2
25/8
23/8
21/8
21/4
2
1.1
1.2
1.5
1.1
1.2
1.1
0.9
1
0.9
5MX
5MBX
5MRX
5MPX
5MPBX
5MPRX
5MDXA
5MDBXA
5MDRXA
32.50
39.50
39.50
51.50
58.00
58.00
32.50
40.00
40.00
*Note: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf width must be provided. Rigid connecting channel
(stainless steel): Cat. No. 18RS, 21RS, or 24RS.
Rigid stem casters are
often ordered two
per unit for improved
tracking and handling.
Rigid caster channel
are provided with each
two rigid stem casters
at no charge.
Stainless Steel Cart-Washable Stem Casters —
• Stainless horn, axle, and stem with sealed bearings. Bumper included with each caster.
Wheel
LoadTemperature Range
Approx.
List
Diameter
FaceRating
(Continuous Usage)Pkd. Wt.Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Type
Wheel Tread
(Fahrenheit) (Celsius)
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.Each
5 127
5 127
5 127
11/4 32
11/4 32
11/4 32
300 135
300 135
300 135
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid*
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
-30°-180° -34°-82°
-30°-180° -34°-82°
-30°-180° -34°-82°
21/8 0.9
21/4 1
2
0.9
5MPXGSA
5MPBXGSA
5MPRXGSA
154.50
159.50
159.50
*Note: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf width must be provided. Rigid connecting channel
(stainless steel): Cat. No. 18RS, 21RS, or 24RS.
Replacement Bumper for tri-lobal polymer or steel post.
Cat. No. M9992DBX
Indicates antimicrobial product.
18
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
ME TROMAX PLATFORM HANDLES
Interchangeable shelves,
posts, and accessories
provide increased storage
efficiencies.
Handle it.
Adding Stainless Steel handles to shelving puts you in control.
• Use handles on mobile units to improve maneuverability and ergonomics.
• Handles are compatible with MetroMax i,® MetroMax 4,™ and MetroMax Q® units.
• Corrosion proof Type 304 stainless steel construction offers long lasting performance.
Extended Handle —
Fits ShelfExtension Depth
Approx.
List
Depth
(Post to Edge of Handle)Pkd. W.t
Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i, 4, and Q
18 457
24 610
4.5 113
4.5 113
2.5 1.1
2.8 1.3
MEH18S
MEH24S
90.50
95.00
Tri-Lobal Adapters
Included with handles.
Easy-Grip Handle —
Tri-Lobal Adapter
Replacements
Cat. No. MTLA
Bag of 4 assemblies
Fits ShelfExtension Depth
Approx.
List
Depth
(Post to Edge of Handle)Pkd. W.t
Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i, 4, and Q
18 457
24 610
6
6
151
151
2.5 1.1
3.0 1.4
MERGH18S
MERGH24S
100.00
105.00
MTLA adapters are designed to work
with MetroMax i, MetroMax 4, and
MetroMax Q and are not compatible
with original MetroMax.
Extended and Easy-Grip
Handles are compatible with
original MetroMax Q shelves.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
19
M E T RO M A X PL AT FO R M M O B I L E SH E LV I N G
MetroMax i® — Stem Caster Carts
• Corrosion proof shelves and posts; removable polymer mats.
• Standard Units consist of four shelves, MX63UP posts 63" (1600mm),
wedge connectors and choice of resilient rubber or polyurethane casters.
• Weight Capacity of cart: models with resilient rubber casters: 600 lbs.
(272kg); models with polyurethane casters: 900 lbs. (408kg)
MetroMax i®
with Open Grid Shelves
MetroMax i®
with Solid Shelves
MetroMax i® Open Grid
MetroMax i® Solid Shelves
Cat. No.Cat. No.Cat. No.
Nominal
Approx.
Approx.
2-Swivel 2-Brake
2-Swivel 2-Brake
List
Approx.
2-Swivel 2-Brake
List
Width/Length
HeightPkd. Wt.ResilientPolyurethanePricePkd. Wt.PolyurethanePrice
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Rubber CastersCastersEach
(lbs.) (kg)CastersEach
18x36
18x48
18x60
457x914
457x1220
457x1524
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1220
610x1524
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
74
86
98
82
98
114
33
38
44
X336BGX3
X356BGX3
X366BGX3
X336EGX3
X356EGX3
X366EGX3
1,012.50 1,135.00
1,269.50
94
106
118
42
48
53
X336EFX3
X356EFX3 X366EFX3 1,091.00
1,228.00
1,382.00
37
44
51
X536BGX3
X556BGX3
X566BGX3
X536EGX3
X556EGX3
X566EGX3
1,141.00 1,301.00 1,460.50
102
118
134
46
53
60
X536EFX3
X556EFX3
X566EFX3
1,236.50
1,415.00
1,595.50
MetroMax Q® — Stem Caster Cart, Open Grid Shelves
• Quick adjust shelves with removable polymer shelf mats.
• Standard Units consist of four open grid shelves, MQ63UPE posts 63" (1600mm), wedge connectors,
and choice of resilient rubber or polyurethane casters.
• Weight Capacity of cart: models with resilient rubber casters: 600 lbs. (272kg); models with
polyurethane casters: 900 lbs. (408kg)
Cat. No.Cat. No.
Nominal
Approx.
Approx.
2-Swivel 2-Brake
2-Swivel 2-Brake
List
Width/Length
HeightPkd. Wt.ResilientPolyurethanePrice
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Rubber CastersCastersEach
MetroMax Q®
with Open Grid Shelves
18x36
18x48
18x60
457x914
457x1220
457x1524
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
68
84
21x36
21x48
21x60
530x914
530x1220
530x1524
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
74
90
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1220
610x1524
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
675/16 1710
80
96
100
106
112
31
38
45
Q336BG3
Q356BG3
Q366BG3
Q336EG3
Q356EG3
Q366EG3
782.50
838.00
928.50
34
41
48
Q436BG3
Q456BG3
Q466BG3
Q436EG3
Q456EG3
Q466EG3
806.00
884.50
970.50
36
44
51
Q536BG3
Q556BG3
Q566BG3
Q536EG3
Q556EG3
Q566EG3
853.00
947.50
1,055.00
Stem Caster Carts with Solid Bottom MetroMax i® Shelves
• 5-tier models with Microban® antimicrobial product protection.
• Standard Units consist of 5 shelves (4 open grid, 1 MetroMax i solid), 74" (1880mm) posts, wedge
connectors, and polyurethane casters.
• Weight Capacity of cart: models with resilient rubber casters: 600 lbs. (272kg); models with
polyurethane casters: 900 lbs. (408kg)
i
Q
`
Nominal
Approx.
Approx.
2-Swivel 2-Brake
Approx.
2-Swivel 2-Brake
List
Width/Length
HeightPkd. Wt.Polyurethane CastersPkd. Wt.Polyurethane CastersPrice
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
MetroMax i®
with a Solid Bottom Shelf
18x36
18x48
18x60
24x36
24x48
24x60
457x914
457x1220
457x1524
795/16 2015
795/16 2015
795/16 2015
82
109
121
37
49
55
5X337EGX3
5X357EGX3
5X367EGX3
610x914
610x1220
610x1524
795/16 2015
795/16 2015
795/16 2015
102
123
141
46
56
63
5X537EGX3
5X557EGX3
5X567EGX3
Indicates antimicrobial product.
20
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
85
111
123
39
50
56
5Q337EG3
5Q357EG3
5Q367EG3
933.50
1,045.50
1,174.00
104
125
144
47
57
65
5Q537EG3
5Q557EG3
5Q567EG3
1,052.00
1,201.50
1,353.50
ME TROMAX PLATFORM UTILIT Y C ARTS
Push ahead.
Give yourself the versatility you need with Metro Utility Carts.
Utility Carts
• Can be used in a variety of unique transport applications.
• Durable materials, ergonomic handles, and premium casters promote long life and ease of use.
• Microban product protection built into the shelf mats, frames, and posts.
• Easier to clean with removable shelf mats.
MetroMax i® Utility Carts
• Corrosion proof shelves, posts, and Type 304 stainless steel handle.
• Corrosion resistant 5PCX casters with 5" (127mm) polyurethane wheels, polymer horns, and
stainless steel axles.
• 391/4" (997mm) tall. Weight capacity of cart: 900 lbs. (408kg) evenly distributed.
Nominal
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
Actual
Approx.
List
Width/LengthPkd. Wt.
Price
(mm)Description
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Each
18x30
24x36
457x760
610x914
205/16 x 341/2
265/16 x 401/2
516 x 876
668 x 1029
2-shelf
2-shelf
35.5 15.8
46.0 20.5
MXUC1830G-25
MXUC2436G-25
882.00
951.00
18x30
24x36
457x760
610x914
205/16 x 341/2
265/16 x 401/2
516 x 876
668 x 1029
3-shelf
3-shelf
46.0 20.5
61.5 27.5
MXUC1830G-35
MXUC2436G-35
1,029.50
1,130.00
MetroMax Q® Utility Carts
• Quick adjust corrosion resistant shelves and posts.
• Corrosion proof Type 304 stainless steel handle.
• Includes four 5MPX casters with 5" (127mm) polyurethane wheels.
• 391/4" (997mm) tall. Weight capacity of cart: 900 lbs. (408kg) evenly distributed.
Nominal
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
Actual
Approx.
List
Width/LengthPkd. Wt.
Price
(mm)Description
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Each
18x30
24x36
457x760
610x914
205/16 x 341/2
265/16 x 401/2
516 x 876
668 x 1029
2-shelf
2-shelf
35.5 15.8
46.0 20.5
MQUC1830G-25
MQUC2436G-25
628.50
674.00
18x30
24x36
457x760
610x914
205/16 x 341/2
265/16 x 401/2
516 x 876
668 x 1029
3-shelf
3-shelf
46.0 20.5
61.5 27.5
MQUC1830G-35
MQUC2436G-35
726.00
793.00
Helpful Hints
• Configure a cart to your exact needs using a combination of MetroMax i,®,
MetroMax 4, and MetroMax Q® shelves and posts.
• Consider MetroMax i solid shelves when spill containment is required or to protect
supplies from dirt during transport.
• A typical utility cart will be configured using 27" (685mm) or 33" (875mm) stem
caster posts with 5" (127mm) casters.
Shelves and posts: pages 12, 14, 16 Casters: page 18 Handles: page 19
Solid bottom shelf and
5PCX/5PCBX casters pictured
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
21
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
A
Organize.
B
D
Organize supplies to improve operational efficiencies.
• Well-organized storage results in fewer expired supplies and less waste.
C
E
• Innovative shelf and accessory designs have smooth surfaces that protect vacuum
sealed and other packaged items from damage.
• Flexible compartments help sort supplies for faster access and maximize the use of
storage space.
A Dividers B Ledges C Enclosure Panels D Metro Totes E Metro Bins
Flexible Compartments
Dividers and Ledges can be used to create flexible compartments that most efficiently use available
storage space. When combined with open grid shelves this minimizes dust accumulation.
Bins offer removable compartmentalized storage for easy access or as part of an exchange system.
See page 60 for Bin options.
8" (203mm) Shelf Dividers — Standard Duty —
• Use to create organized compartments or to simply separate shelf contents.
• Easily repositioned on grid and solid shelves.
• Corrosion proof: Polymer (High-Density Polypropylene).
• Three-piece design — Ships assembled.
List
Nominal Length
Price
(in.)
(mm)Cat. No.Cat. No.Cat. No.Each
18
24
457
610
i
4
Q
MXD18-8
MXD24-8
—
MX4-D24-8
MQD18-8
MQD24-8
22.00
24.00
*Note: Can be retrofitted to original MetroMax and MetroMax Q.
Universal 8" (203mm) Shelf Dividers — Light Duty, for open
grid shelves —
• For use with grid shelves (MetroMax i, MetroMax 4, MetroMax Q, and Super Erecta
Pro), Super Erecta wire shelves, and Super Adjustable wire shelves.
• Easiest divider to install.
• Maximum flexibility: Can be repositioned along the entire shelf.
• Each divider includes a panel and two clips to connect to any open grid or wire shelf.
Does not attach to solid shelves.
• Corrosion proof.
Approx
List.
Nominal LengthPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Shelf Depth
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Each
i, 4, and Q
18
24
457
610
18", 21" (457, 530mm)
24" (610mm)
1.3
1.6
*Note: Can be retrofitted to original MetroMax and MetroMax Q.
Additional clips: Cat. No DCLIP, 2 per bag.
22
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
0.6
0.7
MUD18-8
MUD24-8
21.50
23.50
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
Shelf-to-Shelf Dividers —
• Full height dividers efficiently compartmentalize the space between two shelves.
• Smooth surfaces protect packaged items from damage.
• Corrosion proof.
• Compatible with open grid polymer shelves, Super Erecta wire shelves, and
Super Adjustable wire shelves. Does not work with solid shelves.
Approx.
List
Fits Shelf Depth
Nominal HeightPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i, 4, and Q
18, 21
18, 21
18, 21
24
24
24
457, 530
457, 530
457, 530
16 406
20 508
24 610
2.3 1.0
2.5 1.1
3.8 1.7
MD18-16
MD18-20
MD18-24
55.00
61.00
67.50
610
610
610
16 406
20 508
24 610
2.8 1.2
3.0 1.3
4.4 2.0
MD24-16
MD24-20
MD24-24
59.50
66.00
71.50
*Note: Can be retrofitted to original MetroMax and MetroMax Q shelves.
*Note: -16 parts have three panels, -20 parts have four panels, -24 parts have five panels.
2" (51mm) Stackable Shelf Ledges —
• Prevent items from falling off shelves.
• Snap on and off quickly. Easily stacked to contain larger items
• Corrosion proof: Polymer (High-Density Polypropylene) and Type 304 stainless steel.
• Ships assembled.
List
Nominal Length
Price
(in.)
(mm)TypeCat. No.Cat. No.Cat. No.Each
i
4
Q
18
21
24
457
530
610
Side
Side
Side
MXLS18-2S
—
MXLS24-2S
—
—
MX4-LS24-2S
MQLS18-2S
MQLS21-2S
MQLS24-2S
22.50
23.00
23.50
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
610
760
914
1066
1219
1370
1524
1829
Back
Back
Back
Back
Back
Back
Back
Back
MXL24-2S
MXL30-2S
MXL36-2S
MXL42-2S
MXL48-2S
MXL54-2S
MXL60-2S
MXL72-2S
MX4-L24-2S
MX4-L30-2S
MX4-L36-2S
MX4-L42-2S
MX4-L48-2S
—
—
—
MQL24-2S
MQL30-2S
MQL36-2S
MQL42-2S
MQL48-2S
MQL54-2S
MQL60-2S
MQL72-2S
23.50
26.00
30.00
36.50
36.50
41.00
41.00
46.00
*Note: MetroMax i wire ledges can be retrofitted to original MetroMax.
*Note: MetroMax Q wire ledges (MQ-) cannot be retrofitted to original MetroMax Q.
4" (102mm) Solid Clear Stackable Shelf Ledges —
9.26
• Solid design helps contain small items.
• Clear plastic allows light penetration and visible access to supplies.
• Corrosion proof.
• Ships assembled.
Approx.
List
Nominal LengthPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)Type
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Each
i
18
21
24
24
36
48
60
457
530
610
610
914
1219
1524
Side
Side
Side
Back
Back
Back
Back
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
1.00
1.25
1.75
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
MXLS18-4P
—
MXLS24-4P
MXL24-4P
MXL36-4P
MXL48-4P
MXL60-4P
43.00
45.00
45.00
57.00
69.50
77.50
*Note: Not suitable for cart-wash applications.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
23
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
Contain it.
Efficiently enclose and contain
with Enclosure Panels.
Enclosure Panels —
• An efficient way of enclosing the sides and back of all shelves
in a unit to contain stored contents.
• Slot opening: 3" W x 37/8" H.
• Designed to work with MetroMax i ®, MetroMax 4™, and
MetroMax Q® shelves. Mounting clips included.
(in.,)
For use with
Approx.
List
Shelf WidthPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i, 4, and Q
12 /8 x 51 /4
123/8 x 591/4
123/8 x 711/4
315 x 1300
315 x 1505
315 x 1810
54 1370
63 1600
74 1880
18
18
18
183/8 x 511/4
183/8 x 591/4
183/8 x 711/4
467 x 1300
467 x 1505
467 x 1810
54 1370
63 1600
74 1880
21, 24
21, 24
21, 24
3
Use shelf to shelf
dividers with enclosure
panels to create full
height compartments
to organize bulky,
hard-to-handle supplies.
Actual
Width/HeightPost Height
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
1
457
457
457
6 /4 2.8
7
3.2
83/4 4.0
MEP35E
MEP36E
MEP37E
94.00
98.50
109.00
530, 610
530, 610
530, 610
9
4.1
101/4 4.7
113/4 5.3
MEP55E
MEP56E
MEP57E
101.50
113.50
117.00
1
*Note: Can be retrofitted to original MetroMax and MetroMax Q shelving.
Panels Required to Enclose Both Ends of the Shelving Unit or Cart
18"
Post Height
(457mm)
Shelf Width
21"
(530mm)
24"
(610mm)
54" (1370mm) (2) MEP35E
(2) MEP55E (2) MEP55E
63" (1600mm) (2) MEP36E
(2) MEP56E (2) MEP56E
74" (1880mm) (2) MEP37E
(2) MEP57E (2) MEP57E
Configuration Notes
1. Handles and enclosure panels can be used on the same end
of the cart. Please note the following details: 21" (530mm)
wide units: use the 123/8" (315mm) wide panel on the same
end as the handle.
2. Top-Track: When using on the ends of a Top-Track mobile
unit the enclosure panel must be mounted so that it does
not interfere with the overhead tracks. Mobile posts on TopTrack are 74" (1880mm). The standard enclosure panel for
74"(1880mm) posts can be used but must be mounted in a
lower position on the unit. As an alternative, the standard panels
for a 63" (1600mm) post can be used.
Panels Required to Enclose Back of Shelving Unit or Cart
Post Height
30"
(760mm)
54" (1370mm) (2) MEP35E
63" (1600mm) (2) MEP36E
74" (1880mm) (2) MEP37E
x8
36"
(914mm)
42"
(1066mm)
(1) MEP35E
(2) MEP55E
(1) MEP55E
(1) MEP36E
(2) MEP56E
(1) MEP56E
(1) MEP37E
(2) MEP57E
(1) MEP57E
(2) MEP35E
(1) MEP55E
(2) MEP36E
(1) MEP56E
(2) MEP37E
(1) MEP57E
MetroMax i® Mounting Clip
Replacements
x1
54"
(1370mm)
60"
(1524mm)
(1) MEP35E
(3) MEP55E
(2) MEP55E
(1) MEP36E
(3) MEP56E
(2) MEP56E
(1) MEP37E
(3) MEP57E
(2) MEP57E
72"
(1825mm)
(1) MEP35E
(3) MEP55E
(1) MEP36E
(3) MEP56E
(1) MEP37E
(3) MEP57E
MetroMax Q® Mounting
and Bottom Adapter
Clip Replacements
Bag of 8
Cat. No. RPMX3-RODTAB
MetroMax 4™ Mounting Clip
Replacements
Enclosure Panel
Shelf Length
48"
(1219mm)
Bag of 8
Cat. No. RPMQ3-RODTAB
x8
Bag of 8
Cat. No. RPMX4-RODTAB
Indicates antimicrobial product.
24
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
Find it.
Label Holders
• Plastic holders snap onto shelf edge to accommodate 1" (25mm)
tall adhesive label. Label not included.
• i, 4, and Q versions available.
• Optional label holder covers exist for MetroMax Q models. Cover
snaps onto the label holder to hold a non-adhesive label in place or
to protect any label from dirt and moisture.
MetroMax i® Label Holder —
Designed to accept label cards or adhesive labels. Slot measures approximately 11/4" (32mm).
Approx.
List
Actual Length
Fits Shelf LengthPkd. Wt.Cat. No.Price
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)
Label HolderEach
41/2
119/32
239/32
359/32
114
285
590
895
24
36
48
All
610
914
1219
.03
.14
.30
.40
.01
.06
.13
.18
9989PX 5.10
9989X1 9.10
9989X3
14.10
9989X5
19.10
MetroMax Q® Label Holder —
Designed to accept label cards or adhesive labels. Slot measures approximately 11/4" (32mm).
Approx.
List
Actual Length
Fits Shelf LengthPkd. Wt.Cat. No.Price
(in.)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)
Label HolderEach
4
157/16
277/16
397/16
517/16
637/16
102
392
697
1002
1307
1611
24
36
48
60
72
All
610
914
1219
1524
1825
.03
.14
.30
.40
.50
.60
MQ04LH
MQ24LH
MQ36LH
MQ48LH
MQ60LH
MQ72LH
.01
.06
.13
.18
.22
.27
MetroMax i® Label Holder
5.00
11.90
13.00
18.70
21.00
24.00
MetroMax 4™ Label Holder —
Designed to accept label cards or adhesive labels. Slot measures approximately 1” (25mm).
MetroMax Q ® Label Holder
Approx.
List
Actual Length
Fits ShelfPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat.No.Each
4
4
102
All
.03
MX4-9989PX
.01
5.10
Color Shelf Markers —
• Attach easily to shelf for content identification.
• Use to assign color coding to individual shelf levels, shelving
units, carts, or storage areas.
• i and Q versions available.
• 6" (152mm) length.
MetroMax i® Color Shelf Marker
Approx.
List
Pkd. Wt.
Price
Shelf Marker Color
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Cat. No.Each
i
Blue
Green
Red
Tan
White
Yellow
Gray
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
Q
CSM6-BXCSM6-BQ
CSM6-GXCSM6-GQ
CSM6-RXCSM6-RQ
CSM6-TXCSM6-TQ
CSM6-WXCSM6-WQ
CSM6-YXCSM6-YQ
CSM6-GRXCSM6-GRQ
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
Blue
Green
Red
White
Yellow
Gray
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Tan
25
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
unique
Super Slide —
• Designed to fit a 24" (610mm) wide shelf.
• Easily attaches to the shelf frame (under the mats) and is sized to hold 3", 5", 6", and 8"
(76, 127, 152, 203mm) tall tote boxes (sold separately).
• MetroMax i® model available.
• Corrosion resistant taupe epoxy finish with Microban antimicrobial product protection.
Approx.
List
Price
Width
Length
HeightPkd. Wt.
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i
Totes sold separately
203/8 520
215/8 550
101/4
260
51/4
MXSS2E
2
133.50
Adjustable Slides —
• Slides can be adjusted left to right to accommodate a variety of pan, tray, and container sizes.
• MetroMax i® and Q models available.
• Corrosion resistant taupe epoxy finish with Microban antimicrobial product protection.
• Shelves must be spaced 20" (508mm) apart.
• Can be used in conjunction with 20" (508mm) tall shelf-to-shelf dividers.
Approx.
List
Fits Shelf WidthPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.) (mm)Type
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Cat. No.Each
i
24
610
Adjustable
12 /4
3
Q
MX24SE
6
MQ24SE
123.00
Can Rack System —
• Front loading, front dispensing can rack holds eight #10 cans or twelve #5 cans.
• Tough, corrosion resistant taupe epoxy finish with Microban antimicrobial product protection.
• Designed to fit a 24" (610mm) wide shelf.
• Mounts on any MetroMax i® or MetroMax Q shelf.
Approx.
List
Width/Length/HeightPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.)
(kg)Cat. No.Each
i and Q
77/8x255/16x15
200x643x381
10
4.5
CR24E
Indicates antimicrobial product.
26
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
116.00
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
Storage Level Frames —
• Open four sided frames accommodate drop-in accessories including wire baskets
and stainless drying racks.
• Includes corrosion proof MetroMax i frame and a bag of wedges.
• Can be mounted on MetroMax i, MetroMax 4, and MetroMax Q shelving units.
Nominal Exterior
Width
Length
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
18 457
36 914
18x32 457x810
7
3.2
M4F1836
129.00
24
24
24
24
24
24
36
42
48
60
24x20
24x32
24x38
24x44
24x56
71/2
111/4
131/4
15
183/4
3.4
5.1
6.0
6.8
8.5
M4F2424
M4F2436
M4F2442
M4F2448
M4F2460
139.00
147.00
160.00
160.00
185.00
610
610
610
610
610
610
914
1060
1220
1524
Frame Interior
Approx.
List
Width/LengthPkd. Wt.Price
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg) Cat. No.Each
610x510
610x810
610x965
610x1120
610x1370
Configuration Chart
QTY. to fill out shelf frame.
Note: Any MetroMax i shelf can be converted to an open storage level frame. Simply remove the shelf
mats and center beam to create an open frame.
FRAME
B2416XE
M4F2436
M4F2442
M4F2448
M4F2460
2
1
2
B2422XE
1
2
1
Wire Baskets —
• Conveniently hold small items.
• 9" (229mm) deep.
• Built in storage handles allow easy removal.
• Corrosion resistant taupe epoxy finish.
• Weight Capacity: 50 lbs. (23 kg)
• Installs flat. Mounts to a MetroMax i storage level frame.
Approx.
List
Price
Width
LengthPkd. Wt.
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
24 610
24 610
16 406
22 560
10 4.5
12 5.5
MB2416XE
MB2422XE
116.00
132.00
Glassware Handling Basket
Vinyl coated. Fits 18 x 36" (457 x 914mm) MetroMax i frame.
Cat. No. GWBSKT36
See Spec Sheet 52.01 for detail.
Not NSF listed.
3-Sided frames
• 1" (25mm) x 11/2” (38mm) structural steel tubing. Includes tri-lobal adapters to
attach to posts. (Replacement adapters: Cat. No. MTLA bag of 4)
• Corrosion resistant taupe epoxy finish.
• Use when configuring work tables or as a 3-sided ledge to contain bulky items.
Approx.
List
Nominal Width
Nominal LengthPkd. Wt.
and
Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i, 4,
24
24
24
24
24
610
610
610
610
610
24
30
36
48
60
610
760
914
1220
1524
12
13
14
18
20
5.4
5.7
6.4
8.2
9.1
Q
M3TF2424E
M3TF2430E
M3TF2436E
M3TF2448E
M3TF2460E
107.00
108.00
108.00
113.00
136.00
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
27
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R m accessories
Dry it.
MetroMax i® Drying Rack Unit —
9.31
• Allows superior air circulation and fast drying of trays, pans, lids, pots and all pot sink items.
• Promotes food safety by eliminating moisture. Offers an efficient organized drying area.
• Mobile models come equipped with corrosion resistant polymer casters: (2) swivel 5PCX
and (2) swivel/brake 5PCBX.
• Shelves, posts, and tray drying racks include Microban antimicrobial product protection
• NSF Listed
Models with two drop-ins (Cat. No. DR48S) and one cutting board/tray drying rack
(Cat. No. MTR2448XE)
List
Price
Nominal Width
Nominal Length
HeightPkd. Wt.
Configuration
(in)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i
PR48X3
Stationary
Mobile*
24
24
610
610
48 1219
48 1219
751/2 1917
1727
68
106 49
106 49
PR48X3
PR48VX3
1,834.50
2,145.00
*Note: Includes two 5PCX swivel casters and two 5PCBX swivel casters with brakes.
Models with four cutting board/tray drying racks: (2) MTR2448XE and (2) MTR2448XEA
This rack is perfect for steam and bun pans, and one unit can hold up to 96 pans.
List
Nominal Width
Nominal Length
HeightPkd. Wt.
Price
Configuration
(in)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i
Stationary
Mobile*
24
24
610
610
48 1219
48 1219
75 /2 1917
1727
68
1
106 49
106 49
PR48X4
PR48VX4
1,583.50
1,894.00
*Note: Includes two 5PCX swivel casters and two 5PCBX swivel casters with brakes.
Cutting Board and Tray Drying Rack —
PR48VX4
9.31
• Rack is compatible with MetroMax i, MetroMax Q, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable,
and Super Erecta wire shelves.
• Promotes safe air drying of cutting boards and trays.
• 11/8" (28mm) and 3" (76mm) slide spacing available.
List
Fits ShelfUpright SpacingUpright HeightPkd. Wt.
Price
(in.)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)Tray Caacity
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
i and Q
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
1 /8 28
11/8 28
11/8 28
6
6
6
150
150
150
24
34
42
13.5 6.1
18.0 8.2
22.5 10.2
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
3
3
3
6
6
6
150
150
150
10
14
17
9.8 4.4
13 5.9
16.3 7.4
1
76
76
76
*Note: Can be retrofitted to original MetroMax and MetroMax Q.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
28
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
MTR2436XE
MTR2448XE
MTR2460XE
98.50
119.00
137.00
MTR2436XEA 92.50
MTR2448XEA
112.00
MTR2460XEA
132.50
M E T R O M A X P L A T F O R M accessories
Stainless Steel Drop-in Racks —
9.31
• Open wire design provides air flow to safely dry pots, pans, and containers
• Are installed over an open MetroMax i frame and center beam.
• Can be retrofitted to existing MetroMax i® shelves. Simply remove the mats and drop
in the stainless drying rack.
How to order: (1) drop-in rack, (1) 4-sided shelf frame, (1) replacement center beam
Approx.
List
Width
Length
Height
Wire SpacingPkd. Wt.Price
(in.) (mm)
(in.)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
(lbs.) (kg)Cat. No.Each
24 610
24 610
24 610
337/8 854
457/8 1156
577/8 1458
51/4 133
51/4 133
51/4 133
/4
/4
3
/4
3
3
19
19
19
9 4.1
12 5.4
15 6.8
DR36S
DR48S
DR60S
274.00
329.00
395.00
Note: Any MetroMax i shelf can be converted to an open storage level frame. Simply remove the shelf mats and center
beam to create an open frame.
Shelf Frames — See page 27.
Replacement Center Beam
Fits Shelf Frame
List
(in.)
(mm)Cat. No.Price Each
24 x 36
24 x 48
24 x 60
610 x 914
610 x 1219
610 x 1524
RPMX36-CBEAM
RPMX48-CBEAM
RPMX60-CBEAM
MetroMax i ® Sloped Basket Cart —
31.00
36.00
41.50
30.20
• Ideal for compartmentalizing bulky or odd-shaped items.
• Baskets have a taupe epoxy finish with Microban antimicrobial product protection.
Note: Baskets are not suitable for walk-in coolers.
• Baskets have semi open front for easy access.
• Baskets can mount flat or at a 10° angle for stock rotation
• Dividers adjust horizontally
Total
List
Height/Width/Length
BasketsPrice
Description
(in.)
(mm)Per CartCastersCat. No.Each
Open Cart
Open Cart with Top Shelf
Open Cart
Open Cart with Top Shelf
Open Cart
Open Cart with Top Shelf
60x24x24
69x24x24
60x24x42
69x24x42
60x24x60
69x24x60
1524x610x610
1753x610x610
1524x610x1066
1753x610x1066
1524x610x1524
1753x610x1524
4
4
8
8
12
12
*
*
†
†
†
†
MXIV1
MXIV2
MXIV4
MXIV5
MXIV6
MXIV7
1,872.00
2,084.50
3,166.00
3,355.50
4,053.00
4,360.00
Note: Each basket sold with cart includes two dividers and a label holder.
*Four 5" (127mm) polyurethane casters; two swivel, two with brakes.
†5" (127mm) polyurethane casters with plated horns; casters on dolly frame; two swivel, one swivel with
brake, and one rigid.
MXIV1
Accessories
List
Price
Description
(in.)
(mm)Cat. No.Each
Basket with Label Holder
Divider
181/2x241/2x10 470x622x254
9
229
IVB1
IVBD
141.50
27.50
IVB1
(shown with optional Divider)
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
29
30
Wire and solid
SHELVING SOLUTIONS
Super Erecta Pro,™
Super Adjustable Super Erecta®
and Super Erecta®
Wire/Polymer Hybrid Shelving......................................32-35
Easy-Adjust Shelving & Carts.........................................36-39
Wire Shelving, Carts & Trucks........................................40-49
Casters & Accessories for Wire Shelving........................50-64
Solid Shelving & Accessories.........................................65-68
Light-Duty Wire Shelving & Accessories.............................69
Heavy-Duty Solid Shelving & Accessories......................70-71
31
S u per E recta pro™ S hel v i n g
Proven.
Genuine Metro Super Erecta®
The industry standard — innovated and reinnovated.
Super Erecta
®
The original
wire shelving
system.
Super Erecta Pro™
Durable & cleanable.
The original — reinnovated.
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta™
Shelves adjust with a flip of the release!
32
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta pro™ S hel v i n g
Progress.
Super Erecta Pro™
Durable & cleanable.
The original — reinnovated.
Easy to clean.
Lift-off mats can be easily removed
and washed by hand or in a wash machine.
Prolonged durability.
Epoxy coated Super
Erecta-style frames with
removable polymer
shelf mats.
Polymer shelf mats withstand
daily abuse from containers and sharp
edges. Robust design provides the strength
and rigidity of Super Erecta...holds up
to 800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf.
Stays cleaner
between cleanings.
®
Interchangeable.
Polymer shelf mats and Metroseal 3
epoxy coated shelf frames and posts
have built-in Microban® antimicrobial
product protection.
Super Erecta Pro shelves
can be configured with traditional
shelf and accessory
options on the same unit for
maximum flexibility.
*Microban® antimicrobial product protection helps keep shelves
"cleaner between cleanings" by inhibiting the growth of bacteria,
mold and mildew that cause odors and stains on the shelf surface.
MICROBAN® and the MICROBAN® symbol are registered trademarks of the
Mircoban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
33
S u per erecta P ro™ shel v i n g
Super Erecta Pro™ Shelving —
10.80
Super Erecta Pro™ Shelves
Packaging: Shelves are priced individually and packaged no more than
4 per carton except 60" (1524mm) and 72" (1829mm) lengths which are
packaged no more than 2 per carton. Plastic split sleeves are included
with each shelf.
Super Erecta with Metroseal 3™ — Standard Shelves
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Nominal
Width/Length
(in.)
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
18x72
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
(mm)
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1060
457x1219
457x1372
457x1524
457x1829
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1060
530x1219
530x1372
530x1524
530x1829
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1060
610x1219
610x1372
610x1524
610x1829
7
8
9.5
11
12
14.5
17
20
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
24
9
11
13
15
16
19
21
26
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.1
3.6
4.1
5.0
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.9
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
7.3
8.6
9.5
11.8
Cat. No.
Super
Adjustable
Metroseal 3
Cat. No.
Super Erecta
Metroseal 3
A1824NK3
A1830NK3
A1836NK3
A1842NK3
A1848NK3
A1854NK3
A1860NK3
A1872NK3
A2124NK3
A2130NK3
A2136NK3
A2142NK3
A2148NK3
A2154NK3
A2160NK3
A2172NK3
A2424NK3
A2430NK3
A2436NK3
A2442NK3
A2448NK3
A2454NK3
A2460NK3
A2472NK3
1824NK3
1830NK3
1836NK3
1842NK3
1848NK3
1854NK3
1860NK3
1872NK3
2124NK3
2130NK3
2136NK3
2142NK3
2148NK3
2154NK3
2160NK3
2172NK3
2424NK3
2430NK3
2436NK3
2442NK3
2448NK3
2454NK3
2460NK3
2472NK3
Nominal
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
•
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
18x72
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1060
457x1219
457x1372
457x1524
457x1829
6.0
7.8
9.5
11.3
13.0
14.8
16.5
19.8
2.7
3.5
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.6
7.4
8.8
PR1824NK3
PR1830NK3
PR1836NK3
PR1842NK3
PR1848NK3
PR1854NK3
PR1860NK3
PR1872NK3
93.50
98.00
98.00
117.50
117.50
140.50
140.50
159.50
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1060
530x1219
530x1372
530x1524
530x1829
8.0
9.5
11.3
12.5
14.3
16.5
18.3
21.5
3.6
4.2
5.0
5.6
6.4
7.4
8.1
9.6
PR2124NK3
PR2130NK3
PR2136NK3
PR2142NK3
PR2148NK3
PR2154NK3
PR2160NK3
PR2172NK3
110.00
113.00
113.00
132.00
132.00
154.00
154.00
188.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1060
610x1219
610x1372
610x1524
610x1829
9.5
11.3
13.0
14.0
15.5
18.3
20.0
23.3
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.3
6.9
8.1
8.9
10.4
PR2424NK3
PR2430NK3
PR2436NK3
PR2442NK3
PR2448NK3
PR2454NK3
PR2460NK3
PR2472NK3
116.50
118.50
118.50
145.00
145.00
172.00
172.00
201.00
Note: Each Super Erecta Pro™ shelf up to and including 48" (1219mm) long have
a maximum weight capacity of 800 lbs. (363kg) evenly distributed. Shelves
longer than 48" (1219mm) have a maximum weight capacity of 600 lbs.
(272kg) evenly distributed.
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
14
18
21
6.3
8.1
9.4
28
12.6
34
15.3
16
20
24
7.2
9.0
10.8
30
13.5
37
16.6
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
Cat. No. Super Erecta Pro
Metroseal 3
Actual Dimensions: Width: Add 1/4" (6mm) to nominal size. Length: Subtract 1/4" (6mm) from nominal size.
34
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Cat. No.
Dunnage Shelf
Metroseal 3
1824DRK3
1830DRK3
1836DRK3
—
1848DRK3
—
1860DRK3
—
2424DRK3
2430DRK3
2436DRK3
­—
2448DRK3
—
2460DRK3
—
Super Erecta Pro shelves
are also compatible on the
same shelving units with the
following Super Erecta items:
Solid Shelves page 67
Cantilever Shelves page 46
SmartWall G3 page 74
Post Type Wall Mounts page 81
Direct Mount Shelf Supports
page 82
Three sided frames page 57
Enclosure Panels page 56
Security Units page 103
Top Track page 96
qwikTRAK page 94
S u per erecta P ro™ shel v i n g
Super Erecta Pro™ Shelving —
10.80
SiteSelect posts provide a visual guide for
positioning and adjusting shelves, saving
considerable time during assembly and
adjustment. An easy-to-identify double
groove, every 8" (203mm), offers a quick
way to align all shelves.
SiteSelect Posts
™
Stationary Super Erecta SiteSelect posts are fitted with adjustable
leveling bolts to compensate for uneven surfaces. Mobile posts come
without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
Special length posts are available.
See page 50 for stem caster options.
Stationary
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Height
(in.) (mm)
141/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
370
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
1
2
3
31/2
4
5
Accessories —
0.5
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
Mobile
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
Cat. No.
Stainless
13PK3
33PK3
54PK3
63PK3
74PK3
86PK3
13PS
33PS
54PS
63PS
74PS
86PS
Height
(in.) (mm)
133/4
333/4
5313/16
6113/16
693/4
737/8
857/8
349
857
1366
1570
1772
1876
2181
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1
2
3
31/2
3.8
4
5
0.5
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.8
2.3
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
Cat. No.
Stainless
13UPK3
33UPK3
54UPK3
63UPK3
70UPK3
74UPK3
86UPK3
13UPS
33UPS
54UPS
63UPS
—
74UPS
86UPS
10.81
Note: These accessories are designed to attach to a Super Erecta Pro Shelf.
Accessories for basic Super Erecta wire shelves can be found on pages 53-60.
For a complete list of compatible accessories for Super Erecta Pro shelves, please
refer to spec sheet 10.81 for more information.
“S” Hooks
Eliminates the need for adjacent posts. Two required for each
storage level.
Cat. No. Q9995Z
Universal Divider
• Corrosion proof
Nominal Length
(in.) (mm)
18 457
24 610
Fits Shelf Depth
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18", 21" (457, 530mm)
24" (610mm)
1.3 0.6
1.6 0.7
MUD18-8
MUD24-8
21.50
23.50
Shelf-to-Shelf Divider
• Connects between two shelves
• Corrosion proof
Nominal
Height
(in.) (mm)
16
20
24
16
20
24
406
508
610
406
508
610
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Compatible with
Shelf Depths
(in.) (mm)
18, 21
18, 21
18, 21
24
24
24
457, 530
457, 530
457, 530
610
610
610
2.3
2.5
3.8
2.8
3.0
4.4
1.0
1.1
1.7
1.2
1.3
2.0
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
MD18-16
MD18-20
MD18-24
MD24-16
MD24-20
MD24-24
55.00
61.00
67.50
59.50
66.00
71.50
Color Shelf Marker
• 6" (152mm) Length
• Fits Super Erecta Pro Shelf
• Attach easily to shelf to identify contents stored.
Color
Blue
Green
Red
Tan
White
Yellow
Gray
Length
(in.) (mm)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
Cat. No.
CSM6-BQ
CSM6-GQ
CSM6-RQ
CSM6-TQ
CSM6-WQ
CSM6-YQ
CSM6-GRQ
List
Price
Each
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
Label Holders
• Fits Super Erecta Pro Shelf
• Plastic holders snap into place
to accommodate 1" (25mm)
tall adhesive label.
Cat. No. Q04LH
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
35
S U P E R A D J U S T A B L E ™ S U P E R E R E C T A ® S H E L VING
Reclaim
Wasted
Space.
Adjust and add shelves
quickly and easily
to reclaim wasted space.
Super Adjustable™
Super Erecta® Shelving
Easy “no-tool”
shelf adjustment
1" (25mm)
spacing minimizes
dead space
Efficient use of space
allows more storage
levels to be added.
36
Super Erecta
Storage efficiency
can increase
by 25% or more
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta
®
36
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per A dj u stable S u per E recta ® S hel v i n g
Super Adjustable Wire Shelves —
10.01a
10.10a
Packaging: Wire shelves are priced individually and packaged no more than 4 per carton except 60" (1524mm) and 72" (1829mm) lengths and
30" (760mm) and 36" (914mm) widths, which are packaged no more than 2 per carton. Plastic sleeves and wedges are included with each shelf.
(in.)
Width/Length
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No. Metroseal 3
with Microban®
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
14x72
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
355x1825
6
7
8
91/2
101/2
14
17
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
4.7
6.3
7.7
A1424NC
A1430NC
A1436NC
A1442NC
A1448NC
A1460NC
A1472NC
A1424NK3
A1430NK3
A1436NK3
A1442NK3
A1448NK3
A1460NK3
A1472NK3
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
18x72
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1370
457x1524
457x1829
7
8
91/2
11
12
141/2
17
20
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.1
A1824NC
A1830NC
A1836NC
A1842NC
A1848NC
A1854NC
A1860NC
A1872NC
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1370
530x1524
530x1829
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
24
3.6
4.1
5.0
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.9
A2124NC
A2130NC
A2136NC
A2142NC
A2148NC
A2154NC
A2160NC
A2172NC
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
610x1829
9
11
13
15
16
18
21
26
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
7.3
8.6
9.5
11.8
30x36
30x48
30x60
30x72
760x914
760x1219
760x1524
760x1829
15
21
261/2
31
36x36
36x48
36x60
36x72
910x914
910x1219
910x1524
910x1829
18
23
29
341/2
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
A1424NS
A1430NS
A1436NS
A1442NS
A1448NS
A1460NS
A1472NS
202.00
209.00
209.00
255.00
255.00
320.00
359.00
A1824NK3
A1830NK3
A1836NK3
A1842NK3
A1848NK3
A1854NK3
A1860NK3
A1872NK3
A1824NS
A1830NS
A1836NS
A1842NS
A1848NS
A1854NS
A1860NS
A1872NS
252.00
255.00
255.00
301.00
301.00
381.00
381.00
452.00
A2124NK3
A2130NK3
A2136NK3
A2142NK3
A2148NK3
A2154NK3
A2160NK3
A2172NK3
A2124NS
A2130NS
A2136NS
A2142NS
A2148NS
A2154NS
A2160NS
A2172NS
291.00
295.00
295.00
338.00
338.00
448.00
448.00
529.00
A2424NC
A2430NC
A2436NC
A2442NC
A2448NC
A2454NC
A2460NC
A2472NC
A2424NK3
A2430NK3
A2436NK3
A2442NK3
A2448NK3
A2454NK3
A2460NK3
A2472NK3
A2424NS
A2430NS
A2436NS
A2442NS
A2448NS
A2454NS
A2460NS
A2472NS
309.00
314.00
314.00
377.00
377.00
460.00
460.00
572.00
6.8
9.5
11.8
14.0
A3036NC
A3048NC
A3060NC
A3072NC
A3036NS
A3048NS
A3060NS
A3072NS
415.00
485.00
539.00
654.00
8.2
10.4
13.1
15.4
A3636NC
A3648NC
A3660NC
A3672NC
A3636NS
A3648NS
A3660NS
A3672NS
465.00
551.00
639.00
759.00
Note: For availability of Super Adjustable Shelving not listed above, contact your Metro representative.
Note: 14" (355mm) deep shelving – Stationary units taller than 63" (1600mm) must be properly fastened to the floor or wall using Metro foot plates or wall brackets. On mobile units the maximum
allowable post height is 54" (1370mm).
Note: The actual length of the shelves is 1/8" (3.2mm) shorter than the nominal dimension shown. The actual depth of the shelves is 1/8" (3.2mm) greater than the nominal dimension shown.
Note: Metroseal 3 is not cart-washable.
Note: Super Adjustable Super Erecta wire shelves up to 48" (1219mm) long have a weight capacity of 800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf evenly distributed. Shelves longer than 48" (1219mm) have a weight
capacity of 600 lbs. (272kg) per shelf evenly distributed.
SiteSelect™ Posts —
10.01a
10.10a
Stationary Super Erecta® SiteSelect posts are fitted with adjustable leveling bolts to compensate for uneven surfaces. Mobile posts come
without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters. Special length posts are available.†
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
STATIONARY
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No. Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless**
Price
Each
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
0.3 0.5 0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 7P
13P
27P
33P
54P
63P
7PK3
13PK3
27PK3
33PK3
54PK3
63PK3
13PS
27PS
33PS
54PS
63PS
34.50
47.50
54.00
59.50
67.00
1895
2200
2454
4
1.8 5
2.3 51/2 2.5 74P
86P
***96P
74PK3
86PK3
74PS
86PS
74.50
87.00
MOBILE
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No. Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
13UP
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
13UPK3
7UPK3
33UPK3
54UPK3
63UPK3
70UPK3
74UPK3
86UPK3
13UPS
27UPS
33UPS
54UPS
63UPS
34.50
47.50
54.00
59.50
67.00
74UPS 74.50
86UPS 87.00
1
13/4
2
3
31­/2
33/4
4
4.5
0.5
0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 These posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
Casters for mobile applications can be found on pages 50 & 51.
***Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
***Stainless stationary post includes stainless leveling bolt.
***96P should not be used on units less than 24" (610mm) deep. Consult Metro Engineeringfor alternate recommendations.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
**†Note: Special length posts are available, priced at next higher length plus a cutting charge.
Post lengths to be specified as cut to a round number, ie: 74P cut to 69" (1753mm) . . . This will result in an overall post height with adjustment of 693/8" (1762mm) to 697/8" (1775mm).
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
37
S u per A dj u stable S u per E recta ® S hel v i n g
Shelving Starter and
Add-On Units
Save time and money by
eliminating adjacent posts and
replacing with “S” hooks.
• Starter Units consist of four
posts and indicated number
of Super Adjustable Super
Erecta shelves.
• Add-On Units consist of two
posts, indicated number of
shelves, and two “S” Hooks
per shelf, for attaching shelf
to adjacent unit.
Replacement “S” Hook
2 are required for each
storage level.
Cat. No. 9995Z
For additional wire shelves,
order from page 37.
Add-on units with “S”
hooks can only be attached
to shelves supported by
two or more posts.
Right Angles
Add-On
Security “S” Hook
2 are required for each
storage level.
Chrome. Cat. No. H9995C
Bag of 2
Black. Cat. No. H9995B
Bag of 2
Combination
Starter
Starter
End-to-End
“S” Hook
Location
Indicates antimicrobial product.
Add-On
Starter
Add-On
Shelving
Starter and Add-On Units — Easy Order Guide
5 Shelves
Chrome-Plated
74" (1880mm) Posts (74P)
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24"
Cat. No.
(610mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5A317C 5AA317C 5A417C
30"
Cat. No.
(760mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5A327C 5AA327C 5A427C
36"
Cat. No.
(914mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5A337C 5AA337C 5A437C
42"
Cat. No.
(1066mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5A347C 5AA347C 5A447C
48"
Cat. No.
(1219mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5A357C 5AA357C 5A457C
60"
Cat. No.
(1524mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
5A367C 5AA367C 5A467C
72"
Cat. No.
(1829mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
38
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
51 (23)
58 (26)
65 (29)
70 (32)
78 (35)
102 (46)
43 (20)
50 (23)
57 (26)
62 (28)
70 (32)
93 (42)
57 (26)
64 (29)
73 (33)
81 (37)
88 (40)
109 (49)
5A377C 5AA377C 5A477C
117 (53)
108 (49)
1.800.992.1776
122 (55)
•
5AA417C
5 Shelves
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
5A517C
5AA517C
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
5A317K3
48 (22)
62 (28)
53 (24)
51 (23)
5AA427C
5A527C
5AA527C
5A327K3
56 (25)
71 (32)
62 (28)
58 (26)
5AA437C
5A537C
5AA537C
5A337K3
65 (29)
81 (37)
73 (33)
65 (29)
5AA447C
5A547C
5AA547C
5A347K3
73 (33)
89 (40)
81 (37)
70 (32)
5AA457C
5A557C
5AA557C
5A357K3
80 (36)
98 (44)
90 (41)
78 (35)
5AA467C 5A567C
101 (46)
113 (51)
5AA567C 5A367K3
122 (55)
5AA477C 5A577C
113 (51)
102 (46)
5AA577C 5A377K3
149 (68)
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
141 (64)
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
74" (1880mm) Posts (74PK3)
117 (53)
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
5AA317K3 5A417K3
43 (20)
57 (26)
5AA327K3 5A427K3
50 (23)
64 (29)
5AA337K3 5A437K3
57 (26)
73 (33)
5AA347K3 5A447K3
62 (28)
81 (37)
5AA357K3 5A457K3
70 (32)
88 (40)
5AA367K3 5A467K3
93 (42)
109 (49)
5AA377K3 5A477K3
108 (49)
122 (55)
5AA417K3
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
5A517K3
5AA517K3
48 (22)
62 (28)
53 (24)
5AA427K3
5A527K3
5AA527K3
56 (25)
71 (32)
62 (28)
5AA437K3
5A537K3
5AA537K3
65 (29)
81 (37)
73 (33)
5AA447K3
5A547K3
5AA547K3
73 (33)
89 (40)
81 (37)
5AA457K3
5A557K3
5AA557K3
80 (36)
98 (44)
90 (41)
5AA467K3
5A567K3
5AA567K3
101 (46)
122 (55)
113 (51)
5AA477K3
5A577K3
5AA577K3
113 (51)
149 (68)
141 (64)
S u per A dj u stable S u per E recta ® S tem C aster C arts
Super Adjustable Super Erecta® Stem Caster Carts —
11.01a
• Four- and five-tier models available.
• Consists of Super Adjustable Super Erecta wire shelves.
• 5" (127mm) resilient rubber or polyurethane casters with donut bumpers.
• Super Adjustable Super Erecta shelves allow for quick and easy adjustability.
• Open-wire shelf design minimizes dust and increases air circulation and
visibility.
• Strong and versatile. (See Metro Fact below)
• For additional storage levels, Super Adjustable shelves may be added as
desired. (See page 37.)
Metro Fact:
Carts with polyurethane
casters are designed
to hold up to 900 lbs.
(408kg). Carts with
rubber casters can hold
up to 600 lbs. (272kg)
of evenly distributed
weight. Heavier
weight loads should
be stored as low as
possible on cart for safe
maneuverability.
Super Adjustable Super Erecta®
Wire Stem Caster Cart
Lift the release at each corner to
adjust Super Adjustable shelves at
1" (25mm) increments in seconds.
Use a solid shelf on the lowest levels to protect contents on the
bottom of the cart from debris and dripping. (See page 67).
4-Tier Models
5-Tier Models
With Chrome Shelves and Chrome-Plated Posts
Overall Height 677/8" (1724mm)
With Chrome Shelves and Chrome-Plated Posts
Overall Height 677/8" (1724mm)
Catalog Number with Casters
Two Swivel
Two Swivel
Two Brake
Two Brake
Resilient
Polyurethane
Rubber Casters
Casters
Catalog Number with Casters
Two Swivel
Two Swivel
Two Brake
Two Brake
Resilient
Polyurethane
Rubber Casters
Casters
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
A336EC
A356EC
A366EC
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
18x60 457x1524
60 27
72 32
88 40
5A336BC
5A356BC
5A366BC
5A336EC
5A356EC
5A366EC
A436EC
A456EC
A466EC
21x36 530x914
21x48 530x1219
21x60 530x1524
69 31
81 36
98 44
5A436BC
5A456BC
5A466BC
5A436EC
5A456EC
5A466EC
A536EC
A556EC
A566EC
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
76 34
92 41
112 51
5A536BC
5A556BC
5A566BC
5A536EC
5A556EC
5A566EC
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
18x60 457x1524
60 27
72 32
88 40
A336BC
A356BC
A366BC
21x36 530x914
21x48 530x1219
21x60 530x1524
69 31
81 36
98 44
A436BC
A456BC
A466BC
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
76 34
92 41
112 51
A536BC
A556BC
A566BC
Note: Models include 63UP posts.
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Note: Models include 63UP posts.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
39
SUPER EREC TA
®
S H E L VING S Y S T E M
Genuine
Quality.
Genuine Metro!
Super Erecta® Shelving System
The original wire storage system.
A storage system that defines the extent of space, Super Erecta’s revolutionary
concept was fresh and innovative from its start — nearly 50 years ago. It has continued
to evolve, with nearly 100 highly specialized accessories, aimed at meeting the
diversity of today’s challenges.
• Adjustable: Shelves can be repositioned at precise 1" (25mm) increments along the
length of the numbered posts.
• Unique Design: Open-wire design minimizes dust accumulation, allows a free
circulation of air, and greater visibility of stored items.
• Mobile: Full choice of caster types available for mobile applications.
SiteSelect posts provide a
visual guide for positioning
and adjusting shelves, saving
considerable time during
assembly and adjustment.
An easy-to-identify double
groove, every 8" (203mm),
offers a quick way to align all
shelves.
Metro Fact:
Genuine Metro!
Metro created the original post-based shelving unit in 1965.
Still today, Metro Super Erecta Shelving is recognized worldwide
as the most popular commercial shelving system ever.
®
40
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
SUPER EREC TA
®
S H E L VING S Y S T E M
Strong to the Finish.
Shelving Finishes Guide
Standard
Epoxy and
Designer
Finishes
Wire
& Solid
Type 304 Polished Stainless Steel
A pleasing aesthetic
and basic protection
for dry environments.
Addresses the most aggressive applications and
environments. All-stainless solid and wire options
exist for high temperature automated cart wash
and autoclave applications.
R
Metroseal 3™ Epoxy
Corrosion resistant finish for wet or high humidity
environments with a 12 year warranty against rust and
corrosion. Microban antimicrobial is built into the finish
to keep the product “cleaner between cleanings”.
R
Chrome Plating
The "real" nickel-chrome finish for dry, low humidity
environments. Metro’s durable chrome finish includes
a protective lacquer coat.
R
Brite
Economical, chromate finish for dry, low humidity
environments. Metro’s Brite finish provides the look
of chrome and includes a protective lacquer coat.
R
Shelving Post Guide
Standard Stationary Post with adjustable leveling foot. Stainless models also
feature a stainless leveling foot. Use Foot Plates for greater stability.
Standard Stem Caster Mobile Post accepts a Metro stem caster. Use these for
the majority of standard duty transport and movable storage applications.
Cart Wash and Autoclave Applications
Swaged stainless post has a fastened aluminum post cap and is specifically designed to withstand high temperatures. See page 50 for part numbers.
Heavy Duty Transport
Staked post attaches to a dolly truck to address abusive transport applications.
The reinforced connection between the base receptacle and post provides a more
secure connection to the dolly truck. See page 52 for part numbers.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
Wire Shelves —
10.01a
S hel v i n g S ystem
®
10.10a
Packaging: Wire shelves are priced individually and packaged no more than 4 per carton except 60" (1524mm) and 72" (1829mm) lengths and
30" (760mm) and 36" (914mm) widths, which are packaged no more than 2 per carton. Plastic sleeves and wedges are included with each shelf.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No. Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price Each
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
355x1829
6
7
8
91/2
101/2
14
17
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
4.7
6.3
7.7
1424BR
1430BR
1436BR
1442BR
1448BR
1460BR
1472BR
1424NC
1430NC
1436NC
1442NC
1448NC
1460NC
1472NC
1424NK3
1430NK3
1436NK3
1442NK3
1448NK3
1460NK3
1472NK3
1424NS
1430NS
1436NS
1442NS
1448NS
1460NS
1472NS
195.00
202.00
202.00
249.00
249.00
314.00 353.00
18x18 457x457
18x24 457x610
18x30 457x760
18x36 457x914
18x42 457x1066
18x48 457x1219
18x54 457x1370
18x60 457x1524
18x72 457x1829
6
7
8
91/2
11
12
141/2
17
20
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.1
N/A
1824BR
1830BR
1836BR
1842BR
1848BR
1854BR
1860BR
1872BR
1818NC
1824NC
1830NC
1836NC
1842NC
1848NC
1854NC
1860NC
1872NC
N/A
1824NK3
1830NK3
1836NK3
1842NK3
1848NK3
1854NK3
1860NK3
1872NK3
N/A
1824NS
1830NS
1836NS
1842NS
1848NS
1854NS
1860NS
1872NS
246.00
249.00
249.00 295.00
295.00 374.00 374.00 445.00
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1370
530x1524
530x1829
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
24
3.6
4.1
5.0
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.9
2124BR
2130BR
2136BR
2142BR
2148BR
2154BR
2160BR
2172BR
2124NC
2130NC
2136NC
2142NC
2148NC
2154NC
2160NC
2172NC
2124NK3
2130NK3
2136NK3
2142NK3
2148NK3
2154NK3
2160NK3
2172NK3
2124NS
2130NS
2136NS
2142NS
2148NS
2154NS
2160NS
2172NS
285.00
288.00
288.00
332.00
332.00 441.00
441.00
523.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
610x1829
9
11
13
15
16
19
21
26
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
7.3
8.6
9.5
11.8
2424BR
2430BR
2436BR
2442BR
2448BR
2454BR
2460BR
2472BR
2424NC
2430NC
2436NC
2442NC
2448NC
2454NC
2460NC
2472NC
2424NK3
2430NK3
2436NK3
2442NK3
2448NK3
2454NK3
2460NK3
2472NK3
2424NS
2430NS
2436NS
2442NS
2448NS
2454NS
2460NS
2472NS
303.00 307.00
307.00
371.00 371.00
454.00
454.00
566.00
30x36 760x914
30x48 760x1219
30x60 760x1524
30x72 760x1829
15
6.8
21
9.5
261/2 11.8
31
14.0
3036NC
3048NC
3060NC
3072NC
3036NK3
3048NK3
3060NK3
3072NK3
3036NS
3048NS
3060NS
3072NS
415.00
485.00
539.00
654.00
36x36 910x914
36x48 910x1219
36x60 910x1524
36x72 910x1829
18
8.2
23
10.4
29
13.1
341/2 15.4
3636NC
3648NC
3660NC
3672NC
3636NK3
3648NK3
3660NK3
3672NK3
3636NS
3648NS
3660NS
3672NS
465.00
551.00
639.00
759.00
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
14x72
Cat. No.
Chrome
Note: With 14” (355mm) shelving, stationary units taller than 63" (1600mm) must be properly fastened to the floor or wall using Metro foot plates or wall brackets. On mobile units maximum post height is 54" (1370mm).
Note: The actual length of the shelves is 1/8" (3.2mm) shorter than the nominal dimension shown. The actual depth of the shelves is 1/8" (3.2mm) greater than the nominal dimension shown.
Note: Metroseal 3 is not cart-washable.
Note: Super Erecta wire shelves up to 48" (1219mm) long have a weight capacity of 800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf evenly distributed. Shelves longer than 48" (1219mm) have a weight capacity of 600 lbs. (272kg) per shelf evenly distributed.
SiteSelect ™ Posts —
10.01a
10.10a
Stationary Super Erecta SiteSelect posts are fitted with adjustable leveling bolts to compensate for uneven surfaces. Mobile posts come
without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters. Special length posts are available.†
®
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
STATIONARY
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless**
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
0.3 0.5 0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 7P
13P
27P
33P
54P
63P
7PK3
13PK3
27PK3
33PK3
54PK3
63PK3
13PS
27PS
33PS
54PS
63PS
1895
2200
2454
4
1.8 5
2.3 51/2 2.5 74P
86P
***96P
74PK3
86PK3
74PS
86PS
MOBILE
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
13UP
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
13UPK3
27UPK3
33UPK3
54UPK3
63UPK3
70UPK3
74UPK3
86UPK3
1
13/4
2
3
31­/2
33/4
4
4.5
0.5
0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 Cat. No.
Stainless
13UPS
27UPS
33UPS
54UPS
63UPS
74UPS
86UPS
These posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
Casters for mobile applications can be found on pages 50 & 51.
***Height
includes leveling bolt and cap.
*
***Stainless stationary post includes stainless leveling bolt.
***96P should not be used on units less than 24" (610mm) deep. Consult Metro Engineering for alternate recommendations.
**†Note: Special length posts are available, priced at next higher length plus a cutting charge of $7.00. Post lengths to be specified as cut to a
Indicates antimicrobial
round number, ie: 74P cut to 69" (1753mm) . . This will result in an overall post height with adjustment of 693/8" (1762mm) to 697/8" (1775mm).
42
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
product.
SUPER EREC TA
Designer Color Shelving —
S H E L VING S Y S T E M
®
10.14
Available in a wide spectrum of colors that complement any decor.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Black
Standard Colors
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Flame†
Cat. No.
Designer Colors*†
DESIGNER COLORS
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
14x72
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
355x1829
6
7
8
91/2
101/2
14
17
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
4.7
6.3
7.7
1424NBL
1430NBL
1436NBL
1442NBL
1448NBL
1460NBL
1472NBL
1424NW
1430NW
1436NW
1442NW
1448NW
1460NW
1472NW
1424N-DSG
1430N-DSG
1436N-DSG
1442N-DSG
1448N-DSG
1460N-DSG
1472N-DSG
1424NF
1430NF
1436NF
1442NF
1448NF
1460NF
1472NF
1424N-D
1430N-D
1436N-D
1442N-D
1448N-D
1460N-D
1472N-D
18x18
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
18x72
457x457
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1370
457x1524
457x1829
6
7
8
91/2
11
12
141/2
17
20
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.1
1818NBL
1824NBL
1830NBL
1836NBL
1842NBL
1848NBL
1854NBL
1860NBL
1872NBL
1818NW
1824NW
1830NW
1836NW
1842NW
1848NW
1854NW
1860NW
1872NW
1818N-DSG
1824N-DSG
1830N-DSG
1836N-DSG
1842N-DSG
1848N-DSG
1854N-DSG
1860N-DSG
1872N-DSG
1818NF
1824NF
1830NF
1836NF
1842NF
1848NF
1854NF
1860NF
1872NF
1818N-D
1824N-D
1830N-D
1836N-D
1842N-D
1848N-D
1854N-D
1860N-D
1872N-D
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1370
530x1524
530x1829
8 3.6
9 4.1
11 5.0
12 5.4
14 6.4
16 7.3
18 8.2
24 10.9
2124NBL
2130NBL
2136NBL
2142NBL
2148NBL
2154NBL
2160NBL
2172NBL
2124NW
2130NW
2136NW
2142NW
2148NW
2154NW
2160NW
2172NW
2124N-DSG
2130N-DSG
2136N-DSG
2142N-DSG
2148N-DSG
2154N-DSG
2160N-DSG
2172N-DSG
2124NF
2130NF
2136NF
2142NF
2148NF
2154NF
2160NF
2172NF
2124N-D
2130N-D
2136N-D
2142N-D
2148N-D
2154N-D
2160N-D
2172N-D
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
610x1829
9 4.1
11 5.0
13 5.9
15 6.8
16 7.3
19 8.6
21 9.5
26 11.8
2424NBL
2430NBL
2436NBL
2442NBL
2448NBL
2454NBL
2460NBL
2472NBL
2424NW
2430NW
2436NW
2442NW
2448NW
2454NW
2460NW
2472NW
2424N-DSG
2430N-DSG
2436N-DSG
2442N-DSG
2448N-DSG
2454N-DSG
2460N-DSG
2472N-DSG
2424NF
2430NF
2436NF
2442NF
2448NF
2454NF
2460NF
2472NF
2424N-D
2430N-D
2436N-D
2442N-D
2448N-D
2454N-D
2460N-D
2472N-D
†Contact your Metro
representative for
pricing on
Designer Color
Shelves.
Note: White epoxy Super Erecta shelves come with white split sleeves.
Note: All Black, Smoked Glass and Designer Super Erecta shelves come with black split sleeves.
Note: Black shelving is NSF listed. White, Smoked Glass, and Designer Colors are not NSF listed.
Posts —
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
71/2 191
141/2 370
271/2 699
341/2 875
549/16 1385
629/16 1590
745/8 1895
865/8 2200
10.14
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
0.3
0.5
0.75
0.9 1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
7PBL
13PBL
27PBL
33PBL
54PBL
63PBL
74PBL
86PBL
7PW
13PW
27PW
33PW
54PW
63PW
74PW
86PW
STATIONARY
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
7P-DSG
13P-DSG
27P-DSG
33P-DSG
54P-DSG
63P-DSG
74P-DSG
86P-DSG
Cat. No.
Flame†
Cat. No.
Designer
Colors*†
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
7PF
13PF
27PF
33PF
54PF
63PF
74PF
86PF
7P-D
13P-D
27P-D
33P-D
54P-D
63P-D
74P-D
86P-D
13/4
2
3
31­/2
4
4.5
0.75
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
Mobile (for Stem Casters)
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
—
—
27UPBL
33UPBL
54UPBL
63UPBL
74UPBL
86UPBL
—
—
27UPW
33UPW
54UPW
63UPW
74UPW
86UPW
—
—
27UP-DSG
33UP-DSG
54UP-DSG
63UP-DSG
74UP-DSG
86UP-DSG
Cat. No.
Flame†
Cat. No.
Designer
Colors*†
—
—
27UPF
33UPF
54UPF
63UPF
74UPF
86UPF
—
—
27UP-D
33UP-D
54UP-D
63UP-D
74UP-D
86UP-D
†Contact your Metro representative for pricing on Stationary and Mobile Designer Color Posts.
Standard Colors
Black
White
Designer Colors*
Smoked Glass
Flame (F)
Black Matte
(BM)
Hunter Green
(HG)
*For Designer Colors: BM, HG, CH, SH
*To order a Designer Color, add the appropriate color suffix to the desired catalog numbers above.
Example: 18" x 36" (457 x 914mm) Hunter Green Shelf = 1836N-DHG
74" (1880mm) stationary Hunter Green Post = 74P-DHG.
1.800.992.1776
•
Copper
Hammertone
(CH)
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Silver
Hammertone
(SH)
43
S u per E recta ® S tarter a n d add - o n u n i ts
Shelving Starter and
Add-On Units
Save time and money by eliminating
adjacent posts and replacing with
“S” hooks.
• Starter Units consist of four posts
and indicated number of Super
Erecta shelves.
• Add-On Units consist of two
posts, indicated number of shelves,
and two “S” Hooks per shelf, for
attaching shelf to adjacent unit.
Replacement “S” Hook
2 are required for each
storage level.
Cat. No. 9995Z
For additional wire shelves,
order from page 42.
Security “S” Hook
Right Angles
Add-On
2 are required for each
storage level.
Chrome. Cat. No. H9995C
Bag of 2
Black. Cat. No. H9995B
Bag of 2
Combination
Starter
Starter
End-to-End
“S” Hook
Location
Add-On
Starter
Add-On
Shelving Starter and Add-On Units — Easy Order Guide
4 Shelves
Chrome-Plated
63" (1600mm) Posts (63P)
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24"
Cat. No.
(610mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
30"
Cat. No.
(760mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
36"
Cat. No.
(914mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
42"
Cat. No.
(1066mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
48"
Cat. No.
(1219mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
60"
Cat. No.
(1524mm) Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
72"
Cat. No.
(1829mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
44
N316C
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
AN316C
N416C
42 (19)
35 (16)
N326C
AN326C
47 (21)
40 (18)
N336C
AN336C
53 (24)
46 (21)
N346C
AN346C
57 (26)
50 (23)
N356C
AN356C
63 (29)
56 (25)
N366C
AN366C
82 (31)
75 (34)
N376C
AN376C
94 (43)
87 (39)
1.800.992.1776
Chrome-Plated
5 Shelves
74" (1880mm) Posts (74P)
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
5AN317C
5N417C
5AN417C
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
N516C
46 (21)
39 (18)
50 (23)
43 (20)
51 (23)
43 (20)
57 (26)
48 (22)
62 (28)
53 (24)
N426C
AN426C
N526C
AN526C
5N327C
5AN327C
5N427C
5AN427C
5N527C
5AN527C
52 (24)
45 (20)
57 (26)
50 (23)
58 (26)
50 (23)
64 (29)
56 (25)
71 (32)
62 (28)
N436C
AN436C
N536C
AN536C
5N337C
5AN337C
5N437C
5AN437C
5N537C
5AN537C
59 (27)
52 (24)
65 (30)
58 (26)
65 (29)
57 (26)
73 (33)
65 (29)
81 (37)
73 (33)
N446C
AN446C
N546C
AN546C
5N347C
5AN347C
5N447C
5AN447C
5N547C
5AN547C
65 (29)
58 (26)
72 (33)
65 (29)
70 (32)
62 (28)
81 (37)
73 (33)
89 (40)
81 (37)
N456C
AN456C
N556C
AN556C
5N357C
5AN357C
5N457C
5AN457C
5N557C
5AN557C
71 (32)
64 (29)
79 (36)
72 (33)
78 (35)
70 (32)
88 (40)
80 (36)
98 (44)
90 (41)
N466C
AN466C
N566C
AN566C
5N367C
5AN367C
5N467C
5AN467C
5N567C
5AN567C
88 (40)
81 (37)
98 (44)
91 (41)
102 (46)
93 (42)
109 (49)
101 (46)
122 (55)
113 (51)
N476C
AN476C
N576C
AN576C
5N377C
5AN377C
5N477C
5AN477C
5N577C
5AN577C
98 (44)
92 (42)
120 (54)
113 (51)
117 (53)
108 (49)
122 (55)
113 (51)
149 (68)
141 (64)
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
5N317C
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
AN416C
•
AN516C
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
5N517C
5AN517C
S u per E recta ® S tarter a n d add - o n u n i ts
Shelving Starter and Add-On Units — Easy Order Guide (continued)
4 Shelves
63" (1600mm) Posts (63P)
Super Erecta Brite™
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24"
Cat. No.
(610mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N316BR AN316BR N416BR
30"
Cat. No.
(760mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N326BR AN326BR N426BR
36"
Cat. No.
(914mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N336BR AN336BR N436BR
42"
Cat. No.
(1066mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N346BR AN346BR N446BR
48"
Cat. No.
(1219mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N356BR AN356BR N456BR
60"
Cat. No.
(1524mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N366BR AN366BR N466BR
72"
Cat. No.
(1829mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N376BR AN376BR N476BR
42 (19)
47 (21)
53 (24)
57 (26)
63 (29)
82 (31)
94 (43)
35 (16)
40 (18)
46 (21)
50 (23)
56 (25)
75 (34)
87 (39)
46 (21)
52 (24)
59 (27)
65 (29)
71 (32)
88 (40)
98 (44)
5 Shelves
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
AN416BR N516BR
39 (18)
50 (23)
AN426BR N526BR
45 (20)
57 (26)
AN436BR N536BR
52 (24)
65 (30)
AN446BR N546BR
58 (26)
72 (33)
AN456BR N556BR
64 (29)
79 (36)
AN466BR N566BR
81 (37)
98 (44)
AN476BR N576BR
92 (42)
Super Erecta Brite™
74" (1880mm) Posts (74P)
120 (54)
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
AN516BR 5N317BR 5AN317BR 5N417BR 5AN417BR 5N517BR 5AN517BR
43 (20)
51 (23)
43 (20)
57 (26)
48 (22)
62 (28)
53 (24)
AN526BR 5N327BR 5AN327BR 5N427BR 5AN427BR 5N527BR 5AN527BR
50 (23)
58 (26)
50 (23)
64 (29)
56 (25)
71 (32)
62 (28)
AN536BR 5N337BR 5AN337BR 5N437BR 5AN437BR 5N537BR 5AN537BR
58 (26)
65 (29)
57 (26)
73 (33)
65 (29)
81 (37)
73 (33)
AN546BR 5N347BR 5AN347BR 5N447BR 5AN447BR 5N547BR 5AN547BR
65 (29)
70 (32)
62 (28)
81 (37)
73 (33)
89 (40)
81 (37)
AN556BR 5N357BR 5AN357BR 5N457BR 5AN457BR 5N557BR 5AN557BR
72 (33)
78 (35)
70 (32)
88 (40)
80 (36)
98 (44)
90 (41)
AN566BR 5N367BR 5AN367BR 5N467BR 5AN467BR 5N567BR 5AN567BR
91 (41)
102 (46)
93 (42)
109 (49)
101 (46)
122 (55)
113 (51)
AN576BR 5N377BR 5AN377BR 5N477BR 5AN477BR 5N577BR 5AN577BR
113 (51)
117 (53)
108 (49)
122 (55)
113 (51)
149 (68)
141 (64)
Shelving Starter and Add-On Units — Easy Order Guide (continued)
4 Shelves
63" (1600mm) Posts (63PK3)
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24"
Cat. No.
(610mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N316K3 AN316K3 N416K3
30"
Cat. No.
(760mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N326K3 AN326K3 N426K3
36"
Cat. No.
(914mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N336K3 AN336K3 N436K3
42"
Cat. No.
(1066mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N346K3 AN346K3 N446K3
48"
Cat. No.
(1219mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N356K3 AN356K3 N456K3
60"
Cat. No.
(1524mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N366K3 AN366K3 N466K3
72"
Cat. No.
(1829mm)
Long
Wt. lbs. (kg)
N376K3 AN376K3 N476K3
42 (19)
47 (21)
53 (24)
57 (26)
63 (29)
82 (31)
94 (43)
35 (16)
40 (18)
46 (21)
50 (23)
56 (25)
75 (34)
87 (39)
46 (21)
52 (24)
59 (27)
65 (29)
71 (32)
88 (40)
98 (44)
AN416K3
5 Shelves
74" (1880mm) Posts (74PK3)
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
N516K3
39 (18)
50 (23)
AN426K3
N526K3
45 (20)
57 (26)
AN436K3
N536K3
52 (24)
65 (30)
AN446K3
N546K3
58 (26)
72 (33)
AN456K3
N556K3
64 (29)
79 (36)
AN466K3
N566K3
81 (37)
98 (44)
AN476K3
N576K3
92 (42)
120 (54)
18" (457mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
21" (530mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
24" (610mm) Wide
Starter
Add-On
AN516K3 5N317K3 5AN317K3 5N417K3 5AN417K3 5N517K3 5AN517K3
43 (20)
51 (23)
43 (20)
57 (26)
48 (22)
62 (28)
53 (24)
AN526K3 5N327K3 5AN327K3 5N427K3 5AN427K3 5N527K3 5AN527K3
50 (23)
58 (26)
50 (23)
64 (29)
56 (25)
71 (32)
62 (28)
AN536K3 5N337K3 5AN337K3 5N437K3 5AN437K3 5N537K3 5AN537K3
58 (26)
65 (29)
57 (26)
73 (33)
65 (29)
81 (37)
73 (33)
AN546K3 5N347K3 5AN347K3 5N447K3 5AN447K3 5N547K3 5AN547K3
65 (29)
70 (32)
62 (28)
81 (37)
73 (33)
89 (40)
81 (37)
AN556K3 5N357K3 5AN357K3 5N457K3 5AN457K3 5N557K3 5AN557K3
72 (33)
78 (35)
70 (32)
88 (40)
80 (36)
98 (44)
90 (41)
AN566K3 5N367K3 5AN367K3 5N467K3 5AN467K3 5N567K3 5AN567K3
91 (41)
102 (46)
93 (42)
109 (49)
101 (46)
122 (55)
113 (51)
AN576K3 5N377K3 5AN377K3 5N477K3 5AN477K3 5N577K3 5AN577K3
113 (51)
117 (53)
108 (49)
122 (55)
113 (51)
149 (68)
141 (64)
Add-on units with “S” hooks can only be attached to shelves supported by two or more posts.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
45
S u per E recta
S hel v i n g a n d d u n n a g e
®
Super Erecta® Convenience Pak™ —
10.03
• Providing a complete shelving unit in a single box, Convenience Pak shelving is
the easy-to-order alternative to separate shelving components.
• Available in Super Erecta Brite, chrome and Metroseal 3 finishes.
Unassembled Convenience Pak™
Each pack includes four shelves with split sleeves and four
split posts with threaded connectors and leveling feet.
Convenience Pak unit
in Chrome finish
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
List
Price
Each
18x36x741/2 457x914x1890
18x48x741/2 457x1219x1890
18x60x741/2 457x1524x1890
51 23
63 28.5
82 37
EZ1836BR-4
EZ1848BR-4
EZ1860BR-4
EZ1836NC-4
EZ1848NC-4
EZ1860NC-4
EZ1836NK3-4
EZ1848NK3-4
EZ1860NK3-4
498.00
572.00
652.00
24x36x741/2 610x914x1890
24x48x741/2 610x1219x1890
24x60x741/2 610x1524x1890
66 30
76 34.5
102 46
EZ2436BR-4
EZ2448BR-4
EZ2460BR-4
EZ2436NC-4
EZ2448NC-4
EZ2460NC-4
EZ2436NK3-4
EZ2448NK3-4
EZ2460NK3-4
576.00
681.00
774.00
Heavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves —
10.45
Enhance the weight-bearing capacity of your system.
• 36" (914mm) shelf holds 1,600 pounds (725kg) (uniformly distributed); 48" (1219mm) shelves carry
up to 1,300 pounds (590kg); 60" (1524mm) shelves bear up to 1,000 pounds (453kg).
• Removable wire mat: Lifts off for easy cleaning. 5/16" (7.9mm) diameter wire.
• Support frames: 1" (25mm) square tubing.
Dunnage Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x48
18x60
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1219
457x1524
14
18
21
28
34
6.3
8.1
9.4
12.6
15.3
1824DRC
1830DRC
1836DRC
1848DRC
1860DRC
1824DRK3
1830DRK3
1836DRK3
1848DRK3
1860DRK3
—
—
1836DRS
1848DRS
1860DRS
541.00
659.00
773.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
16
20
24
30
37
7.2
9.0
10.8
13.5
16.6
2424DRC
2430DRC
2436DRC
2448DRC
2460DRC
2424DRK3
2430DRK3
2436DRK3
2448DRK3
2460DRK3
—
—
2436DRS
2448DRS
2460DRS
592.00
714.00
856.00
Important: In stationary shelving, stability decreases as the ratio of height to width increases and when heavier loads are placed on
upper shelves. Shelving stability is attained by keeping units as wide and low as possible, and placing heavy loads low on
the shelving unit.
Cantilever Shelves —
10.06
Adds convenient space above a storage unit. Drop mat design creates a retaining ledge around
the entire 12" (305mm) deep shelf. Remember to order rear posts taller than front posts to
accommodate these shelves.
Cantilever Shelves
Indicates antimicrobial
product.
46
Length
(in.)
(mm)
24
30
36
42
48
60
1.800.992.1776
610
750
914
1066
1219
1524
•
Approx.
Pkd. Wt. Each
(lbs.) (kg)
41/2
5
53/4
63/4
73/4
91/2
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.1
3.5
4.3
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
1224CSNC
1230CSNC
1236CSNC
1242CSNC
1248CSNC
1260CSNC
1224CSNBL
1230CSNBL
1236CSNBL
1242CSNBL
1248CSNBL
1260CSNBL
1224CSNW
1230CSNW
1236CSNW
1242CSNW
1248CSNW
1260CSNW
1224CSN-DSG
1230CSN-DSG
1236CSN-DSG
1242CSN-DSG
1248CSN-DSG
1260CSN-DSG
60.00
62.50
65.50
73.50
76.00
88.00
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta ® shel v i n g
Foot Plates —
Aluminum
Split
Sleeves — 10.06
10.06
Use to bolt units to the floor, or when a
broader, more stable foot is desired.
Zinc. Cat. No. 9993Z
For high temperature, over the road,
or conductive applications. Zinc or
stainless steel retainer rings
available to secure shelf. One bag
required per shelf; 4 pairs per bag.
Stainless Steel.
Cat. No. 9993S
Black. Cat. No. 9993BL
Glides —
Aluminum Split Sleeves with Zinc Rings
Aluminum Split Sleeves with Stainless Rings
10.06
Smooth polymer cover fits over leveling
bolt to protect floors.
Cat. No. 9991P
Decorative Leveling Foot —
Cat. No.
List
Price
Per Bag
9986Z
9986S
10.20
15.50
Replacement
Plastic Split
Sleeves — 10.06
10.06
Decorative alternative for post. Compensates
for uneven surfaces.
Chrome. Cat. No. HDFC
Black. Cat. No. HDFB
Wall Clamp —
One bag required per shelf;
4 pairs per bag.
Black Split Sleeve
Cat. No.
Black Plastic Split Sleeves
White Plastic Split Sleeves
9985
9985W White Split Sleeve
List
Price
Per Bag
7.70
7.30
Note: White post caps and white split sleeves are standard with white
designer shelving only.
10.06
• Use to secure a stationary unit to the wall
for greater stability. Plated finish.
• Compatible with Super Erecta wire
shelves and Super Adjustable Super
Erecta wire shelves.
Replacement Super
Adjustable Kit — 10.06
Package includes 4 wedges, 4 sleeves,
and 4 corner releases.
Cat. No. SAKITA2
Cat. No. 9984C
Post Clamps —
10.06
Joins units together for maximum strength.
Zinc-plated. Cat. No. 9994Z
Black. Cat. No. 9994BL
Basket Shelf —
10.04
31/2" (89mm) deep basket with 400 lb. (182kg) weight capacity.
Ideal for containing and displaying smaller items.
(in.)
Size
(mm)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
Price
Each
14x36
14x48
355x914
355x1219
—
—
DD3448A
DD3448B
110.50
129.50
18x36
18x48
457x914
457x1219
CC9744A
CC9744
CC9744C
CC9744B
111.50
130.50
Basket Shelf
(Posts sold separately, see page 42)
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
47
S u per E recta
S tem C aster C arts
®
Super Erecta Mobile Shelving and Transport Carts
Stem Caster Carts (Standard-Duty Mobile Shelving)
• The most common configuration for mobile shelving.
• They are primarily used for applications where the shelving is periodically moved to clean or to transport
goods short distances within a facility.
• The weight capacity of the cart is determined by the casters. Typical configurations range from 600-900 lbs.
(272-363kg) total unit capacity.
Dolly Trucks (Heavy-Duty Mobile Shelving)
• Carts configured with dolly bases are recommended for heavier duty applications. The dolly base is shock
absorbent and the heavier duty plate casters are designed to withstand abusive conditions.
• Dolly trucks are recommended when the carts must travel longer distances, over thresholds, and/or between
facilities on a regular basis.
• Dolly trucks can transport up to 1,000 lbs. (454kg) evenly distributed.
Consult your Metro representative to configure a solution to fit your needs.
Stem Caster Carts — Wire —
11.01
Open-wire shelf design minimizes dust and increases air circulation and visibility. Casters included.
Overall Height 67 7/8" (1724mm). Carts are configured with 63UP posts.
Super Erecta Brite Finish
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Two Swivel
Two Brake
Resilient
Rubber Casters
Two Swivel
Two Swivel
Two Brake
Two Brake
Polyurethane
Resilient
Casters
Rubber Casters
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
18x60 457x1524
60 27
72 32
88 40
N336BBR
N356BBR
N366BBR
N336EBR
N356EBR
N366EBR
21x36 530x914
21x48 530x1219
21x60 530x1524
69 31
81 36
98 44
N436BBR
N456BBR
N466BBR
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
76 34
92 41
112 51
N536BBR
N556BBR
N566BBR
Chrome Finish
Two Swivel
Two Brake
Polyurethane
Casters
N336BC
N356BC
N366BC
N336EC
N356EC
N366EC
N436EBR
N456EBR
N466EBR
N436BC
N456BC
N466BC
N436EC
N456EC
N466EC
N536EBR
N556EBR
N566EBR
N536BC
N556BC
N566BC
N536EC
N556EC
N566EC
Note: Models with Resilient Rubber casters can hold up to 600 lbs. (272kg) evenly distributed. Models with Polyurethane casters can hold up to
900 lbs. (409kg) evenly distributed.
Wire Stem
Caster Cart
Stem Caster Carts — Solid —
11.10
• Consist of four shelves, posts, plastic split sleeves, donut bumpers and 5"
(127mm) poly casters (2 swivel; 2 brake).
• Strong and versatile
• Solid Shelf Stem Caster Carts feature a 1/8" (3mm) raised “ship’s edge” around
perimeter of shelves to help contain spillage.
With Four Galvanized Flat Shelves and Chrome-Plated Posts
63" (1600mm) Posts — Overall Height 67 7/8" (1724mm)
Solid Stem Caster
with galvanized shelves
48
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
100 45
124 56
152 69
F536EG
F556EG
F566EG
Note: Models are deigned to hold up to 900 lbs. (363kg) evenly
distributed.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
Super Erecta Trucks — With Super Erecta Chrome Wire Shelves —
®
T r u cks
11.25
63" (1600mm) Plated Posts and Aluminum Dolly
Consists of four shelves, posts, plastic split sleeves, donut bumpers and
5" (127mm), resilient rubber or poly casters as designated.
Catalog Number with Casters
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Two B5DN
Two B5DNB
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
96 43
118 53
142 64
N536JC
N556JC
N566JC
Two B5P
Two B5PB
Two 6P
Set BL6P
N536LC
N556LC
N566LC
N536MC
N556MC
N566MC
Overall heights: JC, LC models — 687/16" (1739mm), MC models —701/16" (1800mm).
• JC models: Standard swivel plate casters,
two with brake; resilient rubber tread.
Metro Tip:
• LC models: Standard swivel plate casters,
two with brake; polyurethane tread.
In applications where
thresholds are frequently
encountered, Metro Super
Erecta Trucks provide
durability and increased
stability.
• MC models: Larger plate casters; two swivel;
one swivel/brake set; polyurethane tread.
Slanted Shelf Trucks and Carts —
Super Erecta Wire Truck
31.05
Shelves slope backwards 2" (51mm) to keep items from falling during transport.
Standard-duty carts have four poly stem casters. Heavy-duty trucks are dolly mounted.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height
(in.)
(mm)
No.
Shelves
Casters
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
24x36 610x914 621/16 1577
24x48 610x1219 621/16 1577
24x60 610x1524 621/16 1577
3
3
3
2-BL6P, 2-6P
2-BL6P, 2-6P
2-BL6P, 2-6P
Heavy-Duty
Heavy-Duty
Heavy-Duty
24x36 610x914 597/8 1521
24x48 610x1219 597/8 1521
24x60 610x1524 597/8 1521
3 4-Poly Casters Standard-Duty 105 47.2 AST35DC 1,058.00
3 4-Poly Casters Standard-Duty 125 56.2 AST55DC 1,191.00
3 4-Poly Casters Standard-Duty 150 67.5 AST65DC 1,272.00
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
140 63
AST35MC 2,002.00
162 72.4 AST55MC 2,074.00
187 84.1 AST65MC 2,187.00
Additional Slanted Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
Handles —
13
17
22
6
8
10
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
SLT2436NC
SLT2448NC
SLT2460NC
133.00
156.00
168.00
Standard-Duty Slanted
Shelf Cart
11.40
Use on corresponding width Super Erecta units to provide additional maneuverability to dolly carts or
stem caster carts. Split sleeves included for attaching to cart.
Push Handles
Length
(in.)
(mm)
14
18
21
24
30
36
355
457
530
610
760
914
Extended Handles
Push Handle
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
PH14NC
PH18NC
PH21NC
PH24NC
PH30NC
PH36NC
PH14NS
PH18NS
PH21NS
PH24NS
EH14NC
EH18NC
EH21NC
EH24NC
EH30NC
EH36NC
EH14NS
EH18NS
EH21NS
EH24NS
Note: Handles fit unit widths only. Extended handles add 6" (152.4mm) to length of unit.
Extended Handle
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
49
S u per E recta
S tem C asters
®
Stem Casters —
11.20
Use with Super Erecta posts and shelves (see pages 37 and 42) to create a mobile shelving unit to
meet your special needs. Stem casters are shipped with donut bumper at no additional charge.
5M
5MB
Rigid stem casters are
often ordered two per
unit for improved tracking
and handling. Rigid caster
channels are provided with
each two rigid stem casters
at no charge.
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load
Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
/2
/2
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
11/2
125
125
200
200
200
250
250
250
300
300
300
400
400
400
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
102
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
152
152
152
1
1
12
12
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
38
38
38
56
56
90
90
90
113
113
113
135
135
135
182
182
182
Type
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid
Wheel Tread
Temperature Range
(Continuous Usage)
(Fahrenheit)
(Celsius)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Resilient Donut
Resilient Donut
Resilient, Flat
Resilient, Flat
Resilient, Flat
High Modulus Donut
High Modulus Donut
High Modulus Donut
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
-30°-160°
-30°-160°
-30°-160°
-30°- 160°
-30°- 160°
-40°-180°
-40°-180°
-40°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
11/2
2
21/2
25/8
31/2
21/2
25/8
23/8
21/8
21/4
2
21/4
21/2
21/4
4LD
5LD
5M
5MB
5MR
5MDA
5MDBA
5MDRA
5MP
5MPB
5MPR
6MP
6MPB
6MPR
-34°-71°
-34°-71°
-34°-71°
-34°-71°
-34°-71°
-40°-82°
-40°-82°
-40°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
0.6
0.9
1.1
1.2
1.5
1.1
1.2
1.1
0.9
1
0.9
1.1
0.9
1
List
Price
Each
25.00
28.50
32.50
39.50
39.50
32.50
39.50
39.50
51.50
58.00
58.00
68.50
80.50
80.50
Note 1: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf width must be provided. Rigid connecting channel
(stainless steel): Cat. No. 14RS, 18RS, 21RS, 24RS, 30RS, or 36RS.
Note 2: Load Height for all 5M and 5MP casters — 63/32" ± 1/16" (155 ± 1.5mm).
Note 3: Load Height for 4LD caster — 45/8" ± 1/16" (118 ± 1.5mm).
Note 4: Load Height for 5LD caster — 55/8" ± 1/16" (143 ± 1.5mm).
Note 5: Brakes are foot-operated.
Polymer Casters —
11.20
Innovative polymer stem casters offer corrosion resistance and enhanced durability. Appropriate
for all medium-duty mobile applications. Donut bumpers included.
• All-polymer horn, stainless axle, and hardware.
• 5" (127mm) diameter polyurethane, flat wheel tread.
• Sleeve style axle bearing and optional toe-operated brake mechanism
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
5PC
5PCB
Face
(in.) (mm)
5 127 11/4 32
5 127 11/4 32
5 127 11/4 32
Load
Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg) Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Antimicrobial
300 135 Stem/Swivel Polyurethane, Flat -20°-120°-29°-49° 2 0.9 5PC
300 135 Stem/Brake Polyurethane, Flat -20°-120°-29°-49° 2 0.9 5PCB
300 135 Stem/Rigid Polyurethane, Flat -20°-120°-29°-49° 2 0.9 5PCR
5PCM
5PCBM
Type
Wheel Tread
Temperature Range
(Continuous Usage)
(Fahrenheit) (Celsius)
Note 1: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf width must be provided. Rigid connecting channel
(aluminum) for 5PCRX caster: Cat. No. P14RC, P18RC, P21RC, P24RC, P30RC, or P36RC.
Note 2: Not suitable for cart wash and autoclave applications.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
Stainless Steel Cart-Washable Stem Casters —
11.20
Stem casters are shipped with donut bumpers at no extra charge.
5MDGSA
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load
Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Type
Wheel Tread
Temperature Range
(Continuous Usage)
(Fahrenheit)
(Celsius)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
250
250
250
300
300
300
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Rigid
High Modulus Donut
High Modulus Donut
High Modulus Donut
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
Polyurethane, Flat
-40°-180°
-40°-180°
-40°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
-30°-180°
21/2
25/8
23/8
21/8
21/4
2
5MDGSA
5MDBGSA
5MDRGSA
5MPGSA
5MPBGSA
5MPRGSA
5
5
5
5
5
5
127
127
127
127
127
127
32
32
32
32
32
32
113
113
113
135
135
135
-40°-82°
-40°-82°
-40°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
-34°-82°
1.1
1.2
1.1
0.9
1
0.9
List
Price
Each
152.50
160.00
160.00
161.00
167.50
167.50
Note 1: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf width must be provided. Rigid connecting channel
(stainless steel): Cat. No. 14RS, 18RS, 21RS, 24RS, 30RS, or 36RS.
Note 2: Load Height for all 5MD and 5MP casters — 63/32" ± 1/16" (155 ± 1.5mm).
Note 3: All casters are grease sealed with zerk fittings in swivel and axle.
Note 4: Brakes are foot-operated.
High-temperature Autoclave Stem Casters
5MHTPB
5MHTNB
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load
Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Type
Wheel Tread
Temperature Range
(Continuous Usage)
(Fahrenheit)
(Celsius)
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
300
300
300
300
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Phenolic, Flat
Phenolic, Flat
Nylon, Flat
Nylon, Flat
-45°-475°
-45°-475°
-20°-475°
-20°-475°
5
5
5
5
127
127
127
127
38
38
38
38
135
135
135
135
-43°-250°
-43°-250°
-29°-250°
-29°-250°
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
21/5
24/5
22/5
3
1
1.3
1.1
1.4
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
5MHTP
5MHTPB
5MHTN
5MHTNB
209.00
223.00
209.00
223.00
Swaged Posts — For cart wash and autoclave applications
Each Type 304 stainless post has an aluminum cap swaged into the top of
the post. For use with standard stem casters.
Swaged Post
Description
Dimensions
(in.)
(mm)
Stem Caster Post
Stem Caster Post
Stem Caster Post
33
54
63
875
1370
1600
Note: For special height posts, please consult your Metro representative.
50
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Cat. No.
List
Price Each
33UPS-SW
54UPS-SW
63UPS-SW
61.50
67.00
74.50
C aster wheel mater i al g u i de
Donut Bumpers —
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
31/2 89
51/2 140
Decorative Casters —
11.40
Height
(lbs.) (kg)
/4 19
/16 21
3
13
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
9992DB*
9992N
9.40
14.60
*Included with each Super Erecta stem caster as
noted on previous page.
Donut Bumper
10.06
• Black nylon housing with non-marking
polymer tread.
• 21/2" (63mm) models have threaded stem
and attach to stationary shelving posts.
• 4" (100mm) casters include threaded
HDC5B
insert for use with mobile posts.
HDC5BB
Type
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Fits
Post Type
Cat. No.
List Price
Each
Swivel/Brake
Swivel
Swivel/Brake
2 /2 63
4 100
4 100
Stationary
Mobile
Mobile
HDC3BB
HDC5B
HDC5BB
11.90 25.00
31.00
1
Casters shipped with post inserts (as shown left) for adaptability to mobile posts.
The following information is to assist you in the selection of the appropriate caster for your specific application. Remember, the
selection of the proper caster is determined by the load requirements, the operating environment, and other special conditions.
Wheel
Material
Resistance
to Oil & Grease
Rollability
Floor
Protection
Noise
Resilient
Rubber
Low
Fair
Good
Low
Neoprene
High
Good
Good
Low
Polyurethane
High
Good
Good
Moderate
High
Modulus
Rubber
High
Good
Good
Low
Conductive
Low
Fair
Good
Low
Caster Tips:
1. The total weight of the equipment and its load should
not exceed three times the load rating per caster.
2. Given the same wheel material, the larger the wheel
diameter, the greater the load capacity and the better
the rollability.
3. Caster mounting patterns affect maneuverability and
steering of the equipment.
For maneuverability,
use 4 swivel casters.
For steering control use
2 swivel and 2 rigid casters.
4. Plate casters generally have wheels of larger diameter and
can usually carry more weight and take more abuse than
stem casters.
5. Ball bearings and roller bearings in the wheel generally
perform better and carry more weight than engineered
plastic bearings or sintered metal bearings. Metro stem
casters in the 5MP and the 5MDA series have ball bearings
in the swivel and the wheel. Most plate casters have ball
bearings in the swivel and ball or roller bearings in the wheel.
6. Wheel tread shapes are generally flat, rounded or tapered.
Tapered wheels, like donut-shaped wheels, tend to roll
more easily.
High-modulus donut wheels offer resiliency and mobility,
reduce noise, and absorb shock on uneven or rough floors.
Additional stem and plate casters, in various sizes, are available.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
51
S u per E recta
D oll i es
®
Made-To-Order Truck Dollies (Aluminum)*—
11.37
Select the desired dolly size from the chart below and combine with the desired plate casters found on page 53.
The caster plate style must be specified at the time of order — “B” or “C” plate. The dollies are modified at the factory prior to shipment.
For example, D2448NCB, four #B5P = one aluminum dolly frame with four 5” B-plate swivel polyurethane casters designed to accommodate
nominal 24" x 48" (610 x 1219mm) shelves.
Truck
Dolly Frames
Aluminum
Stainless
Dolly Frame
Metro Fact:
Metro dolly frames and
stock truck dollies add 31/8"
(78mm) to the length of
the unit and 33/8" (87mm)
to the unit width.
Stainless steel frames and
staked posts are
recommended for
heavy-duty applications.
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No. with
Corner Bumper
Cat. No. with
Wraparound
Bumper
Cat. No. with
Corner Bumper
Cat. No. with
Wraparound
Bumper
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x60
18x72
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1524
457x1825
D1824NCB
D1830NCB
D1836NCB
D1842NCB
D1848NCB
D1860NCB
D1872NCB
D1824NP
D1830NP
D1836NP
D1842NP
D1848NP
D1860NP
D1872NP
D1824SCB
D1830SCB
D1836SCB
D1842SCB
D1848SCB
D1860SCB
D1872SCB
D1824SP
D1830SP
D1836SP
D1842SP
D1848SP
D1860SP
D1872SP
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1524
530x1825
D2124NCB
D2130NCB
D2136NCB
D2142NCB
D2148NCB
D2160NCB
D2172NCB
D2124NP
D2130NP
D2136NP
D2142NP
D2148NP
D2160NP
D2172NP
D2124SCB
D2130SCB
D2136SCB
D2142SCB
D2148SCB
D2160SCB
D2172SCB
D2124SP
D2130SP
D2136SP
D2142SP
D2148SP
D2160SP
D2172SP
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1524
610x1825
D2424NCB
D2430NCB
D2436NCB
D2442NCB
D2448NCB
D2460NCB
D2472NCB
D2424NP
D2430NP
D2436NP
D2442NP
D2448NP
D2460NP
D2472NP
D2424SCB
D2430SCB
D2436SCB
D2442SCB
D2448SCB
D2460SCB
D2472SCB
D2424SP
D2430SP
D2436SP
D2442SP
D2448SP
D2460SP
D2472SP
Note 1: Replacement wraparound bumper kits are available. See your Metro representative for details
Note 2: “Made To Order Dollies” are non-returnable.
Note 3: Maximum load capacity for dollies is 1,000 lbs. (454kg), depending on caster selection.
Stock Truck Dollies —
11.36
These are aluminum dollies with a single catalog number for frame and casters with wraparound bumper. Use with Super Erecta Shelving and posts
to create mobile carts for higher weight capacities. See specific plate caster load ratings (page 53) to determine appropriate stock truck dolly.
Stock Dolly
Shelf Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Casters
Cat. No.
List Price
Each
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
Two B5DN/Two B5DNB
Two B5DN/Two B5DNB
Two B5DN/Two B5DNB
D53JN
D55JN
D56JN
492.00
521.00
554.00
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
Two 6P/Two BL6P
Two 6P/Two BL6P
Two 6P/Two BL6P
D53MN
D55MN
D56MN
1,052.00
1,081.00
1,113.00
610x1219
610x1524
Two 8P/Two BL8P
Two 8P/Two BL8P
D55PN
D56PN
1,166.00
1,199.00
24x48
24x60
610x1219
610x1524
Two C8DA/Two C8DSLA*
Two C8DA/Two C8DSLA*
D55PSLN
D56PSLN
899.00
931.00
*Swivel Lock.
Note: Replacement wraparound bumper kits are available. See your Metro representative for details.
Staked Posts — For use with Truck Dollies —
10.01
Each post connects to a truck dolly through the stem receptacle.
The stem receptacles are staked into the bottom of these posts to
ensure a durable connection in abusive applications.
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
549/16 1385
629/16 1590
745/8 1895
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
3 1.4
31/2 1.6
4 1.8
54P-STKD
63P-STKD
74P-STKD
54PS-STKD
63PS-STKD
74PS-STKD
*Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
11.37
For “Made-To-Order” dollies, these covers act as a barrier between
the floor and the bottom shelf of cart for cleanliness. These covers are
factory-assembled and must be ordered with desired dolly frame.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x60
24x72
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1524
610x1825
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
7
7
8
8
8
3.2
3.2
3.6
3.6
3.6
Cat. No.
List Price Each
DCT2436N
DCT2442N
DCT2448N
DCT2460N
DCT2472N
149.00
169.00
194.00
228.00
252.00
Pitched Aluminum
Dust Cover
Staked Post
52
Pitched Aluminum Dust Cover —
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
®
P late C asters
43/4" (121mm)
Top view of caster plates
35/8" (92mm)
Plate Casters —
11.37
Use in conjunction with Metro “Made-to-Order”
truck dollies to assemble a heavy-duty mobile
base for your needs. Important: The caster plate
style must be specified at the time of order —
“B” or “C” plate. The dollies are modified at the
factory prior to shipment.
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Wheel Face
(in.) (mm)
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
37/8"
(98mm)
2 /8"
(60mm)
3
C-plate casters offer the thickest metal chassis
and largest wheels for the most abusive
conditions and heaviest storage loads.
B-plate casters offer good impact
resistance for common thresholds.
Load Weight Each
(lbs.) (kg) Type
Wheel Tread
Cat. No.
List
Price Each
5
5
5
5
5
5
125
125
125
125
125
125
13/8
13/8
13/8
11/4
11/4
11/4
35
35
35
31
31
31
225
225
225
300
300
300
101
101
101
135
135
135
21/8
21/4
2
21/8
21/4
2
.99
1
.9
.99
1
.9
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
Donut Neoprene
Donut Neoprene
Donut Neoprene
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
B5DN
B5DNB
B5DNR
B5P
B5PB
B5PR
32.50 40.00 32.50 51.50
58.00
51.50 6
6
6
6
152
152
152
152
2
2
2
2
51
51
51
51
400
400
400
400
181
181
181
181
8
8
8
8
3.63
3.63
3.63
3.63
Swivel
Swivel/Brake
Rigid
Swivel/Lock
Hi-Modulus Donut
Hi-Modulus Donut
Hi-Modulus Donut
Hi-Modulus Donut
C6DA
C6DBA
C6DRA
C6DSLA
100.00 106.00 100.00 145.00
8
8
8
8
203
203
203
203
2
2
2
2
51
51
51
51
450
450
450
450
204
204
204
204
9
9
9
9
4.08
4.08
4.08
4.08
Swivel
Swivel/Brake
Rigid
Swivel/Lock
Hi-Modulus Donut
Hi-Modulus Donut
Hi-Modulus Donut
Hi-Modulus Donut
C8DA
C8DBA
C8DRA
C8DSLA
113.00 119.50 113.00 145.00
6
6
6
6
150
150
150
150
2
2
2
2
51
51
51
51
500
500
500
500
225
225
225
225
43/4
47/8
31/2
5
2.1
2.2
1.6
2.3
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
Swivel/Lock
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
C6P
C6PB
C6PR
C6PS/L-LH
100.00 106.00 100.00 122.00
8
8
8
8
200
200
200
200
2
2
2
2
51
51
51
51
700
700
700
700
315
315
315
315
53/4
57/8
41/2
6
2.6
2.65
2
2.7
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
Swivel/Lock
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
C8P
C8PB
C8PR
C8PS/L-LH
107.00 114.00 107.00 130.00
Note 1: Brakes are foot-operated.
Note 2: 8" (200mm) casters should not be used on units less than 21" (530mm) wide.
Note 3: Swivel lock casters are set diagonally on the left-hand sides when dolly mounted.
Load Heights:
B5 Series — 61/4" (159mm)
(±1/16") (±1.6mm)
C6 Series — 71/2" (190mm)
C8 Series — 91/2" (241mm)
Stainless Steel Cart-Washable Plate Casters —
Wheel Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Weight Each
(lbs.) (kg) 11/4
11/4
11/4
31
31
31
300 135
300 135
300 135
21/8
21/4
2
5
5
5
125
125
125
6P Series — 77/8" (200mm)
8P Series — 913/16" (249mm)
11.37
Type
Wheel Tread
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
.99
1
.9
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
B5PGSA
B5PBGSA
B5PRGSA
159.00
165.50
164.00
6
150
11/2
38
600 270
43/4
2.1
Swivel
Polyurethane
C6PGSA
208.50
6
150
11/2
38
600 270
47/8
2.2
Brake
Polyurethane
C6PBGSA
214.50
B5DNB with Wheel Brake
B5P Polyurethane
See page 51 for
additional specifications
and appropriate
parameters for all types
of Metro casters.
See above notes for important specification information.
Dolly Adapter Kits for MetroMax i, MetroMax 4, or MetroMax Q
Required when mounting a MetroMax family unit to a dolly frame.
Cat. No. DMK-2X
B5PGSA
General Guidelines for Metro Carts Used in Over-the-Road Applications
For applications where carts are loaded on
to or off of trucks for transportation, and/or
where thresholds exceeding 3/8" in height are
repeatedly encountered:
• A dolly is recommended for maximum
useful life.
• Casters of at least 6" diameter are
recommended. Consideration should be given
to the shock absorbing ability of the caster
wheel, but selection will need to be based upon
the specifics of the application.
• Aluminum split sleeves and staked posts should
be used.
1.800.992.1776
•
• Weight load should be limited to approximately
750 lbs. depending on the specifics of the
application.
Consult your Metro representative with the
details of the Over-the-Road application.
Each application is unique, and the preceding
points are intended only as general guidelines.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
53
S u per E recta ® T r u ck C asters & A ccessor i es
Brake Lock/Swivel Lock Combination Casters —
11.70
Patented, foot-operated design enables a single pair of casters to serve as swivel, rigid or brake casters. Conveniently positioned on the dolly,
not on the wheels, the downward pressure pedals prevent scuffing of shoes.
• How It Works
Brake lock/swivel lock caster sets are operated by two separate foot pedals. One
pedal locks the two wheels in a rigid position or releases them to swivel; the other
pedal engages and releases brakes on the same two wheels.
• Convenient
Pedals are on the dolly, not the wheels, making operation more convenient.
Downward pressure on the pedals save shoes from scuffing.
• Casters
Long wearing polyurethane. Resists abrasion. Non-marking, shock absorbing.
Wheels are available in 6" (152mm) and 8" (203mm) size.
• Recommended Caster Selection
Two swivel casters at one end and brake/swivel lock set at the other end. Other
caster combinations can be used, however, including brake/swivel lock sets at
both ends. Wraparound bumper recommended.
Brake Lock/Swivel Lock combination casters
Type
*Brake/Lock
*Brake/Lock
Swivel
Rigid
Swivel
Rigid
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
6
8
6
6
8
8
152
203
152
152
203
203
Face
(in.) (mm)
2
2
2
2
2
2
For Use With
24" (610mm) Deep Dolly and 6P Caster
24" (610mm) Deep Dolly and 8P Caster
BL6P24 Brake/Lock Set
6P Swivel Caster
BL8P24 Brake/Lock Set
8P Swivel Caster
51
51
51
51
51
51
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Weight
(lbs.) (kg)
600
600
600
600
600
600
71/4
9
51/4
5
61/2
6
272
272
272
272
272
272
3.3 4.1 2.3 2.26
2.9 2.7 Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
BL6P24
BL8P24
6P
6PR
8P
8PR
396.50
443.50
149.00
149.00
167.50
167.50
*Above part numbers include the brake/lock mechanism with two casters. Order dolly separately (see page 28). In addition order either two 6P or two 8P casters.
Example: (1) D2436NP and (1) BL6P24 or (1) BL8P24 and two 6P or two 8P.
Tow Bar Assembly —
11.70
Attaches to underside of dolly to facilitate
transport of dolly carts in tandem. Must
be factory assembled and ordered with
desired dolly frame (see page 52).
Length
(in.)
(mm)
48
1219
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
TBA48
520.00
Note: “C” plate caster must be used with Tow Bar
Assembly. Tow Bar Assembly for use with
24" (610mm) units only.
Note: Number of carts to be towed, weight on carts,
and towing route affect operation of tow bar
assembly. Before ordering, contact your
Metro representative.
Tow Bar Assembly not appropriate for use
with Brake Lock/Swivel Lock system.
Tow Bar Asssembly
Handles —
11.40
Use on corresponding width Super Erecta units to provide additional maneuverability to dolly carts or
stem caster carts. Split sleeves included for attaching to cart.
Push Handle
Push Handles
Length
(in.)
(mm)
14
18
21
24
30
36
355
457
530
610
760
914
Extended Handles
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
PH14NC
PH18NC
PH21NC
PH24NC
PH30NC
PH36NC
PH14NS
PH18NS
PH21NS
PH24NS
EH14NC
EH18NC
EH21NC
EH24NC
EH30NC
EH36NC
EH14NS
EH18NS
EH21NS
EH24NS
Note: Handles fit unit widths only. Extended handles add 6" (152.4mm) to length of unit.
Extended Handle
54
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
Shelf Dividers for Super Erecta Shelves —
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
10.04
Keep shelf contents orderly with these 8" (203mm) high, pressure-fit dividers.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
14
18
21
24
30
36
1.8 2.25
2.5 2.75
3.25
3.75
355
457
530
610
760
914
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
14
18
21
24
30
36
1.8 2.25
2.5 2.75
3.25
3.75
355
457
530
610
760
914
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
DD14C
DD18C
DD21C
DD24C
DD30C
DD36C­
DD14BL
DD18BL
DD21BL
DD24BL
DD30BL
DD36BL
DD14W
DD18W
DD21W
DD24W
DD30W
DD36W
DD14-DSG
DD18-DSG
DD21-DSG
DD24-DSG
DD30-DSG
DD36-DSG
19.70
23.00
25.50
31.00
36.00
43.50
Shelf Divider for
Super Erecta Shelves
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Designer Colors
Price
Each
DD14K3
DD18K3
DD21K3
DD24K3
DD14S
DD18S
DD21S
DD24S
DD30S
DD36S
DD14-D
DD18-D
DD21-D
DD24-D
22.00
25.00
28.00
33.00
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
Universal 8" (203mm) Shelf Dividers — Light Duty —
Each divider includes a panel and two clips to connect to any Super Erecta or Super
Adjustable wire self. Corrosion proof.
Nominal Length
(in.)
(mm)
18
24
Fits Shelf Depth
457
610
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
18", 21" (457, 530mm)
24" (610mm)
Shelf Ledges — Side and Back —
1.3
1.6
0.6
0.7
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
MUD18-8
MUD24-8
21.50
23.50
Universal Shelf Divider
10.04
For stationary or mobile installations, ledges prevent items from protruding or falling from shelves.
1" (25mm) High Ledges
Length
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
0.58
0.75
0.75
1.0 2.0 2.5 2.75
3.5 4.4 3.75
4.0 14 355
18 457
21 530
24 610
30 760
36 914
42 1066
48 1219
54 1370
60 1524
72 1828
0.25
0.33
0.33
0.45
0.9 1.13
1.25
1.58
1.65
1.68
1.81
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Designer Colors†
L14N-1C
L18N-1C
L21N-1C
L24N-1C
L30N-1C
L36N-1C
L42N-1C
L48N-1C
L54N-1C
L60N-1C
L72N-1C
L14N-1BL
L18N-1BL
L21N-1BL
L24N-1BL
L30N-1BL
L36N-1BL
L42N-1BL
L48N-1BL
L54N-1BL
L60N-1BL
L72N-1BL
L14N-1W
L18N-1W
L21N-1W
L24N-1W
L30N-1W
L36N-1W
L42N-1W
L48N-1W
L54N-1W
L60N-1W
L72N-1W
L14N-1-DSG
L18N-1-DSG
L21N-1-DSG
L24N-1-DSG
L30N-1-DSG
L36N-1-DSG
L42N-1-DSG
L48N-1-DSG
L54N-1-DSG
L60N-1-DSG
L72N-1-DSG
L14N-1S
L18N-1S
L21N-1S
L24N-1S
L30N-1S
L36N-1S
L42N-1S
L48N-1S
L54N-1S
L60N-1S
L72N-1S
L14N-1-D
L18N-1-D
L21N-1-D
L24N-1-D
L30N-1-D
L36N-1-D
L42N-1-D
L48N-1-D
L54N-1-D
L60N-1-D
L72N-1-D
4" (100mm) High Stackable Ledges
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
0.83
1.5 1.75
2.0 2.25
2.75
3.25
3.75
3.8 4.0 5.0 14
18
21
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
355
457
530
610
760
914
1066
1219
1370
1524
1828
0.36
0.68
0.71
0.9 1.03
1.25
1.48
1.68
1.73
1.81
2.25
1" (25mm) Ledge
4" (102mm) Ledge
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Designer Colors†
L14N-4C
L18N-4C
L21N-4C
L24N-4C
L30N-4C
L36N-4C
L42N-4C
L48N-4C
L54N-4C
L60N-4C
L72N-4C
L14N-4BL
L18N-4BL
L21N-4BL
L24N-4BL
L30N-4BL
L36N-4BL
L42N-4BL
L48N-4BL
L54N-4BL
L60N-4BL
L72N-4BL
L14N-4W
L18N-4W
L21N-4W
L24N-4W
L30N-4W
L36N-4W
L42N-4W
L48N-4W
L54N-4W
L60N-4W
L72N-4W
L14N-4-DSG
L18N-4-DSG
L21N-4-DSG
L24N-4-DSG
L30N-4-DSG
L36N-4-DSG
L42N-4-DSG
L48N-4-DSG
L54N-4-DSG
L60N-4-DSG
L72N-4-DSG
L14N-4K3
L18N-4K3
L21N-4K3
L24N-4K3
L30N-4K3
L36N-4K3
L42N-4K3
L48N-4K3
L54N-4K3
L60N-4K3
L72N-4K3
L14N-4S
L18N-4S
L21N-4S
L24N-4S
L30N-4S
L36N-4S
L42N-4S
L48N-4S
L54N-4S
L60N-4S
L72N-4S
L14N-4-D
L18N-4-D
L21N-4-D
L24N-4-D
L30N-4-D
L36N-4-D
L42N-4-D
L48N-4-D
L54N-4-D
L60N-4-D
L72N-4-D
Note: Actual ledge length is approximately 1" (25mm) shorter than nominal shelf length/width.
†Contact your Metro representative for pricing on Designer Color Ledges.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
55
S u per E recta
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
Enclosure Panels —
10.04
10.30
An efficient way to enclose space for stationary or mobile applications.
• Can be used with Super Erecta® and Super Adjustable wire shelving, and Super Erecta solid shelving.
• Appropriate mounting hardware supplied with each panel for stationary applications.
Width/Height
(mm)
(in.)
12 /8x50 /4
123/8x593/4
123/8x701/2
183/8x503/4
183/8x593/4
183/8x701/2
3
3
For Nominal
Post Height
(in.) (mm)
313x1289
313x1518
313x1791
464x1289
464x1518
464x1791
54
63
74
54
63
74
1370
1600
1880
1370
1600
1800
Grid Opening
(in.)
(mm)
2 /8x3 /8
27/8x35/8
27/8x35/8
33/8x35/8
33/8x35/8
33/8x35/8
7
5
Weight
(lbs.) (kg)
73x92
73x92
73x92
86x92
86x92
86x92
3
4
6
5
6
7
1.4
1.8
2.7
2.3
2.7
3.2
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
EP35C
EP36C
EP37C
EP55C
EP56C
EP57C
EP35S
EP36S
149.00
155.00
EP55S
EP56S
178.00
193.00
All panels are 7/8" (22mm) deep.
Note: Units with a solid shelf in the top position require the use of a three-sided double snake frame
directly below it (see page 57).
Ordering Guide for Enclosure Panels
Super Erecta and Super Adjustable Wire Shelving Units Super Erecta Solid Shelving Units
Ends — Panels required for each end according to shelf width, as follows:
Enclosure Panel
Nominal
Post
Height
(in.)
(mm)
54 1370
63 1600
74 1880
18" (457mm)
Nominal
Shelf Width
21" (530mm)
Nominal
Shelf Width
24" (610mm)
Nominal
Shelf Width
30" (760mm)
Nominal
Shelf Width
36" (914mm)
Nominal
Shelf Width
(1) EP35
(1) EP36
(1) EP37
(1) EP35
(1) EP36
(1) EP37
(1) EP55
(1) EP56
(1) EP57
(2) EP35
(2) EP36
(2) EP37
(1) EP35
(1) EP55
(1) EP36
(1) EP56
(1) EP37
(1) EP57
Backs — Requires multiple panels in quantities shown for specific length shelf:
For Wire Shelves:
Nominal
Post
Height
(in.)
(mm)
54 1370
63 1600
74 1880
30" (760mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
36" (914mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
42" (1066mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
48" (1219mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
54" (1370mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
60" (1524mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
72" (1825mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
(2) EP35
(2) EP36
(2) EP37
(1) EP35
(1) EP55
(1) EP36
(1) EP56
(1) EP37
(1) EP57
(2) EP55
(2) EP56
(2) EP57
(2) EP35
(1) EP55
(2) EP36
(1) EP56
(2) EP37
(1) EP57
(1) EP35
(2) EP55
(1) EP36
(2) EP56
(1) EP37
(2) EP57
(3) EP55
(3) EP56
(3) EP57
(1) EP35
(3) EP55
(1) EP36
(3) EP56
(1) EP37
(3) EP57
30" (760mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
36" (914mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
42" (1066mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
48" (1219mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
54" (1370mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
60" (1524mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
72" (1825mm)
Nominal
Shelf Length
(1) EP55
(1) EP56
(1) EP57
(2) EP35
(2) EP36
(2) EP37
(1) EP35
(1) EP55
(1) EP36
(1) EP56
(2) EP37
(1) EP57
(2) EP55
(2) EP56
(2) EP57
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(1) EP35
(2) EP55
(1) EP36
(2) EP56
(1) EP37
(2) EP57
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
For Solid Shelves*:
Nominal
Post
Height
(in.)
(mm)
54 1370
63 1600
74 1880
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta Cart with
Enclosure Panels
*Note: Units with a solid shelf in the top position require the use of a three-sided double snake frame directly below it (see page 57).
8 included
per kit
Hardware Kit for Mobile Applications
It is recommended that additional clamp assemblies are used to secure the enclosure
panels to the intermediate shelves on a mobile unit or transport cart. For the most
abusive mobile applications, use two clamp assemblies at each intermediate shelf level for
each enclosure panel.
Cat. No. 9970Z Kit of 8 clamp assemblies
Replacement Mounting Kit for Enclosure Panel
x2
x2
Mounting Kit for Enclosure Panel
56
Kit includes two security S-hooks and two clamp assemblies.
Cat. No. 9970EPZ
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
Shelf-to-Shelf Dividers —
Full height dividers efficiently compartmentalize the space between two shelves.
Corrosion proof. Compatible with Super Erecta and Super Adjustable wire shelves.
Fits Shelf Depth
(in.)
(mm)
18, 21
18, 21
18, 21
Nominal Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
457, 530
457, 530
457, 530
16
20
24
406
508
610
2.3
2.5
3.8
1.0
1.1
1.7
MD18-16
MD18-20
MD18-24
55.00
61.00
67.50
610
610
610
16
20
24
406
508
610
2.8
3.0
4.4
1.2
1.3
2.0
MD24-16
MD24-20
MD24-24
59.50
66.00
71.50
24
24
24
*Note: -16 parts have three panels, -20 parts have four panels, -24 parts have five panels.
Rods and Tabs —
10.04
Shelf-to-Shelf Dividers
Form side and back enclosures for a shelving unit. Can also serve as uniform dividers
within unit by passing through shelves from top to bottom. Recommended
spacing: every 6" (150mm) to 12" (305mm), depending upon shelf contents.
Rods
Tabs
Min. Post
Approx.
Rods are shipped with
Height
Rod Length
Pkd. Wt.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Price
4 tabs per rod.
(in.)
(in)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
Plated
Stainless
Each
54
52 1320
1
0.5
R52C
R52S
35.00
Additional Tabs —
63
61 1549
1
0.5
R61C
R61S
37.50
Bag of 12
1
R72C
R72S
44.50
74
72 1830
1 /4 0.6
Cat. No. 9084Z
86
11/2 0.7
84 2135
R84C
R84S
Three-Sided Double Snake Frames —
47.50
Note: Standard tabs are plated steel.
10.04
Provide additional support or access to floor with these sturdy
square snake frames. Plated finish.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Rod with Tab in place
Cat. No.
Plated
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x60
18x72
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1524
457x1829
5
6
61/2
7
73/4
8
9
2.3
2.7
2.7
3.2
3.5
3.6
4.1
SF31N3C
SF32N3C
SF33N3C
SF34N3C
SF35N3C
SF36N3C
SF37N3C
68.50
69.50
69.50
72.50
72.50
83.50
92.50
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1524
530x1829
5
6
61/2
7
8
81/2
10
2.3
2.7
2.7
3.2
3.6
3.8
4.5
SF41N3C
SF42N3C
SF43N3C
SF44N3C
SF45N3C
SF46N3C
SF47N3C
70.50
72.50
72.50
77.00
77.00
91.50
120.00
2 4x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1524
610x1829
6
7
71/2
8
9
10
11
2.7
3.2
3.4
3.6
4.1
4.5
5.0
SF51N3C
SF52N3C
SF53N3C
SF54N3C
SF55N3C
SF56N3C
SF57N3C
70.50
74.00
74.00
78.00
78.00
92.50
120.00
Hanger Rails —
Three-sided Double Snake Frame
10.05
Convenient rail fits on posts along the width or length of the unit.
Optional hooks can hang from rail at any point.
Length†
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
14
18
24
30
36
48
1
11/4
11/2
11/2
2
21/2
355
457
610
760
914
1219
.45
.57
.68
.68
.90
1.13
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Designer Colors
H114C
H118C
H124C
H130C
H136C
H148C
2H114B
H118B
H124B
H130B
H136B
H148B
H114W
H118W
H124W
H130W
H136W
H148W
H114-DSG
H118-DSG
H124-DSG
H130-DSG
H136-DSG
H148-DSG
H114-D
H118-D
H124-D
H130-D
H136-D
H148-D
Price
Each
22.00
23.50
24.50
27.50
28.00
32.00
Hanger Rail
†14", 18" and 24" (355, 457 and 610mm) sizes fit shelf width (depth). 30", 36" and 48" (760, 914 and
1219mm) sizes fit shelf length.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
57
S u per E recta
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
Decorator Shelf Inlays —
10.06
Hardboard mats prevent small items from falling through
wire shelves. Fit between posts and level with top of shelf
edge. Reversible, black and white. Packed individually.
Decorator Shelf Inlays
(in.)
Cat. No.
List
Price
1-Pack
14x36
14x48
355x914
355x1219
1436BWI
1448BWI
36.00
38.50
18x24
18x36
18x48
457x610
457x914
457x1219
1824BWI
1836BWI
1848BWI
36.00
38.50
39.50
24x24
24x36
24x48
610x610
610x914
610x1219
2424BWI
2436BWI
2448BWI
37.50
41.70
45.00
Clear Shelf Inlays —
Width/Length
(mm)
10.06
Nearly invisible plastic mat retains open-wire look of shelves and allows
light penetration. Sold in packages of 4.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No.
List
Price Width/Length
4-Pack
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No.
List
Price
4-Pack
14x36
14x48
14x60
355x914
355x1219
355x1524
1436CI-4
1448CI-4
1460CI-4
73.00
21x36
85.50
21x48
101.00
21x60
530x914
530x1219
530x1524
2136CI-4
2148CI-4
2160CI-4
79.00 92.00
107.00
18x36
18x48
18x60
457x914
457x1219
457x1524
1836CI-4
1848CI-4
1860CI-4
74.50
24x36
89.50
24x48
105.00
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
2436CI-4
2448CI-4
2460CI-4
81.00
94.50
109.00
Clear Shelf Inlays
Snap-On Hooks —
10.05
Multi-purpose hooks in three styles attach to hanger rails, mounting rails
or shelves for instant access.
A
B
C
Description
Style A — Small
Style B — Large
Style C — Double
Height
(in.)
(mm)
3 /16
37/16
37/16
7
90
90
90
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
Price
Each
HK23C
HK25C
HK26C
HK23B
HK25B
5.70
6.40
Snap-on Hooks
Garment Hanger Tube with Brackets —
10.05
Hanger tubes attach easily under Super Erecta shelves for hanging garments. Available in
18," 21" and 24" (457, 530 and 610mm) widths and in same length as shelves.
Garment Hanger Tube with Brackets
58
Tube
Length
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
24
30
36
42
48
60
72
21/2
21/2
3
31/2
31/2
4
41/2
1.800.992.1776
•
610
760
914
1066
1219
1524
1828
1.1 1.1
1.4
1.6
1.6
1.8
2.0
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Shelf Width
18" (457mm)
Shelf Width
21" (530mm)
Shelf Width
24" (610mm)
List
Price
Each
AT2418NC
AT3018NC
AT3618NC
AT4218NC
AT4818NC
AT6018NC
AT7218NC
AT2421NC
AT3021NC
AT3621NC
AT4221NC
AT4821NC
AT6021NC
AT7221NC
AT2424NC
AT3024NC
AT3624NC
AT4224NC
AT4824NC
AT6024NC
AT7224NC
39.70
41.70
43.50
44.50
45.50
54.50
57.00
S u per E recta
Tray Slides —
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
10.04
Free up shelves for more efficient use of space. Available in chrome and Metroseal 3 finish.
223/4" H. (578mm).
Width
(in.)
(mm)
145/8 371
20 508
Overall
Depth
(in.) (mm)
Slide
Profile
(in.) (mm)
On Center
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
Fits
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Weight/Pair
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
List
Price
Each
21/4
21/4
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
18 457
24 610
91/2 4.3
11
5.0
15SNC
20SNC
15SNK3
20SNK3
107.00
112.00
56
56
37
37
37
37
Tray Slides
Super Erecta® Slide System —
10.04
A super space-saving solution. Using Super Erecta® wire units 21" or 24" (530 and 610mm)
wide, tote boxes and this innovative slide system, you have the flexibility to create a custom
configuration that can be positioned quickly on new or existing units without the use of tools.
Finish is nickel-chrome wire with clear protective coating.
Outside Slide Dimensions
Height/Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
101/4x203/8x215/8
101/4x14x171/8
101/4x251/8x171/8
Fits Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
256x510x537
256x355x430
256x630x430
24
21
21
610
530
530
Adaptable Boxes
TB/MTB93030
TB/MTB93060
TB/MTB93080
TB/MTB92035
TB/MTB92060
TB/MTB92080
TB/MTB93030* TB/MTB93060*
TB/MTB93080*
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
43/4
2.1
SS2NC
125.00
31/2
1.5
SS3NC
118.50
4 1.8
SS4NC
122.00
Super Erecta Slide System in place on
shelf (Tote box sold separately)
*Fits SS4NC with box turned sideways.
Adjustable Undershelf Slides —
10.04
These slides can be spaced to fit any width container or tote box.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Item
*For 18" (457mm) wide shelf
*For 21" (530mm) wide shelf
*For 24" (610mm) wide shelf
1
1
1
0.4
0.4
0.4
Cat. No.
(pair)
List
Price
Each
US18NA
US21NA
US24NA
55.50
61.50
64.00
*Not adaptable to 24" (610mm) long shelf.
File Basket —
Adjustable Undershelf Slide
10.05
The convenient place to keep files and papers.
• Measures 25/8"W. x 123/4" L. x 83/4" H. (67mm W. x 324mm L. x 222mm H.).
• Large enough to hold standard-size file folders.
• Attaches easily.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
25/8x123/4
63x330
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
83/4
2.1
228
1.0
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
PH1239C
48.00
File Basket
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
59
S u per E recta
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
Storage Baskets —
10.05
Generous-sized baskets attach in seconds to hanger rail or shelves.
Width/Length/Depth
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
13 /8x5x7
345x127x180 8 /2 4
3
173/8x71/2x5 440x190x127 7
173/8x71/2x10 440x190x255 11 5
3
Large Display/Storage Basket
1
Swing Hanger —
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
H209C
H210C
H212C
H209B
H210B
H212B
H209W
H210W
H212W
H209-DSG
H210-DSG
H212-DSG
37.50
41.00
54.50
10.05
Attaches to post to provide convenient storage for
hanging items. Red epoxy finish.
Arm Length
(in.)
(mm)
61/4
160
Weight Capacity
(lbs.) (kg)
20
9
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
H110R
17.20
Swing Hanger
Extension Display Hanger —
10.05
Snaps on Super Erecta Shelf hanger rails and shelf frames. Accepts standard
carded merchandise.
Length
(in.) (mm)
Extension Display Hanger
6
6
8
8
152
152
203
203
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
.25
.25
.25
.25
.1
.1
.1
.1
Finish/Color*
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Chrome
Black
Chrome
Black
HHK6C
HHK6B
HHK8C
HHK8B
10.20
10.00
11.60
11.30
*White, smoked glass and designer colors also available. Allow 4-6 week lead time.
60
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
Color Shelf Marker —
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
10.05
Color code for effective organization. Snaps securely to the front edge of Super Erecta
and Super Adjustable Super Erecta Wire Shelving.
Shelf
Marker Size
(in.)
(mm)
6x11/4
6x11/4
6x11/4
6x11/4
152x32
152x32
152x32
152x32
CSM6-B
Color
Cat. No.
Blue
Green
Red
Tan
CSM6-B
CSM6-G
CSM6-R
CSM6-T
CSM6-G
List
Price
Each
Shelf
Marker Size
(in.)
(mm)
5.40
6x11/4
5.40
6x11/4
5.40
6x11/4
5.40
CSM6-R
152x32
152x32
152x32
Color
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
White
Yellow
Gray
CSM6-W
CSM6-Y
CSM6-GR
5.40
5.40
5.40
CSM6-T
CSM6-W
Color Shelf Markers
CSM6-Y
CSM6-GR
Label Holders
It’s easy to identify shelf contents with these snap-on plastic holders, available in four styles and a variety
of sizes. Labels not included.
11/4" (32mm) Label Holders —
10.05
Gray. Holds most commercial labels. Available in a variety of lengths.
(in.)
Label Size
(mm)
3x11/4
13x11/4
19x11/4
25x11/4
31x11/4
43x11/4
55x11/4
Fits Shelf Length
(in.)
(mm)
75x32
330x32
480x32
635x32
725x32
1090x32
1395x32
18
24
30
36
48
60
All
457
610
760
914
1219
1520
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
9990P
9990P1
9990P2
9990P30
9990P3
9990P4
9990P5
4.90 7.10
9.80
11.00
12.50
15.20
21.50
For Cantilever Shelves, use 3" (75mm) label holder only.
Clear Label Holders —
11/4" (32mm) Label Holder
10.05
Clear plastic allows decorator colors to show through. Holds most commercial
11/4" (32mm) labels.
(in.)
Label Size
(mm)
3x11/4
13x11/4
19x11/4
25x11/4
31x11/4
43x11/4
55x11/4
Fits Shelf Length
(in.)
(mm)
75x32
330x32
480x32
635x32
725x32
1090x32
1395x32
18
24
30
36
48
60
All
457
610
760
914
1219
1520
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
9990CL
9990CL1
9990CL2
9990CL30
9990CL3
9990CL4
9990CL5
4.90
7.00
9.80
11.00
12.50
15.20
21.20
For Cantilever Shelves, use 3" (75mm) label holder only.
Slanted Label Holders —
Clear Label Holder
10.05
Gray solid plastic holder puts 11/4" (32mm) labels on slant for easier viewing.
(in.)
Label Size
(mm)
3x11/4
13x11/4
19x11/4
25x11/4
31x11/4
43x11/4
55x11/4
75x32
330x32
480x32
635x32
725x32
1090x32
1395x32
Fits Shelf Length
(in.)
(mm)
18
24
30
36
48
60
All
457
610
760
914
1219
1520
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
9990SL
9990SL1
9990SL2
9990SL30
9990SL3
9990SL4
9990SL5
4.90
7.00
9.80
11.00
12.50
15.20
21.20
For Cantilever Shelves, use 3" (75mm) label holder only.
1.800.992.1776
•
Slanted Label Holder
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
61
S u per E recta
S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
®
Metro Bins —
10.08
Convenient way to organize and identify small items.
• Hopper-front design allows for easy access and clear visibility
• Lightweight, durable polypropylene and polyethylene bins have
molded front slots to accept labels.
• For application specific totes refer to index.
Shelf Bins — Nesting
Shelf Bins — Nesting
These bins are sized to work on the two most popular shelf widths 18" (457mm) and 24"
(610mm) for efficient handling and exchange.
Supply Bins — Stacking
Outside Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd.23
Wt./Ctn.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Bin
Carton
Quantity
Color
Bin
Cat. No.
Divider
Cat. No.
Divider
Carton
Quantity
List
Price
Each
295x105x102
295x168x102
454x105x102
454x168x102
454x283x102
9
7
7
9
15
4.1
3.2
3.2
4.1
6.8
24
12
12
12
12
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
MB30120Y
MB30130Y
MB30128Y
MB30138Y
MB30178Y
MB40120
MB40130
MB40120
MB40130
MB40170
24
24
24
24
24
29.50
36.00
29.50
36.00
76.00
600x105x102
235/8x41/8x4
600x168x102
235/8x65/8x4
235/8x111/8x4 600x283x102
11
8
11
4.9
3.6
4.9
12
6
6
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
MB30124Y
MB30164Y
MB30174Y
MB40120
MB40130
MB40170
24
24
24
29.50
36.00
76.00
115/8x41/8x4
115/8x61/8x4
177/8x41/8x4
177/8x65/8x4
177/8x111/8x4
Note: Bins are available in carton quantities only. Bins above are priced per each but must be ordered in multiples of carton quantity.
(For example: MB30138Y is available in quantities of 12, 24, 36. List price refers to the price of 1 bin.)
Dividers are available in carton quantities only. Dividers are sold by the carton and priced by the carton.
(For example: 1 MB40120 = 24 dividers, the list price is for 24 dividers).
Supply Bins — Stacking
MB30265B
Stackable design maximizes vertical storage efficiency. Reinforced design adds strength and
prevents spreading.
Outside Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd.
Wt./Ctn.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Bin
Carton
Quantity
Color
Bin
Cat. No.
Divider
Cat. No.
Divider
Carton
Quantity
276x140x127
276x279x127
10
10
4.5
4.5
12
6
Blue
Blue
MB30230B MB30235B MB40230
MB40230
6
6
143/4x51/2x5 375x140x127
143/4x81/4x7 375x210x178
143/4x161/2x7 375x419x178
13
24
21
5.9
10.9
9.5
12
12
6
Blue
Blue
Blue
MB30234B
MB30240B
MB30250B
N/A
MB40245
MB40245
6
6
18x81/4x9
457x210x229
17
7.7
6
Blue
MB30265B*
MB40265
6
20x123/8x6
20x183/8x12
508x314x203
508x467x305
9
7
4.1
3.2
3
1
Blue
Blue
MB30281B*
MB30283B*
N/A
N/A
8x201/2x7
205x521x178
21
9.5
6
Tan
MB30348T†
107/8x51/2x5
107/8x11x5
List
Price
Each
*MB30265B, MB30281B, MB30283B are not designed for use with hanging rail system.
†Includes two dividers.
Note: MB30234B, MB30281B, MB30283B — no dividers available.
Bins feature a full-width hanger lip that is designed for use with hanging systems.
Bins are available in carton quantities only. Bins above are priced per each but must be ordered in multiples of carton quantity.
(For example: MB30235B is available in quantities of 6, 12, 18. List price refers to the price of 1 bin.)
Dividers are available in carton quantities only. Dividers are sold by the carton and priced by the carton
(For example: 1 MB40230 = 6 dividers, the list price is for 6 dividers).
MB30283B
Bulk Supply Tub — Nesting
Ruggedly constructed, perfect for storing large bulky items.
MB34240G
62
(in.)
Outside Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
24 /2x19x9 /2 1
1
622x483x241
Approx. Pkd.
Wt./Ctn.
(lbs.)
(kg)
20
9.1
Carton
Quantity
Bin
Color
Cat. No.
6
Gray
MB34240G
Note: Bins are available in carton quantities only. Bins above are priced per each but must be ordered in multiples of carton quantity.
(For example: MB34240G is available in quantities of 6, 12, 18 etc. List price refers to the price of 1 bin.)
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S hel v i n g a n d C art C o v ers
Shelving and Cart Covers —
11.80
• Help protect contents from dust and other air-borne contaminants.
• This allows units to be loaded and stored for longer periods of time before being
transported. Covers also deter pilferage.
• Reinforced Corners: Help prevent tears and add greatly to durability of covers.
• Closure: Available in hook/loop or heavy-duty nylon zipper
Uncoated — machine washable:
• White: Knitted polyester, 4 oz. per square yard
• Mariner Blue: Woven polyester, 3.2 oz. per square yard.
Coated — waterproof, perfect for indoor/outdoor use:
• White or Mariner Blue — vinyl-coated nylon, 10 oz. per square yard
• Specially treated to resist bacteria, odor, mildew and flames
Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
21X48X54UCMB
(shown in Mariner Blue)
White Nylon Uncoated
Zippered Closure
Cat. No.
White Vinyl Coated
Velcro Closure
Cat. No.
Zippered Closure
Cat. No.
Velcro Closure
Cat. No.
FOR SHELF TRUCKS & CARTS 18" (457mm) Deep
36x54 914x1370
18X36X54UC
36x62 914x1550
18X36X62UC
48x54 1219x1370
18X48X54UC
48x62 1219x1550
18X48X62UC
60x54 1524x1370
18X60X54UC
60x62 1524x1550
18X60X62UC
18X36X54VUC
18X36X62VUC
18X48X54VUC
18X48X62VUC
18X60X54VUC
18X60X62VUC
18X36X54C
18X36X62C
18X48X54C
18X48X62C
18X60X54C
18X60X62C
18X36X54VC
18X36X62VC
18X48X54VC
18X48X62VC
18X60X54VC
18X60X62VC
FOR SHELF TRUCKS & CARTS 21" (530mm) Deep
48x54 1219x1370
21X48X54UC
48x62 1219x1550
21X48X62UC
48x74 1219x1850
21X48X74UC
60x54 1524x1370
21X60X54UC
60x62 1524x1550
21X60X62UC
60x74 1524x1850
21X60X74UC
21X48X54VUC
21X48X62VUC
21X48X74VUC
21X60X54VUC
21X60X62VUC
21X60X74VUC
21X48X54C
21X48X62C
21X48X74C
21X60X54C
21X60X62C
21X60X74C
21X48X54VC
21X48X62VC
21X48X74VC
21X60X54VC
21X60X62VC
21X60X74VC
FOR SHELF TRUCKS & CARTS 24" (610mm) Deep
36x54 914x1370
24X36X54UC
36x62 914x1550
24X36X62UC
36x74 914x1850
24X36X74UC
48x54 1219x1370
24X48X54UC
48x62 1219x1550
24X48X62UC
48x74 1219x1850
24X48X74UC
60x54 1524x1370
24X60X54UC
60x62 1524x1550
24X60X62UC
60x74 1524x1850
24X60X74UC
72x54 1825x1370
24X72X54UC
72x62 1825x1550
24X72X62UC
72x74 1825x1850
24X72X74UC
24X36X54VUC
24X36X62VUC
24X36X74VUC
24X48X54VUC
24X48X62VUC
24X48X74VUC
24X60X54VUC
24X60X62VUC
24X60X74VUC
24X72X54VUC
24X72X62VUC
24X72X74VUC
24X36X54C
24X36X62C
24X36X74C
24X48X54C
24X48X62C
24X48X74C
24X60X54C
24X60X62C
24X60X74C
24X72X54C
24X72X62C
24X72X74C
24X36X54VC
24X36X62VC
24X36X74VC
24X48X54VC
24X48X62VC
24X48X74VC
24X60X54VC
24X60X62VC
24X60X74VC
24X72X54VC
24X72X62VC
24X72X74VC
*Cart covers are non-returnable.
Note: 86" (2185mm) high covers, in 24" (610mm) depth, available by special order.
Clear Vinyl Cart Covers
• Allows visual access while protecting shelf contents
from dust and other airborne contaminants.
• Vinyl construction with Velcro closures.
• Available for 18" x 36" (457 x 914mm) shelving.
Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
36x32
36x52
914x889
914x1320
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
GWCVC41
GWCVC62
272.50
326.50
Clear Vinyl
Cart Cover
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
63
C omp u ter A ccessor i es
Keyboard Tray —
10.06
Attaches to all Metro wire shelves, 36" (914mm) length or longer. Mouse Tray adapts
to left or right of Keyboard Tray. Flip-top compartment provides convenient storage.
Constructed of durable high-impact polystyrene. Assembles easily.
• Hardware included for attachment to Metro wire shelves; template provided for
attachment to solid desk surfaces.
• Keyboard Tray Dimensions: 22" L. (559mm) x 151/2" W. (394mm).
• Dimension with Mouse Tray fully extended: 291/2" L. (749mm) x 151/2" W. (394mm).
Cat. No. CKS1522BL
Keyboard Tray
Wire Management Clip —
10.06
Keeps wires and cables neatly organized both horizontally and vertically. Easily snaps
over the edge of any Super Erecta wire or qwikSLOT shelf. Black epoxy finish.
Width
(in.) (mm)
2
51
Length
(in.) (mm)
2
51
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
.5
.25
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CWM
9.90
Wire Management Clip
Power Strip —
10.06
• Mounts quickly and easily to either a Super Erecta or qwikSLOT post.
• Includes a 15 foot (4572mm) long cord.
• Mounting brackets and hardware included.
• UL/CSA approved.
• 15 Amp Circuit Breaker.
• Illuminated Power Switch. 15A/125VAC.60Hz/1875 W.
• Gray/blue finish.
• 14/3 SJT Molded Power Supply Cord.
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.)
(mm)
11/2
48
38
1219
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
6
2.72
Surface Mount Swing Arm for Flat Monitor —
List
Price
Each
CPS48
211.00
10.06
• Range: Vertical, 15.9" (404mm); Horizontal 241/4" (613mm)
• Vertical Rotation: 360 degrees at three joints
• Monitor tilt: 200 degrees
• Monitor pivot: landscape to portrait
• Compatibility: VESA® 75mm and 100mm
• Cable management: Cables are concealed in arm
• Maximum weight load: 27.5 lbs. (12.5kg)
Cat. No. LTFMA
Power Strip
64
Cat. No.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Call today!
1.800.992.1776
A customer service representative is
standing by to assist you.
Not in the USA? Look on the back cover
of your catalog for the contact information you need.
“Thank you
for calling Metro,
how can we
help you?”
65
S u per E recta
S ol i d S hel v i n g
®
Super Erecta® Solid Shelving
Setting the standard for solid shelving.
Flat
Galvanized
Perfect for applications involving spillage. Provides barrier between
floor and bottom shelf contents to deter contamination.
• Shelf design features a 1/8" (3.2mm) raised “ship’s edge” on all four
sides to contain spills.
Flat
Stainless
Steel
• Louvered/embossed shelf allows air circulation.
• Available in several styles and materials for a variety of
applications. Shelves are constructed with 18-gauge stainless
steel (Type 304) or galvanized materials.
Louvered/
Embossed
Stainless
Steel
• Galvanized shelves with uncoated cast corners are ideal for
applications requiring a solid shelving or work surface and
minimum resistance to corrosion. Available in flat solid and
louvered/embossed styles.
Autoclavable
Cart
Washable
Stainless
Steel
• Standard Stainless Steel solid shelves
(Type 304) with epoxy-coated cast corners address the majority
of applications for solid, corrosion resistant shelves or work
surfaces. Available in flat solid and louvered/embossed styles.
• Premium Autoclave/Cart Washable Stainless Steel solid
shelves (Type 304) feature an all-stainless construction to
withstand high temperature, corrosive applications. Available
in flat solid style.
Metro Tip:
Use Metro Flat Solid
Shelving at the bottom of
a storage unit to maintain
cleanliness by providing a
barrier between floor and
shelf contents above.
SiteSelect Posts for Super Erecta® Solid Shelving —
Stationary posts are fitted with adjustable leveling bolts to compensate
for uneven surfaces. Mobile posts come without leveling bolt to
accommodate stem casters. Special length posts are available.†
Flat Solid Stainless Shelves with black
powder-coated corners
SiteSelect™ Posts are
grooved at 1" (25mm)
increments and numbered
at 2" (50mm) increments.
Posts are double-grooved
every 8" (203mm) for
easy identification.
66
1.800.992.1776
10.20
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
51/2
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
2454
0.3 0.5 0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.5 Cat. No.
Chrome
Stationary
Cat. No.
Chrome
Mobile
Cat. No.
Stainless
Stationary**
Cat. No.
Stainless
Mobile
List
Price
Each
7P
13P
27P
33P
54P
63P
74P
86P
***96P
7UP
13UP
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
13PS
27PS
33PS
54PS
63PS
74PS
86PS
13UPS
27UPS
33UPS
54UPS
63UPS
74UPS
86UPS
34.50
47.50
54.00
59.50
67.00
74.50
87.00
†Note: Special length posts are available.
Post lengths to be specified as cut to a round number, ie: 74P cut to 69" (1753mm) . . .
This will result in an overall post height with adjustment of 693/8" (1762mm) to 697/8" (1775mm).
***Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
***Stainless stationary post includes stainless leveling bolt.
***96P should not be used on units less than 24" (610mm) deep. Consult Metro Engineering
for alternate recommendations.
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta
Super Erecta® Solid Shelving —
®
S ol i d S hel v i n g
10.20
Shelves are priced and sold individually. For standard packaging, the number of shelves per box varies by size. 14"/18" (355/457mm) wide
solid shelving: less than 60" (1524mm) long (no more than 4 per carton); 60" (1524mm) long (no more than 2 per carton); 21" (530mm)
wide solid shelving: less than 42" (1066mm) long (no more than 4 per carton); 42" (1066mm) or longer (no more than 2 per carton);
24" (610mm) wide solid shelving: 24", 30" (610, 760mm) long (no more than 4 per carton); 36" (914mm) or longer (no more than 2 per
carton).
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
per Shelf
(lbs.) (kg)
Galvanized
Cat. No.
Flat
Standard Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
Louvered/Embossed
Cat. No.
Flat
Cat. No.
Louvered/Embossed
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
10
12
14
15
17
22
4.5
5.4
6.4
6.8
7.7
9.9
1424FG
1430FG
1436FG
1442FG
1448FG
1460FG
1424LG
1430LG
1436LG
1442LG
1448LG
1460LG
1424FS
1430FS
1436FS
1442FS
1448FS
1460FS
1424LS
1430LS
1436LS
1442LS
1448LS
1460LS
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x60
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1524
11 5.0
14 6.4
16 7.3
18 8.2
20 9.1
24 10.9
1824FG
1830FG
1836FG
1842FG
1848FG
1860FG
1824LG
1830LG
1836LG
1842LG
1848LG
1860LG
1824FS
1830FS
1836FS
1842FS
1848FS
1860FS
1824LS
1830LS
1836LS
1842LS
1848LS
1860LS
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x60
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1524
13 5.9
15 6.8
18 8.2
21 9.5
23 10.4
26 11.8
2124FG
2130FG
2136FG
2142FG
2148FG
2160FG
2124LG
2130LG
2136LG
2142LG
2148LG
2160LG
2124FS
2130FS
2136FS
2142FS
2148FS
2160FS
2124LS
2130LS
2136LS
2142LS
2148LS
2160LS
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x60
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1524
15 6.8
17 7.7
19 8.6
21 9.5
24 10.9
31 14.0
2424FG
2430FG
2436FG
2442FG
2448FG
2460FG
2424LG
2430LG
2436LG
2442LG
2448LG
2460LG
2424FS
2430FS
2436FS
2442FS
2448FS
2460FS
2424LS
2430LS
2436LS
2442LS
2448LS
2460LS
Note: For 24"x72" (610x1829mm) size, contact your Metro representative.
Weight Capacity (evenly distributed load): Shelves 48" (1219mm) or less in length can hold up to 800 lbs. (363kg). 60" (1524mm) long shelves can hold up to 600 lbs. (272kg).
Autoclavable/Cart-Washable Solid Stainless Shelving
All-stainless construction will address autoclave and cart washing applications.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt. per Shelf
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Autoclavable
Stainless
List
Price
Each
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt. per Shelf
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Autoclavable
Stainless
List
Price
Each
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
10
12
14
15
17
22
4.5
5.4
6.4
6.8
7.7
9.9
1424NFS
1430NFS
1436NFS
1442NFS
1448NFS
1460NFS
258.00
21x24
265.00
21x30
265.00
21x36
321.00
21x42
321.00
21x48
383.00
21x60
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1524
13 5.9
15 6.8
18 8.2
21 9.5
23 10.4
26 11.8
2124NFS
2130NFS
2136NFS
2142NFS
2148NFS
2160NFS
338.00
343.00
343.00
420.00
420.00
525.00
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x60
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1524
11 5.0
14 6.4
16 7.3
18 8.2
20 9.1
24 10.9
1824NFS
1830NFS
1836NFS
1842NFS
1848NFS
1860NFS
292.00
24x24
301.00
24x30
301.00
24x36
366.00
24x42
366.00
24x48
446.00
24x60
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1524
15 6.8
17 7.7
19 8.6
21 9.5
24 10.9
31 14.0
2424NFS
2430NFS
2436NFS
2442NFS
2448NFS
2460NFS
358.00
367.00
367.00
442.00
442.00
536.00
Super Erecta® Counter Units —
Metro Tip:
Order aluminum split
sleeves with stainless
C-rings for corrosive,
high-temperature autoclave
or cart washing applications.
(Cat. No. 9986S, one bag
required per shelf).
10.35
To create a counter unit, select the following components:
2 each — 14" (355mm) deep upper shelves, listed above
2 each — 24" (610mm) deep lower shelves, listed above
2 each — upper front posts, listed below
2 each — lower front posts, listed below
2 each — 63" (1600mm) or 74" (1880mm) high back posts (page 66).
Special Posts For Counter Units —
10.35
Unit Height
(in.) (mm)
Post Height*
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
Upper Front Posts
63 1600
74 1880
285/8 727
405/8 1032
11/2 0.7
2
0.9
27PF
39PF
27PFS
39PFS
59.50
77.00
Lower Front Posts
All Heights
341/2 877
2
33PM
33PMS
61.00
0.9
*Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
1.800.992.1776
•
Counter Unit with galvanized shelves.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
67
S u per E recta
®
S ol i d S hel v i n g A ccessor i es
Shelf Ledges for Solid Shelves —
10.25
Sturdy 4" (101mm) ledges contain items on shelves. Spring-clip tabs
included for attachment.
4" (101mm) Ledges
Fits Shelf
Length
(in.)
(mm)
14
18
21
24
30
36
42
48
60
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
Per 6 Pieces
(lbs.)
(kg)
355
457
530
610
760
914
1066
1219
1524
7 /2
9
101/2
12
131/2
161/2
191/2
221/2
30
1
3.4
4.1
4.7
5.4
6.0
7.4
8.7
10.1
13.5
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
L14WC
L18WC
L21WC
L24WC
L30WC
L36WC
L42WC
L48WC
L60WC
L14WS
L18WS
L21WS
L24WS
L30WS
L36WS
L42WS
L48WS
L60WS
45.50
47.00
52.50
58.00
69.00
82.50
88.00
102.00
116.00
*Actual ledge length is approximately 1" (25mm) shorter than nominal shelf length/width.
Note: Standard spring-clip tabs are plated steel.
Rods and Tabs for Solid Shelves —
10.25
Create a more versatile system by enclosing sides and back of
an entire unit. Tabs required to attach rods to a 4-shelf unit are
supplied. Additional tabs also available in bags of 6.
Additional Tabs
Bag of 6
Cat. No. 9184Z
Note: Standard tabs are plated steel
Rods
Rods with Tab in place
Min. Post
Height
(in.)
54
63
74
86
Rod Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
52
60
72
84
1
1
11/4
11/2
1320
1524
1830
2135
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.7
Cat. No.
Plated
List
Price
Each
R52FC
R60FC
R72FC
R84FC
12.50
13.00
14.00
15.50
For applications requiring
a corrosion proof solution,
consult your Metro
representative.
Note: Standard spring-clip tabs are plated steel.
Shelf Dividers —
10.25
The easy way to keep shelves orderly. Eight inch (203mm) high
dividers attach with spring clips (provided).
Shelf Dividers
Length
(in.) (mm)
14
18
21
24
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
Per 6 Pieces
(lbs.)
(kg)
355
457
530
610
12
131/2
15
161/2
Cat. No.
Plated
DD14FC
DD18FC
DD21FC
DD24FC
5.4
6.0
6.8
7.4
Solid Shelf Joining Clamp —
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
DD18FS
72.50
DD24FS
86.50
10.25
Save time and money by eliminating adjacent posts and replacing with solid shelf joining clamps. Join
units end-to-end, back-to-back or at right angles. Two clamps required per shelf to attach to adjacent
units. Zinc. Cat. No. 9998Z
Note: Shelves with joining clamps can only be attached to shelves supported
by two or more posts.
Joining Clamp
Adjustable Undershelf Slides —
10.25
Create a convenient drawer system by combining a tote box with these slides.
Two slides are required, and can be spaced to fit any width container.
Adjustable Undershelf Slides
Item
For 18" (457mm) wide shelf
For 21" (530mm) wide shelf
For 24" (610mm) wide shelf
*For application-specific totes, refer to index.
68
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1
1
1
0.4
0.4
0.4
Cat. No.
Solid
List
Price
Each
US18FA
US21FA
US24FA
58.50
63.00
65.50
E recta S helf
®
S hel v i n g
Erecta Shelf ® Shelving
This easy-to-assemble system puts space to work practically anywhere.
• Units go together without tools — shelf grooves simply lock into
uprights at 5" (127mm) increments.
• Accessories create a truly versatile system.
Erecta Shelf ® Uprights —
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Shelf
Upright
10.50
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
12x531/2
12x631/2
12x731/2
12x881/2
305x1359
305x1613
305x1867
305x2248
7
8
9
11
3.2
3.3
4.1
5.0
1252C
1262C
1272C
1287C
63.00
69.00
74.00
79.00
18x531/2
18x631/2
18x731/2
18x881/2
457x1359
457x1613
457x1867
457x2248
8
9
11
131/2
3.3
4.1
5.0
6.2
1852C
1862C
1872C
1887C
75.50
81.50
84.00
90.50
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
Packaging: 6 uprights to a carton.
Erecta Shelf ® Wire Shelves —
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
10.50
12x24
12x30
12x36
12x42
12x48
12x60
305x610
305x760
305x914
305x1066
305x1219
305x1524
5
6
7
81/4
91/2
12
2.2
2.7
3.1
3.7
4.2
5.4
1224C
1230C
1236C
1242C
1248C
1260C
47.00
56.00
62.00
72.00
77.50
100.00
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x60
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1524
61/2
8
10
11
121/2
16
2.9
3.6
4.5
4.9
5.6
7.2
1824C
1830C
1836C
1842C
1848C
1860C
59.50
72.00
80.50
91.00
101.00
128.00
Shelf Dividers —
10.56
Keep shelves orderly with these snap-in-place, 8" (203mm) high dividers.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
Per 6 Pieces
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
List
Price
Each
12 305
18 457
24 610
12
5.4
131/2 6.1
161/2 7.4
DD12C
DD18C
DD24C
20.50
23.50
31.50
Shelf Divider
Corner Braces
Join units at right angles and eliminate the need for one upright with the use of two
corner braces per shelf.
Cat. No. 9999Z
Corner Brace
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
69
H D S u per
™
S hel v i n g
HD Super™ Solid Shelving
Heavy-duty system features 16-gauge solid shelves.
• Large 15/8" (41mm) diameter posts and 2" (51mm) shelf adjustability.
• Shelf options include flat or louvered/embossed styles, and galvanized
or stainless steel finishes.
HD Super Flat Shelves —
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
10.65
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Galvanized
Cat. No.
Stainless
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1370
457x1524
21
23
26
28
31
9.5
10.4
11.7
12.7
14.0
1836HFG
1842HFG
1848HFG
1854HFG
1860HFG
1836HFS
1842HFS
1848HFS
1854HFS
1860HFS
435.00
530.00
530.00
634.00
634.00
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
25
29
32
35
38
11.3
13.1
14.4
15.8
17.1
2436HFG
2442HFG
2448HFG
2454HFG
2460HFG
2436HFS
2442HFS
2448HFS
2454HFS
2460HFS
555.00
664.00
664.00
794.00
794.00
HD Super Louvered/Embossed Shelves —
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
HD Super Solid Stainless Shelving with
black powder-coated corners
10.65
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1370
457x1524
21
23
26
28
31
9.5
10.4
11.7
12.7
14.0
1836HLS
1842HLS
1848HLS
1854HLS
1860HLS
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
25
29
32
35
38
11.3
13.1
14.4
15.8
17.1
2436HLS
2442HLS
2448HLS
2454HLS
2460HLS
Note: The weight capacity of a HD Super Shelf is 1,000 lbs. (457kg) per shelf, evenly
distributed across shelf.
Stainless solid shelving has
black powder-coated corners.
Galvanized solid shelving has
uncoated cast corners.
HD Super Post
HD Super­™ shelves,
posts, and casters are not
compatible with Super Erecta
or Super Adjustable Super
Erecta components.
HD Super Stationary Posts —
Height*
(in.) (mm)
56 1421
64 1624
76 1929
10.65
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
5.8 2.6
6.3 2.9
7.5 3.4
54HPC
63HPC
74HPC
54HPS
63HPS
74HPS
158.00
172.00
186.00
*Height includes leveling foot and cap.
Note: Special length posts are available. For more information, contact your Metro representative.
Packaging: 4 posts to a carton.
HD Super Stem Caster Posts —
Height*
(in.) (mm)
54 /16 1386
629/16 1590
745/8 1894
5.7 2.5
6.3 2.8
7.5 3.3
9
HD Super Stem
Caster Post
10.65
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
HD Super Stem Casters —
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
54UHPC
63UHPC
74UHPC
54UHPS
63UHPS
74UHPS
158.00
172.00
186.00
10.65
Includes donut bumpers with each caster.
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Face
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Type
Wheel Tread
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
5 127
5 127
11/2 38.1
11/2 38.1
Swivel
Brake
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
31/2 1.5
33/4 1.5
5HHP
5HHPB
72.50
78.50
Load rating per caster: 400 lbs. (182kg).
HD Super
Stem Caster
70
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H D S u per
HD Super™ Dunnage Shelves —
™
A ccessor i es
10.67
Static load capacity (uniformly distributed)
• 48" (1219mm) shelf: 3,000 lbs. (1361kg).
• 60" (1524mm) shelf: 2,400 lbs. (1089kg).
• For use on H.D. 15/8" (41mm) posts only.
• Removable wire deck.
HD Super Dunnage Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
18x48 457x1219
18x60 457x1524
35 15.7
43 19.3
1848HDRC 1848HDRK3
1860HDRC 1860HDRK3
1848HDRS
1860HDRS
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
38 17.1
47 21.1
2448HDRC 2448HDRK3
2460HDRC 2460HDRK3
2448HDRS
2460HDRS
Important: In stationary shelving, stability decreases as the ratio of height to width increases and
when heavier loads are placed on upper shelves. Keep units as wide and low as possible,
using the dunnage shelf as the bottom shelf. If two dunnage shelves are being used, both
should be placed within the lower half of the unit.
Note: Not compatible with Super Erecta or Super Adjustable Super Erecta components.
HD Super™ Cantilever Shelf —
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
12x54 304x1372
12x60 304x1524
10.67
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
11.8 5.3
12.7 5.7
1254CHC
1260CHC
1254CHS
1260CHS
298.00
298.00
HD Super™
Replacement Parts —
Replacement 51/2" (140mm)
Donut Bumpers
10.65
Replacement HD
Super™ Aluminum
Split Sleeves with Zinc Ring
4 pair per bag
Cat. No. 9986HZ
HD Super™ Cantilever Shelf
Cat. No. 9992Hh
Above fit 15/8" (41mm)
posts only.
Replacement HD Super™
Aluminum Split Sleeve
Replacement 51/2" (140mm)
Donut Bumper
31/2" (89mm) Foot Plates
Cat. No. 9993HS
Replacement HD Super™
Plastic Split Sleeves
4 pair per bag
Plastic — Cat. No. 9985H
31/2" (89mm) Foot Plate
Replacement HD Super™
Plastic Split Sleeve
Wall Mounting Brackets
(not shown)
Cat. No. 9984HZ
Post Clamps
Cat. No. 9994HZ
Post Clamp
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
71
72
Wall shelving & Carts
Wall Shelving & Storage Systems...................................74-82
Premium Polymer Utility Carts...........................................83
Polymer Utility Carts.....................................................84-86
Utility Carts...................................................................87-88
Heavy-Duty Utility Carts....................................................89
73
S mart W all G 3™ P R O D U C T IVI T Y S ystem
Wall-to-wall efficiency.
SmartWall G3™ Productivity System
Organized, efficient wall space at work.
A unique storage and work station system
for often underutilized wall space.
Wall-mounted tracks are the
foundation for attaching . . .
• Productivity stations with grids, accessories,
and storage shelves
• Wall Shelving using uprights and Metro shelves
• Customizable storage space using combinations
of shelving, grids, and specialized accessories
SmartWall G3 will keep these areas cleaner
and more organized.
• Prep areas
• Janitorial supply
• Above carts that are in a staging area
or a storage room
• Above sinks, work tables, casework, equipment,
or bulk floor storage
Flexible, Robust Design: Wall tracks and uprights are designed
to interface with wood studs, plywood, concrete, and other
suitable wall structures.
Easy to Clean: Shelves, shelf supports, and grids can easily
be removed for thorough cleaning of walls. Wall tracks and
uprights can easily be wiped clean.
Easy to Adapt: Uprights and grid brackets can be easily
repositioned along the track before being fastened to the
wall. Shelves and accessories are easy to add and remove.
Durable Finishes: Super Erecta Brite for dry environments;
Metroseal 3 epoxy for wet or damp environments with
built-in Microban® antimicrobial product protection to inhibit
the growth of bacteria, mold, mildew, and fungus that cause
odors and product degradation.
Easy to Install: Once the tracks are installed level, shelving and
task stations can be quickly configured.
®
74
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S mart W all G 3™ P R O D U C T IVI T Y S ystem
General Guidelines
Configuring Basic
Wall Shelving
Selecting Wall Tracks.
Wall track or combination of tracks must be at least 2" (51mm) longer
than the desired span of shelves. 1" (25mm) on each end of the span of
tracks is reserved for hardware that acts as a stop. (Example: If 152" (3860mm)
of wall track could be mounted, then the length of a shelf tier cannot exceed 150" (3810mm).
Uprights.
15" (381mm) uprights: 1 shelf tier maximum
30" (762mm) uprights: 3 shelf tiers maximum
45" (1143mm) uprights: 4 shelf tiers maximum
Shelves.
When configuring side-by-side shelving units, the adjacent shelves on
the same tier must have the same depth. Minimum space between shelf
tiers is 9" (229mm).
Note: When using MetroMax i shelves with SmartWall G3 shelf supports,
order one adapter kit per shelf (Cat. No. M9997-4).
Shelf Supports.
Order to match up with the depth of the shelf.
Ordering Guide
To order the unit pictured:
Qty. Cat. No.
Single Shelving Unit
1. Select a wall track or tracks.
2. Select two uprights.
3. Select from Super Erecta wire or solid
shelves, Super Erecta Pro, MetroMax Q, or
MetroMax i shelves.
4. Select single shelf supports (2 per shelf)
1
2
1
2
2
4
SW40BR
Wall Track
SWU45BRUpright
2436BR
Wire Shelf
SWS24BR Single Shelf Support
1836BR
Wire Shelf
SWS18BR Single Shelf Support
Side-by-Side Shelving Unit
To order the unit pictured:
Qty. Cat. No.
1
1
4
6
4
4
SW56K3
Wall Track
SW40K3
Wall Track
SWU30K3Upright
1830NK3 Wire Shelf
SWS18K3 Single Shelf Support
SWD18K3 Double Shelf Support
Single shelf supports are
used on the ends of the
wall shelf unit. Double
(or Intermediate) shelf
supports are used to
join adjacent units.
D
S
D
S
Double
(Intermediate)
Shelf Support
Single Shelf
Support
1.800.992.1776
S
D
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
75
S mart W all G 3™ P R O D U C T IVI T Y S ystem
General Guidelines
Configuring Basic
Task Stations
Selecting Wall Tracks
Wall track or combination of tracks must be at least 2" (51mm) longer
than the desired span of shelves. 1" (25mm) on each end of the span of
tracks is reserved for hardware that acts as a stop. (Example: If 152" (3860mm)
of wall track could be mounted, then the length of a shelf tier cannot exceed 150" (3810mm).
Grids
Grids may attach directly to the uprights. Grids may not overhang the
uprights by more than 6" (152mm). When uprights are not used, select
the appropriate grid bracket kit based on the configuration.
Uprights and Shelf Supports
Enable standard Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, MetroMax Q, and
MetroMax i shelves to be used as part of the task station.
Combinations of Grids and Shelves
Grids can be mounted directly behind shelves, but shelf supports and
grids cannot occupy the same slots on the upright. Once the grid has
been mounted to the upright, the shelf support can be mounted to its
own slots and can be adjusted on 3" (76mm) increments within
the grid space.
Ordering Guide
Consists of:
Qty. Cat. No.
1
2
1
2
1
1
SW40K3
Wall Track
SWU30K3Upright
1836NK3 Wire Shelf
SWS18K3 Single Shelf Support
WG1836K3 Wire Grid
SWA1
Accessory Pack
Consists of:
Qty. Cat. No.
1 SW40K3
Wall Track
1 WG3036K3 Wire Grid
1 SWGB1Grid Bracket Kit
1GS1836K3Grid Shelf
1 SWA2
Accessory Pack
76
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Medium-Duty Task Station — up to 400 lbs.
(181kg) unit capacity
1. Select wall track or tracks.
2. Select uprights. (two per task station)
3. Select shelves and single shelf supports.
(two supports per shelf)
4. Select grid and accessories.
Notes:
• Most often shelves and grids of the same length are used
together.
• Maximum unit capacity when mounted to wood studs or
plywood is 400 lbs. (181kg).
Note: Refer to catalog sheet 10.42 for weight capacities in
other types of wall construction.
Standard-Duty Task Station — up to
250 lbs. (113kg) unit capacity
1. Select wall track or tracks.
2. Select grid or multiple grids.
3. Select SWGB1 grid bracket kit.
(one per grid)
4. Select accessories including bulk grid
shelves (pictured).
Notes:
• Maximum unit capacity when mounted to wood studs or
plywood is 250 lbs. (113kg).
Note: Refer to catalog sheet 10.42 for weight capacities
in other types of wall construction.
• Grids may be mounted to the wall without wall tracks using
SWGB2 or WGBRKT grid bracket kits.
S mart W all G 3™ P R O D U C T IVI T Y S ystem
Medium-Duty Task Station —
10.42b
Cat. No. SWK36-1
•Bulk overhead storage space with a 1836NK3 wire shelf
Qty. Cat. No.
1
2
2
1
1
•18" x 36" (457 x 914mm) grid space
• 40" (1 016mm) track
• Overall dimensions: Length x Height
40" x 311/4" (1016 x 793mm)
Standard-Duty Task Station —
Consists of:
SW40K3
Wall Track
SWU30K3Upright
SWS18K3 Single Shelf Support
1836NK3 Shelf
WG1836K3 Wire Grid
10.42b
Cat. No. SWK36-2
•Standard duty 50 lb. capacity overhead shelf
• 40" (1016mm) track and 30" x 36" (762 x 914mm)
grid space
•Overall dimensions: Length x Height
40" x 3911/16" (1016 x 1008mm)
Accessory Pack — Sink —
10.42b
Cat. No. SWA1
Qty. Cat. No.
1 SW40K3
Wall Track
1 SWGB1Grid Bracket Kit
1 WG3036K3Grid
1GS1836K3Grid Shelf
Consists of:
Qty. Cat. No.
•Packaged in one carton
•To fit minimum 18" x 36" (457 x 914mm) grid space
•Grids not included
Accessory Pack — Prep —
Consists of:
1 H210K3
Wire Basket
1IWA-11K3 Lid Holder
1 FCHUtensil Cylinder
1 FC1
Cylinder Holder
2 PGHK6K3 Prong Hook
6 HK23C
Standard Hook
Wire Grid and Grid Brackets Not Included.
10.42b
Cat. No. SWA2
Consists of:
•Packaged in one carton
Qty. Cat. No.
•To fit minimum 18" x 36" (457 x 914mm) grid space
•Grids not included
SmartWall G3 can be configured in endless
combinations of storage shelves, task station
grids, and space management accessories.
Visit metro.com/SWG3 for more ideas on
how to put wall space to work.
1
2
1
1
2
6
PBA-GSDK3
H210K3
DD3722A
MB30230B
PGHK6K3
HK23C
Small Shelf
Wire Basket
Bin Holder
Small Bin
Prong Hook
Standard Hook
1.800.992.1776
•
Wire Grid and Grid Brackets Not Included.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
77
S mart W all G 3™ P R O D U C T IVI T Y S ystem
SmartWall G3 Components —
10.42
Wall Tracks (minimum one per system)
• Joiner plates and stop fastener hardware included. Does
not include hardware to mount wall tracks to the wall.
• Replacement joiner plate (1) and stop fastener hardware
(2 sets): Cat. No. RPTRK-HDWE
Wall Track
Actual Length
(in.) (mm)
40 1016
56 1423
72 1829
x1
x2
x2
Actual Depth
(in.) (mm)
x2
/4
/4
3
/4
19
19
19
3
3
Actual Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List
Price Each
1 /16 40
19/16 40
19/16 40
5.0 2.2
6.0 2.6
7.0 3.1
SW40BR
SW56BR
SW72BR
SW40K3
SW56K3
SW72K3
58.00
64.00
71.00
9
*Note: Tracks can be cut to length, but Metro does not provide this service. Touch-up paint for Metroseal 3 tracks is
available. Cat. No. TP-K2.
Hardware
Uprights (For medium-duty applications, minimum two per system. Sold by the piece)
• Built-in slots allow shelf supports and grids to attach without tools or hardware.
• 11/2" (38mm) slot spacing allows shelves and grids to be adjusted on 11/2" (38mm) increments
Actual Length
(in.) (mm)
Actual Width
(in.) (mm)
Actual Depth
(in.) (mm)
Number
of Slots
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List
Price Each
16 406
31 787
441/2 1130
11/8 29
11/8 29
11/8 29
17/8 48
17/8 48
17/8 48
7
17
26
1.8 0.8
3.5 1.5
5.3 2.3
SWU15BR
SWU30BR
SWU45BR
SWU15K3
SWU30K3
SWU45K3
62.50
72.50
85.00
Shelf Supports (Sold by the piece)
• Mount directly to slotted uprights. Suitable for use with Super Erecta, MetroMax Q, and MetroMax i shelves.
• Single shelf supports are used on each end of a single unit or side-by-side unit.
• Double (intermediate) shelf supports are used when configuring side-by-side wall shelving units.
Single Shelf Supports
Single Support
Fits shelf depth
14" (355mm)
18" (457mm)
21" (530mm)
24" (610mm)
421
522
598
675
Actual Height
(in.)
(mm)
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
83/16
83/16
83/16
83/16
38
38
38
38
208
208
208
208
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.5
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List
Price Each
SWS14BR
SWS18BR
SWS21BR
SWS24BR
SWS14K3
SWS18K3
SWS21K3
SWS24K3
51.50
53.00
54.50
57.50
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List
Price Each
SWD14BR
SWD18BR
SWD21BR
SWD24BR
SWD14K3
SWD18K3
SWD21K3
SWD24K3
76.50
78.00
79.00
82.50
Double (Intermediate) Shelf Supports
Fits shelf depth
14” (355mm)
18” (457mm)
21” (530mm)
24” (610mm)
Actual Length
(in.)
(mm)
169/16
209/16
239/16
269/16
421
522
598
675
Actual Width
(in.) (mm)
Actual Height
(in.)
(mm)
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
83/16
83/16
83/16
83/16
38
38
38
38
208
208
208
208
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.5
*Note: Replacement plastic sleeve for shelf support. Cat. No. RP-SPSLV.
Note: When using MetroMax i shelves with shelf supports, please order 1 adapter kit per shelf. Cat. No. M9997-4
SWGB1
x4
Grid Mounting Brackets (for standard-duty applications without uprights)
• Use to connect the grid to the wall when uprights are not used. One kit required per grid.
x2
x6
169/16
209/16
239/16
269/16
Actual Width
(in.) (mm)
*Note: Replacement plastic sleeve for shelf support. Cat. No. RP-SPSLV.
Note: When using MetroMax i shelves with shelf supports, please order 1 adapter kit per shelf. Cat. No. M9997-4
Double
(intermediate)
Support
SWGB2
Actual Length
(in.)
(mm)
WGBRKT
x6
Description
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price Each
2.0 0.9
2.0 0.9
2.0 0.9
SWGB1
SWGB2
WGBRKT
36.50
36.50
23.00
Bracket kit to connect grid to wall track; includes (2) top and (4) bottom (stainless steel)
Direct wall mount bracket kit; consists of (6) bottom brackets (stainless steel)
Direct wall mount bracket kit; consists of (6) black plastic brackets
Wire Grids
Grid: 18" x 36" (457 x 914mm)
• Brackets to mount the grid
to the wall track or the wall
are not included and can
attach directly to uprights
without brackets or tools.
• Grid openings measure
approximately 3" x 3"
(76 x 76mm)
Width x Length
(in.)
(mm)
18x30
18x36
18x48
18x60
457x760
457x914
457x1219
457x1524
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
7.5
9.0
12.0
14.0
Cat. No.
Plated
3.3
—
4.1 WG1836BR
5.4 WG1848BR
6.4 WG1860BR
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List
Price Each
WG1830K3
WG1836K3
WG1848K3
WG1860K3
57.50
61.00
75.50
94.50
24x36 610x914 12.0 5.4
24x48 610x1219 15.5 7.0
—
—
WG2436K3
WG2448K3
104.00
131.00
30x36 760x914 12.8 5.8
30x48 760x1219 16.5 7.5
33x54 838x1370 21.0 9.5
—
—
PBA-GPC
WG3036K3
WG3048K3
—
105.00
131.00
*Note: Can be retrofitted to original MetroMax and MetroMax Q shelving.
78
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S mart W all G 3™ P R O D U C T IVI T Y S ystem
M Tray Drying Rack
A Shelf with Retaining Edge
D
Q/R Flatware
F
K Slanted Lid Holder/
B Light-Duty Shelf
E
H Wire Basket
O Large
Utensil Holder
Cylinder Holder
S Spice Rack/
G
N Bottle
Holder
6" Pronged
Hook
Accessories for Grids —
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
H
H
I
I
I
J
J
J
C
(in.)
14"x36" (356x914mm) Shelf w/Retaining Edge
14"x48" (356x1219mm) Shelf w/Retaining Edge
18"x30" (457x762mm) Shelf w/Retaining Edge
18"x36" (457x914mm) Shelf w/Retaining Edge
18"x48" (457x1219mm) Shelf w/Retaining Edge
Light-Duty Shelf with Side Ledges
Flat Grid Shelf — 24" (610mm)
1
(in.)
Small Hook
Large Hook
Double Large Hook
6" (152mm) Pronged Hook
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
Slanted Lid Holder/Drying Shelf
Lid Holder/Drying Shelf
Tray Drying Rack
6-Prong Bottle Holder
Large Utensil Holder
Small Utensil Holder
Flatware/Instrument Cylinder
Cylinder Holder
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
133/8x5x7
173/8x71/2x5
173/8x71/2x10
10 /8x5 /2x5
107/8x11x5
143/4x81/4x7
3x1/2 (LxH)
11x3 (LxH)
22x3
(in.)
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
141/8x203/4x121/8
81/4x131/2x41/2
149/16x461/4x103/16
147/8x51/8x11
(in.)
Miscellaneous Accessories
3
(in.)
359x527x307
210x343x114
371x1175x259
378x130x279
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
10 /2x10 /8x4
43/8x103/8x4
45/16x45/16x51/2
25/8x57/8x53/4
1
.3
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
8.5
7
11
267x264x102
111x264x102
109x109x140
67x149x146
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
1
1.5
2
0.5
1
2
4
3
5
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
5.0
2
12.0
2.3
2.3
0.9
5.4
0.8
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
4
4
0.3
1.0
1.8
1.8
0.1
0.5
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1
1.800.992.1776
•
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
Each
List Price
136.00
162.00
136.00
150.00
179.00
72.50
123.00
List Price
Each
—
GS1436K3
—
GS1448K3
—
GS1830K3
—
GS1836K3
—
GS1848K3
PBA-GSD PBA-GSDK3
—
FGS1224K3
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal
HK23C
HK25C
HK26C
—
—
—
—
PGHK6K3
15.50
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List Price
Each
H209C
H210C
H212C
H209K3
H210K3
H212K3
42.00
51.50
61.50
List Price
Each
Cat. No.
MB30230B
MB30235B
MB30240B
DD3722A
PBA-1BH
PBA-2BH
0.45
0.68
0.91
0.23
.45
.91
5 /4x22 /2x4
133x571x102
3.5 1.6
190x317x102
2.3 1.0
71/2x121/2x4
159 W.x317 L.
3
1.4
61/4 W.x121/2 L.
162 W.x267H.
2
0.9
63/8 W.x101/2 H.
Inside Dimensions 57/8" W.x37/16" D. [267mm W.x87mm D.]
1
0.1
Cat. No.
Plated
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
279x140x127
279x280x127
375x210x180
76x13 (LxH)
280x76 (LxH)
559x76 (LxH)
1
4.5
6.0
5.6
6.7
9.0
1.8
2.6
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
345x127x180
440x190x127
440x190x255
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
7
12
16
15
18
24
4
7
32x89
50x89
50x89
32x194x92
1
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
Utensil Holders
Spice Rack/Utility Shelf
Insert Pan Holder
Hanging File Holder
Glove Box Holder (Vertical)
I Bin (requires
Bin Holder)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
391x895x197
391x1200x197
492x743x197
492x895x197
492x1200x197
228 W.x470 L.
322x610x102
3
1 /4x3 /2
2x31/2
2x31/2
11/4x75/8x55/8
Small Basket
5" (127mm) Deep Large Basket
10" (254mm) Deep Large Basket
Blue Bin Packed 12/Ctn.
Blue Bin Packed 6/Ctn.
Blue Bin Packed 12/Ctn.
Single Bin Holder
Small Bin Holder
Large Bin Holder
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
15 /8x35 /4x7 /4
153/8x471/4x73/4
193/8x291/4x73/4
193/8x351/4x73/4
193/8x471/4x73/4
9 W.x181/2 L.
1211/16x24x4
3
1
Drying Rack Accessories
J Bin Holder
10.43
Bins and Holders
Holder
Box Holder
Baskets
Utensil
U Pendaflex P Small
Holder
Pan Holder
V Glove
12"x24" Grid Shelf
Hooks K
L
M
N
T Insert
Utility Shelf
Shelves for Grids
L Lid Holder/
Drying Shelf
Drying Shelf
15.00
20.20
24.50
19.00
28.50
37.00
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List Price
Each
—
—
—
—
IWA-S11K3
IWA-11K3
TDR48K3
BH6K3
109.00
49.50 210.00
58.50
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List Price
Each
—
—
—
—
IWA-12K3
IWA-14K3
FC1
FCH
56.00 59.50
15.00
34.50
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
List Price
Each
SR24BR
STP3BR
PBA-PFH
—
SR24K3
—
—
GBHVK3
71.50 34.00 WWW.ME TRO.CO M
79
E recta S helf ®/ M etro M ax i® W all S hel v i n g
Erecta Shelf ® Wall Mounts —
10.56
Used to create wall-mounted shelving units with 12" (305mm) or 18" (457mm)
Erecta shelves of any length.
• Models are available to accommodate from one to five shelves.
(Each mount consists of two shelf supports and mounting brackets.)
• Wall bolts or screws not included; they must be selected according to type of wall.
• Order shelves from page 69.
Wall Mounts with Shelf
(Shelf sold separately, see page 39)
Width
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Capacity
12 305
12 305
12 305
103/4 273
2013/16 528
3013/16 782
1 Shelf
1 to 3 Shelves
1 to 5 Shelves
21/2
5
71/4
18 457
18 457
18 457
113/4
215/8
315/8
1 Shelf
1 to 3 Shelves
1 to 5 Shelves
3
6
81/2
298
548
807
Approx.
Pkd. Wt. (Pr.)
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
1.1
2.3
3.2
12WB1C
12WB3C
12WB5C
34.50
56.00
75.50
1.4
2.7
3.8
18WB1C
18WB3C
18WB5C
40.00
62.00
82.50
For additional mounting brackets (single) order Cat. No. 9975C
Double mounting brackets are also available for use where continuous
wall shelving is to be installed. Cat. No. 9976C
Load Rating: 200 lbs. (91kg) per shelf, not to exceed 200 lbs. (91kg) per unit.
Units must be secured to sufficient wall support structure.
Erecta Shelf ® Wall Kit —
10.56
Kit includes two shelves, shelf supports, and mounting brackets. Wall bolts and screws
not included; they must be selected according to type of wall. Chrome.
Shelf
Length
(in.) (mm)
24 610
36 914
48 1219
Overall
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Shelf
Width
(in.) (mm)
Overall
Width
(in.) (mm)
Overall
Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
261/4 673
381/4 971
501/4 1283
12 305
12 305
12 305
13 330
13 330
13 330
21 530
21 530
21 530
181/2 8.3
251/4 11.3
32 14.4
12WS12C
12WS32C
12WS52C
127.00
153.00
179.00
Kit packaged in one box and UPS shippable.
Load Rating: 200 lbs. (91kg) per shelf, not to exceed 200 lbs. (91kg) per unit.
12WS12C
Erecta Shelf ® Wall Kit
Units must be secured to sufficient wall support structure.
Direct Wall Mount Shelving —
9.20
Use standard Super Erecta stainless steel direct wall mount shelf supports with
MetroMax shelves or open frames with wire drop in baskets. Order one MetroMax
corner adapter kit with each shelf or shelf frame. Shelf supports are sold individually.
Single — Use at shelf ends; two are required for a stand-alone shelf.
Shelf Width
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
18
24
2
21/4
457
610
0.9
1.0
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
List
Price Each
1WD18S
1WD24S
94.50
103.00
Double — When constructing a run of shelves, use double shelf
supports to join adjacent shelves.
Wall Mount Brackets shown with MetroMax i
Open Frame and Drop-In Basket.
Shelf Width
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
18
24
3
41/4
457
610
1.4
2.0
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
List
Price Each
2WD18S
2WD24S
144.00
152.00
For MetroMax i Open Frame and Drop-In Basket, see page 27.
®
80
Note: Wall shelving is NSF listed.
1.800.992.1776
•
Corner Adapters for
MetroMax i shelving
Corner Adapters for
MetroMax 4 shelving
Use when joining MetroMax i shelves
with wire shelf supports. Box of 4.
Use one box per shelf.
Cat. No. M9997-4
Use when joining MetroMax 4 shelves
with wire shelf supports. Box of 4.
Use one box per shelf.
Cat. No. MX4-9997-4
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S u per E recta® W all M o u n ts
Wall Mounts
An ideal method for storing items overhead or above work surfaces.
• Brackets accommodate all Super Erecta® sizes and types of shelves.
• Use double supports to mount adjacent shelves, single supports at ends.
• Metal caps to cover openings are provided.
• Available in chrome, Metroseal 3 or stainless steel.
Post‑Type Wall Mounts —
10.40
Standard Units
Post‑type wall mounts are available in pre‑packaged “End Units” and “Mid Units;
complete with all needed components except shelves, wall bolts or screws, which
must be selected according to type of wall. *Shelf supports are chrome‑plated.
A “End Unit” consists of two posts with wall mounting brackets, and two single shelf
supports for each shelf level.
Post-Type Wall Mount Installation
B “Mid Unit” consists of one post with brackets and double support for each shelf.
If shelving is to be the length of one shelf, order End Unit only.
If two‑shelf lengths, order one End Unit and one Mid Unit; three lengths, one End and
two Mid Units; four lengths, one End and three Mid Units; etc.
Post-Type Wall Mounts
For 14" (355mm) Shelf Width
Shelf
Levels
1
2
3
4
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
7
14
22
28
3.2
6.4
10
12.7
A
Cat. No.
End Unit
List
Price
Each
SW21C
SW23C
SW25C
SW26C
157.00
279.00
360.00
441.00
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
5
9
14
18
2.3
4.1
6.4
8.2
Cat. No.
Mid Unit
List
Price
Each
AW21C
AW23C
AW25C
AW26C
101.00
182.00
244.00
306.00
Cat. No.
Mid Unit
List
Price
Each
AW31C
AW33C
AW35C
AW36C
102.00
184.00
248.00
310.00
B
For 18" (457mm) Shelf Width
Shelf
Levels
1
2
3
4
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
7
14
22
28
3.2
6.4
10
12.7
Cat. No.
End Unit
List
Price
Each
SW31C
SW33C
SW35C
SW36C
161.00
287.00
372.00
459.00
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
5
11
17
21
2.3
5
8
9.5
End Unit
For 21" (530mm) Shelf Width
Shelf
Levels
1
2
3
4
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
8
16
25
32
3.6
7.3
11.3
14.4
Cat. No.
End Unit
List
Price
Each
SW41C
SW43C
SW45C
SW46C
161.00
287.00
372.00
459.00
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
6
12
18
23
2.7
5.5
8.2
10.4
Cat. No.
Mid Unit
List
Price
Each
AW41C
AW43C
AW45C
AW46C
103.00
187.00
252.00
316.00
Cat. No.
Mid Unit
List
Price
Each
AW51C
AW53C
AW55C
AW56C
104.00
189.00
255.00
320.00
Metro Tip:
Have you looked at your walls lately?
Unused wall space provides the perfect
opportunity for a significant increase
in storage capacity. Metro offers a
complete line of wall shelving systems to
maximize storage density.
For 24" (610mm) Shelf Width
Shelf
Levels
1
2
3
4
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
9
18
28
36
4.1
8.2
12.7
16
Cat. No.
End Unit
List
Price
Each
SW51C
SW53C
SW55C
SW56C
164.00
291.00
379.00
467.00
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
6
12
19
24
2.7
5.5
9
10.9
Mid Unit
*Note: User should determine that wall material and method of mounting are suitable to support the
shelves and their contents. Mounting hardware not included.
®
Maximum Load Rating: 250 lbs. (113kg) per shelf, not to exceed 250 lbs.
(113kg) per unit.
See page 42 for Super Erecta shelves.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
81
S u per E recta® W all M o u n ts
Posts and Brackets —
10.40
Two end brackets (BES) are supplied with each of these double-footed posts. One intermediate
bracket (BCS) is supplied with 33PDF posts and two are supplied with 54PDF and 63PDF posts.
Order desired number/style of shelf supports below.
Post
Height
(in.) (mm)
137/8 350
335/8 854
54 1370
62 1573
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Post for 1 tier
Post for 2 tiers
Post for 3 or more tiers
Post for 4 or more tiers
End Bracket
Intermediate Bracket
11/4
23/4
5
6
1/2
1/2
0.6
1.2
2.3
2.7
0.2
0.2
Corner Adapters for
MetroMax i shelving
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
13PDF
33PDF
54PDF
63PDF
BES
BCS
13PDFK3
33PDFK3
54PDFK3
63PDFK3
BESK3
BCSK3
13PDFS
33PDFS
54PDFS
63PDFS
SBES
SBCS
74.50
129.00
166.00
176.00
25.00
18.50
Use when joining
MetroMax i shelves with
wire shelf supports. Box
of 4. Use one box per shelf.
Cat. No. M9997-4
Corner Adapters for
MetroMax 4 shelving
Note: User should determine that wall material and method of mounting are suitable to support the shelves and their contents.
Mounting hardware not included. Order shelves from page 42.
Use when joining
MetroMax 4 shelves with
wire shelf supports. Box
of 4. Use one box per shelf.
Cat. No. MX4-9997-4
BES
MaximumDouble
Load Rating:
Single200 lbs. (91kg)
Shelfper shelf.
Shelf
Supports
Supports
BCS
Maximum Load Rating:
250 lbs. (113kg) per shelf,
not to exceed 250 lbs.
(113kg) per unit.
See page 42 for Super
Erecta shelves.
Metro Tip:
See page 19 for Super
Erecta shelves.
MetroMax Q, MetroMax 4, and
MetroMax i shelves can be used
with Super Erecta Post Mounting
Shelf Supports and Direct Wall
Mounts.
BES
Typical configuration using two end units and one mid unit
Shelf Supports — Post Mounting —
10.40
Single —
Two required per shelf (one at each end.)
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
14
18
21
24
2
2
21/2
3
355
457
530
610
0.9
0.9
1.1
1.4
Double —
For run of multiple shelves.
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
1WS14C
1WS18C
1WS21C
1WS24C
1WS14K3
1WS18K3
1WS24K3
1WS14S
1WS18S
1WS21S
1WS24S
85.50
91.50
93.50
98.50
14
18
21
24
355
457
530
610
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
3
33/4
41/4
41/2
1.4
1.7
1.9
2.0
Cat. No.
Chrome
2WS14C
2WS18C
2WS21C
2WS24C
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
E ach
2WS14K3
2WS18K3
2WS24K3
2WS14S
2WS18S
2WS21S
2WS24S
129.00
138.00
140.00
149.00
Order shelves from page 42.
Direct Wall Mounts —
10.40
Each consists of one shelf support and mounting plate, with two shelf collar caps. Use single support at shelf ends; double support
for adjoining shelves.
Double
Single — Two required per shelf.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
14
18
21
24
355
457
530
610
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1 /2
2
2
21/4
1
0.7
0.9
0.9
1.0
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
1WD14C
1WD18C
1WD21C
1WD24C
1WD14K3
1WD18K3
1WD21K3
1WD24K3
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
1WD14S 90.00
1WD18S 94.50
1WD21S 98.50
1WD24S 103.00
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
14
18
21
24
3 1.4
3 1.4
4 1.8
41/2 2.0
2WD14C
2WD18C
2WD21C
2WD24C
2WD14K3
2WD18K3
2WD21K3
2WD24K3
2WD14S
2WD18S
2WD21S
2WD24S
135.00
144.00
148.00
152.00
355
457
530
610
Note: User should determine that wall material and method of mounting are suitable to
support the shelves and their contents.
Hole Plugs —
Single Shelf Support
Double Shelf Support
Indicates antimicrobial product.
82
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
10.06
This chrome-plated cover is used to fill shelfcorner openings. Use wherever posts have been
eliminated by “S” hooks.
Cat. No. 9997C
P rem i u m P olymer u t i l i ty carts
Push ahead.
Give yourself the versatility you need with Metro Utility Carts.
Premium Polymer Utility Carts
• Can be used in a variety of unique transport applications.
• Durable materials, ergonomic handles, and premium casters promote long life and ease of use.
• Microban product protection built into the shelf mats, frames, and posts.
• Easier to clean with removable shelf mats.
MetroMax i® Utility Carts
• Corrosion proof shelves, posts, and Type 304 stainless steel handle.
• Corrosion resistant 5PCX casters with 5" (127mm) polyurethane wheels, polymer horns,
and stainless steel axles.
• 391/4" (997mm) tall. Weight capacity of cart: 900 lbs. (408kg) evenly distributed.
Nominal
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Actual
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x30 457x760
24x36 610x914
205/16x341/2
265/16x401/2
516x876
668x1029
2-shelf
2-shelf
35.5 15.8
46.0 20.5
MXUC1830G-25
MXUC2436G-25
882.00
951.00
18x30 457x760
24x36 610x914
205/16x341/2
265/16x401/2
516x876
668x1029
3-shelf
3-shelf
46.0 20.5
61.5 27.5
MXUC1830G-35
MXUC2436G-35
1,029.50
1,130.00
MetroMax Q® Utility Carts
• Quick adjust corrosion resistant shelves and posts.
• Corrosion proof Type 304 stainless steel handle.
• Includes four 5MPX casters with 5" (127mm) polyurethane wheels.
• 391/4" (997mm) tall. Weight capacity of cart: 900 lbs. (408kg) evenly distributed.
Nominal
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Actual
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x30 457x760
24x36 610x914
205/16x341/2
265/16x401/2
16x876
668x1029
2-shelf
2-shelf
35.5 15.8
46.0 20.5
MQUC1830G-25
MQUC2436G-25
628.50
674.00
18x30 457x760
24x36 610x914
205/16x341/2
265/16x401/2
516x876
668x1029
3-shelf
3-shelf
46.0 20.5
61.5 27.5
MQUC1830G-35
MQUC2436G-35
726.00
793.00
Helpful Hints
• Configure a cart to your exact needs using a combination of MetroMax i® and Q™
shelves and posts.
• Consider MetroMax i solid shelves when spill containment is required or to protect
supplies from dirt during transport.
• A typical utility cart will be configured using 27" (685mm) or 33" (875mm) stem
caster posts with 5" (127mm) casters.
Shelves and posts: pages 12, 14, 16 Casters: page 18 Handles: page 19
1.800.992.1776
Solid bottom shelf and
5PCX/5PCBX casters pictured
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
83
m y C a r t ser i es ™ carts
This is myCart...
get your own.
Corrosion proof
& impact resistant
polymer shelves.
myCart Series
™
Designed for your transport needs...
making every step count.
Better Containment!
Easy to clean
surface
Ship’s edge retains small spills
and prevents items from sliding
off during transport.
Personalization Label
Easy & Useful
Easy-grip handle
and roomy
utility tray
More Legroom!
50% more legroom than
conventional carts!
You won’t hit your shins
or kick the cart!
Available in blue
colored myCart.
R
Cleanable
Durable
User Friendly
> NSF Listed.
>C
orrosion proof, impact
resistant shelves are designed
to withstand daily abuse.
> Additional legroom puts more distance between the shelves
and you. You can push the cart more freely without hitting
your shins and feet off the cart.
> Sturdy construction:
300lb. (136kg), 400lb.
(181kg), and 500lb. (227kg)
capacity models available.
> Right-sized for common containers and racks.
> Smooth surfaces easily wipe
clean and won’t stain.
> Specific models available with
Microban® Antimicrobial
product protection.
84
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
> Large coved utility tray organizes small items and easily wipes clean.
> Easy-grip handle and four swivel casters ensure easy maneuvering.
> Each cart comes with two personalization labels for easy identification.
m y C a r t ser i es ™ carts
NEW
LOBLR
E
CAO
VAILA
myCart Series™ —
Foodservice
Healthcare
Grocery
Allergen Free Zone myCart!
Help control cross-contact and
protect your customers by using
this cart to prep/transport food
for allergen sensitive customers.
A unique color to help distinguish
specific products or applications. A
cool color with nurturing qualities
for departments like pediatrics,
labor and delivery.
Ideal for storing and
transporting items that are
required to be kept separate
from other items, such as
organics.
12.29
Purple
> Available in 2-shelf and 3-shelf configurations.
> 7/16" (11mm) deep ship’s edge lip around shelf perimeter.
> MY1627 and MY2030 Base Model specs: Chrome posts, 4" (102mm) non-marking swivel casters.
150 lbs. (68kg) capacity per shelf.
> MY2636 Base Model specs: Chrome posts, 5" (127mm) swivel resilient rubber casters,
200 lbs. (90kg) capacity per shelf.
Carts
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
18 / x31 / x35 /
465x800x902
185/16x311/2x351/2
465x800x902
237/16x343/8x351/2
595x873x902
237/16x343/8x351/2
595x873x902
2711/16x401/4x367/8 703x1022x937
2711/16x401/4x367/8 703x1022x937
5 16
1 2
1 2
Description
Load
Rating
Per Cart
(lbs.) (kg)
2-shelf base model
3-shelf base model
2-shelf base model
3-shelf base model
2-shelf base model
3-shelf base model
300
400
300
400
400
500
28.5
34
33
41.5
40
51
12.9
15.4
15
19
18.1
23.1
Blue
Gray
with built-in Microban
antimicrobial product
protection
Cat. No.
Gray
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
Blue with
Antimicrobial
Cat. No.
Purple
MY1627-24G
MY1627-34G
MY2030-24G
MY2030-34G
MY2636-25G
MY2636-35G
MY1627-24BL
MY1627-34BL
MY2030-24BL
MY2030-34BL
MY2636-25BL
MY2636-35BL
MY1627-24BU
MY1627-34BU
MY2030-24BU
MY2030-34BU
MY2636-25BU
MY2636-35BU
—
—
MY2030-24AP
MY2030-34AP
—
—
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
136
181
136
181
181
227
Black
Accessories
> Utility bin and wastebasket can be easily removed from their holders to empty contents or for
routine cleaning.
(in.)
Width/Height/Depth
(mm)
17 / x16 / x14 /
23x161/4x143/4
143/8x153/8x103/8
173/8x7x151/4
23x7x151/4
163/8x6x11
7 8
1 4
3 4
454x413x375
584x413x375
365x391x264
454x178x387
584x178x387
416x152x279
Description
Fits Cart
Wastebasket + Holder
Wastebasket + Holder
Wastebasket Only
Utility Bin + Holder
Utility Bin + Holder
Utility Bin Only
MY1627
MY2030
MY1627
MY2030
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
25
25
25
25
11.3
11.3
11.3
11.3
Approx. Pkd. Wt
(lbs.) (kg)
5.7
5.8
2.8
5
5.1
2
2.5
2.6
1.3
2.2
2.3
0.9
Cat. No.
MYWB1
MYWB2
MF222
MYUB1
MYUB2
UB1
List
Price Each
78.00
78.00
41.00
78.00
78.00 Wastebasket
41.00 and Holder
Utility Bin
and Holder
Personalization Labels
Replacement Casters
Personalization labels provide easy identification
4" (102mm) non-marking swivel caster. Used with MY1627 and MY2030 models.
Cat. No. RPBC4M-4 Bag of 4
> Constructed of polyester material with a clear polyester
flap to protect written information from wiping off.
43/5"L x 7/8"H (117.5x22.4mm)
5" (127mm) swivel resilient rubber caster. Used with MY2636 models.
Cat. No. 5M, sold individually.
Cat. No. MYCARTLBL-10PK Pack of 10
16x27
Easy-grip
handle and
utility tray
20x30
> Small footprint
for tight spaces.
> Accommodates
Metro tote boxes
and ISO totes.
MY1627
MY2030
MY2030 cart
handle has
built-in recessed
support channel
to manage odd
shaped items.
26x36
MY2636 cart
handle has a
built-in slot to
hold scanners
and labelers.
> Ideal for large bulky
items. 5” (127mm)
Caster makes cart
easier to maneuver.
3-shelf model holds
up to 500 lbs.
> Right-sized to fit :
Glass & dish racks,
bussing totes,
silverware bins,
milk crates.
MY2636
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
85
P olymer Ut i l i ty C arts
Weight load capacity for
Deep Ledge series.
150 lbs. (68kg) per shelf.
2-shelf model: 300 lbs. (136kg)
3-shelf model: 400 lbs. (181kg)
Gray
Blue
Black
with built-in Microban antimicrobial
product protection
Deep Ledge Utility Carts —
12.28
®
Specially designed with a 23/4" (70mm) deep ledge to contain product and spills.
• Polymer shelves are easy to clean and corrosion proof.
• Available colors are gray, black, and blue. Blue contains Microban antimicrobial
product protection.
• Available in 2-shelf and 3-shelf models.
• Center shelf option adjusts at 1" (25mm) increments.
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.*
Cat. No.
Slate Blue
with Microban
List
Price
Each
211/2x333/4x331/4 546x857x845
211/2x333/4x331/4 546x857x845
2-shelf unit
3-shelf unit
29
31.1
371/2 17.0
BC2030-2D
BC2030-3D
BC2030-2DMB
BC2030-3DMB
297.00
365.00
27x391/2x331/4
27x391/2x331/4
2-shelf unit
3-shelf unit
35
15.9
461/2 21.1
BC2636-2D
BC2636-3D
BC2636-2DMB
BC2636-3DMB
346.00
425.00
(in.)
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
685x1003x845
685x1003x845
*Add color designation to part number when ordering: Gray (G), Black (BL).
Example: BC2030-3DG = 3-shelf gray cart.
Accessories and Replacement Casters —
12.28
• Utility Bin and Wastebasket can be easily removed from the holders to empty
contents or for routine cleaning.
Description
Wastebasket + Holder
Utility Bin + Holder
Wastebasket Only
Utility Bin Only
Width/Height/Depth
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Cart
BC2030
BC2030
Replacement Caster Kit — All 211/4x271/2x131/4
211/4x73/4x141/2
143/8x153/8x103/8
163/8x6x11
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
540x700x337
540x197x368
365x391x264
416x152x279
8.0
6.0
2.8
2.0
3.8
2.7
1.3
0.9
Note: Caster kit contains four 4" (102mm) swivel casters.
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
86
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Deep
Ledge
Cat. No.
BCWB2D
BCUB2D
MF222
UB1
List
Price
Each
76.50
64.00
41.00
41.00
RPBC4M-4 86.00
Ut i l i ty C arts
Basket Cart ®
Includes two light-duty basket style shelves, one standard wire shelf, four posts, extended
handle, and four 4” diameter swivel casters (two with brakes)
• Basket shelves have a 31/2" (89mm) high edge to secure contents during transport.
• Durable chrome finish
• 400 lbs. (182kg) capacity per cart; 150 lbs. (68kg) capacity per shelf
• Ships in one box
Shelf
Width//Length
(in.)
(mm)
18x36 457x914
Overall Length
(including handle)
(in.)
(mm)
397/8 1013
Overall Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
401/8 1020
49 22
BASCART-SR
317.00
*Cart comes in
white point-of
sale box
Basket Shelves — Regular Duty
• 31/2" (89mm) deep basket with 400 lb. (182kg) weight capacity
• Ideal for containing and displaying smaller items.
Build a Custom Basket Cart to Fit Your Needs
Ordering Guide:
1. Select quantity, size, and finish of basket shelves and standard (flat) shelves.
2. Select 4 posts per cart
3. Select casters
4. Select handle (optional)
Basket Shelves
(in.)
Size
(mm)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
List
Price
Each
14x36
14x48
355x914
355x1219
—
—
DD3448A
DD3448B
110.50
129.50
18x36
18x48
457x914
457x1219
CC9744A
CC9744
CC9744C
CC9744B
111.50
130.50
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
List
Price
Each
Flat/Standard Shelves
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Basket Shelves
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
14x36
14x48
355x914
355x1219
8
91/2
3.6
4.3
1436NC
1448NC
1436NBL
1448NBL
64.50
74.00
18x36
18x48
457x914
457x1219
91/2
12
4.3
5.4
1836NC
1848NC
1836NBL
1848NBL
67.50
82.00
Posts
(in.)
Post Height
(mm)
271/2
341/2
549/16
699
875
1385
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
List
Price
Each
13/4
2
3
27UP
33UP
54UP
27UPBL
33UPBL
54UPBL
18.70
19.70
23.00
0.75
0.9 1.4 Handle
Unit shown consists of:
(2)
CC9744A
(4)
27UPBL
(2)
5MP
(2) 5MPB
Casters
Handle Length
(in.)
(mm)
14
18
355
457
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
EH14NC
EH18NC
33.50
40.50
Casters Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd.Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
4
5
5
102
127
127
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
11/2 0.6
21/2 1.1
21/8 0.94
4LD
5M
5MP
25.00
32.50
51.50
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
87
Ut i l i ty C arts
MW Series Utility Carts —
12.01
®
• Consist of Super Erecta wire shelves with plastic split sleeves, two one-piece handles
of matching finish, and designated casters with donut bumpers.
• Two- and three-tier models available.
• 375 lbs. (170kg) weight capacity per cart. MW carts use light-duty resilient casters.
• 18" (457mm) wide carts have 4" (102mm) casters. Cart is 38" (965mm) high.
• 21" and 24" (530 and 610mm) wide carts have 5" (127mm) casters. Cart is 39"
(990mm) high.
Utility Carts with Stainless Steel Solid Shelves
MW200 Series
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
18x24
18x30
18x36
457x610
457x760
457x914
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
40 18.1
45 20.4
48 21.8
Cat. No.
2-Shelf
List
Price
Each
MW103
MW104
MW105
750.00
848.00
848.00
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
48 21.8
53 24.0
59 26.8
Cat. No.
3-Shelf
MW203
MW204
MW205
List
Price
Each
1,002.00
1,106.00
1,106.00
21x36
530x914
54 24.5
MW106
917.00
74 33.6
MW206
1,209.00
24x36
610x914
60 27.2
MW108
969.00
66 29.9
MW208
1,285.00
Utility Carts with 1 Solid, 2 Wire Shelves
MW400 Series
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Shelf Material
Handles
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
457x610
457x760
457x914
43 19.5
47 21.3
52 23.6
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
MW401
MW402
MW403
499.00
564.00
564.00
21x36
24x36
530x914
610x914
59 26.8
65 29.5
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
MW404
MW406
616.00
639.00
Utility Carts with 2 Wire Shelves
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Shelf Material
Handles
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x24
18x30
18x30
18x36
18x36
457x610
457x610
457x760
457x760
457x914
457x914
34
34
37
37
40
39
15.4
15.4
16.8
16.8
18.1
17.7
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW601
MW602
MW603
MW604
MW605
MW606
313.00
692.00
332.00
789.00
332.00
789.00
21x36
21x36
530x914
530x914
44 20.0
44 20.0
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW607
MW608
362.00
883.00
24x36
24x36
610x914
610x914
47 21.3
46 20.9
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW611
MW612
373.00
932.00
Shelf Material
Handles
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
MW600 Series
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Utility Carts with 3 Wire Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
18x24
18x24
18x30
18x30
18x36
18x36
457x610
457x610
457x760
457x760
457x914
457x914
39
38
43
42
47
45
17.6
17.2
19.5
19.1
21.3
20.4
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW701
MW702
MW703
MW704
MW705
MW706
378.00
937.00
400.00
1,037.00
400.00
1,037.00
21x36
21x36
530x914
530x914
50 22.7
50 22.7
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW707
MW708
442.00
1,167.00
24x36
24x36
610x914
610x914
60 27.7
57 25.9
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW711
MW712
459.00
1,237.00
MW700 Series
88
1.800.992.1776
•
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H ea v y - D u ty Ut i l i ty C arts
SP Series Utility Carts —
12.10
®
• Consist of Super Erecta wire shelves with plastic split sleeves, two one-piece handles
of matching finish, and designated casters with donut bumpers.
• Two- and three-tier models available.
• 5" (127mm) casters allow for transport of heavier loads than the MW Series Carts.
• 39" (990mm) high.
Super Erecta Brite finish — 600 lbs. (273kg) capacity per cart
• 5M Resilient Rubber Casters; casters have plated horns and axles.
2-Tier Models
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
18x36 457x914
40 18
2SPN33ABR
21x36 530x914
44 20
2SPN43ABR
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
48 22
54 24
64 29
2SPN53ABR
2SPN55ABR
2SPN56ABR
2-Tier with 5M casters
3-Tier Models
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
List
Price
Each
50 22.5
3SPN33ABR
432.00
55 24.7
3SPN43ABR
461.00
61 27.4
70 31.5
85 38.2
3SPN53ABR
3SPN55ABR
3SPN56ABR
474.00
520.00
582.00
Chrome finish — 900 lbs. (410kg) capacity per cart
• 5MP Polyurethane Casters; casters have plated horns and axles.
2-Tier Models
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
18x36 457x914
40 18
2SPN33DC
21x36 530x914
44 20
2SPN43DC
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
48 22
54 24
64 29
2SPN53DC
2SPN55DC
2SPN56DC
3-Tier Models
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
50 22.5
3SPN33DC
517.00
55 24.7
3SPN43DC
560.00
61 27.4
70 31.5
85 38.2
3SPN53DC
3SPN55DC
3SPN56DC
576.00
624.00
678.00
3-Tier with 5MP casters
Type 304 Stainless Steel — 900 lbs. (410kg) capacity per cart
• 5PC Polyurethane Casters; casters have polymer horns and stainless steel axles.
2-Tier Models
3-Tier Models
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
18x36 457x914
40 18
2SPN33PS
21x36 530x914
44 20
2SPN43PS
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
48 22
54 24
64 29
2SPN53PS
2SPN55PS
2SPN56PS
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
List
Price
Each
50 22.5
3SPN33PS
1,293.00
55 24.7
3SPN43PS
1,402.00
61 27.4
70 31.5
85 38.2
3SPN53PS
3SPN55PS
3SPN56PS
1,474.00
1,665.00
1,911.00
3-Tier with 5PC casters
One-Piece Handles —
12.10
May be used with Super Erecta shelving, casters, and
components to customize a cart to your exact needs.
Shelf
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
18
21
24
5 /2
53/4
6
457
533
610
1
2.5
2.6
2.7
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
H3C
H4C
H5C
H3S
H4S
H5S
109.00
110.00
112.00
Height: 341/2" (876mm).
One-Piece Handle
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
89
90
high-density storage,
dunnage & security
High-Density Movable Aisle Shelving ............................92-99
Vertical High-Density Shelving.........................................100
Dunnage Racks & Shelves......................................... 101-102
Security Storage....................................................... 103-107
Seismic Shelving...................................................... 108-109
91
H i g h - D e n s i ty S tora g e — q w i k T R A K®
So smart...
qwikTRAK® High-Density Storage
BOOST
STORAGE SPACE
BY UP TO
50%
WITH NO ADDED
CONSTRUCTION
COSTS.
qwikTRAK key facts
The aluminum and stainless steel floor tracks provide a smooth, gliding
surface for mobile units.
• Mobile units are designed to move easily and store heavy weight loads.
MetroMax i mobile qwikTRAK units can hold up to 1,200 lbs. (544kg).
MetroMax Q, Super Adjustable, and Super Erecta mobile qwikTRAK
units can hold up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg). MetroMax 4 units can hold up
to 800 lbs. (363kg).
• Floor tracks protect the floors from wear and tear and do not require to
be mounted to the floor.
• Floor tracks compensate for rough or choppy floor surfaces.
Double-Deep Configurations can be created where two systems are
joined together to increase the overall depth of the storage system for
even greater storage capacity.
Choose the shelving type based on the application.
Both single- and double-deep systems can be used with Metro wire
shelving (Super Erecta or Super Adjustable Super Erecta) and polymer
shelving systems (MetroMax i and MetroMax Q).
Note: MetroMax 4 can be used on single-deep systems.
92
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
®
THE SECRET TO
HIGH-DENSITY
STORAGE IS THE
ACTIVE
AISLE
CONCEPT.
H i g h - D e n s i ty S tora g e — T op - T rack®
it’s dense.
Top-Track® High-Density Storage
ADA Compliant
®
Top-Track key facts
The guide track is positioned above the shelving system.
• Floors are easy to clean.
• Utility carts can easily be rolled into and out of the active aisle.
• The guide track compensates for uneven floor surfaces and keeps
units in alignment.
TRADITIONAL STORAGE USES UP TO 20' OF SPACE
HIGH DENSITY
STORAGE . . .
THE SMART WAY
TO PUT SPACE
TO WORK.
11.5'
• Mobile units are designed to address medium-duty applications.
The weight capacity of a Top-Track mobile unit is 900 lb. (410kg).
Choose the shelving type based on your application.
Top-Track (single deep) can be used with Metro wire shelving
(Super Erecta or Super Adjustable Super Erecta) and polymer
shelving systems (MetroMax i and MetroMax Q).
Double-Deep configurations can be created when two systems are
joined together to increase the overall depth of the storage system for
even greater storage capacity. Double-Deep Top-Track is only available
for Super Erecta and Super Adjustable Super Erecta style shelving.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
93
H i g h - D e n s i ty — q w i k T R A K®
High-Density qwikTRAK® Storage Systems for: Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro,™
Super Adjustable, MetroMax Q, MetroMax i, and MetroMax 4 Systems.
FRONT VIEW
OVERHEAD VIEW
MetroMax i qwikTRAK
qwikTRAK Storage System —
Shelves Sold Separately
Super Erecta — Pg. 42
Super Erecta Pro — Pg. 34
Super Adjustable — Pg. 37
MetroMax Q — Pg. 16
MetroMax i — Pg. 12
MetroMax 4 — Pg. 14
Grooved
casters fit
securely
on track.
11.15
Stationary End Unit Kits
Includes 74" high posts (1880mm) high stationary posts, and hardware necessary for connecting
stationary end units to tracks and anchoring tracks to the floor. Order one kit per system. Shelves are
sold separately.
Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable Super Erecta
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A= Stationary End Units
B = Mobile Units
C= qwikTRAK
D= Stationary Intermediate Unit
E = Active Aisle
MetroMax Q
MetroMax i
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs. )
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
39.6 18.0
BTEC
BTEK3
btes
42.0 19.1
BTEQ3
25.011.4
BTEX3
773.00
Stationary Intermediate Unit Kits
Includes 74" high posts (1880mm) high stationary posts, and hardware necessary for connecting one stationary intermediate unit
to tracks and anchoring tracks to the floor. Shelves are sold separately.
Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable Super Erecta
MetroMax Q
MetroMax i
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs. )
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Price
Each
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
22.6 10.3
BTAC
BTAk3
BTAS
24.2 11.0
BTAQ3
15.7 7.1
Cat. No.
BTAX3
List
Price
Each
543.00
Mobile Unit Kits
Includes four 74" high posts (1880mm) high mobile posts, four casters, donut bumpers, and other hardware to assemble a mobile
unit. Shelves are sold separately. One kit required per mobile unit.
Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable Super Erecta
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs. )
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
25.0 11.4
BTMC
BTMK3
MetroMax Q
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
BTMS
MetroMax i
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
27.0 12.3
BTMQ3
18.5 8.4
BTMX3
803.00
Note: All casters feature an acetyl grooved wheel. Chrome plated kit (BTMC) includes casters with plated steel components. BTMK3/BTMS/BTMQ3/BTMX3 kits include casters with
stainless steel components.
Notes:
1. All end, intermediate, and mobile units must be 18" (457mm) or wider.
Track Sets
2. Each stationary end and intermediate unit must have a minimum of four shelves. Super Adjustable shelves may
Includes tracks and hardware needed to assemble track runs up
be used for all tiers.
3. qwikTRAK is available with 74" posts (1880mm) as standard. Requests for TALLER posts must be reviewed
to 21' (6400mm).
by Metro Engineering. For applications requiring posts SHORTER than 74" (1880mm), contact your Metro
Approx.
Approx.
List
representative.
Length
Pkd. Wt.
Length
Pkd. Wt.
Price
4. Existing Metro Super Erecta, Super Adjustable, MetroMax Q, and MetroMax i shelving units can be retrofitted as
(ft.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
(ft.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Each
part of a HD qwikTRAK installation.
5. Under normal conditions, aisle width of 30"-36" (760-914mm) is recommended. The storage of very large objects
2.5 762 4 1.8 BTS2.5NA
14 4267 19 8.6 BTS14NA 1,120.00
within the system, however, may require an aisle width larger than 36" (914mm).
6. A stationary intermediate unit is required when the track length exceeds 21 feet (6400mm). A stationary interme 6 1828 9 4.1 BTS6NA
15 4572 21 9.5 BTS15NA 1,359.00
diate unit may be used at the discretion of the user when the track lengths are less than 21 ft. (6400mm).
7 2135 10 4.5 BTS7NA
16 4877 22 10.0 BTS16NA 1,422.00
7. It is recommended that the tracks are installed a minimum of 1 3/4" (45mm) from the wall.
8. Actual width of a qwikTRAK system is the Nominal Shelf length + 31/2" (89mm).
8 2440 11 5.0 BTS8NA
17 5182 23 10.5 BTS17NA 1,489.00
9. Actual height of a mobile qwikTRAK unit is: Nominal post height + 4.5" (115mm)
9 2743 13 5.9 BTS9NA
18 5486 25 11.4 BTS18NA 1,553.00
10. Actual length of a qwikTRAK system is: Nominal track length + the nominal width of each end unit + 3" (76mm)
11.
Weight capacities for standard qwikTRAK: Super Erecta, Super Adjustable, MetroMax Q systems are designed to
10 3048 14 6.4 BTS10NA
19 5791 26 11.8 BTS19NA 1,616.00
hold up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg) per shelving unit. MetroMax i stationary units can
11 3352 15 6.8 BTS11NA
20 6096 27 12.3 BTS20NA 1,680.00
hold up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg); MetroMax i mobile units can hold up to 1,200 lbs. (544kg) per unit. MetroMax 4
stationary units can hold up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg); MetroMax 4 mobile units can hold up to 800 lbs. (363kg) per
12 3657 17 7.7 BTS12NA
21 6400 29 13.2 BTS21NA 1,741.00
unit; mobile MetroMax 4 unit must use a MetroMax i bottom shelf.
12. Added rigidity for heavily loaded systems. Super Erecta standard adjustment shelves provide the most rigid
13 3962 18 8.2 BTS13NA
wire shelving mobile units; Recommended when configuring systems using 60” and 72” long shelves subject
Note: BTS2.5NA includes a joining kit to connect the tracks to other track sets.
to the heaviest loads and frequent movement (multiple times daily). MetroMax Q epoxy coated steel posts may
be used with MetroMax i shelves for added rigidity when managing sensitive packaged items and heavier unit
Indicates antimicrobial product.
loads; steel posts are corrosion resistant.
94
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H i g h - D e n s i ty — q w i k T R A K® D o u ble - D eep
FRONT VIEW
Double-Deep qwikTRAK Storage System for: Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro,
Super Adjustable, MetroMax Q, MetroMax i, and MetroMax 4 Systems.
®
OVERHEAD VIEW
Shelves Sold Separately
Super Erecta — Pg. 42
Super Erecta Pro — Pg. 34
Super Adjustable — Pg. 37
MetroMax Q — Pg. 16
MetroMax i — Pg. 12
MetroMax 4 — PPg. 14
Double-Deep qwikTRAK —
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A= Stationary End Units
B = Mobile Units
C= qwikTRAK
D= Stationary Intermediate Unit
E = Active Aisle
11.15
Stationary End Unit Kits
Includes 74" high posts (1880mm) high stationary posts and hardware necessary for connecting
stationary end units to tracks and anchoring tracks to the floor. Order one kit per double-deep system. Shelves are sold separately.
Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable Super Erecta
MetroMax Q
MetroMax i
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs. )
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
73.6 33.5
LBTEC
LBTEK3
LBTES
76.3 34.7
LBTEQ3
42.3 19.2
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
LBTEX3 1,583.00
Stationary Intermediate Unit Kits
Includes 74" high posts (1880mm) high stationary posts and hardware necessary for connecting one double-deep stationary
intermediate unit to tracks and anchoring tracks to the floor. Shelves are sold separately.
Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable Super Erecta
MetroMax Q
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs. )
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
39.6 18.0
LBTAC
LBTAK3
LBTAS
41.3 18.8 LBTAQ3
MetroMax i
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
24.311.0
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
LBTAX3 1,122.00
Mobile Units
Includes (8) 74" (1880mm) high –UP posts, (4) V-groove casters, (1) stainless steel center channel caster assembly, donut bumpers,
Tie Bar Brackets, and other hardware. Shelves are sold separately. One kit required per Double-Deep Mobile Unit.
Shelf
Width
(in.)
(mm)
Super Erecta, Super Erecta Pro, Super Adjustable Super Erecta
18
21
24
457
530
610
MetroMax Q
MetroMax i
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3 with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
LBTM18C
LBTM21C
LBTM24C
LBTM18K3
LBTM21K3
LBTM24K3
LBTM18S
LBTM21S
LBTM24S
LBTM18Q3
LBTM21Q3
LBTM24Q3
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
LBTM18X3 1,677.00
—
LBTM24X3 1,740.00
Note: All casters feature an acetyl grooved wheel. Chrome plated kit includes single casters with plated steel components. Metroseal 3/Stainless Steel/MetroMax Q/MetroMax i kits
include single casters with stainless steel components.
Notes:
Track Sets
1. All end, intermediate, and mobile units must be 18" (457mm) or wider.
2. Each stationary end and intermediate unit must have a minimum of four shelves. Top and bottom Super
Includes tracks and hardware needed to assemble Double-Deep
Erecta shelves are required on all units with Super Adjustable shelves.
qwikTRAK systems up to 21' (6400mm).
3. For applications with Super Adjustable wire shelves, the top and bottom shelf of every double deep
Approx.
Approx.
Listmobile unit MUST be standard Super Erecta wire shelves.
4. qwikTRAK is available with 74" posts (1880mm) as standard. Requests for TALLER posts must be
Length
Pkd. Wt.
Length
Pkd. Wt.
Price
reviewed by Metro Engineering. For applications requiring posts SHORTER than 74" (1880mm), contact
(ft.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
(ft.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Each
your Metro representative.
2.5 762 4 1.8 LBTS2.5NA
14 4267 19 8.6 LBTS14NA 1,680.00
5. Under normal conditions, aisle width of 30"-36" (760-914mm) is recommended. The storage of very
large objects within the system, however, may require an aisle width larger than 36" (914mm).
6 1828 9 4.1 LBTS6NA
15 4572 21 9.5 LBTS15NA 2,038.00
6. Two stationary intermediate units connected end to end are required when the track length exceeds 21
7 2135 10 4.5 LBTS7NA
16 4877 22 10.0 LBTS16NA 2,133.00
feet (6400mm). Stationary intermediate units may be used at the discretion of the user when the track
lengths are less than 21 ft. (6400mm).
8 2440 11 5.0 LBTS8NA
17 5182 23 10.5 LBTS17NA 2,233.00
7. It is recommended that the tracks are installed a minimum of 1 3/4" (45mm) from the wall.
9 2743 13 5.9 LBTS9NA
18 5486 25 11.4 LBTS18NA 2,330.00
8. Maximum allowable shelf length for use with a double deep system is 60" (1524mm).
9. The maximum width of a double deep configuration is 10'6" (3200mm). (i.e., two systems, each having
10 3048 14 6.4 LBTS10NA
19 5791 26 11.8 LBTS19NA 2,424.00
60" (1524mm) long shelves, plus 6" (150mm) for qwikTRAK components.
11 3352 15 6.8 LBTS11NA
20 6096 27 12.3 LBTS20NA 2,518.00
10. Actual width of a double deep configuration is the Nominal Shelf Length + 31/2" (89mm).
11.
Weight capacities: Double Deep Mobile Units — Super Erecta/Super Adjustable, Super Erecta/
12 3657 17 7.7 LBTS12NA
21 6400 29 13.2 LBTS21NA 2,611.00
MetroMax Q: 3,000 lbs. (1364kg) evenly distributed. MetroMax i: 1,800 lbs. (818kg) evenly distributed.
13 3962 18 8.2 LBTS13NA
Stationary End and Intermediate Units — Each end and intermediate double deep unit consists of
two independent stationary shelving units positioned side by side. Each shelving unit has a maximum
Note: LBTS2.5NA includes a joining kit to connect the track to other track sets.
weight capacity of 2,000 lbs. (907kg).
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
95
Super Erecta,® SUPER ERECTA PRO™ and Super Adjustable Top-Track®
Wire Shelving — Super Erecta,® Super Erecta Pro™ and Super Adjustable Top-Track —
11.12
FRONT VIEW
OVERHEAD VIEW
C
C
A
A
D
D
D
C
C
B
D
D
D
E
D
D
D
E
B
D
D
D
E
A
A
E
C
C
A= Stationary End Units
B = Stationary Intermediate
Unit (Optional)
C= Track Set
D= Mobile Units
E = Open Aisle
Shelving Tips:
Super Erecta® Top-Track®
Stationary End Unit Kits
Includes hardware necessary for connecting stationary end units to track. One kit is required
per single system. 86" (2185mm) posts are included. Shelves sold separately — See pages 34,
37 and 42.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
18
21
24
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
457
530
610
11
11.5
12
4.9
5.1
5.4
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Price
Each
TTE18C
TTE21C
TTE24C
TTE18K3
TTE21K3
TTE24K3
TTE18S
TTE21S
TTE24S
1,142.00
1,157.00
1,171.00
Stationary Intermediate Unit Kits
Includes hardware necessary for connecting intermediate unit to track on both sides.
86" (2185mm) posts are included. Shelves sold separately — See pages 34, 37 and 42.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
18
21
24
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
457
530
610
7.5
8
8.5
3.3
3.6
3.8
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Price
Each
TTA18C
TTA21C
TTA24C
TTA18K3
TTA21K3
TTA24K3
TTA18S
TTA21S
TTA24S
636.00
648.00
662.00
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
TTS14NA
TTS15NA
TTS16NA
TTS17NA
TTS18NA
TTS19NA
TTS20NA
TTS21NA
1,212.00
1,469.00
1,537.00
1,611.00
1,681.00
1,746.00
1,816.00
1,882.00
Track Sets
Includes necessary sections of track for assembling track runs up to 21' (6400mm).
Length
(feet) (mm)
21/2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
762
1828
2135
2440
2743
3048
3353
3657
3962
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
15
40.5
47.5
56
62.5
69.5
76.5
83.5
92
6.8
18.2
21.3
25.2
28.1
31.2
34.4
37.5
41.4
Cat. No.
TTS2.5NA
TTS6NA
TTS7NA
TTS8NA
TTS9NA
TTS10NA
TTS11NA
TTS12NA
TTS13NA
Length
(feet)
(mm)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
4267
4572
4877
5182
5486
5791
6096
6400
98
106.5
113.5
121
128
135
142
149
44.1
47.9
51
54.4
51.6
60.7
63.9
67
Note: TTS2.5NA includes a joining kit to connect the tracks to longer track sections.
Mobile Unit Kits (shelves sold separately — see pages 34, 37 and 42)
One kit required per mobile unit. Kit includes posts, casters/caster channels, donut bumpers,
and roller bearing assemblies.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Overall
Width
(in.)
(mm)
18 457
21 530
24 610
20 /4 514
231/4 590
261/4 667
1
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Price
Each
TTM18C
TTM21C
TTM24C
TTM18K3
TTM21K3
TTM24K3
TTM18S
TTM21S
TTM24S
968.00
981.00
994.00
32 14.4
33 14.8
34 15.3
Note: Casters feature wheels with polyurethane tread. Chrome plated kits include casters with plated steel components. Metroseal 3 and
Stainless Steel kits include casters with stainless steel components.
Refer to pages 55-62 for a complete selection of Super Erecta Shelf accessories.
For Top-Track accessories, see page 100.
96
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Mind your industry and
local regulations. When
required, select solid
shelving or inlay options
for the bottom shelves as a
dust/dirt barrier.
Notes:
1. Each stationary end and intermediate unit
must have a minimum of four shelves. For
all Super Adjustable applications, the top
and bottom shelves must be round collar
Super Erecta shelves.
2. The standard Deep Top-Track system
requires the use of 86" (2185mm)
posts (i.e., 86P, 86PK3, or 86PS) on
the stationary end and intermediate
units. Shelves for the stationary end and
intermediate units are sold separately.
3. The mobile unit kit includes special 74"
(1880mm) posts with casters. Shelves for
mobile units are sold separately.
4. Mobile units: If 18” wide mobile units
are planned, the maximum allowable
length shelf is 60” (1524mm) long. If 18”
(457mm) wide by 60” (1524mm) long
mobile units are planned, a maximum
of five 18” (457mm) mobile units are
allowable between two stationary units.
18” (457mm), 21” (530mm), 24” (610mm)
wide mobile units can be intermixed in a
given system. Recommended maximum
load rating for a mobile unit is 900 lbs.
(410kg). Floor should be level, smooth,
and free from large cracks and raised
obstacles.
5. Under normal conditions, an aisle width of
30"-36" (760-914mm) is recommended.
The storage of very large objects within
the system, however, may require an
aisle width larger than 36" (914mm).
6. A stationary intermediate unit is required
when track length exceeds 21 feet
(6400mm). A stationary intermediate unit
may be used at the discretion of the user
when track lengths are less than 21 feet
(6400mm).
7. To accommodate bumpers, the actual size
of a mobile unit is 2.5" (63.5mm) wider
than the shelf width shown. For example,
an 18" (457mm) wide unit is actually
20.5" (52mm).
8. To calculate the overall length of a
Super Erecta Top Track System, add the
following: Nominal track length + Nominal
widths of each end unit + 1.5" (38mm).
9. Added rigidity for heavily loaded systems.
Super Erecta standard adjustment
shelves provide the most rigid wire
shelving mobile units; Recommended
when configuring systems using 60”
(1524mm) and 72" (1829mm) long
shelves subject to the heaviest loads and
frequent movement (multiple times daily).
Indicates antimicrobial product.
Super Erecta® and Super Adjustable Double Deep Top-Track®
Super Erecta® and Super Adjustable Double-Deep Top-Track ® —
11.12
Stationary End Unit Kits
Includes hardware necessary for connecting stationary end units in Double Deep systems and connecting to an overhead
track set. One kit is required for the entire double deep configuration. Shelves sold separately — See pages 37 and 42.
86" (2185mm) posts included.
Note: for other finishes
Approx.
List
Shelf Width
Pkd. Wt.
Cat. No.
Price
please contact your Metro
(in.)
(mm)
(lbs.) (kg)
Chrome-Plated
Each
representative.
18 457
33 14.8
LTTE18C
1,436.00
21
24
530
610
LTTE21C
LTTE24C
37 16.6
41 18.4
1,457.00
1,476.00
Stationary Intermediate Unit Kits
Includes hardware necessary for connecting intermediate units in Double Deep systems and connecting
to an overhead track set on each side. One kit is required for Intermediate units connected
end-to-end. Shelves sold separately — See pages 37 and 42. 86" (2185mm) posts included.
Shelf Width
(in.)
(mm)
18
21
24
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
457
530
610
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
List
Price
Each
LTTA18C
LTTA21C
LTTA24C
792.00
799.00
810.00
18 8
20 9
22 9.9
FRONT VIEW
C
A
D
D
D
C
B
D
D
D
E
A
E
Track Sets
Includes necessary sections of track for assembling track runs up to 21' (6400mm). For track sizes within A= Stationary End Units
B = Stationary Intermediate
the even 1-foot (305mm) increments, contact your Metro representative. Only one track set
Unit (Optional)
is required between stationary units.
Length
(feet) (mm)
21/2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
762
1828
2135
2440
2743
3048
3353
3657
3962
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
15
40.5
47.5
56
62.5
69.5
76.5
83.5
92
Cat. No.
TTS2.5NA
TTS6NA
TTS7NA
TTS8NA
TTS9NA
TTS10NA
TTS11NA
TTS12NA
TTS13NA
6.8
18.2
21.3
25.2
28.1
31.2
34.4
37.5
41.4
Length
(feet)
(mm)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
4267
4572
4877
5182
5486
5791
6096
6400
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
98
106.5
113.5
121
128
135
142
149
44.1
47.9
51
54.4
51.6
60.7
63.9
67
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
TTS14NA
TTS15NA
TTS16NA
TTS17NA
TTS18NA
TTS19NA
TTS20NA
TTS21NA
1,212.00
1,469.00
1,537.00
1,611.00
1,681.00
1,746.00
1,816.00
1,882.00
Note: TTS2.5NA includes a joining kit to connect the tracks to longer track sections.
Mobile Unit Kits
Includes posts, casters, caster channels, donut bumpers, roller bearing assembies,
and tie-together hardware to connect two mobile units (i.e., one in each system).
Shelves sold separately — See pages 37 and 42.
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
18
21
24
457
530
610
Overall
Width
(mm)
(in.)
201/4
231/4
261/4
514
590
667
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
72
75
78
32.4
33.7
35 OVERHEAD VIEW
C
C
A
D
D
D
E
B
D
D
D
E
A
A
D
D
D
E
B
D
D
D
E
A
C
Cat. No.
Chrome-Plated
C
List
Price
Each
LTTM18C
LTTM21C
LTTM24C
914.00
972.00
1,000.00
Notes:
1. Each stationary end and intermediate unit must have a minimum of four shelves. For all Super Adjustable applications,
the top and bottom shelves must be non “quick adjust” Super Erecta shelves.
2. The standard Double Deep Top-Track system requires the use of 86" (2185mm) posts (i.e., 86P) on the stationary end
and intermediate units. Shelves for the stationary end and intermediate units are sold separately.
3. The mobile unit kits include special 74" (1880mm) posts with casters. Shelves for mobile units are sold separately.
4. Under normal conditions, an aisle width of 30"-36" (760-914mm) is recommended. The storage of very large objects
within the system, however, may require an aisle width larger than 36" (914mm).
5. Two intermediate shelving units connected end-to-end are required when the track length exceeds 21 feet (6400mm).
Stationary intermediate shelving units may be used at the discretion of the user when track lengths are less than 21 feet
(6400mm).
6. The maximum Double Deep system configuration is 10'6" (3200mm) (i.e., two systems, each having 60" (1524mm) long
shelves, plus 6" (150mm) for Top-Track components).
7. Ease of rollability for the mobile units is an important consideration in evaluating Top-Track as a possible storage
alternative. The floor should be level, smooth, and free form large cracks and raised obstacles. Two mobile shelving
units connected end-to-end and loaded with between 800 to 1,200 lbs. (365-550kg) will require a human effort range
(in lbs. of human force) of between 18-24 lbs. (8-11kg) to move the unit from a complete stop. Subjectively, an average
110 lb. (50kg) person will perceive this as acceptable effort levels. For loads over 1,200 lbs. (550kg), contact your Metro
representative.
8. Mobile units should have the top shelf positioned as close as possible to the track.
9. To accommodate bumpers, the actual size of a mobile unit is 2.5" (63.5mm) wider than the shelf width shown. For
example, an 18" (457mm) wide unit is actually 20.5" (52mm).
10. To calculate the overall length of a Super Erecta Top Track System, add the following: Nominal track length + Nominal
widths of each end unit + 1.5" (38mm).
1.800.992.1776
C= Track Set
D= Mobile Units
E = Open Aisle
•
For Top-Track accessories,
see page 100.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
97
S u per E recta® S e i sm i c T op - T rack®
Seismic Top-Track® Single Length System
End Unit Kit:
Includes four shelves, four staked posts, bracket bars, sway braces (for top, back, and
end), anchor plates, foot plates, tubular braces, clamps, and assembly hardware.
Description
Cat. No.
Kit for 48" (1219mm) Stationary End Unit
Kit for 54" (1370mm) Stationary End Unit
Kit for 60" (1524mm) Stationary End Unit
SA48TTS
SA54TTS
SA60TTS
Strut Kit:
Description
Cat. No.
Kit for 48" (1219mm) Wide Unit
Kit for 54" (1370mm) Wide Unit
Kit for 60" (1524mm) Wide Unit
TTB48STRUT
TTB54STRUT
TTB60STRUT
Note: Floor anchoring hardware not included.
Single-Length System
Example: For a complete “Single-Length Top-Track System,” the following would be
required: Two Stationary End Units, One Track Set* (11-foot [3355mm]
maximum), One Center Strut (if track length exceeds 7 feet), Mobile Units.
®
Note: Posts and shelves are included in the end and intermediate unit kits.
Shelves are sold separately for the mobile unit.
Add track sets and mobile unit kits, refer to page 96.
Seismic Top-Track® Double Length System
End Unit Kit:
Includes four shelves, four staked posts, bracket bars, sway braces
(for top, back, and end), anchor plates, foot plates, tubular
braces, clamps, and assembly hardware.
Description
Kit for 48" (1219mm) Stationary End Unit
Kit for 54" (1370mm) Stationary End Unit
Kit for 60" (1524mm) Stationary End Unit
Double-Length System
Cat. No.
List Price Each
SA48TTS
SA54TTS
SA60TTS
1,716.00
1,751.00
1,784.00
Intermediate Unit Kit:
Includes eight shelves, eight staked posts, bracket bars, sway braces (for top, back,
and end), anchor plates, foot plates, tubular braces, clamps, and assembly hardware.
Description
Cat. No.
Kit for 48" (1219mm) Stationary Intermediate Unit
Kit for 54" (1370mm) Stationary Intermediate Unit
Kit for 60" (1524mm) Stationary Intermediate Unit
SA48TTIS
SA54TTIS
SA60TTIS
Strut Kit:
Description
Cat. No.
Kit for 48" (1219mm) Wide Unit
Kit for 54" (1370mm) Wide Unit
Kit for 60" (1524mm) Wide Unit
TTB48STRUT
TTB54STRUT
TTB60STRUT
Add track sets and mobile unit kits,
refer to page 96.
Note: Floor anchoring hardware not included.
98
Example: For a complete “Double-Length Top-Track® System,” the following would be
required: Two Stationary End Units, Two Track Sets* (11-foot [3355mm]
maximum), One Intermediate Unit, Two Center Struts (if track length
exceeds 7 feet [2135mm]), Mobile Units.*
Note: Posts and shelves are included in the end and intermediate unit kits.
Shelves are sold separately for the mobile unit.
See page 108-109 for Stationary Seismic shelving.
Notes:
1. Each installation must have two stationary end units for a single-track length of 7' (2135mm) to 11' (3355mm).
2. A center strut is required for each track section over 7' (2135mm).
3. For track lengths over 11' (3355mm), an intermediate unit is required, thus creating a double-length system.
4. Seismic Top-Track is based upon a weight-loading capacity of 25 lbs. (11kg) per square foot on a four-shelf stationary
and mobile units, with maximum of 900 lbs. (408kg) per mobile unit. Additional shelves may be added, but are limited to a
maximum load of 25 lbs. (11kg) per cubic foot per unit.
5. A maximum of four 21' (6400mm) or 24" (610mm), or five 18" (457mm) mobile units are allowed per an 11' (3355mm)
track length, with no more than a 900 lb. (408kg) weight capacity per mobile unit.
6. Stationary End Units are available in 24"x48" (610x1219mm), 24"x54" (610x1370mm), and 24"x60" (610x1524mm).
7. Seismic Top-Track design is based on the use of HR concrete, at least 5 1/2" (140mm) thick, with a compressive strength of
3,000 psi (211kg/cm). Anchorage is not included.
8. To calculate the overall length of a Super Erecta Top Track System, add the following: Nominal track length + Nominal
widths of each end unit + 1.5" (38mm).
Notes:
1. Floor anchors are not included. The structural engineer of record must
verify that the anchorage bolt and building structure are adequate for
the applied load.
2. For Seismic Top-Track, the highest load shelf must be no more than
60" (1524mm) from the floor.
3. For Seismic Top-Track, a unit must have no more than four loaded
shelves within 60" (1524mm) height.
4. If a fifth shelf is used, it must serve only as a cover and not be used
for load bearing.
5. Each shelving unit, whether single or “back-to-back,” cannot connect to
other shelving units or walls.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
M etro M ax i ® a n d M etro M ax Q® T op - T rack®
Maximizes Storage Capacity: Top-Track can increase the storage
capacity of a given area by 30% to 40%. Put more storage units
into a defined space. A movable, open aisle allows full access to
each entire shelving unit — eliminating hard to reach or “dead”
spaces.
Easy Access: The overhead track system guides the mobile units
and opens an access aisle between any two units. The track is
above the storage units enabling easy access.
Clean Design: Guide tracks are installed overhead enabling easy
cleaning of floors. MetroMax i® and MetroMax Q shelves feature
removable polymer shelf mats and built-in Microban antimicrobial
product protection to promote easier routine cleaning.
MetroMax i/MetroMax Q Top-Track —
9.29
The system compensates for uneven floor surfaces. Floor should be smooth and free from
large cracks or raised obstacles. Maximum load capacity for mobile units is 900 lbs. (400kg).
Uniquely Interchangeable: Mix and match MetroMax i® and
Q shelves and posts based on the application. Corrosion proof
MetroMax i® offers solid shelf option and better chemical
resistance. Corrosion resistant MetroMax Q steel posts can
improve the overall rigidity of the Top-Track system in higher
weight bearing applications.
Stationary End Unit Kit — Order one per Top-Track system.
Configuration Guidelines
• Includes hardware and components to connect track sets to two stationary end
units. 86" (2185mm) posts included. Shelves are ordered separately (see pages
14 and 16).
i
Q
List
Fits Shelf Width
(in.)
(mm)
18
21
24
457
530
610
Cat. No.
End Unit Kit
Cat. No.
End Unit Kit
Price
Each
MXTTE18
—
MXTTE24
MQTTE18
MQTTE21
MQTTE24
846.00
858.00
871.00
1. Standard Top-Track models include 86” (2185mm) stationary posts and 74”
(1880mm) stem caster mobile posts. If a taller system is required, consult
Metro Engineering.
2. Mobile, stationary end, and intermediate units must have a minimum of
4 shelves.
3. Stationary Intermediate Unit is required when the track length exceeds
21’ (6405mm). Intermediate kits include special support rails that attach
to the overhead tracks on both sides of the intermediate unit. A stationary
intermediate unit may be used at the discretion of the user when track
lengths are less than 21’ (6405mm) for the purpose of adding greater
stability to the overall system.
4. Mobile Units: If 18” (457mm) wide mobile units are planned, the maximum
allowable size shelf is 60” (1524mm) long. If 18” (457mm) wide by60”
(1524mm) long mobile units are planned, a maximum of five 18“ (457mm)
mobile units are allowable between two stationary units. 18” (457mm),
21” (530mm) and 24” (610mm) wide mobile units can be intermixed in
a given system. The standard system requires 74“ (1880mm) posts on
the mobile units. Recommended maximum load rating for a mobile unit
is 900 lbs. (410kg).
Stationary Intermediate Unit Kit — Required when the desired length of track exceeds 21' (6405mm).
• A stationary intermediate kit may be used at the discretion of the end user when
track lengths are less than 21' (6405mm) to increase the overall rigidity of the
system. Kit includes the hardware and components needed to connect track sets
to one stationary intermediate unit. 86" (2185mm) posts included. Shelves are
ordered separately (see pages 14 and 16).
i
Q
List
Fits Shelf Width
(in.)
(mm)
18
21
24
457
530
610
Cat. No.
Intermediate Unit Kit
Cat. No.
Intermediate Unit Kit
Price
Each
MXTTA18
—
MXTTA24
MQTTA18
MQTTA21
MQTTA24
519.00
529.00
539.00
5. Under normal conditions, an aisle of 30” to 36” (760-914mm) is
recommended. The storage of very large objects within the system,
however, may require an aisle width larger than 36” (914mm).
6. To accommodate bumpers, the actual size of a mobile unit is 2.5“ (63.5mm)
wider than the shelf width shown. For example, an 18”(457mm) wide unit
is actually 20.5” (521mm).
7. To calculate the overall length of a MetroMax i or MetroMax Q Top-Track
System, add the following: Nominal track length + Nominal widths of each
end unit + 2” (51mm).
8. MetroMax Q epoxy coated steel posts may be used with MetroMax i
shelves for added rigidity when managing sensitive packaged items and
heavier unit loads; steel posts are corrosion resistant.
Mobile Unit Kit — Order one per mobile unit.
• Kit includes posts, rigid casters, caster channels, bumpers,
and roller assemblies. Shelves are sold separately.
i
i
Fits Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
18
21
24
457
530
610
Q
Q
Cat. No.
with Plated Casters
Cat. No.
with Stainless Casters
Cat. No.
with Plated Casters
Cat. No.
with Stainless Casters
List
Price
Each
MXTTM18C
—
MXTTM24C
MXTTM18S
—
MXTTM24S
MQTTM18C
MQTTM21C
MQTTM24C
MQTTM18S
MQTTM21S
MQTTM24S
788.00
802.00
815.00
FRONT VIEW
C
A
D
D
• Includes necessary sections of track for assembling track runs of 6' to 21' (1830-6405mm).
Length
(feet) (mm)
21/2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
762
1828
2135
2440
2743
3048
3353
3657
3962
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
15
40.5
47.5
56
62.5
69.5
76.5
83.5
92
6.8
18.2
21.3
25.2
28.1
31.2
34.4
37.5
41.4
Cat. No.
TTS2.5NA
TTS6NA
TTS7NA
TTS8NA
TTS9NA
TTS10NA
TTS11NA
TTS12NA
TTS13NA
Length
(feet)
(mm)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
4267
4572
4877
5182
5486
5791
6096
6400
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
98
106.5
113.5
121
128
135
142
149
44.1
47.9
51
54.4
51.6
60.7
63.9
67
C
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
TTS14NA
TTS15NA
TTS16NA
TTS17NA
TTS18NA
TTS19NA
TTS20NA
TTS21NA
1,212.00
1,469.00
1,537.00
1,611.00
1,681.00
1,746.00
1,816.00
1,882.00
B
D
D
D
E
Track Sets — One track set is required between stationary units
D
C
A
D
D
C
A
E
OVERHEAD VIEW
C
D
E
B
D
D
D
E
A
C
A = Stationary End Units
B = Stationary Intermediate
Unit (Optional)
C = Track Set
D = Mobile Units
E = Open Aisle
Note: TTS2.5NA includes a joining kit to connect the tracks to longer track sections.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
99
Top -T rack® & q w i k trak ® A C C E S S O R I E S / H I - R I S E S H E LVING
Top-Track® Floor Pad Protectors —
9.29
11.12
Use for both MetroMax Top-Track and Super Erecta Top-Track Systems.
Top-Track® Floor Protectors
For
Track Length
(ft.)
(mm)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1828
2135
2440
2743
3048
3353
3657
3962
Cat. No.
List
For
Track
Price
Length
(ft.)Each (mm)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
FPS6N
FPS7N
FPS8N
FPS9N
FPS10N
FPS11N
FPS12N
FPS13N
14
275.00
4267
15
299.00
4572
16
334.00
4877
17
384.00
5182
18
416.00
5486
19
441.00
5791
20
496.00
6096
21
522.00
6400
FPS14N
FPS15N
FPS16N
FPS17N
FPS18N
FPS19N
FPS20N
FPS21N
544.00
602.00
629.00
655.00
714.00
732.00
770.00
820.00
Top-Track® Wall Mount Bracket —
Top-Track® Wall Mount Bracket
Top-Track® Stop Plate Kit —
Top-Track® Stop Plate Kit
Metro Tip:
11.12
Used to attach one set of tracks to the wall. Eliminates the need for a
stationary end unit. Includes one pair of wall brackets and hardware
to attach tracks to the wall brackets. Hardware to attach the wall
brackets to the wall is NOT included.
Cat. No. TTWM
11.12
Used in conjunction with the Wall Mount Bracket Kit. The stop
plates bolt to the underside of the track next to the wall brackets to
prevent the mobile units from bumping into the wall.
Cat. No. TTSTP
Floor pad protectors
compensate for soft flooring
materials by protecting the
floor from wear and tear.
For new construction projects,
it is recommended that
flooring of suitable durability
is used in areas where
Top-Track will be installed.
qwikTRAK Stop Plate Kit
Eliminates the need for a stationary end unit. The kit contains two “L-shaped” stop plates that mount
to the ends of the floor tracks. The stop plates prevent a mobile unit from rolling off the end of
the tracks.
Cat. No. BTSP
Consult your Metro representative for guidance on configuring a qwikTRAK system using this kit.
Stop plates (kit of two) shown mounted to the end plates on the floor tracks.
qwikTRAK Stop Plate Kit
Super Erecta® Hi-Rise Shelving —
10.17
• For light-duty storage applications where floor space is at
a premium.
• Construct shelving up to 24 feet (7315mm) high — 3 times
the height of conventional shelving
• Metro’s computerized engineering system assures correct
specifications and load rating of Hi-Rise materials for
your application.
All Hi-Rise installations must be reviewed and approved by Metro
Engineering. Hi-Rise certification plate supplied. Only Super Erecta
and Super Adjustable Super Erecta wire shelves (found on pages 37
and 42) can be used in Hi-Rise applications. Contact Metro customer
service or your local Metro representative for details.
Material part numbers will be provided by Metro
Product Development upon review of application.
Super Erecta Hi-Rise Shelving
100
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Metro Tip:
One frequently overlooked
opportunity to gain
additional storage capacity
is the efficient use of vertical
space. By connecting Super
Erecta posts, storage areas
may be created that utilize
every available cubic foot of
unused vertical air space.
BOW-TIE
™
D u n n a g e R acks
Off-the-floor efficiency.
Bow-Tie™ Dunnage Racks —
9.09
12" (305mm) high; 22" (559mm) wide.
• Metro Bow-Tie Dunnage Racks are available with built-in Microban® antimicrobial
product protection to protect from bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi that cause
odors, stains and product degradation. Standard models, without Microban, are
also available.
• Rust and corrosion-proof polymer material.
• Helps protect floors: legs have a larger radius than traditional dunnage racks and
distribute the storage load across a wider area.
• Racks join together easily without tools in “end-to-end” and “back-to-back”
configurations with the exclusive Bow-Tie™ feature.
• Heavy-duty construction gives racks the strength to hold up to 1,500 lbs.
(683kg) for 30" (760mm) and 36" (914mm) long racks, and 3,000 (1365kg)
for 48" (1219mm) and 60" (1524mm) racks.
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
30
36
48
60
12
12
12
12
760
914
1219
1524
305
305
305
305
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
24
26
34
42
10.8
11.7
15.3
19
Bow-Tie Dunnage Rack
Capacity
(lbs.) (kg)
1500
1500
3000
3000
68
68
136
136
Cat. No.
Microban®
Cat. No.
Standard
Price
Each
HP2230PDMB
HP2236PDMB
HP2248PDMB
HP2260PDMB
HP2230PD
HP2236PD
HP2248PD
HP2260PD
237.00
237.00
273.00
314.00
Standard racks joined in
“end-to-end” configuration.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
101
D u n n a g e R acks
Dunnage Platforms (Standard Duty) —
10.44
Space-saving platforms let you keep bulky items off the floor.
• Open wire provides air circulation and minimizes dust.
• All platforms use 13P or 13PS posts — height 145/8" (371mm) including cap and leveling bolt.
Super Erecta Platform
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No. Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
457x610
457x760
457x914
11
5.0
12
5.5
131/2 6.1
P1824BR
P1830BR
P1836BR
P1824NC
P1830NC
P1836NC
P1824NS
P1830NS
P1836NS
382.00
384.00
384.00
21x24
21x30
21x36
530x610
530x760
530x914
12
13
15
5.5
5.9
6.8
P2124BR
P2130BR
P2136BR
P2124NC
P2130NC
P2136NC
P2124NS
P2130NS
P2136NS
422.00
426.00
426.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
610x610
610x760
610x914
13
15
17
5.9
6.8
7.7
P2424BR
P2430BR
P2436BR
P2424NC
P2430NC
P2436NC
P2424NS
P2430NS
P2436NS
439.00
442.00
442.00
Heavy-Duty Dunnage Racks —
10.46
A space-efficient way to store large, bulky items off the floor.
• Removable top mat lifts off for cleaning.
• Dunnage racks are 141/2" (368mm) high including mat, cap and leveling bolt.
Dunnage Rack with Mat
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x48
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1219
22
25
30
38
10
11
13
17
HP31C HP32C HP33C HP35C*
HP31K3
HP32K3
HP33K3
HP35K3*
HP33S HP35S*
710.00
913.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x48
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1219
28
30
36
42
12
14
16
19
HP51C HP52C HP53C HP55C*
HP51K3
HP52K3
HP53K3
HP55K3*
HP53S HP55S*
786.00
1,001.00
Note: Maximum distributed static load capacity for stationary dunnage racks is 1,600 lbs. (725kg), except on
units marked * which have a 1,300 lb. (590kg) capacity.
Mobile Dunnage Racks (Heavy Duty) —
10.46
These easy-to-maneuver racks feature two swivel and two swivel/brake casters;
with non-marking polyurethane tread.
• Support frames: 1" (25mm) square tubing.
• Removable wire mat: 5/16" (7.9mm) diameter wire.
Mobile Dunnage Rack shown in
Metroseal 3 finish
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
42 18.9
50 22.5
MHP33C
MHP35C
MHP33K3
MHP35K3
MHP33S
MHP35S
1,086.00
1,284.00
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
48 21.6
54 24.3
MHP53C
MHP55C
MHP53K3
MHP55K3
MHP53S
MHP55S
1,160.00
1,368.00
Maximum distributed static load capacity is 800 lbs. (363kg).
Note: These units are designed for only the 5HP and 5HPB casters, which are shipped assembled with the special posts.
HD Super Duty Dunnage Racks —
HD Super Dunnage Rack
Indicates antimicrobial product.
102
10.68
Stores more than a ton safely off the floor.
• 48" (1219mm) rack has a 3,000 pound (1361kg) static load capacity (uniformly distributed);
60" (1524mm) rack carries up to 2,400 pounds (1089kg).
• HD Super™ design features fast, secure assembly without tools.
• Posts of 15/8" (41mm) diameter provide greater rigidity.
• HD Super™ Dunnage Racks are 161/4" (413mm) high including cap and leveling bolt.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
18x48 457x1219
18x60 457x1524
52 23.4
62 27.9
HDP35C
HDP36C
HDP35K3
HDP36K3
HDP35S
HDP36S
1,402.00
1,622.00
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
57 26.6
66 29.7
HDP55C
HDP56C
HDP55K3
HDP56K3
HDP55S
HDP56S
1,506.00
1,741.00
Maximum capacity 2,400 pounds (1089kg) uniformly distributed static load on the 60" (1524mm) length racks; 3,000 pounds
(1361kg) on the 48" (1219mm) length racks.
Note: Capacity will be reduced and the unit will become less stable if the 3-sided frame is mounted higher than 6" (152mm)
from the floor.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S ec u r i ty S tora g e
Keep out!
Security Units
Protect valuable materials and sensitive items from
loss or pilferage.
• Ready View of Contents: Heavy-gauge open wire
construction keeps contents visible at all times,
making it easy to check inventory.
• Optional Adjustable Intermediate Shelves:
Patented easily adjustable shelf designs —
Super Adjustable Super Erecta, MetroMax Q,
and qwikSLOT — allow flexibility to meet
changing needs. Can be positioned in 1" (25mm)
increments along the entire height of post.
• Double Door: Each door opens 270 degrees and
can be secured along the sides of the unit.
• Shipped Knocked-Down: Saves on freight costs.
Easily assembled.
Ordering Guide for Security Units
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta Security Unit
MetroMax Q
Security Unit
Dry Environments
Wet Environments
1)Choose the right finish and shelving style based on
MetroMax Q
Super Erecta
the usage environment and/or cleaning methods.
Super Erecta
qwikSLOT
Super Erecta
Polymer & Epoxy
Type 304
Chrome Finish Chrome Finish Metroseal 3 Finish
Coated Steel Finish Stainless Steel Finish
Corrosion protectionN/AN/A
Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant
Corrosion Proof
NSF Listed
YesNo
Yes
Yes
Yes
2)Choose from Stationary and Mobile Options.
Stationary
8 Models
5 Models
5 Models
3 Models
Mobile: Medium-Duty
Recommended security models with stem casters.
DC & EC
DCQ & ECQ
Models
ModelsVK3 ModelsVE Models
Include castersInclude castersInclude castersInclude casters
with zinc-plated with zinc-plated with polymer horns with polymer horns
horns
horns
Mobile: Heavy-Duty applications are best
addressed by carts with dolly bases.
Recommended when the cart will frequently be
moved long distances, over doorways and thresholds, or between facilities or buildings.
NOTE: Super Erecta security units are most often
Dollies/casters Dollies/casters
Dollies/casters
Dollies/casters
NOTE: selected for these applications.
included
included
included
included
LC Models
LCQ Models
LK3 Models
LE Models
8 Models
Casters are NOT
provided with Stainless
Steel Standard-Duty
Stem Caster base
models. Casters are
sold separately for
“SD” models.
Dollies and plate
casters are NOT
provided with the
Heavy-Duty Stainless
Steel base models.
Dollies & plate casters
are ordered separately
S-HD Models
3)Select Intermediate Shelves.
Intermediate shelves are not included with base models.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
103
S ec u r i ty S tora g e
Super Erecta® Shelf Stationary Security — 6613/16" (1695mm) high
Intermediate shelves are not included with base models and must be ordered
separately. See page 105 for intermediate shelf options.
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Fits Shelf
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
211/2 546 381/2 980 18x36 457x914
211/2 546 501/2 1295 18x48 457x1219
138 63
157 71
SEC33C
SEC35C
SEC33K3
SEC35K3
SEC33S 3,166.00
SEC35S 3,849.00
271/4 692 381/2 980 24x36 610x914
271/4 692 501/2 1295 24x48 610x1219
271/4 692 621/2 1587 24x60 610x1524
154 70
174 79
195 89
SEC53C
SEC55C
SEC56C
SEC53K3
SEC55K3
SEC56K3
SEC53S 3,283.00
SEC55S 4,001.00
SEC56S 4,141.00
331/2 851 381/2 980 30x36 760x914
331/2 851 501/2 1295 30x48 760x1219
331/2 851 621/2 1587 30x60 760x1524
167 76
193 88
215 98
SEC63C
SEC65C
SEC66C
SEC63S 4,103.00
SEC65S 4,998.00
SEC66S 5,174.00
Cat. No.
Stainless
Steel
List
Price
Each
SEC55C shown with
optional Super Adjustable
intermediate shelves.
Super Erecta® Mobile Security
Standard-Duty Stem Caster Models — Chrome and Metroseal 3
Chrome and Metroseal 3 Standard-Duty Stem Caster Models include 5" (127mm) casters.
Intermediate shelves are not included with base models and must be ordered separately.
See page 105 for intermediate shelf options.
SEC55DC shown with
optional Super Adjustable
intermediate shelves (sold
separately). Doors rotate
270º and can be secured
to the sides of the cart
while contents are being
loaded on the shelves.
Caster Tpe
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Shelf
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
(2) 5MP/(2) 5MPB
(2) 5MP/(2) 5MPB
211/2 546
211/2 546
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
146 66
165 75
SEC33EC
SEC35EC
SEC33EK3 1,660.00
SEC35EK3 2,009.00
(4) 5MP
(4) 5MP
(4) 5MP
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(2) 5PC/5PCB
(2) 5PC/5PCB
(2) 5PC/5PCB
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
692
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
65 1651
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
65 1651
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
65 1651
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
162 74
182 83
203 92
162 74
182 83
203 92
162 74
182 83
203 92
SEC53DC
SEC55DC
SEC56DC
SEC53EC
SEC55EC
SEC56EC
SEC53DK3
SEC55DK3
SEC56DK3
SEC53EK3
SEC55EK3
SEC56EK3
SEC53VK3
SEC55VK3
SEC56VK3
(2) 5MP/(2) 5MPB
(2) 5MP/(2) 5MPB
(2) 5MP/(2) 5MPB
331/2 851
331/2 851
331/2 851
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
65 1651
30x36 760x914
30x48 760x1219
30x60 760x1524
175 80
202 92
223 101
SEC63EC
SEC65EC
SEC66EC
List
Price
Each
1,684.00
2,043.00
2,197.00
1,698.00
2,056.00
2,211.00
1,811.00
2,170.00
2,325.00
Casters: 5MP and 5MPB (with locking brake) feature a polyurethane tread.
5PC and 5PCB (with locking brake) casters feature a polymer horn and resist rusting. They are recommended for high moisture
environments.
Large casters can create a tipping hazard. On security units using 18" (457mm) deep shelving, do not use casters larger than 5" (127mm)
in diameter.
Overall height: Models with 5MP casters — 6715/16" (1726mm) high
Overall height: Models with 5PC casters — 687/16" (1739mm) high
Heavy-Duty Models — Chrome and Metroseal 3 — 687/16" (1739mm) high
Chrome and Metroseal 3 models feature aluminum dollies with wraparound bumpers
and 5" (127mm) diameter casters.
Caster Tpe
Width
(in.) (mm)
(2) B5P/B5PB
(2) B5P/B5PB
(2) B5P/B5PB
SEC55LC shown
with optional
Super Adjustable
intermediate shelves.
®
281/16 713
281/16 713
281/16 713
Length
(in.) (mm)
381/2 980
501/2 1285
631/8 1600
1.800.992.1776
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
List
Price
Each
187 85
210 95
235 107
SEC53LC
SEC55LC
SEC56LC
SEC53LK3
SEC55LK3
SEC56LK3
1,966.00
2,340.00
2,520.00
Note: Super Erecta Security Units are NSF listed.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
104
Fits Shelf
(in.)
(mm)
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S ec u r i ty S tora g e
Standard-Duty Stem Caster Models — Stainless Steel — 62" (1575mm) high
Casters must be ordered separately. See pages 50-51, or consult your Metro representative
for the proper caster for your application. Intermediate shelves are not included with base
models and must be ordered separately.
Description
Width
(in.)
(mm)
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Shelf
(in.)
(mm)
Standard Duty
Standard Duty
211/2 546
211/2 546
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
18x36
18x48
Standard Duty
Standard Duty
Standard Duty
271/4 692
271/4 692
271/4 692
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
65 1651
Standard Duty
Standard Duty
Standard Duty
331/2 851
331/2 851
331/2 851
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
65 1651
Metro Tip:
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
List
Price
Each
457x914
457x1219
138 63
157 71
SEC33S-SD
SEC35S-SD
3,166.00
3,849.00
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
154 70
174 79
195 89
SEC53S-SD
SEC55S-SD
SEC56S-SD
3,283.00
4,001.00
4,141.00
30x36
30x48
30x60
760x914
760x1219
760x1524
167 76
193 88
215 98
SEC63S-SD
SEC65S-SD
SEC66S-SD
4,103.00
4,998.00
5,174.00
Note: Given height is for unit without casters. For approximate overall unit height add chosen caster diameter plus 1" (25mm).
Note: Large casters can create a tipping hazard. On security units using 18" (457mm) deep shelving, do not use casters larger
than 5" (127mm) in diameter.
Heavy-Duty Models — Stainless Steel — 62" (1575mm) high
Caster Selection:
For highly corrosive
environments, choose
casters constructed of
appropriate materials.
While most wheels are
corrosion resistant, the
horns and axles are not.
Select from a variety of
Metro casters with polymer
and stainless components.
See pages 50-51 and 53 for
more information.
Heavy-duty stainless steel models include staked posts for use with standard Metro dollies.
Dolly bases and plate casters must be ordered separately. See pages 52-54, or consult your
Metro representative for the proper caster for your application. Intermediate shelves are not
included with base models and must be ordered separately.
Description
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Width
(in.)
(mm)
Length
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
Fits Shelf
(mm)
281/16 713
281/16 713
281/16 713
381/2 980
501/2 1285
631/8 1600
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
List
Price
Each
154 70
174 79
195 89
SEC53S-HD
SEC55S-HD
SEC56S-HD
3,283.00
4,001.00
4,141.00
Note: Given height is for unit without a Metro dolly or casters.
Note: To calculate the actual height of the unit using plate casters: 62" [1575mm] + 1/4" [6mm] for dolly + load height of the caster
(found on page 51).
Dolly bases are recommended for applications where security units will be transported over the road. Please consult your Metro
representative for the appropriate casters and accessories for these applications.
Intermediate Shelves for Super Erecta Shelf Security Units
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
18 457
18 457
36 914
48 1219
91/2
12
4.3
5.4
A1836NC
A1848NC
24 610
24 610
24 610
36 914
48 1219
60 1524
13
16
21
6
7
9.5
A2436NC
A2448NC
A2460NC
30 760
30 760
30 760
36 914
48 1219
60 1524
15
6.8
21
9.5
261/2 11.8
A3036NC
A3048NC
A3060NC
Cat. No.
Metroseal 3
with Microban®
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Pro
Price
Each
A1836NK3
A1848NK3
A1836NS
A1848NS
PR1836NK3
PR1848NK3
98.00
117.50
A2436NK3
A2448NK3
A2460NK3
A2436NS
A2448NS
A2460NS
PR2436NK3
PR2448NK3
PR2460NK3
118.50
145.00
172.00
A3036NS
A3048NS
A3060NS
Note: Standard Super Erecta shelves can also be used as intermediate shelves.
Refer to page 42 for more information.
Super Erecta Security Modules —
14.01
Convert a standard 24" (610mm) wide unit into a security module with this
convenient kit.
• Used to enclose one or more areas of a unit.
• Fits between shelves spaced 20" (510mm) apart on any Super Erecta Shelving unit.
• Adapts to 24" (610mm) wide shelves in 30," 48" and 60" (760, 1219 and 1524mm)
lengths.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height ­(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
24x30 610x760
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
20 510
20 510
20 510
291/4
393/4
453/4
14
18
21
SECM2430NC
Assembled on Shelving Unit
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless Steel
Price
Each
SECM2430NC
SECM2448NC
SECM2460NC
SECM2430NS
*
*
870.00
Note: Security Module consists of side panels, back panels and door. Posts and shelves sold separately, see page 42.
When multiple security modules are stacked on one shelving unit, separate top and bottom shelves are still necessary
for each module. Security modules must be used with Super Erecta Shelf wire shelves.
*Consult your Metro representative for availability.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
105
S ec u r i ty S tora g e
qwikSLOT ™ Security Units —
14.01
• Add/Remove-A-Shelf Feature: Allows the unit to quickly adapt to your changing
storage needs.
• Shelves can be adjusted easily in seconds.
• Models include two standard Super Erecta shelves which must be used as the top
and bottom shelves of the unit. qwikSLOT intermediate shelves are sold separately.
qwikSLOT Stationary Security
Width
(in.) (mm)
Actual
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
Fits Shelf
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
211/2 546
211/2 546
381/2 980 6613/16 1695
501/2 1283 6613/16 1695
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
138 63
157 71
SEC33CQ
SEC35CQ
1,250.00
1,536.00
271/4 705
271/4 705
271/4 705
381/2 980 6613/16 1695
501/2 1283 6613/16 1695
621/2 1587 6613/16 1695
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
154 70
174 79
195 89
SEC53CQ
SEC55CQ
SEC56CQ
1,282.00
1,575.00
1,707.00
SEC53DCQ shown with
Intermediate Shelves (optional)
qwikSLOT Mobile Security
Standard-Duty Stem Caster Models: feature 5" (127mm) swivel casters.
Please note model numbers for specific caster types.
Caster Type
Width
(in.)
(mm)
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(4) 5MP
(4) 5MP
(4) 5MP
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(2) 5MP/5MPB
(2) 5MP/5MPB
211/2
211/2
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
271/4
546
546
692
692
692
692
692
692
Actual
Length
(in.)
(mm)
403/4
523/4
403/4
523/4
65
403/4
523/4
65
1035
1340
1035
1340
1651
1035
1340
1651
Height
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
Fits Shelf
(mm)
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
6715/16 1726
18x36
18x48
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x36
24x48
24x60
457x914
457x1219
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
146
165
162
182
203
162
182
203
66
75
74
83
92
74
83
92
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
SEC33ECQ
SEC35ECQ
SEC53DCQ
SEC55DCQ
SEC56DCQ
SEC53ECQ
SEC55ECQ
SEC56ECQ
1,478.00
1,780.00
1,496.00
1,806.00
1,933.00
1,510.00
1,821.00
1,947.00
Casters: 5MP and 5MPB (with locking brake) feature a polyurethane tread. 5PC and 5PCB (with locking brake) casters feature a
polymer horn and resist rusting. They are recommended for high moisture environments.
NOTE: Large casters can create a tipping hazard. On 18" (457mm) security units, do not use casters larger than 5" (127mm)
in diameter.
Heavy-Duty Models: feature aluminum dollies with wraparound bumpers and 5" (127mm)
diameter casters.
Clips snap easily into slots along post
length to support shelves.
Caster Type
Width
(in.)
(mm)
(2) 5BP/5BPB
(2) 5BP/5BPB
(2) 5BP/5BPB
281/16 713
281/16 713
281/16 713
Actual
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
381/2 980
501/2 1283
631/8 1600
687/16 1739
687/16 1739
687/16 1739
Fits Shelf
(in.)
(mm)
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
187 85
210 95
235 107
SEC53LCQ
SEC55LCQ
SEC56LCQ
1,884.00
2,209.00
2,331.00
Intermediate Shelves for Super Erecta Shelf Security Units
qwikSLOT Locking Clip
Recommended for mobile
applications. Must be used with
9985QS shelf clips.
(Package of 4)
Cat. No. 9985QSL
106
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
18 457
18 457
36 914
48 1219
81/2 3.8
111/4 5.0
1836QBR
1848QBR*
71.50
83.50
24 610
24 610
24 610
36 914
48 1219
60 1524
13
16
21
2436QBR*
2448QBR*
2460QBR
84.50
100.00
121.00
6.0
7.0
9.5
*Chrome qwikSLOT shelves available in sizes 18x36, 18x48, 24x36, and 24x48 (457x914,
457x1219, 610x914, 610x1219, and 610x1524).
**Drop Mat qwikSLOT shelves with 1" (25mm) ledge also available in sizes 24x36, 24x48
(610x914, 610x1219).
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S ec u r i ty S tora g e
MetroMax Q
®
Security.
MetroMax Q Security Units —
14.01
Protects valuable materials and sensitive items from loss or pilferage.
• Ready view of contents: Heavy gauge open wire construction keep contents
visible at all times, making it easy to check inventory.
• Microban antimicrobial product protection is built into the enclosures, doors,
handles, and shelves to keep the product “cleaner between cleanings.”
• Optional intermediate shelves: MetroMax Q quick adjust shelves or corrosion
proof MetroMax i.
• Double door with ergonomic ¼-turn handle: Each door opens 270 degrees
and can be secured along the sides of the unit.
• Shipped knocked down to save on freight costs. Assembles in minutes.
MQSEC53VE with optional
intermediate shelves
MetroMax Q Stationary Units — 663/16" (1681mm) High
Actual Outside Dimensions
Width
Length
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
2615/16 685
2615/16 685
2615/16 685
(in.)
387/8 987
507/8 1292
627/8 1597
Fits Shelf
(mm)
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
148 67
156 71
161 73
MQSEC53E
MQSEC55E
MQSEC56E
1,604.00
1,997.00
2,166.00
Standard Units consist of top and bottom wire
shelves, tri-lobal adapters, steel posts, wire
enclosures, and doors. Casters are included with
mobile units. Intermediate shelves
are sold separately.
Note: Leveling foot on post can be adjusted up to 1” (25mm) to compensate for uneven floors.
MetroMax Q Stem Caster Mobile Units — 6713/16" (1723mm) High
Models include four 5" (127mm) diameter casters with polyurethane tread; two swivel and two swivel
with brakes.
Actual Outside Dimensoins
(including Bumpers and Handle)
Width
Length
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
2713/16 707
2713/16 707
2713/16 707
403/4 1035
523/4 1340
643/4 1645
(in.)
Fits Shelf
(mm)
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No. Includes
Casters with Plated Finish
Cat. No. Includes Corrosion Resistant
Polymer Casters
List
Price
Each
166 75
176 80
179 81
MQSEC53DE
MQSEC55DE
MQSEC56DE
MQSEC53VE
MQSEC55VE
MQSEC56VE
1,980.50
2,372.00
2,541.00
*“DE” models use two 5MPX and two 5MPBX casters.
**“VE” models use two 5PCX and two 5PCBX casters. Recommended for wet or damp environments.
Ergonomic — 1/4 turn door handle
MetroMax Q Heavy-Duty Mobile Units — 681/2" (1740mm) High
Mounted on aluminum dolly with 5" (127mm) plate casters and wraparound bumpers.
Actual Outside Dimensoins
(including Handle)
Width
Length
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
281/16 713
281/16 713
281/16 713
391/8 994
511/8 1299
631/8 1603
Fits Shelf
(in.)
(mm)
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
24x60 610x1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
166
176
179
75
80
81
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
MQSEC53LE
MQSEC55LE
MQSEC56LE
2,104.50
2,521.00
2,712.50
®
Note: The aluminum dollies used on the LE models have two B5P and two B5PB plate casters.
Intermediate Shelves
i
i
Q
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No.
Shelf with
Grid Mat
Cat. No.
Shelf with
Solid Mat
Cat. No.
Shelf with
Grid Mat
List
Price
Each
24
24
24
36 914
48 1220
60 1524
MX2436G
MX2448G
MX2460G
MX2436F
MX2448F
MX2460F MQ2436G
MQ2448G
MQ2460G
118.50
145.00
172.00
610
610
610
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
107
S u per E recta
S e i sm i c S hel v i n g
®
Seismic Shelving Systems
Super Erecta® (SES), Super Adjustable Super Erecta® (SASE), qwikSLOT™ (QS),
HD Super (HD), MetroMax Q® (Q)
Seismic Bolt Plates Kits:
For 1" (25mm) diameter, Super Erecta Shelf, Super Adjustable Super Erecta, qwikSLOT
stationary post assemblies. Kit includes plate assemblies and hardware to mount plates
to posts. Floor anchors are not included.
Description
Dimensions
(Width/Length/Height)
(in.)
(mm)
Qty.
One-Post Bolt Plate, 1/4" (6mm)
Two-Post Bolt Plate, 1/4" (6mm)
Four-Post Bolt Plate, 1/4" (6mm)
4
2
1
27/8x7x1/4
27/8x11x1/4
27/8x11x1/4
One-Post Bolt Plate, 1/2" (13mm)
Two-Post Bolt Plate, 1/2" (13mm)
Four-Post Bolt Plate, 1/2" (13mm)
4
2
1
7x7x1/2
7x12x1/2
7x12x1/2
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
73x178x6
73x279x6
73x279x6
SASES25BP-1
SASES25BP-2
SASES25BP-4
224.00
192.00
198.00
178x178x13
178x305x13
178x305x13
SASES50BP-1
SASES50BP-2
SASES50BP-4
367.00
315.00
323.00
For 1.5" (38mm) diameter HD and trilobal Q stationary post assemblies. Kit includes plates
and hardware to mount plates to posts. Floor anchors are not included.
Description
Dimensions
(Width/Length/Height)
(in.)
(mm)
Qty.
One-Post Bolt Plate, 1/4" (6mm)
Two-Post Bolt Plate, 1/4" (6mm)
Four-Post Bolt Plate, 1/4" (6mm)
4
2
1
27/8x7x1/4
27/8x11x1/4
27/8x11x1/4
One-Post Bolt Plate, 1/2" (13mm)
Two-Post Bolt Plate, 1/2" (13mm)
Four-Post Bolt Plate, 1/2" (13mm)
4
2
1
7x7x1/2
7x12x1/2
7x12x1/2
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
73x178x6
73x279x6
73x279x6
SAQHD25BP-1
SAQHD25BP-2
SAQHD25BP-4
256.00
218.00
224.00
178x178x13
178x305x13
178x305x13
SAQHD50BP-1
SAQHD50BP-2
SAQHD50BP-4
403.00
342.00
347.00
Example A
Requires one 1-post starter kit.
(ie. SASES25BP-1).
Example B
Requires one starter kit, (ie.
SASES25BP-1) and one 2-post
adder kit, (ie. SASES25BP-2).
Include one additional adder
kit for each subsequent
shelving unit added to the run.
Example C
Requires one 1-post starter kit,
(ie. SASES25BP-1), two 2-post
adder kits (ie. SASES25BP-2),
and one 4-post adder kit, (ie.
SASES25BP-4). Include one of
each adder kit, (ie, one 2-post
kit and one 4-post kit), for each
additional pair of
shelving units.
108
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Required
Components:
For seismic requirements,
simply add floor bolt-plates
to standard Metro stationary
shelving configurations
and follow the installation
and usage guidelines.
Just add floor plates
S u per E recta
®
S e i sm i c S hel v i n g
Super Adjustable Super Erecta, Super Erecta®, qwikSLOT ™
SASES25BP-1
SASES25BP-2
SASES25BP-4
SASES50BP-1
SASES50BP-2
SASES50BP-4
Hint: It is
recommended that
a donut bumper be
specified to cover any
spaces between the
post and the bolt plate
anchor pipe. Specify
the donut bumper to
match the post type.
Super Erecta, Super Adjustable Super
Erecta, qwikSLOT = 9992DB
Super Erecta Shelf HD = 9992H
MetroMax Q = 9992DBX
MetroMax Q®/ HD Super
SAQHDS25BP-1
SAQHD25BP-2
SAQHD25BP-4
SAQHD50BP-1
SAQHD50BP-2
SAQHD50BP-4
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
109
“YOU CAN DO IT...
Visit us online and take
advantage of our easy-to-use
self-service tools.”
Self-service Tools Available...online!
• Web-based Room Layout and Product Planning
• Web-based Product Configuration
• Web-based Learning Modules
metroconfigurator.com
Visit metroconfigurator.com and test drive the Configurator...our web based software developed to give you the power to manage your space.
Contents
Municipal Services Products.......................113-116
Turn-out Gear/General Storage and Security..................... 114
Sanitation & Electronic Charging Stations.......................... 115
Evidence & Property Storage............................................... 116
Grocery & Retail Products...........................118-144
Display Shelving & Accessories.................................... 124-133
Specialty Shelving......................................................... 134-136
Food Prep...................................................................... 137-140
Inventory Storage & Transport..................................... 141-142
Cooler/Freezer Storage................................................ 143-144
Electronics & Clean Room Products.............146-169
Carts, Covers & ESD Accessories.................................. 148-155
PCB Handling................................................................ 156-161
Tote Boxes, Bins & Accessories..................................... 162-163
Clean Tables, Carts & Gowning Room Products......... 164-169
Laboratory Products...................................170-236
Lab Carts & Storage...................................................172-188
Autoclave Storage & Carts........................................ 189-191
LAR Feed Carts & Storage......................................... 192-193
Lab Worktables & Accessories.................................. 194-202
Starsys Lab Furniture................................................ 204-236
112
municipal services
PRODUCTS
Turn-out Gear/General Storage and Security.................... 114
Sanitation & Electronic Charging Stations......................... 115
Evidence & Property Storage............................................ 116
113
M u n icipal S er v ices E q u ip m e n t
Turn-Out Gear Racks
Metro’s Super Adjustable™ Super Erecta shelving can be customized to meet your
exact needs.
The following standard components may be combined to create the Turn-Out Gear Rack
(shown below) in Metroseal 3, Metro’s patented corrosion-resistant finish. Metroseal 3 is
warranteed for 12 years again rust and corrosion and is manufactured with Microban®*
antimicrobial product protection built in.
Other sizes and options available, consult
your Metro representative.
4 74UPK3Mobile Posts
3 A2472NK3 Super Adjustable™
Shelves in
Metroseal 3 finish
2 5MP
Swivel Casters (optional)
2 5MPB
Swivel/Brake Casters
(optional)
6 DD24K3
Dividers, in Metroseal 3
finish (used to create
individual compartments)
1 DD2435D 72" (1829mm) Stainless
Steel Hanger Tube
5 CC5923
Gear Hangers,
Stainless Steel finish,
closed top loop
• Open wire design promotes air circulation and
light penetration for quicker drying of gear.
• Free-standing and wall-mounted units available.
• Two finishes available: durable chrome-plated,
or patented Metroseal 3 (NK3) which carries a
12-year warranty against rust and corrosion,
and offers Microban antimicrobial product
protection. (See pages 37 and 42.)
Free-Standing System
Metro Tip:
When planning Turn-Out
Gear Racks, use shelving
that is 24" (610mm) wide
to best accommodate
turn-out gear.
General Storage
*Microban inhibits the growth of mold, mildew and bacteria.
1.800.992.1776
• Stainless steel and chrome-plated gear hanging
tube and hangers available
• Optional shelf dividers and label holders can be
used to create individual compartments.
Security Units
Super
Adjustable™
Super Erecta®
All-Purpose
Storage
(See page 37)
114
Wall Mounted System
•
WWW.M E TRO.CO M
To keep gear,
communication
devices, etc. safe
and secure.
(See Pages 103-106)
M u n icipal S er v ices E q u ip m e n t
Sanitation/Decontamination Stations
Sanitization Supply Storage
Sanitization Supply/Task Station
• Economical storage rack perfect for storing
supplies over sinks or above
work areas.
• Numerous sizes, styles
and finishes available.
Metro’s SmartWall G3™ is a wall mount system of interchangeable
components that allow customization of a sanitization area.
• Shelves, grids and accessories
are easily attached where
needed, keeping supplies
within arm's reach.
• The wall track’s smooth surface
can be quickly wiped clean.
Shelves and grids can be easily
removed for cleaning and to
clean the walls.
• Shown in Metroseal 3,™ Metro's
patented corrosion-resistant finish with Microban antimicrobial product
protection. Metroseal 3 has a 12-year warranty against rust and
corrosion.
(See pages 74-79)
(See Wall Shelving page 80)
Electronic Equipment Charging Stations
Desktop and Free-Standing Units Available. (See “Solid Shelving” page 66-67)
*Microban inhibits the growth of mold, mildew and bacteria.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
115
M u n icipal S er v ices E q u ip m e n t
Evidence and Property Storage
Keep evidence and property safe, secure and
organized with Metro’s high-density active aisle
storage systems. Available in a variety of sizes
and finishes, including corrosion-proof materials.
(See pages 91-100)
High-Density qwikTRAK Storage System
(See pages 92, 94-95)
MetroMax i ® Storage System
• Ideal for refrigerated storage.
• Corrosion and rust proof —
lifetime warranty.
• Easily cleanable — lift off
shelf mats are sized to fit
utility sinks.
• Microban®* antimicrobial
product protection is built-in,
inhibiting the growth of mold,
mildew and bacteria.
(See pages 10-28)
Metro® Totes and Storage Bins
• Perfect for storing small items.
• Optional accessories include dividers,
lids and label holders.
(See pages 162-163)
(Shown with optional accessories)
*Microban inhibits the growth of mold, mildew and bacteria.
116
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.CO M
Order today! Log on to
www.metro.com
locate a sales representative near you.
Not in the USA? Look on the back cover
of your catalog for the contact information you need.
“Let us make your
next purchase easy,
contact your
representative today.”
117
118
grocery & retail
products
Display Shelving & Accessories................................. 124-133
Specialty Shelving.....................................................134-136
Food Prep................................................................. 137-140
Inventory Storage & Transport.................................. 141-142
Cooler/Freezer Storage............................................. 143-144
119
G r o c e r y S o l u ti o n s
Visit us at
www.metro.com/grocerysolutions
120
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H e at e d G
Ba
rn
oq
c eu re yt SC oabi
lun
tie ots
ns
Merchandising Solutions from Metro!
Genuine Metro . . . The Look That Sells!
• Increase profitability of the center store.
• Increase productivity in all prep and service areas.
• Improve food safety and storage optimization.
Metro’s qwikSLOT ™ display system highlights merchandise so
customers notice. Create your own Store-Within-A-Store . . .
a proven, effective sales and profit enhancing strategy.
What’s the secret to
increasing unit capacity?
• The secret to Metro’s space-saving advantage
is Drop Mat’s “thin shelf” design (1/4" versus 11/2").
DropMat eliminates the need for space robbing
under-shelf supports and bulky shelf brackets,
reclaiming 20% of your merchandising space.
•B
ack-to-back, DropMat saves yet more
space. Reclaim up to 10% additional space by
eliminating traditional gondola's 4" wide
center support structure.
Metro Tip: Visit metro.com/grocerysolutions
and click on the link for Drop Mat case studies to review
plannogram data demonstrating Drop Mat’s increased
holding power.
Metro Drop Mat™ Display System . . . Increase unit capacity by up
to 30%.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
121
r e tai l S o l u ti o n s
Visit us at
www.metro.com/retailsolutions
Drop Mat Display Shelving Case Studies
Drop Mat Display Shelving Demo Video
Drop Mat Profit Calculator
Store-Within-A-Store Merchandising Research
Metro Solutions in Action Around the World
Brochures
Product Spec Sheets
Color & Finish Options
Metro Shelving Cleaning Guide
Metro and the Environment
Metro Rep Locator (Choose Commercial)
What’s New
Complete Metro Catalog
122
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H e at e d B a rneqtai
u e lt SC oabi
lun
tie ots
ns
Metro Display Systems . . . The Look That Sells.
Metro’s designer color shelving and flexible configurations adapt to suit any décor or retail theme.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
123
A pp e a l™ disp l a y sh e l vi n g
NEW
APPEAL™
DISPLAY
SHELVING
The look that sells
is also the look that
moves. Appeal’s
curved front moves
product right off the
shelf and moves
customers to make
purchase decisions.
Stay ahead of the
curve with the
innovative, fully
adjustable line of
Metro retail shelving
solutions. And take
advantage of the
look that sells, and
sells, and sells.
PATENT PENDING
124
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H e Aat
n q u el a
t y C sh
abie n
e ts
ppe ed a Bl™a disp
l vi
ng
Appeal Display Shelving
Perfect for end caps or create your own Store-Within-A-Store.
• Curve Appeal: The shelf’s attractive, curved front edge draws customers’
attention to the products displayed. The open wire design promotes light
penetration and visibility of displayed items.
• Increase Facings: The curved front design increases shelf storage area by
12% versus a traditional rectangular shelf.
• Versatile: Metro Appeal™ shelving can be combined with Metro’s Super
Erecta, qwikSLOT™, or Drop Mat Display shelving systems to create a
proprietary display for your store.
• Fast, Secure Assembly: SiteSelect™ posts, with Triple-groove visual guide
feature, have circular grooves at 1" (25mm) intervals and are numbered
at 2" (50 mm) intervals. A patented, tapered split sleeve snaps together
around each post. Tapered openings in the shelf corners slide over the
tapered split sleeves and provide a positive lock. Shelving is assembled in
minutes without the use of any special tools.
• Adjustability: Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25 mm) intervals along the
length of the post.
• Finishes: Metro’s Appeal™ shelving is available in a chrome-plated finish or
black epoxy coating.
Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
18x36 457x914
18x48 457x1219
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg) 9
12
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
7 /2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
—
1
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
2454
Cat. No.
Appeal Shelving
Black List
Price
Each
1836RC
1848RC
1836RBL
1848RBL
132.00
151.00
4.1
5.4 SiteSelect™ Posts —
Cat. No.
Appeal Shelving
Chrome
10.01a
R
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
51/2
1
0.3 0.5 0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.5 Stationary
Cat. No.
Chrome
7P
13P
27P
33P
54P
63P
74P
86P
***96P
Mobile
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
7PBL
13PBL
27PBL
33PBL
54PBL
63PBL
74PBL
86PBL
—
—
—
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
—
—
—
27UPBL
33UPBL
54UPBL
63UPBL
74UPBL
86UPBL
\ ***Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
***96P should not be used on units less than 24” (610mm) deep. Consult Metro Engineering for alternate recommendations.
**†Note: Special length posts are available, priced at next higher length plus a cutting charge. Post lengths to be specified as cut to a
round number, ie: 74P cut to 69” (1753mm) . . . This will result in an overall post height with adjustment of 693/8” (1762mm) to 697/8” (1775mm).
Mobile posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
12%
MORE
APPEAL™
Display Shelving
super Erecta® shelving
Holding Power
gets you
More SKU’s,
More Facing,
More Sales & Profits!
with aN ACCENTED curved
front. Perfect for end
cap displays or to create
a Store-Within-A-STORE
display!
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
125
Increase profits — Create your own
“Store-Within-A-Store.™ ”
Research shows sales and profits increase more than 43%.
Data was collected from ten stores operated by three food
retailers in the United States. The research covered 15
product categories and thousands of items. The research
was conducted by Willard Bishop Consulting Ltd. and
involved two areas of research:
• In-store merchandising tests and point-of-sale data
analysis to quantify sales/profits and total category
impact.
• Consumer focus groups to qualify consumer reaction.
Visit www.metro.com/grocerysolutions and click on the link
to Store-Within-A-Store Research.
Sales and profits for specialty items
increased more than 43%. Total category
performance demonstrated a 12+% increase
in sales and 14+% increase in profits.
Uniquely profitable.
All Test Categories % of Change
50%
40%
43.6% 43.3%
30%
20%
10%
12.1% 14.8%
SPECIALITY
ITEMS
TOTAL
CATEGORY
% of Change in Sales $’s
% of Change in Gross Profit $’s
qwikSLOT ™ Display Shelving makes creating
your Store-Within-A-Store simple and easy.
H e at e d B a Dn isp
q u el a
t y C Sabi
e ts
h en
l vi
ng
qwikSLOT ™ Display Shelving System
Set, Reset in a Flash.
Metro qwikSLOT shelves offer the quality of Super Erecta with the convenience of easily
adjustable and removable shelves.
• Unique support system snaps into the posts, allowing instant shelf adjustment.
• Each unit requires a standard Super Erecta shelf at the top and bottom. (see page 42)
qwikSLOT ™ Shelves —
10.11
Width/Length
(in.)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta
Brite
Cat. No.
Chrome
14x36
14x48
7.25
9.75
1436QBR
1448QBR
1436QC
1448QC
1436QBL 1436QW
1448QBL 1448QW
1436Q-DSG 71.00
1448Q-DSG 81.00
18x36
18x48
18x60
8.5 11.25
17.0 1836QBR
1848QBR
1860QBR
1836QC
1848QC
—
1836QBL 1836QW
1848QBL 1848QW
—
—
1836Q-DSG 74.00
1848Q-DSG 88.50
—
21x36
21x48
21x60
10.75
13.25
18.0 2136QBR
2148QBR
2160QBR
2136QC
2148QC
—
2136QBL 2136QW
2148QBL 2148QW
—
—
2136Q-DSG 87.00
2148Q-DSG 100.00
—
24x36
24x48
24x60
12.25
15.25
21.00
2436QBR
2448QBR
2460QBR
2436QC
2448QC
—
2436QBL 2436QW
2448QBL 2448QW
—
—
2436Q-DSG 93.50
2448Q-DSG 109.00
—
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
Note: A typical unit will incorporate 4 qwikSLOT posts, at least 2 standard Super Erecta shelves (one at the top and
bottom of unit) and as many qwikSLOT shelves as desired between the top and bottom shelf.
Note: A qwikSLOT shelf is rated at 300 lbs. (135kg) per shelf. A typical qwikSLOT unit is rated at 800 lbs. (375kg)
capacity per unit. For higher unit capacities, an intermediate standard Super Erecta shelf must be installed
approximately at mid‑height on the unit.
Note: Mobile Applications: All mobile applications require an intermediate standard Super Erecta shelf.
installed approximately at mid‑height on the unit.
qwikSLOT ™ Posts —
Super Erecta qwikSLOT ™ shelving
unit in black epoxy
10.11
Clips snap into slots along the height of the post for shelf adjustment at 1" (25mm)
intervals. Use for qwikSLOT shelving only.
Stationary
Height†
(in.)
(mm)
341/2
549/16
639/16
745/8
865/8
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
Approx
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
2
3
31/2
4
5
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
List
Price
Each
33PQ
54PQ
63PQ
74PQ
86PQ
33PQBL
54PQBL
63PQBL
74PQBL
86PQBL
33PQW
54PQW
63PQW
74PQW
86PQW
33PQ-DSG
54PQ-DSG
63PQ-DSG
74PQ-DSG
86PQ-DSG
25.00
28.50
30.00
32.00
39.00
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
List
Price
Each
33UPQ
54UPQ
63UPQ
74UPQ
86UPQ
33UPQBL
54UPQBL
63UPQBL
74UPQBL
86UPQBL
33UPQW
54UPQW
63UPQW
74UPQW
86UPQW
33UPQ-DSG
54UPQ-DSG
63UPQ-DSG
74UPQ-DSG
86UPQ-DSG
25.00
28.50
30.00
32.00
39.00
qwikSLOT
post with
shelf clip
†Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
Mobile
(in.)
Height†
(mm)
337/8
54
62
74
86
861
1370
1575
1880
2185
Approx
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
2
3
31/2
4
5
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
qwikSLOT Locking Clip
Recommended for mobile
applications.
Must be used with 9985QS
shelf clips.
(Package of 4)
Cat. No. 9985QSL
These posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
For Mobile Applications refer to pages 50-51.
For a complete palette of Designer Colors, see page 131.
For Seismic Applications refer to pages 108-109.
How to set up your metro store-within-a-store
Three easy steps:
1. Assemble your new Metro Display Shelving System (no tools required).
2. Remove upper shelves of your existing gondola unit. Do not remove the base
shelf or kick panel.
3. Place your new Metro display shelving unit onto the gondola base shelf and slide
into place.
Metro Tip: Order optional triangular foot plates to replace leveling bolts. Foot plates distribute heavy
weight more evenly. (See page 47).
1.800.992.1776
•
Replacement
qwikSLOT Shelf Clips
(Package of 4)
Cat. No. 9985QS
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
127
Uniquely efficient.
Drop Mat™ Display Shelving.
Increase your shelving holding power by up to 30%.
RECLAIMED SPACE
Drop Mat yields space saving results. Drop Mat space gain is undeniable.
What would you
do with 30% more
display space?
• Add Sku’s?
• Add Facings?
• Cross Merchandise?
• Expand Category or
Departmental Floor Space?
• Widen Aisles?
• Create “Boutique” Areas?
What’s the secret to
increasing holding power?
• The secret to Metro’s space-saving advantage
is Drop Mat’s “thin shelf” design (1/4" versus
11/2"). Drop Mat eliminates the need for space
robbing under-shelf supports and bulky shelf
brackets, reclaiming 20% of your merchandising
space.
• Back-to-back, Drop Mat saves yet more
space. Reclaim up to 10% additional space by
eliminating traditional gondola's 4" wide
center support structure.
128
Metro Tip: Visit metro.com/grocerysolutions
and click on the link for Drop Mat demonstration
to see how Metro’s Drop Mat Display System
increases holding power.
Metro Tip: Visit metro.com/grocerysolutions
and click on the link for Drop Mat case studies to review
plannogram data demonstrating Drop Mat’s increased
holding power.
H e at e d B a D
n isp
q u el a
t yC Sabi
e ts
h e nl vi
ng
qwikSLOT ™ Drop Mat™ and Drop Mat™ Super Erecta®
Display Shelving — 10.12
• Built-in shelf ledge, approximately 1" (25mm) high, provides security, preventing contents from
falling off shelf.
• Each shelf holds up to 250 pounds (113kg). Available in Super Erecta and qwikSLOT styles.
qwikSLOT ™ Drop Mat Shelves —
10.11
Drop Mat shelving can increase storage capacity by as much as 30%. Each shelf holds up to 250 pounds
(113kg). qwikSLOT style promotes ease of adjustment and removal. Each qwikSLOT unit requires the use
of a Super Erecta or Drop Mat Super Erecta shelf at top and bottom. Use with qwikSLOT posts.
Width/
Length
(in.)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Chrome
14x36
14x48
7.25
9.75
HDM1436QBR
HDM1448QBR
HDM1436QC
HDM1448QC
HDM1436QBL HDM1436QW
HDM1448QBL HDM1448QW
HDM1436Q-DSG 73.50
HDM1448Q-DSG 83.50
18x36
18x48
8.5 11.25
HDM1836QBR
HDM1848QBR
HDM1836QC
HDM1848QC
HDM1836QBL HDM1836QW
HDM1848QBL HDM1848QW
HDM1836Q-DSG 76.50
HDM1848Q-DSG 91.00
21x36
21x48
10.75
13.25
HDM2136QBR
HDM2148QBR
HDM2136QC
HDM2148QC
HDM2136QBL HDM2136QW
HDM2148QBL HDM2148QW
HDM2136Q-DSG 89.50
HDM2148Q-DSG 102.00
24x36
24x48
12.25
15.25
HDM2436QBR
HDM2448QBR
HDM2436QC
HDM2448QC
HDM2436QBL HDM2436QW
HDM2448QBL HDM2448QW
HDM2436Q-DSG 96.00
HDM2448Q-DSG 111.00
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
Drop Mat Shelving Unit
Drop Mat™ Super Erecta® Display Shelving — Use with qwikSLOT or Super Erecta posts
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Chrome
14x36
14x48
355x914
355x1219
7.25
9.75
3.2
4.3
HDM1436BR
HDM1448BR
HDM1436NC
HDM1448NC
18x36
18x48
457x914
457x1219
8.5
11.25
3.8
5.0
HDM1836BR
HDM1848BR
HDM1836NC
HDM1848NC
21x36
21x48
530x914
530x1219
10.75
13.25
4.8
5.9
HDM2136BR
HDM2148BR
24x24
24x36
24x48
610x614
610x914
610x1219
8.5 12.25
15.25
3.8
5.5
6.8
HDM2424BR
HDM2436BR
HDM2448BR
qwikSLOT ™ Posts —
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
HDM1436BL
HDM1448BL
HDM1436W
HDM1448W
HDM1436-DSG
HDM1448-DSG
66.50
76.00
HDM1836BL
HDM1848BL
HDM1836W
HDM1848W
HDM1836-DSG
HDM1848-DSG
69.50
84.00
HDM2136NC
HDM2148NC
HDM2136BL
HDM2148BL
HDM2136W
HDM2148W
HDM2136-DSG
HDM2148-DSG
82.50
96.50
HDM2424NC
HDM2436NC
HDM2448NC
HDM2424BL
HDM2436BL
HDM2448BL
HDM2424W
HDM2436W
HDM2448W
HDM2424-DSG
HDM2436-DSG
HDM2448-DSG
85.00 88.50
103.00
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
For a complete palette of Designer Colors, see page 131.
10.11
Clips snap into slots along the height of the post for shelf adjustment at 1" (25mm) intervals. Use for qwikSLOT shelving only.
Height†
(in.)
(mm)
34 /2
549/16
639/16
745/8
865/8
1
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Stationary
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
2
3
31/2
4
5
33PQ
54PQ
63PQ
74PQ
86PQ
33PQBL
54PQBL
63PQBL
74PQBL
86PQBL
33PQW
54PQW
63PQW
74PQW
86PQW
33PQ-DSG
54PQ-DSG
63PQ-DSG
74PQ-DSG
86PQ-DSG
33UPQ
54UPQ
63UPQ
74UPQ
86UPQ
33UPQBL
54UPQBL
63UPQBL
74UPQBL
86UPQBL
33UPQW
54UPQW
63UPQW
74UPQW
86UPQW
33UPQ-DSG
54UPQ-DSG
63UPQ-DSG
74UPQ-DSG
86UPQ-DSG
25.00
28.50
30.00
32.00
39.00
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
Mobile
†Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
Super Erecta SiteSelect™ Posts —
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
2454
10.01a
Stationary
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
51/2
Cat. No.
Chrome
7P
13P
27P
33P
54P
63P
74P
86P
***96P
0.3 0.5 0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.5 Mobile
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
7PBL
13PBL
27PBL
33PBL
54PBL
63PBL
74PBL
86PBL
—
—
—
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
—
—
—
27UPBL
33UPBL
54UPBL
63UPBL
74UPBL
86UPBL
—
Snap-On Dividers for Drop Mat Shelves —
Price
Each
18.70
19.70
23.00
24.50
27.00
34.00
Mobile posts come without leveling bolt
assembly to accommodate stem casters.
*Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
***96P should not be used on units less than 24”
(610mm) deep. Consult Metro Engineering for
alternate recommendations.
†Note: Special length posts are available,
priced at next higher length plus a cutting
charge of $7.00. Post lengths to be specified
as cut to a round number, ie: 74P cut to 69”
(1753mm) . . . This will result in an overall post
height with adjustment of 693/8” (1762mm) to
697/8” (1775mm).
10.04
Organize your shelves with these 8" (203mm) high, easy to snap-in-place dividers.
Fits
Shelf Width
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Cat. No.
Designer Colors*
Price
Each
18 457
24 614
2.5 1.1
3.5 1.6
HD18C
HD24C
HD18B
HD24B
HD18W
HD24W
HD18-DSG
HD24-DSG
HD18-D
HD24-D
25.00
34.50
Snap-On Divider
*Refer to page 131 for information about Designer Colors.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
129
D isp l a y S H EL V I NG
Super Erecta Shelving —
10.14
Available in a wide spectrum of colors that complement any decor.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Brite
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
355x1829
6
7
8
91/2
101/2
14
17
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
4.7
6.3
7.7
1424BR
1430BR
1436BR
1442BR
1448BR
1460BR
1472BR
1424NC
1430NC
1436NC
1442NC
1448NC
1460NC
1472NC
1424NBL
1430NBL
1436NBL
1442NBL
1448NBL
1460NBL
1472NBL
1424NW
1430NW
1436NW
1442NW
1448NW
1460NW
1472NW
1424N-DSG
1430N-DSG
1436N-DSG
1442N-DSG
1448N-DSG
1460N-DSG
1472N-DSG
61.50
64.50
64.50
74.00
74.00
86.50
98.50
18x18 457x457
18x24 457x610
18x30 457x760
18x36 457x914
18x42 457x1066
18x48 457x1219
18x54 457x1370
18x60 457x1524
18x72 457x1829
6
7
8
91/2
11
12
141/2
17
20
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.1
N/A
1824BR
1830BR
1836BR
1842BR
1848BR
1854BR
1860BR
1872BR
1818NC
1824NC
1830NC
1836NC
1842NC
1848NC
1854NC
1860NC
1872NC
1818NBL
1824NBL
1830NBL
1836NBL
1842NBL
1848NBL
1854NBL
1860NBL
1872NBL
1818NW
1824NW
1830NW
1836NW
1842NW
1848NW
1854NW
1860NW
1872NW
1818N-DSG
1824N-DSG
1830N-DSG
1836N-DSG
1842N-DSG
1848N-DSG
1854N-DSG
1860N-DSG
1872N-DSG
65.50
66.00
67.50
67.50
82.00
82.00
95.50
95.50
115.00
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1370
530x1524
530x1829
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
24
3.6
4.1
5.0
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.9
2124BR
2130BR
2136BR
2142BR
2148BR
2154BR
2160BR
2172BR
2124NC
2130NC
2136NC
2142NC
2148NC
2154NC
2160NC
2172NC
2124NBL
2130NBL
2136NBL
2142NBL
2148NBL
2154NBL
2160NBL
2172NBL
2124NW
2130NW
2136NW
2142NW
2148NW
2154NW
2160NW
2172NW
2124N-DSG
2130N-DSG
2136N-DSG
2142N-DSG
2148N-DSG
2154N-DSG
2160N-DSG
2172N-DSG
77.00
80.50
80.50
93.50
93.50
110.00
110.00
131.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
610x1829
9
11
13
15
16
19
21
26
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
7.3
8.6
9.5
11.8
2424BR
2430BR
2436BR
2442BR
2448BR
2454BR
2460BR
2472BR
2424NC
2430NC
2436NC
2442NC
2448NC
2454NC
2460NC
2472NC
2424NBL
2430NBL
2436NBL
2442NBL
2448NBL
2454NBL
2460NBL
2472NBL
2424NW
2430NW
2436NW
2442NW
2448NW
2454NW
2460NW
2472NW
2424N-DSG
2430N-DSG
2436N-DSG
2442N-DSG
2448N-DSG
2454N-DSG
2460N-DSG
2472N-DSG
83.00
86.50
86.50
101.00
101.00
120.00
120.00
143.00
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
14x72
Note: White epoxy Super Erecta shelves come with white split sleeves.
Note: All Black, Smoked Glass and Designer Super Erecta shelves come with black split sleeves.
Note: Black shelving is NSF listed. White and Smoked Glass are not NSF listed.
Super Erecta SiteSelect™ Posts —
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
2454
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
51/2
10.14
STATIONARY
Cat. No.
Chrome
0.3
7P
0.5
13P
0.75
27P
0.9 33P
1.4
54P
1.6
63P
1.8
74P
2.3
86P
2.5 ***96P
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
White Smoked Glass
7PBL
13PBL
27PBL
33PBL
54PBL
63PBL
74PBL
86PBL
7PW
13PW
27PW
33PW
54PW
63PW
74PW
86PW
7P-DSG
13P-DSG
27P-DSG
33P-DSG
54P-DSG
63P-DSG
74P-DSG
86P-DSG
Price
Each
13.40
15.60
18.70
19.70
23.00
24.50
27.00
34.00
* *Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
***96P should not be used on units less than 24" (610mm) deep. Consult Metro
Engineering for alternate recommendations.
**†Note: Special length posts are available, priced at next higher length plus a cutting charge.
Post lengths to be specified as cut to a round number, ie: 74P cut to 69" (1753mm) . . . This will result in an overall post height with adjustment of 693/8" (1762mm) to 697/8" (1775mm).
Standard Colors
Black
130
White
Smoked Glass
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Mobile (for Stem Casters)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
White
Cat. No.
Smoked Glass
Price
Each
­—
13UP
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
­ —
—
27UPBL
33UPBL
54UPBL
63UPBL
74UPBL
86UPBL
—
—
27UPW
33UPW
54UPW
63UPW
74UPW
86UPW
—
—
27UP-DSG
33UP-DSG
54UP-DSG
63UP-DSG
74UP-DSG
86UP-DSG
18.70
19.70
23.00
24.50
27.00
34.00
13/4
2
3
31­/2
4
4.5
0.75
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
These posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
Casters for mobile applications can be found on pages 50 & 51.
H e at e d B a D
n isp
q u el a
t yC sh
abie n
e ts
l vi
ng
Designer Color Shelving (Super Erecta, Super ErectaDrop Mat, qwikSLOT, qwikSLOT Drop Mat) —
Available in a wide spectrum of colors that
complement any décor or retail theme.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
10.14
*Add the appropriate color suffix — see below.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Flame*
Cat. No.
Super Erecta*
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
14x72
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
355x1825
6 2.7
7 3.2
8 3.6
91/2 4.3
101/2 4.7
14 6.3
17 7.7
1424NF
1430NF
1436NF
1442NF
1448NF
1460NF
1472NF
1424N-D
1430N-D
1436N-D
1442N-D
1448N-D
1460N-D
1472N-D
18x18
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
18x72
457x457
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1370
457x1524
457x1825
6 2.7
7 3.2
8 3.6
91/2 4.3
11 5.0
12 5.4
141/2 6.6
17 7.7
20 9.1
1818NF
1824NF
1830NF
1836NF
1842NF
1848NF
1854NF
1860NF
1872NF
1818N-D
1824N-D
1830N-D
1836N-D
1842N-D
1848N-D
1854N-D
1860N-D
1872N-D
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1370
530x1524
530x1825
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
24
3.6
4.1
5.0
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.9
2124NF
2130NF
2136NF
2142NF
2148NF
2154NF
2160NF
2172NF
2124N-D
2130N-D
2136N-D
2142N-D
2148N-D
2154N-D
2160N-D
2172N-D
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
610x1825
9
11
13
15
16
18
21
26
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
7.3
8.6
9.5
11.8
2424NF
2430NF
2436NF
2442NF
2448NF
2454NF
2460NF
2472NF
2424N-D
2430N-D
2436N-D
2442N-D
2448N-D
2454N-D
2460N-D
2472N-D
Cat. No.
qwikSLOT*
Price
Each
Cat. No.
Super Erecta Drop Mat*
Cat. No.
qwikSLOT Drop Mat*
Price
Each
1436Q-D
HDM1436-D
HDM1436Q-D
79.00
1448Q-D
HDM1448-D
HDM1448Q-D
88.50
1836Q-D
HDM1836-D
HDM1836Q-D
82.00
1848Q-D
HDM1848-D
HDM1848Q-D
96.50
2136Q-D
HDM2136-D
HDM2136Q-D
95.00
2148Q-D
HDM2148-D
HDM2148Q-D
108.00
2436Q-D
HDM2436-D
HDM2436Q-D
101.00
2448Q-D
HDM2448-D
HDM2448Q-D
116.00
Note: All designer Super Erecta shelves come with black split sleeves. Designer Super Adjustable Super Erecta shelves come with black wedges and connectors.
Note: Shelving is not cart washable, but can be wiped down with a mild detergent.
Note: The actual length of the shelves is 1/8" (3.2mm) shorter than the nominal dimension shown.
Packaging: Shelves and posts are carton packed, but sold separately.
For standard finishes: Chrome,
Black, White, Smoked Glass,
please refer to pages 37, 42
and 130. For accessories in
Designer Colors, see pages
55, 57 and 60.
Designer Shelf Colors
*To order a Designer Color, add the appropriate color suffix to the desired catalog
numbers above (example: 18"x36" [457x914mm] Hunter Green Shelf = 1836N-DHG).
BM — Black Matte SH — Silver Hammertone
HG — Hunter Green
F — Flame
CH — Copper Hammertone
Black Matte
(BM)
Posts
Flame (F)
Hunter Green Copper
Silver
(HG)
Hammertone Hammertone
(SH)
(CH)
Round posts have a 1" (25mm)
diameter. Shelves can be
adjusted at 1" (25mm)
increments for maximum
adaptability to your changing
retail needs.
Height†
(in.)
(mm)
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
0.3 0.5 0.75 0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.3 Cat. No.
Flame
Stationary*
7PF
13PF
27PF
33PF
54PF
63PF
74PF
86PF
Super Erecta Shelving
Super Adjustable Super Erecta
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Flame
Stationary*
Mobile*
7P-D
13P-D
27P-D
33P-D
54P-D
63P-D
74P-D
86P-D
7UPF
13UPF
27UPF
33UPF
54UPF
63UPF
74UPF
86UPF
qwikSLOT
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Cat. No.
Stationary*
Cat. No.
Mobile*
­­
27UP-D
33UP-D
54UP-D
63UP-D
74UP-D
86UP-D
33PQ-D
54PQ-D
63PQ-D
74PQ-D
86PQ-D
33UPQ-D
54UPQ-D
63UPQ-D
74UPQ-D
86UPQ-D
†Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
131
D isp l a y sh e l vi n g A cc e ss o r i e s
Casters —
5MB
(shown with brake)
11.20
Use with Super Erecta or qwikSLOT posts and
shelves to create a mobile shelving unit to
meet your special needs. See pages 50 and 51.
HDC5B
Shelf Ledges — Side and Back —
10.05
For stationary or mobile installations, ledges
prevent items from protruding or falling from
shelves. See page 55.
1" (25mm) Ledge
4" (100mm) Ledge
Shelf Dividers —
10.05
Keep shelf contents orderly with these 8"
(203mm) high, pressure-fit dividers. See
page 55.
Storage Baskets —
10.05
Generous-sized baskets attach in seconds to
hanger rail or shelves. See page 60.
Shelf Divider for Super Erecta Shelves
Large Display/Storage Basket
Decorator Shelf Inlays —
10.06
Hardboard mats prevent small items from
falling through wire shelves. Fit between posts
and level with top of shelf edge. Reversible,
black and white. See page 58.
Clear Shelf Inlays —
10.06
Nearly invisible plastic mat retains open-wire
look of shelves and allows light penetration.
See page 58.
Clear Shelf Inlays
Decorator Shelf Inlays
Hanger Rails —
10.05
Convenient rail fits on posts along the width
or length of the unit. Optional hooks can hang
from rail at any point. See page 57.
Snap-On Hooks —
10.05
Multi-purpose hooks in three styles attach
to hanger rails, mounting rails or shelves for
instant access. See page 58.
Hanger Rail
132
Snap-On Hooks
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H le aat
d eB lavi
nq
u e At cc
C abi
D isp
y esh
ng
e ss no er ts
ies
Extension Display Hanger —
10.05
Snaps on Super Erecta Shelf hanger rails and shelf frames. Accepts
standard carded merchandise. See page 60.
Swing Hanger —
10.05
Attaches to post to provide convenient storage for hanging items or
signage. Red epoxy finish. See page 60.
Clear Label Holders —
Extension Display Hanger
Swing Hanger
Clear Label Holder
Slanted Label Holder
10.05
Clear plastic allows decorator colors to show through. Holds most
commercial 11/4" (32mm) labels. See page 61.
Slanted Label Holders —
10.05
Gray solid plastic holder puts 1 /4" (32mm) labels on slant for easier
viewing. See page 61.
1
Color Shelf Marker —
10.05
Color code for effective organization. Snaps securely to the front
edge of Super Erecta and Super Adjustable Super Erecta Wire
Shelving. See page 61.
Rods and Tabs —
Rod with Tab in place
10.04
Form side and back enclosures for a shelving unit. Can also serve as
uniform dividers within unit by passing through shelves from top to
bottom. See page 57.
Hanger Tube with Brackets —
10.05
Hanger tubes attach easily under Super Erecta shelves for hanging
garments. See page 58.
Hanger Tube with Brackets
Post Clamps —
10.06
Color Shelf Markers
Joins units together for maximum strength. See page 47.
Foot Plates —
10.06
Use to bolt units to the floor, or when a broader, more stable foot is
desired. See page 47.
Glide
Foot Plate
Glides —
10.06
Smooth polymer cover fits over leveling bolt to protect floors.
See page 47.
Decorative Leveling Foot —
Post Clamp
10.06
Decorative alternative for post. Compensates for uneven surfaces.
See page 47.
Decorative Leveling Foot
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
133
S p e cia l t y sh e l vi n g
Post Connectors —
10.15
Attach posts of upper shelves to lower level frame or mat to create
tiered shelving.
Type of Connectors
Finish
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
4 Post-to-Shelf Frame
4 Post-to-Shelf Mat
4 Post-to-Shelf Mat
Black
Black
Chrome
1
2
2
.5
1
1
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
HFCB
HMCB
HMCC
19.20
32.00
33.00
Tiered Shelving with
Post Connectors
Basket Shelf —
10.04
3 /2" (89mm) deep basket with 400 lb. (182kg) weight capacity.
Ideal for cross merchandising in front of display cases or driving
impulse sales. For basket shelf cart, see page 87.
1
(in.)
Size
(mm)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
List
Price
Each
14x36
14x48
355x914
355x1219
—
—
DD3448A
DD3448B
110.50
129.50
18x36
18x48
457x914
457x1219
CC9744A
CC9744
CC9744C
CC9744B
111.50
130.50
Basket Shelf
(Posts sold separately, see page 42)
Triangle Shelves —
10.04
Put unused corner space to work while keeping traffic aisles clear.
• Shelf sizes corresponding to width (depth) of shelving for
add-on capabilities.
• Shelves attach to standard Super Erecta or qwikSLOT posts,
see pages 42 and 129.
Size
Width
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
18
24
151/2
211/2
457
610
7
10
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Black
List
Price
Each
H18TRC
H24TRC
H18TRB
H24TRB
82.50
102.00
Weight load capacity: 200 lbs. (91kg) per shelf; 400 lbs. (182kg) per unit.
Cantilever Shelves —
10.06
Adds convenient space above a storage unit.
Drop mat design creates a retaining ledge
around the entire 12" (305mm) deep shelf.
See page 46.
Cantilever Shelves
Triangle Shelving Unit with four triangle
shelves and three Super Ereca posts.
134
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H e at e d SB pa encia
q u el t y C Sabi
e ts
h en
l vi
ng
Display Platforms —
10.44
Super Erecta Display Platforms are ideal for displaying large, bulky
items, boxed goods or cross merchandising. All platforms come
with one shelf and four 13" (330mm) posts.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
457x610
457x760
457x914
11
5.0
12
5.5
131/2 6.1
P1824NC
P1830NC
P1836NC
131.00
133.00
133.00
21x24
21x30
21x36
530x610
530x760
530x914
12
13
15
5.5
5.9
6.8
P2124NC
P2130NC
P2136NC
145.00
148.00
148.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
610x610
610x760
610x914
13
15
17
5.9
6.8
7.7
P2424NC
P2430NC
P2436NC
148.00
152.00
152.00
Display Platforms (Shown with one
optional/additional shelf)
Slanted-Shelf Merchandisers —
50.50
A premium presentation, slanted shelves add visibility and accessibility.
Loading is quick, easy, and organized.
• Open wire construction and slope of shelves promote visibility.
• Shelves are adjustable at 1" (25mm) intervals along the height of the post.
• 5" (127mm) casters add mobility, while brakes lock firmly in position.
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
18 457
18 457
24 610
24 610
60 1524
60 1524
103
112
18 457
36 914
60 1524
18 457
18 457
18 457
36 914
48 1219
48 1219
70 1778
60 1524
70 1778
List
Price
Each
Shelves
Cat. No.
46.3
50.4
Four Slanted Shelves One Flat Top Shelf
(Pkg. of 12 dividers)
Five Slanted Shelves
(Pkg. of 12 dividers)
DC15EC
1,052.00
DC16EC
1,092.00
95
42.7
Four Slanted Shelves
One Flat Top Shelf
DC35EC
1,120.00
104
112
123
46.8
50.4
55.3
Five Slanted Shelves
Four Slanted Shelves
One Flat Top Shelf
Five Slanted Shelves
DC36EC
DC55EC
1,173.00
1,186.00
DC56EC
1,238.00
Slanted Shelf Merchandiser/
Dispenser Rack
DC56EC
Additional Shelves
Additional shelves are 18" (457mm) wide.
Length
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
24 610
36 914
48 1219
10.5 4.7
14
6.3
18
8.1
1824DNC
1836DNC
1848DNC
103.00
120.00
132.00
Additional Dividers
Keeps different types of merchandise
separated and in order.
Size
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
4x17 100x430
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
8
3.6
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
DCR17C
16.00
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
135
wi n e m e r cha n dis e r s
Super Erecta® Wine Storage and Display
Store it! . . . Display it! . . . Sell it! . . .
As more wine makers introduce new labels it is important as a merchandiser to store
and sell product in an organized manner. Metro offers unique wine storage and display
solutions designed for merchandising.
Wine Cart
Mobile wine merchandiser is perfect for creating “impulse” opportunities.
The Wine Cart consists of the following components:
Wine Cart
2 — 1436NC shelves — see page 42
1 — 1236CSNC cantilever shelf — see page 46
2 — 13UP posts (cut to 7" [178mm]) — see page 42
2 — 27UP posts — see page 42
2 — 5M swivel casters — see page 50
2 — 5MB swivel/brake casters — see page 50
Super Erecta Display Shelving
The open design of Super Erecta Display Shelving creates a “wall of product.”
For chrome-plated or standard epoxy colors (black, white, smoked glass),
see pages 42-43 and 130.
For Designer Color Shelving, see pages 43 and 131.
Cradle Wine Units
• Wire creates highly visible display.
• Wire forms a cradle that nests individual bottles.
• Shelves spread 5" (127mm) apart for easy access.
• Open wire permits free air circulation around bottles.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
14x36
14x36
14x48
14x48
355x914
355x914
355x1219
355x1219
Overall Height
(in.)
(mm)
743/4
863/4
743/4
863/4
Capacity
(750ml bottles)
1899
2203
1899
2203
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
126
153
168
204
112
133
133
160
51
60
60
73
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
WC237C
WC238C
WC257C
WC258C
1,585.00
1,894.00
1,750.00
2,096.00
All models include foot plates for stability and easy leveling.
Cradle Wine Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Capacity
(750ml bottles)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
14x36 355x914
14x48 355x1219
9
12
7 3.2
8.5 3.8
W1436NC
W1448NC
107.50
122.00
Bulk Wine Units
• Store large quanities in limited space — average one case per linear foot of shelf.
• Keep corks moist — inserts hold bottle at 10° slant.
• Open wire design allows air flow for proper temperature maintenance.
• Units enclosed to secure product.
• Optional locking doors available for the 16-case unit.
• Large 15" (381mm) space between shelves.
WC257C Cradle Shelving
(in.)
Width/Length
(mm)
14x36
14x36
14x48
14x48
355x914
355x914
355x1219
355x1219
Overall Height
(in.)
(mm)
743/4
863/4
743/4
863/4
Capacity (Cases
of 750ml bottles)
1899
2203
1899
2203
12
15
16
20
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
138
168
168
204
63
76
76
93
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
WB237C
WB238C
WB257C
WB258C
1,629.00
1,815.00
1,883.00
2,236.00
All models include foot plates for stability and easy leveling.
14" (355mm) Flat Wire Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
14x36 355x914
14x48 355x1219
WB257C Bulk Shelving
136
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
9.5
12
4.3
5.4
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
1436NC
1448NC
65.00
74.50
n bi
q ul e t T C
abi
n e ts
F o o dH pe rat
e pe d— BMa o
ra
y Racks
MetroMax i® Drying Rack Unit —
9.31
R
• Allows superior air circulation and fast drying of trays, pans, lids, pots and all pot sink items.
• Promotes food safety by eliminating moisture. Offers an efficient organized drying area.
• Includes two drop-ins (Cat. No. DR48S) and one cutting board/tray drying rack
(Cat. No. MTR2448XE).
Stationary Unit
Width
(in) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
i
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
24 610
48 1219
751/2 1917
106 49
PR48X3
1,834.50
Width
(in) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
i
List
Price
Each
24 610
48 1219
69
106 49
PR48VX3
2,145.00
Mobile Unit
1752
*Note: Includes two 5PCX swivel casters and two 5PCBX swivel casters with brakes.
End Load, Side Load and Half Height Wire Bun Pan Racks —
13.42
13.44
R
Economical solution for on-site storage and transport of trays. End-load models provide a
large tray landing area, side-load models are highly space efficient. Choice of 11/2" (38mm)
spacing (38 pans) or 3" (76mm) (20 pans) spacing. Quick, easy no-tool assembly, rolls easily
on 5" (127mm) swivel casters. Durable, Super Erecta Brite™ finish.
End Load and Side Load Models
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
No.
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
213/4x27 552x685
213/4x27 552x685
69 1752
69 1752
11/2 38
3
76
38 18x26 457x660
19 18x26 457x660
61 27.7
70 31.8
End-Load
End-Load
RE1
RE3
406.00
369.00
191/2x30 495x762
191/2x30 495x762
69 1752
69 1752
11/2 38
3
76
38 18x26 457x660
19 18x26 457x660
61 27.6
70 31.8
Side-Load
Side-Load
RS1
RS3
406.00
369.00
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
End-Load
End-Load
RE1P
RE3P
480.00
448.00
Wire Bun Pan Racks
Weight Load Capacity: 30 lbs. (13.7kg) per level; 200 lbs. (90.7kg) per unit.
Half Height Models
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
213/4x27
213/4x27
550x685
550x685
Height
(in.) (mm)
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
No.
38 1750
38 1750
11/2
3
16 18x26 457x660
8 18x26 457x660
38
76
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
50
60
22.6
27.2
Models ship with 1/2" (12.7mm) food grade polyethylene cutting board/work surface.
Half Height Wire
Prep Rack
(tray not included)
Accessories
Description
3 /2" (90mm) Diameter Rubber Donut Bumper
51/2" (140mm) Diameter Rubber Donut Bumper
1
Side Load “Knock Down” Racks —
Model
List
Price Each
9992DB
9992N
9.40
14.60
13.72
R
Inside height 561/2" (1435mm).
Width/Height/Depth
(in.)
(mm)
28 /8x64 /8x18 /4
283/8x641/8x183/4
3
1
3
721x1628x476
721x1628x476
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
No.
3
5
18
11
76
127
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
18x26 457x660
18x26 457x660
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
RT3318N
RT3511N
759.00
700.00
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
53 23.8
RT183N
759.00
50 22.5
RT115N
703.00
55 24.7
RT1334N
759.00
40 18
38 17.1
Side Load Rack
(trays not
included)
Note: 5" (127mm) swivel casters, two with brakes, are standard on units listed above.
End Load “Knock Down” Racks — Single Section —
13.70
R
Inside height 557/8" (1417mm).
Width/Height/Depth
(in.)
(mm)
203/8x641/8x28 518x1630x711
203/8x641/8x28 518x1630x711
203/8x641/8x28 518x1630x711
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
No.
3 76
5 127
11/2 28
18
or 36
11
or 22
34
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
18x26
14x18
18x26
14x18
18x26
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
457x660
355x457
457x660
355x457
457x660
End Load Rack
Note: 5" (127mm) swivel casters, two with brakes, are standard on units listed above.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
137
F o o d p r e p — H e at e d cabi n e ts
R
C5™ Heated Holding and Proofing Cabinets —
See How Good a Heated Cabinet Can Be.™
The C5 line is a series
of Heated Holding
and Proofing Cabinets
designed by working
directly with chefs and
operators to provide
the features and
benefits that are sure
to satisfy the needs
of any operation,
anywhere in the world.
C5 9, 8 & 6 Series
C5 4 Series
C5 3 Series
C5 1 Series
High performance cabinets with
3 levels of control. Precise moisture,
precise temperature, or analog control.
with Insulation Armour™ Plus
with Insulation Armour™
High performance holding and energy
efficiency at a lower initial investment.
Cool-to-touch design provides energy
efficiency at a lower initial investment.
An ideal solution for proofing
and basic holding needs.
Ba
se
d
erg
d en y cost
s.
an
USES MORE
$150
USES LESS
$148
USES MORE
USES LESS
/YEAR*
/YEAR*
Insulation Type
Fiberglass
Cabinet Material
Stainless Steel
or Aluminum
BETTER
BEST
USES MORE
Insulation Type
Cabinet Material
Foamed-in-Place
(Insulation Armour Plus)
Stainless Steel/
Polymer
BEST
BEST
USES LESS
$456
/YEAR*
USES MORE
/YEAR*
ENERGY STAR
ENERGY STAR
ENERGY STAR
$305
nt
USES LESS
initial investm
e
VALUE
on
Great
ENERGY STAR
Insulation Type
Insulation Armour
GOOD
Insulation Type
Non-Insulated
Cabinet Material
Aluminum/
Polymer
GOOD
Cabinet Material
Aluminum
GOOD
*Average annual energy cost based on $0.12 per KWH electricity rate, 12 hours of daily use, 365 days a year. Energy cost and savings will vary depending on usage, electricity cost, and comparative model.
Visit www.metro.com/c5 for more information on C5 heated holding and proofing cabinets.
Metro cabinets are only to be used as Hot Food Holding Cabinets. They are meant to keep cooked food hot until served and are listed under
UL197 "Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances." Do not use for non-food applications.
138
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
n qWu oe r
t kC Sabi
n eots
FH
o eoat
d ep dr eBpa —
tati
ns
Smart Wall G3™ Wall Storage and
Productivity System
• Corrosion resistant Metroseal 3 warranted against
rust and corrosion for 12 years.
• Microban Antimicrobial Product Protection is built
in — A Metro Exclusive.
• Keeps items within reach and above work surface
or sinks.
• Many accessories available to promote efficiency.
To see the full line, turn to pages 74-79.
R
Stainless Steel Prep Tables
• Type 304 stainless steel–industry standard for food safety.
• Easy-to-clean, easy-to-move, easy-to-assemble.
• Strong structure can hold heavy equipment.
• Available in many sizes and styles, mobile and stationary.
For the full line of stainless top worktables, see pages 198 to 200.
R
Making the cut . . . Metro provides
the highest quality prep tables.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
139
F o o d p r e p — st o r a g e
Uniquely designed shelving to fit
all your storage requirements.
Food safety at the store level.
Easy-to-clean,
MetroMax Q™ Shelving
• Corrosion Resistant, 15 Year Warranty Against Rust and Corrosion
• Cleanable, easily Removable Shelf Mats are sized to fit into a sink or dishwasher
• Microban® antimicrobial product protection built-in
• Quick-to-adjust Shelves Provide Maximum Space Utilization
• Open Grid or Solid Shelf Mats Available
See pages 15-18
A Metro Exclusive
All shelf mats, posts, and
touch points have built in
Microban® antimicrobial
product protection.
Keeping shelves cleaner
between cleanings.
R
Super Erecta Pro™
Shelving
Metroseal 3
• Corrosion Resistant —
patented Metroseal 3 epoxy
is warranteed against rust
and corrosion for 12 years.
Removable polymer shelf
mats are warranteed against
corrosion for life.
• Microban® antimicrobial
product protection inhibits
the growth of mold, mildew
and bacteria.
• Durable —polymer shelf
mats withstand the rigors of
daily use.
• Cleanable — lift off shelf
mats are sized to fit in a sink
or commercial dish washer
making cleaning a snap.
See pages 32-35
R
140
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H e at
B aonr qa u
abie n
e ts
d reyd st
g ee t —C sh
l vi
ng
Inventory Storage — Wire —
10.01
10.01a
Super Adjustable Super Erecta is the most advanced and innovative wire storage system available. Patented design allows you to adjust your
shelves without tools! Super Adjustable shelving will work with Super Erecta System of shelves and accessories!
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
List
Price
Each
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
14x72
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
355x1825
6
7
8
91/2
101/2
14
17
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.3
4.7
6.3
7.7
A1424NC
A1430NC
A1436NC
A1442NC
A1448NC
A1460NC
A1472NC
68.50
71.00
71.00
80.50
80.50
93.50
105.00
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x54
18x60
18x72
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1370
457x1524
457x1829
7
8
91/2
11
12
141/2
17
20
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.4
6.6
7.7
9.1
A1824NC
A1830NC
A1836NC
A1842NC
A1848NC
A1854NC
A1860NC
A1872NC
72.50
74.00
74.00
88.50
88.50
102.00
102.00
122.00
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x54
21x60
21x72
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1370
530x1524
530x1829
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
24
3.6
4.1
5.0
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.9
A2124NC
A2130NC
A2136NC
A2142NC
A2148NC
A2154NC
A2160NC
A2172NC
84.00
87.00
87.00
100.50
100.50
116.00
116.00
138.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x54
24x60
24x72
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1370
610x1524
610x1829
9
11
13
15
16
18
21
26
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
7.3
8.6
9.5
11.8
A2424NC
A2430NC
A2436NC
A2442NC
A2448NC
A2454NC
A2460NC
A2472NC
89.50
93.50
93.50
108.00
108.00
127.00
127.00
151.00
30x36
30x48
30x60
30x72
760x914
760x1219
760x1524
760x1829
15
21
261/2
31
6.8
9.5
11.8
14.0
A3036NC
A3048NC
A3060NC
A3072NC
127.00
147.00
161.00
194.00
36x 36
36x48
36x60
36x72
910x914
910x1219
910x1524
910x1829
18
23
29
341/2
8.2
10.4
13.1
15.4
A3636NC
A3648NC
A3660NC
A3672NC
144.00
168.00
191.00
226.00
R
Corner Release System
Note: For availability of Super Adjustable Shelving not listed above,
contact your Metro representative.
Shelves and posts are carton packed but sold separately.
Super Erecta SiteSelect™ Posts —
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
7 /2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
1
191
370
699
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
2454
Stationary
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
51/2
1
0.3 0.5 0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.5 10.01a
Cat. No.
Chrome
7P
13P
27P
33P
54P
63P
74P
86P
***96P
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
13/4
2
3
31­/2
4
4.5
Mobile
0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 Cat. No.
Chrome
27UP
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
*Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
**Note: Special length posts are available, priced at next higher length plus a cutting charge.
Post lengths to be specified as cut to a round number, ie: 74P cut to 69" (1753mm) . . . This will result in an overall post height with adjustment of
693/8" (1762mm) to 697/8" (1775mm).
***96P should not be used on units less than 24" (610mm) deep. Consult Metro Engineering for alternate recommendations.
Mobile posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
1.800.992.1776
•
SiteSelect™ Posts
are grooved at 1"
(25mm) increments
and numbered at 2"
(50mm) increments.
Posts are doublegrooved every 8"
(203mm) for easy
identification.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
141
I n v e n t o r ­y S t o r a g e a n d T r a n sp o r t
Wall Shelving
Choose wall shelving that meets your exact needs.
Erecta Shelf
(See page 80)
Super Erecta Shelving
Post Mount
(See page 81)
R
SmartWall G3™
(See pages 74-79)
R
R
Stocking/Pricing Carts
Ideal for a large variety of tasks — stocking small items, janitorial supply areas, manager's offices.
Select from wire and polymer options.
R
MetroMax i Stocking Carts
(See page 83).
R
R
2-Shelf BC Cart
(See page 84-85)
3-Shelf Deep Ledge Cart
(See page 86)
Dunnage
Perfect for storing large, bulky items. Choose chrome for dry environments. Choose Metroseal 3 or
Bow-Tie Polymer Dunnage Racks for corrosive environments.
Bow-Tie Polymer Dunnage
Microban models available.
(See page 101)
Super Erecta Dunnage
(See page 102)
142
R
R
1.800.992.1776
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered
trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
atoerda g
B ea n—q wi
uer
t e C sh
abie n
e ts
C o o l e r / f r e e z e rH est
l vi
ng
Super Adjustable Super Erecta Shelving
Metroseal 3 Finish
• Corrosion Resistant — 12 year warranty against rust and corrosion.
• Unique Shelf Design: Super Adjustable™ offers the patented shelf release lever
for fast and easy shelf adjustment at 1" (25mm) increments.
• Microban® antimicrobial product protection built-in.
• For ordering information, see pages 36-37.
A Metro Exclusive
R
Super Erecta Pro™ Shelving
Traditional style, uniquely suited for coolers.
• Corrosion Resistant — patented Metroseal 3 epoxy is warranteed
against rust and corrosion for 12 years. Removable polymer shelf
mats are warranteed against corrosion for life.
• Microban® antimicrobial product protection inhibits the growth of
mold, mildew and bacteria.
• Durable —polymer shelf mats withstand the rigors of daily use.
• Cleanable — lift off shelf mats are sized to fit in a sink or commercial
dish washer making cleaning a snap.
For ordering information, see pages 32-35
R
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
143
C o o l e r / f r e e z e r st o r a g e — P o l y m e r sh e l vi n g
Store it Safe, Keep it Clean, Keep it Organized . . .
MetroMax iQ™ Cold Storage Systems.
MetroMax Q™
Perfect for meat, produce, deli and dairy coolers or freezers.
• Perfect for Cooler Storage.
• Corrosion Resistant — 15 year warranty against rust and corrosion.
• Microban® Antimicrobial product protection is built into shelves and all touch
points inhibiting the growth of mold, mildew and bacteria.
• Lift-off shelf mats make cleaning a snap.
For part numbers and
accessory selection,
see pages 16 and 22-29.
• Built-in levers for easy shelf adjustment.
• Grid and solid shelf mats are available.
R
MetroMax i™
The ultimate solution for damp, cold environments.
• The best solution for cooler or freezer storage.
• Corrosion Proof — Lifetime Warranty against rust and corrosion.
• Microban® Antimicrobial product protection is built into shelves and all touch
points inhibiting the growth of mold, mildew and bacteria.
• Lift-off shelf mats make cleaning a snap.
•Grid and solid shelf mats are available.
For part numbers and
accessory selection,
see pages 12 and 22-29.
A Metro Exclusive
144
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Take advantage
of our layout and
design services.
> “Space Audits” to maximize your storage potential
We’ll measure your space, assess your storage needs and generate a quotation
and detailed drawings.
> Product Planning and Room Layout
Our team of architectural consultants are ready to support your room layout
needs with computer aided drafting. Our drawings take the guess work out of the
planning process.
> Project Quoting and Management
Whether your Metro storage needs are small or you are stocking a complete
facility, together our Sales Professionals and their Sales Support and Customer
Service teams will work with you to ensure your project is a success.
> 3D Product and Application Visualization
With state of the art computer generated imagery, Metro’s Sales Support team
can help you visualize our products in your space or future space….
Not in the USA? Look on the back cover of your catalog for the contact information you need.
Start the
process today.
Log on to
www.metro.com
to locate a
representative
near you.
146
electronics & cleanroom
products
Carts, Covers & ESD Accessories................................148-155
PCB Handling............................................................156-161
Tote Boxes, Bins & Accessories...................................162-163
Clean Tables, Carts & Gowning Room Products.........164-169
147
H i gh - D e n s i t y S t o rage
Open Starsys™ System
Metro’s Open Starsys System is a productivity focused, high-density transport and
storage system that adapts to change and provides safe and comfortable access to the
material it stores. The optional full-extension shelf offers increased storage capacity
compared to standard shelving and carts. Design a unit to fit your needs following the
3 simple steps as provided below.
ESD Classification: Conductive (Stationary and Mobile ESD units only).
I. Select a Shell
Shells are available in single, double, or triple wide dimensions to accommodate
interior shelves, either stationary or full extension. Select your desired shell
from the 12 available models below. Each shell comes complete with top and
bottom wire shelves, posts with slotted inserts, footplates (for stationary
models) or extended base with 5" (127mm) swivel and brake casters (for mobile
models), and necessary hardware. Triple-wide units also include one pair of
intermediate posts to create a single wide and double wide bay to accommodate
available shelves.
Shells
Description
Mobile/
Stationary
High/
Low
(in.)
Outside Dimensions
Depth/Width/Height
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Single Wide
Single Wide
Single Wide
Single Wide
Stationary
Stationary
Mobile
Mobile
Low
High
Low
High
215/8x2115/16x4413/16
215/8 x2115/16x723/8
277/8x2211/16x503/4
277/8x2211/16x7113/16
702x557x1138
702x557x1838
708x576x1289
708x576x1824
27
38
65
106
12.2
17.2
29.5
48.0
SXRS45OSQ
SXRS72OSQ
SXRS51OMQ
SXRS72OMQ
SXRS51OMQESD
SXRS72OMQESD
Double Wide
Double Wide
Double Wide
Double Wide
Stationary
Stationary
Mobile
Mobile
Low
High
Low
High
215/8x413/4x4413/16
215/8x413/4x723/8
277/8x 421/2x503/4
277/8x 421/2x7113/16
702x1060x1138
702x1060x1838
708x1080x1289
708x1080x1824
56
66
105
118
25.4
29.4
46.7
52.5
SXRD45OSQ
SXRD72OSQ
SXRD51OMQ
SXRD72OMQ
SXRD51OMQESD
SXRD72OMQESD
Triple Wide
Triple Wide
Triple Wide
Triple Wide
Stationary
Stationary
Mobile
Mobile
Low
High
Low
High
215/8x619/16x4413/16
215/8x619/16x723/8
277/8x625/16x503/4
277/8x625/16x7113/16
702x1570x1138
702x1570x1838
708x1583x1289
708x1583x1824
55
75
140
150
24.5
34.0
62.3
68.0
SXRT45OSQ
SXRT72OSQ
SXRT51OMQ
SXRT72OMQ
SXRT51OMQESD
SXRT72OMQESD
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
ESD*
*Mobile ESD Units include conductive aluminum shroud and grounding cable. All standard stationary units are ESD safe.
All units shown above are shipped knocked-down. Contact your local Metro representative if factory assembly is required.
SXRD45OSQ
SXD45OSQ
SXRD72OSQ
SXRD51OMQ
SXD72OSQ
SXD51OMQ
SXRD72OMQ
SXD72OMQ
SXRS45OSQ
SXRS72OSQ SXRS51OMQ
SXRS72OMQ
SXS45OSQ
SXS72OSQ SXS51OMQ
SXS72OMQ
Note: Dotted vertical lines
shown within double
wide and triple wide
shells represent possible
intermediate post
locations.
148
SXRT45OSQ
SXRT72OSQ
SXRT51OMQ
SXRT72OMQ
SXT45OSQ
SXT72OSQ
SXT51OMQ
SXT72OMQ
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
H i gh - D e n s i t y S t o rage
II. Select Desired Configuration
A
Double and triple wide units (SXRD and SXRT models) may be internally divided into vertical bays to
accommodate single or double wide shelves as desired. Two intermediate posts are required between
each bay and come with appropriate mounting hardware. Select required intermediate posts as
specified below:
B
Double Wide Unit (top view)
A —One intermediate post required to enclose back of double wide unit if only double wide shelves
are being used (2 back panels required).
D
B — Two intermediate posts required to divide double wide unit into 2 vertical bays that
accommodate single wide shelves.
C
E
C — Two intermediate posts required as standard components with all triple wide units to segment
into 1-single wide and 1-double wide vertical bay that accommodates single and double wide
shelves as desired.
Triple Wide Unit (top view)
– Standard posts
– Optional posts
D —One additional intermediate post is required to enclose back of triple wide unit with back panels
(3 back panels required).
E — Two additional intermediate posts required on triple wide units to segment into 3-single wide
vertical bays that accommodate single wide shelves as desired (3 back panels required if rear
enclosure desired).
Intermediate Posts
Description
Outside Dimensions
Length/Diameter
(mm)
Fits Shells
Intermediate Post – Low Units
Intermediate Post – High Mobile Units
Intermediate Post – High Stationary Units
SXRS45/51, SXRD45/51, SXRT45/51
SXRS72, SXRD72, SXRT72 (Mobile)
SXRS72, SXRD72, SXRT72 (Stationary)
(in.)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
371/8x15/8 943x41.3
1473x41.3
58x15/8
641/4x15/8 1632x41.3
3
31/4
31/2
Cat. No.
SXR37IP
SXR58IP
SXR65IP
1.3
1.4
1.6
List
Price
Each
120.36
III. Select Desired Shelves
Shelves are available in stationary or full extension styles that can be installed at any location on a post within a shell at 1"
(25.4mm) increments. Stationary shelves include necessary mounting clips and each full-extension shelf includes one pair
of shelf glides with a right-hand lock button to prevent shelf movement while mobile. Stationary and full-extension shelves
can be utilized together in the same shell.*
Shelving
Description
Stationary Shelf
Stationary Shelf
Full Extension Shelf
Full Extension Shelf
Single Wide/
Double Wide
Single
Double
Single
Double
Weight Capacity†
(lbs.) (kg)
150
300
60
125
68
136
27.2
56.6
Outside Dimension
Depth/Width/Height
(in.)
(mm)
219/16x193/4x115/16
219/16x391/2x115/16
219/16x161/2x11/2
219/16x363/8x115/16
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
548x502x33
548x1003x33
548x419x38
548x924x33
10 4.5
20 9.0
12 5.4
22 10.0
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
SXRSWQ-KD
SXRDWQ-KD
SXRSWAR-KD
SXRDWAR-KD
122.40
161.71
172.38
229.50
†Weight capacities shown are based on uniformly distributed loads.
*Full-extension shelves can be positioned within a unit up to, and including, a maximum height of 48” (1219mm) above the floor. Only one shelf of the equipment opened at any
one time; excluding transport, where all shelves should be closed and the locking mechanism engaged.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
149
H i gh - D e n s i t y S t o rage
IV. Select Accessories
Select desired accessories as shown below.
Enclosures
Choose from available top, side, or back enclosures to protect unit contents. Top enclosure kits include top shelf inlay
and facia required to dress off all 4 shelf edges.
Description
High/Low
Fits
Pair Side Panels
Low
All Widths
1x1911/16x361/2
Pair Side Panels
Pair Side Panels
High Mobile
High Stationary
All Widths
All Widths
Back Panel
Back Panel
Back Panel
Low
High Mobile
High Stationary
Top Enclosure Kit
Top Enclosure Kit
Top Enclosure Kit
Low & High
Low & High
Low & High
(in.)
Outside Dimensions
Depth/Width/Height
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
25.4x500x927
111/2
5.2
SXR36SDPNL
1x19 /16x58
1x1911/16x64
25.4x500x1473
25.4x500x1651
171/2
191/2
7.9
8.7
SXR58SDPNL
SXR64SDPNL
All Widths*
All Widths*
All Widths*
13/4x1911/16x361/2
13/4x1911/16x58
13/4x1911/16x64
44.5x500x927
44.5x500x1473
44.5x500x1625
6
10
111/2
2.7
4.5
5.1
SXR36BKPNL
SXR58BKPNL
SXR64BKPNL
Single Wide
Double Wide
Triple Wide
217/8x221/8x1/8
217/8x417/8x1/8
217/8x613/4x1/8
556x562x3.2
556x1064x3.2
556x1568x3.2
51/2
10
131/2
2.5
4.5
6.0
SXRSTEK
SXRDTEK
SXRTTEK
11
List
Price
Each
184.00
*NOTE: Number of panels needed enclose back of units: Single wide = 1; Double wide = 2; Triple wide = 3.
See Section II for number of intermediate posts required.
Post Filler Kits
Used to fill the unused slots of Starsys posts. Sold 4 to a pack, these poly strips are
available in sizes to fit both end or intermediate posts.
Enclosures
Description
Fits Posts
Low Intermediate
Low End
High Intermediate
High Mobile End
High Stationary End
Filler Strip Kit
Filler Strip Kit
Filler Strip Kit
Filler Strip Kit
Filler Strip Kit
Length
(in.)
(mm)
371/8
431/2
58
641/2
71
943
1105
1473
1638
1803
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
/2
/4
3
/4
1
1
1
3
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
SXR37FSK-4
SXR44FSK-4
SXR58FSK-4
SXR65FSK-4
SXR71FSK-4
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
Miscellaneous Accessories
Use optional accessories below to customize a unit to desired configuration.
Description
Fits
SXRSWQ-KD, SXRSWAR-KD
SXRDWQ-KD, SXRDWAR-KD
All Units
All Internal Shelves
All Internal Shelves
Label Holder
Label Holder
Handle
Ledge
Divider
Outside Dimensions
Length/Width/Height
(in.)
(mm)
161/2Lx11/2H
419Lx38H
924Lx38H
363/8Lx11/2H
19x4x4
483x102x102
151/4x3/4x41/8 387x19x105
533x17x76
21x5/8x3
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
/4
/4
51/4
2
21/2
9990P7
9990P8
SXREHAN-KD
SXRSLDG*
SXRSLFDIV
1
1
0.1
0.1
2.3
0.9
1.1
*NOTE: Ledge can be used as both a back and a side ledge. For use as a back ledge, order same number of ledges as width of shelf
(e.g., single wide = 1, double wide = 2).
Label Holder
Handle
Divider
Ledge
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
150
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
List
Price
Each
9.80
17.00
202.00
23.97
34.17
E l ectr o n i cs C arts / C o v ers
Benchside Cart —
16.70
Metro’s Benchside Tote Cart allows workers to position bins, totes, cartons, boxes, or
sub-assemblies at an angle conducive to repetitive pick-and-place operations. Each
unit comes with a 45° slanted top shelf, standard Super Erecta Shelf at bottom, four
casters (two with brakes), conductive plastic split sleeves, and a grounding cable.
• Positions totes, boxes, or sub-assemblies at an angle conducive to efficient pickand-place operation
• Accommodates miscellaneous totes, cartons, or other items
• Uses minimal amount of available floor space
• Offers easy mobility and holds cart stationary at desired location
• Provides for dissipation of electrostatic charges
ESD Classification: Conductive
Width
(in.) (mm)
18 457
Length
(in.) (mm)
(in.)
24
39 991 (Rear)
30 760 (Front)
610
Height
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
39 17.7
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
EBC313BBR
430.00
Benchside Cart with
Grounding Cable.
Metro tote boxes
sold separately,
See page 162.
ESD Covers
Metro’s ESD Cart Covers provide an effective method of controlling electrostatic
discharge while protecting cart contents from contamination and moisture.
• Unique slip resistant texture.
• Metro’s ESD Cart Covers leave no black carbon residue and clean easily with mild
detergents and water and are flame retardant and resist the growth of bacteria,
fungus, and mildew.
• All ESD Covers include a flap on one side, zipper closures, and a paperwork pouch
sized to accommodate 81/2"x11" (216x279mm) documents.
ESD Classification: Conductive outer surface and static dissipative inner surface.
Fits Shelf Size
(in.)
(mm)
Post Height
(in.)
(mm)
Weight
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x36
18x48
355x914
355x1219
63 1600
63 1600
3.5
4.5
1.54
2.04
18x36x62ESD
18x48x62ESD
447.00
502.00
24x24
24x36
24x48
24x60
610x610
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
63
63
63
63
3.0 4.5
6.0
7.5
1.36
2.04
2.72
3.40
24x24x62ESD
24x36x62ESD
24x48x62ESD
24x60x62ESD
447.00
467.00
542.00
587.00
1600
1600
1600
1600
ESD Cart Cover
Static Discharge Classifications
All items shown in this catalog with an
ESD classification of conductive or static
dissipative conform to the standards and
testing procedures as prescribed per: EIA
Standard 541, MIL-HDBK-263A and EOS/
ESD-S11.11-1993.
These classifications are dependent upon
the proper combination of products as
specified throughout this catalog. If
modifications to a standard unit are required
to make it ESD safe, it will be noted in the
ESD Classification section.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
151
E l ectr o n i cs C asters
Stem Casters —
11.20
9.05
Use with Super Erecta®/Super Adjustable™ posts (shown below) to meet your special needs. Each caster comes
with a donut bumper at no extra charge. 5MDA series provides extra shock absorption while the 5MP series is
long-wearing and resists abrasion. 5M series is the most economical caster offered. 5MFA series are designed
to dampen vibration and offer superior rollability and maneuverability.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive
5M
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load
Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
200
200
250
250
300
300
300
300
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
90
90
111
111
135
135
135
135
Type
Wheel Tread
Material
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Resilient
Resilient
High Modulus Donut
High Modulus Donut
High Modulus
High Modulus
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
21/2
23/4
21/2
25/8
21/2
23/4
21/8
21/4
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.17
1.1
1.2
.94
1
Cat. No.
Super Erecta
List
Price
Each
5M
5MB
5MDA
5MDBA
5MFA
5MFBA
5MP
5MPB
32.50
39.50
32.50
39.50
59.00
65.50
51.50
58.00
Note: Load Height for all casters — 63/32" ±1/16" (155±1.5mm).
5MDA
Super Erecta Conductive Stem Casters —
11.21
When used in conjunction with aluminum split sleeves and a grounding cable, Metro’s conductive
casters ensure mobile units are properly grounded to ESD floor surfaces. New 5MESD series are
non-carbon loaded and will not mark expensive ESD floors.
ESD Classification: Conductive
5MFA
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
5
5
5
5
127
127
127
127
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load
Rating
(lbs.)
(kg)
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
175
175
200
200
32
32
32
32
79
79
91
91
Type
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Brake
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
21/2
23/4
21/2
23/4
5MC
5MBC
5MESD
5MBESD
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.2
List
Price
Each
57.50
64.00
71.50
79.00
Note 1: Load Height for all casters — 63/32" ±1/16" (155±1.5mm).
Note 2: Brakes are foot-operated for 5MC series
Note 3: Brakes are toe-operated for 5MESD series.
Site-Select™ Posts
are grooved
at 1" (25mm)
increments
and numbered
at 2" (50mm)
increments. Posts
are multi-grooved
every 8" (203mm)
for easy shelf
location.
152
Super Erecta®/Super Adjustable™ SiteSelect™ Posts for Stem Casters —
10.01a
Provided without leveling bolt assembly to accept stem casters.
Height
(in.)
(mm)
337/8
54
62
74
86
1.800.992.1776
•
861
1370
1575
1880
2185
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Plated
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
2
3
31/2
4
5
33UP
54UP
63UP
74UP
86UP
33UPS
54UPS
63UPS
74UPS
86UPS
54.00
59.50
67.00
74.50
87.00
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
WWW.M E TRO.COM
K i tt i n g C arts
Kitting Carts —
51.07
Metro Kitting Carts provide efficient handling of totes, PCB carriers, trays, or other
material handling containers. Totes for use with these carts may be found on page
162, and PCB carriers on page 157.
• Available in single, double, or triple bay configurations.
• Available with 2-brake and 2-swivel casters in your choice of resilient rubber or
polyurethane tread.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive by utilizing
GCB16S grounding bracket and ASK16S grounding cable found on page 155).
Width/Length
(mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
660x574
660x574
68 1727
Resilient
56 25.2
68 1727 Polyurethane 56 25.2
PT1C-5M* PT1C-5MP*
567.00
670.00
26x205/8 to 293/8 523 to 746x660
26x205/8 to 293/8 523 to 746x660
68 1727
Resilient
54 24.3
68 1727 Polyurethane 54 24.3
APT1C-5M APT1C-5MP
772.00
851.00
660x1060
660x1060
68 1727
Resilient
73 32.8
68 1727 Polyurethane 73 32.8
PT2C-5M** PT2C-5MP**
753.00
874.00
660x1545
660x1545
68 1727
Resilient
117 52.6
68 1727 Polyurethane 117 52.6
PT3C-5M***
959.00
PT3C-5MP*** 1,045.00
(in.)
Casters
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Single-Bay
26x225/8
26x225/8
Adjustable Single-Bay
APT1C-5MP
(Shown with optional "Extra Slides"
and Metro Dividers Boxes)
Double-Bay
26x413/4
26x413/4
Triple-Bay
26x607/8
26x607/8
*Single‑bay carriers are equipped with six S3C single slides (3 sets).
**Double‑bay carriers are equipped with six S3C single slides (3 sets) and three S4C double slides.
***Triple‑bay carriers are equipped with six S3C single slides (3 sets) and six S4C double slides (3 sets).
Also available without slides. Order with catalog nunbers PTN1, PTN2, PTN3.
Extra Slides
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Description
13/16x24 17x610
13/16x24 17x610
Combination Single Slide
Combination Double Slide
End Stops for the S3C Slide
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
1.5
1.6
S3C
S4C
9950Z
25.50
37.50
7.70
.67
.72
PT2C-5M
(Shown with optional
Metro Divider Boxes)
PT3C-5M
(Shown with optional
Metro Divider Boxes)
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
153
S M T R ee l S he l v i n g / S M T S T E N C IL S T O R A G E
SMT Reel Shelving (Super Erecta) —
51.09
Metro’s Super Erecta-based SMT Component Reel Shelving offers an efficient method
of storage and transport for standard size component reels. These Super Erecta Brite
plated shelves can be mixed and matched with standard Super Erecta shelving, posts, and
casters to create a reel handling and storage system to address the exacting needs of
PCB manufacturers.
ESD Classification: Conductive with the use of conductive plastic split sleeves which
are included with each shelf (see next page), and 5MESD conductive casters for mobile
applications (found on page 152).
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Handles
Reel Sizes
(in.) (mm)
Reel*
Capacity
Compartment
Opening (I.D.)
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
18 457
18 457
36 914
36 914
3.75 95
4.25 108
7 178
10 254
78
15
.625 27
2
50
11.0 5
7.5 3.4
Cat. No.
R1836BR-7 123.00
R1836BR-13 112.00
Note 1: Capacity given is per shelf.
Note 2: Capacity shown assumes standard reels (per EIS standards) are used. As the widths of these reels vary,
capacity may increase if multiple reels can be fit into single compartments. Refer to Compartment Opening
column above to determine actual capacity.
See page 152 for Conductive Casters.
Reel Shelving
SMT Stencil Frame Rack (Super Erecta) —
10.01a 10.10a
Select Super Erecta posts, shelves and dividers to create a
compartmentalized Stencil Storage unit to fit your requirements.
See page 42 for shelves and posts and page 55 for dividers.
Available in durable chrome plating or Type 304 Stainless Steel.
ESD Classification: Conductive with the use of conductive split sleeves
(see next page) and 5MESD conductive casters for mobile applications
(see page 152).
SMT Stencil Frame Rack
154
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
List
Price
Each
E S D C o n tr o l P r o d u cts
ESD Label Holders —
51.20
51.35
Conductive label holders, for use with Super Erecta® wire shelves and open MetroMax Q
ESD frames, are available in 3" (76mm) and 37" (940mm) lengths.
Cat. No. 9990PESD (3" [76mm] long)
Cat. No. 9990P6ESD (37" [940mm] long)
9990PESD
Super Erecta Conductive Plastic Split Sleeves —
51.15
Required for Super Erecta Shelving ESD applications. Four sets of sleeves to a bag.
Cat. No. 9985-ESD
Super Adjustable™ ESD Kits (not shown) —
9985-ESD
51.15
For ESD protected environments. Kit includes conductive releases (4), wedges (4), and
sleeves (4).
Cat. No. AESDA2-KIT
Super Adjustable™ Conductive Sleeves. Set of 4.
Cat. No. AESDA2-4
Aluminum Split Sleeves —
10.06
Required for Super Erecta Shelving over-the-road applications and high temperature
situations (+120°F).
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Aluminum Split Sleeves with Zinc Rings
Aluminum Split Sleeves with Stainless Rings
9986Z
9986S
10.20
15.50
9986Z
Conductive Cart Covers —
51.14
51.35
Recommended for protection and cleanliness of ESD sensitive materials on Metro Super
Erecta carts. For available sizes and model numbers see pages 151 and 160.
Grounding Cable and Bracket (not shown) —
51.20
Allows grounding of Metro units with a tubular frame at the bottom level
(e.g. Metro Kitting Carts and Benchside PCB Truck models).
Cat. No. GCB16S
Grounding Cable —
51.20
Provides an effective method of electrostatic discharge for any Metro Super Erecta unit
(stationary or mobile) when used in conjunction with aluminum split sleeves or ESD kit
and conductive casters (page 152). Metro's Grounding Cables ensure a proper path to
ground when used with ESD flooring.
Cat. No. ASKCR (screws onto wire snake frame)
ASKCR
Cat. No. ASK16S (spring-loaded clamp attachment)
ASK16S
Grounding Cable and Universal Bracket (not shown) —
51.20
Universal bracket fits wire and solid shelves, as well as open-wire frames.
Cat. No. GCB16SA
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
155
PCB Handling
Horizontal Hold Carts — Standard-Duty (CBH Style) —
Horizontal Hold (CBH)
Benchside Model
51.03
Safety and convenience are provided in this durable mobile unit.
• Adjustable panels with horizontal slides feature 5/8" (13mm) spacing for high-density loading.
• Ideal for transporting work-in process and storing large quantities of boards.
• Open stainless steel panels allow for airflow and conductivity, and have slides that accept boards up to
1
/8" (3mm) thick.
• Standard units include 2 end panels only. Optional center panel shown below.
ESD Classification: Conductive
Benchside Models
Maximum
Board Size
(in.)
(mm)
221/2x301/4
221/2x421/4
Capacity
Full-Size
Boards
571x768
571x1073
Capacity 111/ 2" Capacity 111/ 2"
(292mm)
(292mm)
Boards
Boards
without with One
Center Panel
Center Panel
53
53
106
106
212
212
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36
24x48
Height
(in.) (mm)
610x914
610x1219
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
50 1270
50 1270
81 36.4
85 38.2
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CBH534BC
CBH554BC
1,604.00
1,619.00
Double-Sided Center Panel for CBH Horizontal Hold Carts
(Includes one stop bar, knobs, and holding brackets).
Width
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
24 610
41 1041
Thickness
Outside/Inside
(in.)
(mm)
11/4x15/16
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
31.7x20.5
22
9.9
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CBHP2
612.00
Horizontal Hold Carts — Heavy-Duty (CBL Style) —
51.04
High-density cart with 3/8" (8mm) deep slides for positive board capture provide 48 levels for circuit
boards and 11/16" (18mm) on center spacing for volume loading. Standard units include two end, and
one center panel. Height: 68" (1727mm).
• Center panel (included) features slides on both sides.
• Slides accept boards up to 221/2" (571mm) long and up to 1/2" (12.7mm) thick.
ESD Classification: Conductive
Maximum Board Size
without Center Panel
(in.)
(mm)
221/2x301/4 571x768
221/2x421/4 571x1073
Capacity
111/2" (279mm) Boards without
Center Panel
Capacity
111/2" (279mm)
Boards with
Center Panel
96
96
192
192
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36 610x914
24x48 610x1219
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
105 47.2
120 54.1
CBL536BC
CBL556BC
2,674.00
2,704.00
Double-Sided Center Panel for CBL Horizontal Hold Carts
(in.)
Width/Length
(mm)
231/2x371/4
596x946
Thickness
(in.) (mm)
15/8 40.6
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
24 10.8
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CBLP2
838.00
High-Temperature Kit
Description
Horizontal Hold (CBL) Model
156
High-Temperature Kit
(Includes 4 high-temperature casters (two with brakes), two
“Caution Hot” labels, and 4 metal post caps. Required for
temperatures over 160°F (70°C). Kit good to 400°F (205°C).
Label Identification Kit (Contains two labels)
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
13 5.8
HTK-1
473.00
IDK-1L
50.00
PCB Handling
PCB Hand-Held Carriers —
51.05
The safe, efficient way to carry delicate printed circuit boards. System features
adjustable panels with 5/8" (13mm) slide spacing that accommodate boards up to
1
/8" (3mm) thick. Hi-temperature phenolic knobs can be used in applications with up
to 400°F [204°C] continuous temperatures.
• Units carry up to 20 full-size boards; optional double-sided center panels increase
capacity of carriers.
• Two width sizes available to accommodate additional center panels.
• Stackable design permits up to three carriers of the same size to be stacked
vertically, saving floor space.
• Units can be transported and stored on Metro® Kitting Carts found on page 153.
ESD Classification: Conductive
Width/Length (in.)
(mm)
121/2x171/2 315x445
121/2x241/4 315x615
Height
(in.) (mm)
183/16 460
183/16 460
Maximum
Board Size
(in.)
(mm)
Capacity
Full-Size
Boards
13x12
330x305
191/4x12 490x305
20
20
Capacity with
12"x 6" (305x150mm)
Boards and Optional
Center Panels
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
Per Unit
(lbs.)
(kg)
40 (1 Center Panel) 10
60 (2 Center Panels) 103/4
4.5
4.8
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CBC11C 159.00
CBC13C 167.00
PCB Hand-Held Carrier
Double-Sided Center Panels for PCB Carriers
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
121/2x7/8
315x20.3
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
151/8 385
6
2.7
PCB Handling Accessories for Metro Containers —
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CBCP2C
116.00
16.65
Quickly and easily convert your Metro totes (found on pages 162-163) into an
effective PCB handling system with the addition Metro PCB Grid Boards.
Metro PCB Grid Boards
Place inside standard Metro totes to provide a pattern of slots where boards can be
captured by the bottom edge. Three different size PCB Grid Boards are available in
both Bentron conductive and Benstat static dissipative materials to fit the TB91000,
TB92000, and TB93000 series footprints.
Fits Series #
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Width
(in.) (mm)
TB91000
TB92000
TB93000
87/8 225
145/16 364
20
508
63/8 165
9
229
177/8 454
Depth
(in.) (mm)
/8
/8
5
/8
5
5
13
13
13
Slot Rows
Length/Width
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No.*
List
Price
Each
12x17 305x432
17x29 432x736
29x39 736x990
GB91005
GB92005
GB93005
29.93
42.00
62.48
PCB Grid Board
*Add appropriate material suffix (BAS-Benstat or CAS-Bentron). For example, GB91005BAS.
PCB Grid Board in Metro Tote
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
157
P C B H a n d l i n g — S m art T ra y
™
S y ste m
SmartTray™ System
Designed to maximize productivity by
accelerating throughput, minimizing PCB
handling damage and providing superior ESD
protection. The 18"x26" (457x660mm) footprint
handles multiple-sized boards.
• The ESD-safe SmartTray facilitates efficient
tracking of work-in-process and finished goods
with the use of bar code technology.
• Supports lean manufacturing by offering
color-coding accessories that clearly identify
trays and carts.
SmartTray™ features barcoding and color coding, and stacks with other trays
of the same footprint.
• Molded from Metrostat,™ a material offering
premium ESD protection.
• SmartTray fits all Metro tray cart systems as well
as competitive bottom-loaded models and most
tray based cart systems in today’s marketplace.
SmartTray™ engages with wire cart design to provide
optimum ergonomic access.
SmartTray Cart System —
51.35
Cat. No. CBNTC20M
(shown with accessories)
Ergonomic Handles (2)
SmartTray™
Stacking Area
Cart Color Coding
ESD Label Holder
(Label not Included)
ESD Paperwork Basket
SmartTray™ Color Label
SmartTray™
(shown with inlay)
Stop Bars (2)
(front & back)
Vibration Suppression Casters
(2 Brake/2 Swivel)
158
1.800.992.1776
ESD Grounding Cable
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
P C B H a n d l i n g — S m art T ra y
SmartTray™ System —
™
S y ste m
51.35
• Shelves, posts, slides, handles and stop bars: ESD safe, chrome-plated finish.
• Casters: 5" (127mm) stem/swivel vibration suppression casters (5MFA series). Two brake, two swivel casters.
SmartTray Cart Solutions (cart with trays and tray inlays)
• Choose between Metro’s premium two-layer tray inlay or the economy inlay (see ESD Tray Inlay section below for more information).
Description
Front-load cart with SmartTrays (20)
and tray inlays (20)
Front-load cart with SmartTrays (30)
and tray inlays (30)
Side-load cart with SmartTrays (20)
and tray inlays (20)
Front-load cart with SmartTrays (20)
and tray inlays (20)
Front-load cart with SmartTrays (30)
and tray inlays (30)
Side-load cart with SmartTrays (20)
and tray inlays (20)
Tray
Inlay Type*
Tray
Capacity
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Premium
Premium
Premium
Economy
Economy
Economy
20
13/4 44
28x22
30
13/4 44
20
List
Price
Each
711x559
49 1245
160 72.5
CBNTC20MSOL1
2,725.00
28x22
711x559
63 1600
217 98
CBNTC30MSOL1
3,662.00
13/4 44
22x30
559x762
49 1245
160 72.5
CBNTCS20MSOL1
2,725.00
20
13/4
44
28x22
711x559
49 1245
160 72.5
CBNTC20MSOL2
2,571.00
30
13/4
44
28x22
711x559
63 1600
217 98
CBNTC30MSOL2
3,431.00
20
13/4
44
22x30
559x762
49 1245
160 72.5
CBNTCS20MSOL2
2,571.00
Cat. No.
Note: Refer to Tray Inlay and SmartTray section below for technical and electrical property information
Metrostat SmartTray™
Description
ESD molded fiberglass tray
Color
Maximum
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
(in.)
Outside Dimensions
Width/Length
(mm)
Black
150 68
253/4x173/4
Inside Dimensions
Width/Length
(mm)
Height
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
654x451
2315/16x1515/16
608x405
11/8
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
28.6
3 1.36
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CBNTC-MTRAY
47.00
Note 1: Tray load rating shown above is based on evenly distributed load in conveyor applications.
Note 2: SmartTrays stack efficiently by themselves, as well as with competitive tray designs of the same dimension.
Note 3: SmartTrays are compatible with all bottom-loaded tray based cart systems, both Metro and non-Metro.
Note 4: SmartTrays can be personalized with a company logo. Minimum quantities and extended lead times apply. Contact your Metro Representative for more information.
CBNTC-MTRAY Electrical Properties
Property
RTT Resistance
RTG Resistance
Surface Resistivity
Test Method
Value
ESD S4.1-1997
ESD S4.1-1997
ANSI/EOS/ESD-S11.11-1993
1.8x10^5-1.4x10^7 Ohms
1.4x10^6-2.8x10^6 Ohms
1.0x10^6-9.9x10^9 Ohms/Sq.
ESD Tray Inlays
Description
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Thickness
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
24.125x16.1 612x410
0.06 1.5
1.5
0.68
CBTC-INLAY01*
42.50
24x16.125
0.125 3
1.5
0.68
CBNTC-INLAY02**
33.50
Color
Premium rubber inlay, two layer
Economy vinyl inlay, single-layer
Blue (topside)/
Black (bottomside)
Blue
610x410
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
*CBTC-INLAY01 offers maximum ESD protection, as well as superior resistance to heat, abrasion, and chemicals. The soft dissipative top layer makes it ideal for use in soldering and
assembly areas. Easy to clean and maintain.
**CBNTC-INLAY02 provides soft-surface inlay for cushioned PCB transport. Inlay provides static dissipative ESD protection. Not recommended for use in soldering and assembly applications.
CBNTC-INLAY02 Electrical Properties
CBTC-INLAY01 Electrical Properties
Property
RTT Resistance
RTG Resistance
Test Method
Value
ESD S4.1-1997
ESD S4.1-1997
4.6x10^6-9.0x10^6 Ohms
2.3x10^6-4.7x10^6 Ohms
Property
RTT Resistance
RTG Resistance
Test Method
Value
ESD S4.1-1997
ESD S4.1-1997
1.2x10^7-9.0x10^7 Ohms
1.4x10^7-2.0x10^7 Ohms
SmartTray Carts
Description
Front-Load Cart (short)
Front-Load Cart (tall)
Side-Load Cart
Tray
Capacity
No.
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
20
30
20
13⁄4 44
13⁄4 44
13⁄4 44
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
28x22
28x22
22x30
711x559
711x559
559x762
Height
(in.) (mm)
49 1245
63 1600
49 1245
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
80
97
80
36
44
36
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
CBNTC20M
CBNTC30M
CBNTCS20M
1,084.00
1,202.00
1,084.00
Note: CBNTC20M and CBNTCS20M are each load rated at 25 lbs. per level/500lbs. per cart. CBNTC30M is load rated at 20 lbs. per level/600 lbs. per cart.
Note: Each cart comes complete with 4 vibration suppression casters (2 brake/2 swivel), a grounding cable, 2 push handles (except CBNTC30M), and 2 stop bars.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
159
P C B H a n d l i n g — S m art T ra y
SmartTray™ Accessories —
™
S y ste m
51.35
ESD Cart Covers
Conductive on the outside and static dissipative on the inside. Cover material is durable
and comes standard with brass zippered front flap and side paperwork pouch.
Cat. No. CBNTC-CC20
Fits SmartTray Cart #CBNTC20M
Cat. No. CBNTC-CC30
Fits SmartTray Cart #CBNTC30M
Cat. No. CBNTC-CCS20
Fits SmartTray Cart #CBNTCS20M
ESD Cart Covers
ESD Label Holders —
51.15
Conductive label holders, for use with wire shelves and open MetroMax Q ESD frames,
are available in 3" (76mm) and 37" (940mm) lengths.
Cat. No. 9990PESD (3" [76mm] long)
Cat. No. 9990P6ESD (37" [940mm] long)
ESD Label Holder
ESD Paperwork Basket
Store work order information, inspection record and other accompanying
documentation in this convenient, durable and ESD-safe basket. Easy-on, easy-off
design. Not recommended for use with ESD Cart Covers. Measures 13.375"Lx5"Wx7"H
(340x127x178mm).
Cat. No. H209C
Color Shelf Markers
Designed to color code cart.
ESD Paperwork Basket
Tan — Cat. No. CSM6-T
Red — Cat. No. CSM6-R
White — Cat. No. CSM6-W
Yellow — Cat. No. CSM6-Y
Blue — Cat. No. CSM6-B
Color Shelf Markers
Green — Cat. No. CSM6-G
Color Markers measure 6"Lx1.25"H (152x32mm). Order in units of one.
160
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
P C B H a n d l i n g — B as i c T ra y C arts
End Load and Side Load Wire Tray Carts —
13.42
Economical solution for storage and transport of trays. End-load
models provide a large tray landing area, side-load models are highly
space efficient. Choice of 11/2" (38mm) spacing (38 pans) or 3" (76mm)
(20 pans) spacing. UPS shippable, quick, easy no-tool assembly, rolls
easily on 5" (127mm) swivel casters. Durable Super Erecta Brite™ finish.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with
use of 1 bag of conductive plastic split sleeves per shelf and a grounding
cable or conductive casters as found on pages 152 and 155).
Wire Tray Racks
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
21 /4x27 552x685
213/4x27 552x685
69 1752
69 1752
11/2 38
3
76
38 18x26 457x660
19 18x26 457x660
61 27.7
70 31.8
End-Load
End-Load
RE1
RE3
406.00
369.00
191/2x30 495x762
191/2x30 495x762
69 1752
69 1752
11/2 38
3
76
38 18x26 457x660
19 18x26 457x660
61 27.6
70 31.8
Side-Load
Side-Load
RS1
RS3
406.00
369.00
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
3
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
No.
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Accessories
Description
31/2" (90mm) Diameter Rubber Donut Bumper
51/2" (140mm) Diameter Rubber Donut Bumper
Side Load “Knock Down” Carts —
Model
List
Price
Each
9992DB
9992N
9.40
14.60
13.72
Pass-Thru design allows loading and unloading from either side.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with use of 1 bag of conductive plastic
split sleeves per shelf and a grounding cable or conductive casters as found on pages 152 and 155).
(in.)
Width/Height/Depth
(mm)
283/8x641/8x183/4 721x1628x476
283/8x641/8x183/4 721x1628x476
Inside Height
(in.)
(mm)
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
561/2 1435
561/2 1435
3 76
5 127
No.
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
18 18x26 457x660
11 18x26 457x660
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
40 18
38 17.1
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
RT3318N
RT3511N
759.00
700.00
Side Load Cart
Note: 5" (127mm) swivel casters, two with brakes, are standard on units listed above.
Rack packaged in one box and UPS shippable.
End Load “Knock Down” Carts — Single Section —
13.70
Pass-Thru design allows loading and unloading from either side.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with use of 1 bag of conductive plastic
split sleeves per shelf and a grounding cable or conductive casters as found on pages 152 and 155).
(in.)
Width/Height/Depth
(mm)
203/8x641/8x28
203/8x641/8x28
203/8x641/8x28
518x1630x711
518x1630x711
518x1630x711
Inside Height
(in.)
(mm)
Slide
Spacing
(in.) (mm)
557/8 1417
557/8 1417
557/8 1417
3 76
18 18x26 457x660
or 36 14x18 355x457
5 127
11 18x26 457x660
or 22 14x18 355x457
11/2 28
34 18x26 457x660
No.
Pan Capacity
Size
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
53 23.8
RT183N
759.00
50 22.5
RT115N
703.00
55 24.7
RT1334N
759.00
Note: 5" (127mm) swivel casters, two with brakes, are standard on units listed above.
Rack packaged in one box and UPS shippable.
End Load Cart
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
161
Metr o
®
D i v i der T o te B o xes
Divider Totes —
16.65
The Metro Tote Box Line offers safe and
efficient storage of items in bulk, or in
compartmentalized fashion with the use of
optional dividers and covers.
• Can be stored and transported on a variety of
standard Metro Products (e.g. Metro Kitting
Carts found on page 153).
• Manufactured from polypropylene base resins.
• Available in natural gray (NAT), Benstat™ blue
static dissipate (BAS), or Bentron™ black
conductive (CAS) compounds.
• Injection molded for longer life and more
uniform wall thickness.
• For Dip Tube storage applications, use TB95050
series totes.
Totes (sold in carton quantities as shown)
Cu. Cap
(Cu. Ft.)
Length
(in.) (mm)
.10 9 /16
.19 93/16
.24 147/8
.59 15
.44 147/8
.60 147/8
.44 205/8
.79 205/8
.97 205/8
1.32 205/8
2.03 205/8
.26 247/8
3
Inside Dimensions
Width
Stack Depth
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
233
233
378
381
378
378
524
524
524
524
524
632
6 /16
69/16
91/4
15
91/4
91/4
155/8
155/8
155/8
155/8
155/8
43/4
9
167
167
235
381
235
235
397
397
397
397
397
121
3
51/2
3
41/2
51/2
71/2
21/2
41/2
51/2
71/2
111/2
41/2
176
138
76
114
138
190
63
114
138
190
292
114
Length
(in.) (mm)
10 /8
107/8
161/2
161/2
161/2
161/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
261/4
7
Outside Dimensions
Width
Height
(in.) (mm)
(in.) (mm)
276
276
419
419
419
419
571
571
571
571
571
667
8 /4
81/4
107/8
161/2
107/8
107/8
171/2
171/2
171/2
171/2
171/2
61/4
1
210
210
276
419
276
276
445
445
445
445
445
159
3 /2
6
31/2
5
6
8
3
5
6
8
12
5
1
89
152
89
127
152
203
76
127
152
203
305
127
Weight
(lb.)
(kg)
37 34
36
35
28
25
36
32
24
21
20
47
16.8
15.4
16.3
15.9
12.7
11.3
16.3
14.5
10.9
9.5
9
21.3
Carton
Qty.*
Est.
Carton
Wt. (lbs.)
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
Cat. No.
Bentron
48
24
24
12
12
6
12
6
6
4
3
24
37
34
36
30
28
19
31
24
24
21
20
49
TB91035NAT
TB91060NAT
TB92035NAT
TB92050NAT
TB92060NAT
TB92080NAT
TB93030NAT
TB93050NAT
TB93060NAT
TB93080NAT
TB93120NAT
TB95050NAT
TB91035BAS
TB91060BAS
TB92035BAS
TB92050BAS
TB92060BAS
TB92080BAS
TB93030BAS
TB93050BAS
TB93060BAS
TB93080BAS
TB93120BAS
TB95050BAS
TB91035CAS
TB91060CAS
TB92035CAS
TB92050CAS
TB92060CAS
TB92080CAS
TB93030CAS
TB93050CAS
TB93060CAS
TB93080CAS
TB93120CAS
TB95050CAS
*Items must be purchased in carton quantities to avoid a broken lot charge.
Pricing based on quantity ordered. Please consult your Metro representative.
Covers**
Type
Snap-on
Insert
Snap-on
Insert
Snap-on
Insert
Est.
Carton
Carton Wt. Qty.* (lbs.)
96
96
48
48
24
24
48
30
23
34
18
18
Fits
Totes
Series
Cat. No.
Clear
PETG
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
Cat. No.
Bentron
Fits
Totes
Series
Cat. No.
Clear
PETG
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
Cat. No.
Bentron
TB91000
—
CO91000NAT CO91000BAS CO91000CAS TB93000
—
CO93000NAT CO93000BAS CO93000CAS
TB91000 CI91000CLR CI91000NAT CI91000BAS CI91000CAS TB93000 CI93000CLR CI93000NAT CI93000BAS CI93000CAS
TB92000
—
CO92000NAT CO92000BAS CO92000CAS
TB92000 CI92000CLR CI92000NAT CI92000BAS CI92000CAS TB95050
—
CI95050NAT CI95050BAS CI95050CAS
TB92050
—
CO92050NAT CO92050BAS CO92050CAS
TB92050
—
CI92050NAT CI92050BAS CI92050CAS
*Items must be purchased in carton quantities to avoid a broken lot charge.
Pricing based on quantity ordered. Please consult your Metro representative.
Note: If totes are to be used with Kitting Carts on page 148, the insert cover must be used.
**When boxes with covers are lip loaded, box weight capacity must not exceed 25 lbs. (11.3kg).
Dividers
Fits Totes
Type
TB91035
TB91060
TB92035
TB92060
TB92080
TB93030
TB93050
TB93060
TB93080
TB92050
TB95050
Long
Long
Long
Long
Long
Long
Long
Long
Long
Est.
Height
Carton Carton
(in.) (mm) Qty.* Wt. (lbs.)
3
51/2
3
51/2
71/2
21/2
41/2
51/2
71/2
41/2
41/2
76
140
76
140
191
64
114
140
191
114
114
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
12
24
21
39
54
25
44
53
72
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
DL91035NAT
DL91060NAT
DL92035NAT
DL92060NAT
DL92080NAT
DL93030NAT
DL93050NAT
DL93060NAT
DL93080NAT
DL91035BAS
DL91060BAS
DL92035BAS
DL92060BAS
DL92080BAS
DL93030BAS
DL93050BAS
DL93060BAS
DL93080BAS
Cat. No.
Bentron
Type
Est.
Carton Carton
Qty.* Wt. (lbs.)
DL91035CAS
Short
96
DL91060CAS
Short
96
DL92035CAS
Short
96
DL92060CAS
Short
96
DL92080CAS
Short
96
DL93030CAS
Short
96
DL93050CAS
Short
96
DL93060CAS
Short
96
DL93080CAS
Short
96
Long/Short 96
Short
96
9
17
13
33
24
34
18
32
40
55
55
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
Cat. No.
Bentron
DS91035NAT
DS91060NAT
DS92035NAT
DS92060NAT
DS92080NAT
DS93030NAT
DS93050NAT
DS93060NAT
DS93080NAT
DS92050NAT
DS95050NAT
DS91035BAS
DS91060BAS
DS92035BAS
DS92060BAS
DS92080BAS
DS93030BAS
DS93050BAS
DS93060BAS
DS93080BAS
DS92050BAS
DS95050BAS
DS91035CAS
DS91060CAS
DS92035CAS
DS92060CAS
DS92080CAS
DS93030CAS
DS93050CAS
DS93060CAS
DS93080CAS
DS92050CAS
DS95050CAS
*Items must be purchased in carton quantities to avoid a broken lot charge.
Pricing based on quantity ordered. Please consult your Metro representative.
Tote Box with Snap-on Cover
162
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
Tote Box with Dividers
Metr o
Card Holders —
®
T o tes a n d B i n s
16.65
Includes snaps to fit all Metro totes. ESD Benstat also available.
Material
Holds Card Size
(in.)
(mm)
Carton
Qty.*
Est.
Carton
Wt. (lbs.)
Benstat
Benstat
5x8
3x5
Cat. No.
127x203
76x129
96
96
10
10
OP2501BAS
OP2535BAS
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
5x8
3x5
127x203
76x129
96
96
10
10
OP2501CLR
OP2535CLR
*Items must be purchased in carton quantities to avoid a broken lot charge.
Pricing based on quantity ordered. Please consult your Metro representative.
Stacking Bins —
Tote Boxes
(shown with Cardholder)
16.65
Metro stacking bins are injection molded from polypropylene base resins in natural gray (NAT), static
dissipative blue Benstat (BAS), or black conductive Bentron (CAS) compounds. All sizes have an open
hopper front for easy access to contents and a slot on the back for use on bin holder bars.
Length
(in.)
(mm)
73/8
107/8
143/4
143/4
8
187
276
375
375
203
Width
(in.)
(mm)
41/8
51/2
81/4
161/2
31/2
105
140
210
419
89
Height
(in.) (mm)
3
5
7
7
41/8
76
127
179
179
105
Carton
Qty.*
Est.
Carton
Wt. (lbs.)
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
Cat. No.
Bentron
48
24
12
6
48
36
25
18
18
39
SB90743NAT
SB91055NAT
SB91587NAT
SB91516NAT
SB90835NAT
SB90743BAS
SB91055BAS
SB91587BAS
SB91516BAS
SB90835BAS
SB90743CAS
SB91055CAS
SB91587CAS
SB91516CAS
SB90835CAS
*Items must be purchased in carton quantities to avoid a broken lot charge.
Pricing based on quantity ordered. Please consult your Metro representative.
Dividers for Bins
Type
Long
Long
Fits
Carton
Qty.*
Est.
Carton
Wt. (lbs.)
Cat. No.
Natural
Polypropylene
Cat. No.
Benstat
Cat. No.
Bentron
SB91516
SB90835
6
48
3
24
DL91516NAT
DI90835NAT
DL91516BAS
DI90835BAS
DL91516CAS
DI90835CAS
Stacking Bins
*Items must be purchased in carton quantities to avoid a broken lot charge.
Pricing based on quantity ordered. Please consult your Metro representative.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
163
G e n u i n e C l ea n r o o m S o l u t i o n s
Good Clean Design
Class Act.
“Independent Testing confirms Metro's Super Erecta® wire shelving/carts,
solid louvered shelving/carts and Clean Tables (Perf) are appropriate for
use in FED. Std. 209E Class 1 (ISO14644: ISO 3) environments.”
Test results available upon request.
Cleanroom Car­ts
• A durable, dependable transport solution that’s easy to maneuver.
• Highly rigid Super Erecta® construction lets you easily adjust shelves at 1" (25mm) increments.
• Each cart consists of 2 handles, indicated number of shelves of material listed, and casters.
18" (457mm) wide carts have 4" (102mm) light-duty casters and are 38" (965mm) high. 21"
(530mm) and 24" (610mm) wide carts have 5" (127mm) light-duty casters providing 375 lbs.
(171kg) of load capacity and are 39" (990mm) high.
• Shipped knocked-down.
For more information, see page 88. For heavier-duty carts, see SP Series Carts on page 89.
MW700 Series shown
Super Erecta® Stainless
Open-Wire Shelving
• The original wire storage and handling
system has become the standard in the
cleanroom industry.
• Manufactured from electro-polished,
Type 304 stainless steel.
• Super Erecta® open-wire design facilitates
maximum laminar airflow.
Refer to pages 37-64 for more information.
Super Erecta Shelf ® All-Stainless Solid Shelving
• Solid shelving is available in four widths and six lengths.
• All-stainless, 18-gauge steel construction with 1/8" (3mm) ship’s edge detail helps contain spills.
• All-stainless design, including stainless cast corners, can be used in cart wash and autoclave
environments. Refer to autoclave guidelines on page 189.
• New accessories include high-temperature autoclave casters and autoclave cart covers.
Refer to pages 188-189 for more information.
All stainless solid shelf with
stainless corners
164
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
P erf T o p C l ea n T ab l es
Class Act.
“Independent Testing confirms Metro’s Super
Erecta® wire shelving/carts, solid louvered
shelving/carts and Clean Tables (Perf) are
appropriate for use in FED. Std. 209E
Class 1 (ISO14644: ISO 3) environments.”
Test results available upon request.
Perf Top Clean Tables —
58.01
Type 304 stainless steel, HD Super™ posts and proven Super Erecta construction
throughout.
• Units are shipped knocked down to minimize freight charges and handling and
can be assembled in minutes.
• All perf top tables feature height adjustable legs (33" to 40" [838 to 1016mm]
in 1" [25mm] increments).
• All tables with overheads have 74" (1880mm) high rear posts.
• Cantilever shelves are sold separately, see below.
• Customize with available accessories.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made
conductive with the addition of H.D. aluminum split sleeves
and a cleanroom grounding cable (found on page 155).
Perf­Top Table
(A) Grid Panel
(C)
Utility Shelf
Perf Top
Top manufactured from 14 gauge, Type 304 electro-polished stainless steel,
with .75" (19mm) holes on 1" (25mm) centers. Support members have satin
finish. Table provides approximately 35% open area.
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
30x36
30x48
30x60
30x72
762x914
762x1219
762x1524
762x1825
Perf Top
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
35
46
58
69
15.9
20.9
26.3
31.3
(B) Monitor Shelf
(D)
Utility Basket
Perf Top with Overhead
Cat. No.
CTP3036S
CTP3048S
CTP3060S
CTP3072S
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
421/2
531/2
651/2
761/2
CTP3036S-H
CTP3048S-H
CTP3060S-H
CTP3072S-H
19.3
24.3
29.7
34.7
Cantilever Shelves for Overhead
All heavy-duty Cantilever shelves are 12" (317mm) wide.
Electro-polished, Type 304 stainless steel.
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Units
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
36
48
60
72
36
48
60
72
61/2
101/2
13
151/2
914
1219
1524
1825
914
1219
1524
1825
2.9
4.8
6
7 Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
1236CHS
1248CHS
1260CHS
1272CHS
178.00
216.00
298.00
330.00
Perf Top Table shown with
Overhead and Optional
Grid Panel and Accessories
Note: Cannot be used with accessory grid panels.
Perf Top Accessory Grid Panels —
58.01
Includes attachment hardware.
Description
Grid Panel (A)
Grid Panel (A)
Grid Panel (A)
Grid Panel (A)
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
33x36
33x48
33x60
33x72
838x914
838x1219
838x1524
838x1829
Fits
Table Length
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
36
48
36
72
134/5
182/5
23
272/5
914
1219
1524
1829
6.3
8.3
10.4
12.5
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
WGR3336S
WGR3348S
WGR3360S
WGR3372S
384.00
453.00
571.00
640.00
Note 1: For use with Perf Top Tables.
Note 2: Grid panels and accessories cannot be used with overhead cantilever shelves.
Cantilever Shelves
Accessories
Manufactured from Type 304 stainless steel.
Description
Monitor Shelf (B)
Utility Shelf (C)
Utility Basket (D)
(in.)
Width/Length
(mm)
163/4x163/4
425x425
228x470
9x181/2
5x133/8x7 127x345x180
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
6 2.7
4 1.8
81/2 4
PBA-MSS
PBA-GSDS
H209S
191.00
185.00
111.00
1.800.992.1776
For solid top stainless
steel worktables
see pages 200-202.
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
165
C l ea n r o o m C arts — W i re / S o l i d
MW Carts —
12.01
12.05
The most efficient way to create mobile space.
• Ergonomically-designed for low-effort transport.
• Precise handling you need to maneuver in close quarters.
• Sturdy aluminum corner castings firmly secure solid shelves to posts.
MW Two-Shelf Models
MW100 Series — 2 Solid Shelves
MW100 Series
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Handles and
Shelf Material
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x30
18x36
457x610
457x760
457x914
40
45
48
18.1
20.4
21.8
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
MW103
MW104
MW105
750.00
848.00
848.00
21x36
530x914
54
24.5
Stainless Steel
MW106
917.00
24x36
610x914
60
27.2
Stainless Steel
MW108
969.00
MW400 Series — 1 Solid, 2 Wire Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
18x24
18x30
18x36
457x610
457x760
457x914
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
43 19.5
47 21.3
52 23.6
Shelf Material
Handles
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
MW401
MW402
MW403
499.00
564.00
564.00
21x36
530x914
59 26.8
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Chrome
MW404
616.00
24x36
610x914
65 29.5
Stainless Steel, Chrome
Chrome
MW406
639.00
MW400 Series
MW600 Series — 2 Wire Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Shelf Material
Handles
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x24
18x24
18x30
18x30
18x36
18x36
457x610
457x610
457x760
457x760
457x914
457x914
34
34
37
37
40
39
15.4
15.4
16.8
16.8
18.1
17.7
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW601
MW602
MW603
MW604
MW605
MW606
313.00
692.00
332.00
789.00
332.00
789.00
21x36
21x36
530x914
530x914
44 20.0
44 20.0
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW607
MW608
362.00
883.00
24x36
24x36
610x914
610x914
47 21.3
46 20.9
Chrome
Stainless Steel
Chrome
Stainless Steel
MW611
MW612
373.00
932.00
Note: 18" (457mm) wide carts have 4" (102mm) light-duty casters. 21" (533mm) and 24" (610mm)
wide carts have 5" (127mm) light-duty casters.
MW600 Series
166
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
C l ea n r o o m S pec i a l t y C arts / C asters
Sanitation Cart
Designed for trash removal from controlled environments.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive. (Units can be made conductive with the
addition of conductive plastic split sleeves and a grounding cable.)
As shown, chrome, size 24"x48" (610x1219mm)
(2) SF55N3C — Page 57
(4) 33UP — Page 42
(2) 2448NC — Page 42
(2) 5MP — Page 50
(2) 5MPB — Page 50
Sanitation Cart
Cleanroom Casters —
58.10
Designed to provide vibration dampening in controlled environments. Nickel horn,
resilient tread wheel, dust cover, and Celcon bearing. Offers superior rollability and
maneuverability and resists virtually all common cleaners, solvents, oils and acids.
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load
Rating
(kg) (lbs.)
Type
Wheel Tread
5 127
5 127
11/4 32
11/4 32
300 135
300 135
Stem/Swivel
Stem/Swivel
High Modulus
High Modulus
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
21/2 1.1 21/2 1.1 Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
5MFA
59.00
5MFBA 65.50
Note: Toe-operated brake.
Note: Not recommended for wet or humid environments.
5MFA
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
167
G o w n i n g R o o m P r o d u cts
Garment Rack — Upright and Wall Mount —
58.15
Racks are designed to provide efficient storage of Cleanroom garments. Hangers are
spaced at 3" (75mm) intervals. Electro-polished, Type 304 stainless steel hangers are
included. Upright units are approximately 74" (1880mm) high; wall mount units are
71/2" (190mm) tall.
• Type 304 stainless steel construction throughout.
• Open-wire design promotes laminar air flow.
• Adjustable stainless steel leveling feet provide floor mount or free standing option.
• Unique hanger capture mechanism and hanger design provide theft deterrence.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with use of
conductive plastic split sleeves, page 155.)
Upright
Upright
Garment
Upright
Garment
Rack Rack
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x72
No. of Hangers
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x1825
11
15
19
23
27
36
45
54
Wall Mount
Wall Mount Garment Rack
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x72
No. of Hangers
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x1825
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
11
15
19
23
List
Price
Each
GRU2436S
GRU2448S
GRU2460S
GRU2472S
1,667.00
2,065.00
2,519.00
2,979.00
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
20
221/2
271/2
32
Economy Garment Rack —
12.25
16.25
20.5 24.5 Cat. No.
9
10.2
12.5
14.5
GRW2436S
GRW2448S
GRW2460S
GRW2472S
1,002.00
1,261.00
1,598.00
1,735.00
58.15
Metro Super Erecta shelving can be customized for many specific storage and
handling tasks. The following standard components may be combined to create an
economical Garment Rack, as shown, in chrome.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with the addition
of conductive plastic split sleeves.)
4 — 74P.................... Posts — Page 42
2 — 2448NC............. Shelves — Page 42
4 — 9993Z................ Footplates — Page 47
1 — SF55N3C............ Frame — Page 57
1 — AT4824NC......... Garment Tube — Page 58
15 — CC5923A........... Hangers: Closed Top Loop Chrome finsh
Garment Storage Rack —
Economy Garment Rack
58.15
Metro Super Erecta shelving can be customized for many specific storage and
handling tasks. To store packaged garments the following standard components may
be combined to create a storage rack, as shown. Stainless steel.
• Available in electro-polished, Type 304 stainless steel or chrome
• Many sizes available to meet your exact requirements
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with the addition
of conductive plastic split sleeves.)
4 — 63UPS................ Posts — Page 42
5 — 2448NS.............. Shelves — Page 42
15 — DD24S............... Dividers — Page 55
5 — L48N-4S............. Back Ledges — Page 55
10 — L24N-4S............. Side Ledges — Page 55
2 — 5MFA................. Stem Casters — Page 167
2 — 5MFBA............... Stem Casters with Brakes — Page 167
Metro Tip:
For Cleanroom Stainless Steel
shelving, please refer
to pages 37, 42 and 67.
Garment Storage Rack
168
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.M E TRO.COM
G o w n i n g R o o m P r o d u cts
Gowning Bench —
58.15
Heavy-duty, solid top bench provides a sturdy and comfortable gowning fixture.
• Top is manufactured from 14 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel.
• Stainless steel footplates provide floor mount or free-standing option.
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with
the addition of H.D. aluminum split sleeves.)
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
16x36
16x48
16x60
16x72
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
406x914
406x1219
406x1524
406x1825
Bootie/Shoe Rack —
471/2
55
621/2
70
21.5
25
28.4
31.8
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
GB1636S
GB1648S
GB1660S
GB1672S
1,094.00
1,148.00
1,201.00
1,303.00
Gowning Bench
58.15
Metro Super Erecta shelving can be customized for many specific storage and handling
tasks. To store cleanroom booties or shoes the following standard components may
be combined to create a storage rack as shown. Stainless steel.
• Available in electro-polished, Type 304 stainless steel or chrome
• Open-wire design maintains laminar air flow
• High-density storage
• Optional snap-on label holders
ESD Classification: Non-Conductive (Units can be made conductive with the addition
of conductive plastic split sleeves.)
As shown, stainless steel
4 — 63PS.................. Posts — Page 42
5 — 2448NS.............. Shelves — Page 42
12 — R52S.................. Rods/Tabs — Page 57
Bootie/Shoe Rack
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
169
170
Laboratory products
Lab Carts & Storage...................................................172-188
Autoclave Storage & Carts........................................ 189-191
LAR Feed Carts & Storage......................................... 192-193
Lab Worktables & Accessories.................................. 194-202
Starsys Lab Furniture................................................ 204-236
171
p o l y mer u t i l i t y car t s
Weight load capacity for
Deep Ledge series.
150 lbs. (68kg) per shelf.
2-shelf model: 300 lbs. (136kg)
3-shelf model: 400 lbs. (181kg)
Gray
Blue
Black
with built-in Microban antimicrobial
product protection
Deep Ledge Utility Carts —
12.28
®
Specially designed with a 23/4" (70mm) deep ledge to contain product and spills.
• Polymer shelves are easy to clean and corrosion proof.
• Available colors are gray, black, and blue. Blue contains Microban antimicrobial
product protection.
• Available in 2-shelf and 3-shelf models.
• Center shelf option adjusts at 1" (25mm) increments.
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.*
Cat. No.
Slate Blue
with Microban
List
Price
Each
211/2x333/4x331/4 546x857x845
211/2x333/4x331/4 546x857x845
2-shelf unit
3-shelf unit
29
31.1
371/2 17.0
BC2030-2D
BC2030-3D
BC2030-2DMB
BC2030-3DMB
297.00
365.00
27x391/2x331/4
27x391/2x331/4
2-shelf unit
3-shelf unit
35
15.9
461/2 21.1
BC2636-2D
BC2636-3D
BC2636-2DMB
BC2636-3DMB
346.00
425.00
(in.)
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
685x1003x845
685x1003x845
*Add color designation to part number when ordering: Gray (G), Black (BL).
Example: BC2030-3DG = 3-shelf gray cart.
Accessories and Replacement Casters —
12.28
• Utility Bin and Wastebasket can be easily removed from the holders to empty contents or
for routine cleaning.
Description
Wastebasket + Holder
Utility Bin + Holder
Wastebasket Only
Utility Bin Only
Width/Height/Depth
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Cart
BC2030
BC2030
Replacement Caster Kit — All 211/4x271/2x131/4
211/4x73/4x141/2
143/8x153/8x103/8
163/8x6x11
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
540x700x337
540x197x368
365x391x264
416x152x279
8.0
6.0
2.8
2.0
3.8
2.7
1.3
0.9
Note: Caster kit contains four 4" (102mm) swivel casters.
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
172
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Deep
Ledge
Cat. No.
BCWB2D
BCUB2D
MF222
UB1
List
Price
Each
76.50
64.00
41.00
41.00
RPBC4M-4 86.00
L a b C ar t s — P o l y mer
MetroMax i ® Lab Storage Cart
• Corrosion Proof — A unique storage and transport system: Engineered
polymers and Type 304 stainless are warranted against
rust and corrosion for the life of the product.
• Microban®* antimicrobial product protection — A Metro exclusive —
is built into all shelves and touch points, inhibiting the growth of mold,
mildew, and bacteria.
• Cleanable — Lift off grid and solid shelf mats are sized to fit into a sink
making cleaning easy.
• Flexible — A range of shelf sizes, post heights and accessories allow
you to “customize” the system to fit your requirements.
See pages 14-28.
MetroMax i ® Utility Carts
• Removable shelves provide easy cleaning.
• Open-architecture design allows for our full line of accessories to be used.
• 2-shelf and 3-shelf configurations available.
• Weight capacity 900 lbs. (408kg) per cart.
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
18x30x40
24x36x40
18x30x40
24x36x40
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
2-shelf
2-shelf
3-shelf
3-shelf
MXUC1830G-25
MXUC2436G-25
MXUC1830G-35
MXUC2436G-35
882.00
951.00
1,029.50
1,130.00
457x760x1015
610x914x1015
457x760x1015
610x914x1015
For Stainless Steel Wire and Solid Carts, see pages 88-89.
MetroMax i Utility Cart
MetroMax i ® Lab Carts —
52.01
Metro’s Lab Cart line includes
a General Lab Cart, Chemical
Cart, and Mobile Desk. All
carts are designed to offer
superior corrosion resistance.
Smooth rolling, 5" (127mm)
polyurethane casters come
standard with each cart. All
shelves adjust in 1/2" (12.7mm)
increments, offering precise
shelf adjustment and maximum
storage utilization.
MDSX3
Mobile Desk
(casters included)
Monitor Mounting Bar, Mounting
Bracket, and Keyboard Shelf sold
separately. (See page 174)
LABX3
General Lab Cart
(casters included)
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Cart
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Description
18 457
18 457
18 457
36 914
36 914
36 914
40 1016
40 1016
40 1016
900 408
900 408
900 408
General Lab Cart
Chemical Cart
Mobile Desk
CHEMX3
Chemical Cart
(casters included)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
43 19.5
49 22.2
55 24.9
Cat. No.
LABX3
CHEMX3
MDSX31
List
Price
Each
769.00
872.00
1,428.00
1
Mobile desk features a phenolic work surface offering a high level of corrosion resistance. Mobile desk includes: four polyurethane brake casters, each measuring 5" (127mm),
for maximum stability when foot-operated brakes are engaged.
Note: All carts include 5MPX series casters (2 brake, 2 swivel), unless otherwise noted.
Indicates antimicrobial product.
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
173
L a b C ar t s — H P L C
MetroMax i ® High-Performance Liquid Chromatography
(HPLC) Carts — 52.01
• HPLC carts contribute to greater benchtop productivity.
• Mobilize and stack HPLC equipment on carts to maximize valuable lab space.
• Avoid crowding valuable bench top space with High-Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC) or other analytical equipment.
HPLC Models — 4 Shelf Models (Casters not included*)
FMAX and TMX
Width
(in.) (mm)
24 610
24 610
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
30 760
48 1219
81 2288 4-Shelf Unit Single Experiment Cart 70 32 HPLC3X3 947.00
81 2288 4-Shelf Unit Double Experiment Cart 101 46 HPLC4X3 1,093.50
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
See page 190 for Caster Selection Guide.
HPLC Models — 5 Shelf Models (Casters included)
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
24 610
24 610
30 760 81 2288 5-Shelf Unit Single Experiment Cart 89.5 40.6
48 1219 81 2288 5-Shelf Unit Double Experiment Cart 114.5 51.9
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
HPLC1X3 1,410.00
HPLC2X3 1,601.00
Note 1: Single HPLC experiment carts feature a 24"x30" (610x760mm), five-shelf unit (4 solid, 1 open-grid shelf),
mounted on 74" (1880mm) mobile posts. Double HPLC experiment carts feature a 24"x48"
(610x1219mm), five-shelf unit (4 solid, 1 open-grid shelf) mounted on a 74" (1880mm) mobile posts.
Note 2: Metro tote boxes can be used to complete the system, either on the bottom shelf to contain test beakers
or flasks, or in conjunction with an Undershelf Slide (see page 26) to provide a drawer for
small tool storage.
HPLC3X3
(Shown with
accessories and casters)
Accessories
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Post-Mount Swing Arm for Flat Monitor*
Post-Mount Cable/Tube Management Clips
4.5 2.0
1.0 .45
FMAX
TMX
627.50
29.00
*Includes VESA mounting plate.
Slide-out Keyboard Shelf
Epoxy-coated keyboard shelf provides high level of corrosion resistance. Designed
to fit both 18" (457mm) and 24" (610mm) wide MetroMax i shelves. Keyboard shelf
loading should not exceed 10 lbs. (45.8kg).
Dimensions: 16"W.x261/2"L.x5"H. (406x673x127mm)
Cat. No. KBX
KBX
Usage Instruction
• When flat monitor
mounting kit
is in use, please
remove flat monitor
FM30X3/FM36X3/FM48X3
from cross bar before
(Cross Bar and Mounting
cart transport.
Bracket included)
Flat Monitor Mounting Kit
Unique mounting bracket and cross-bar design permits flat monitor to be mounted
on MetroMax i units. Flat monitor can be mounted between two MetroMax i posts,
either in back or front of unit. Mounting bracket loading should not exceed 30 lbs.
(14kg). VESA mounting plates included with bracket.
Note: For flat monitor mounting on MetroMax i order either Cat. No. FM30X3,
FM36X3, or FM48X3 (Cross-bar and mounting bracket included). For flat monitor
mounting on Mobile Desk order Cat. No. FMBX.
Cross-Bar Dimensions:
21/8"W.x30"L.x3"H. (54x762x76mm)
21/8"W.x36"L.x3"H. (54x914x76mm)
21/8"W.x48"L.x3"H. (54x1219x76mm)
Cat. No. FM30X3 (Bracket and Cross Bar)
Cat. No. FM36X3 (Bracket and Cross Bar)
Cat. No. FM48X3 (Bracket and Cross Bar)
Cat. No. FMBX (Mounting Bracket only)
Bracket Dimensions:
37/16"W.x813/16"L.x53/4"H. (87x223x146mm) (Cat. No. FMBX)
Power Strip
Six outlet power strip, featuring surge protection, mounts flush with any MetroMax i
shelf frame. Power strip is UL approved. Gray power strip comes with 6 foot (1829mm)
long cord.
Dimensions: 21/4"W.x13"L.x41/4"H. (57x330x108mm)
Cat. No. PSX
PSX
Indicates antimicrobial product.
174
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
L a b C ar t s — G lassware
MetroMax i ® Glassware Carts —
52.01
• Two-basket and four-basket capacity glassware solutions are offered in a
space-saving 18" x 36" (457 x 914mm) footprint.
• Solid MetroMax i bottom shelf provides spill retention
and can be removed from shelf frame for easy cleaning.
• MetroMax i components provide lifetime corrosion protection.
• Choose from a wide range of accessories, including all-polymer casters, for
maximum corrosion resistance and premium performance.
Refer to page 190 for choice of casters. Units listed below do not include casters.
Metro’s 5PC series (two brake, two swivel) casters are recommended for superior
lifetime performance. Order casters separately.
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
18
18
18
18
36
36
36
36
40
60
40
60
457
457
457
457
914
914
914
914
1016
1524
1016
1524
Description
2-Basket Unit
4-Basket Unit
2-Tote Kit Unit
4-Tote Kit Unit
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
38
83
36
101
17
37
16.3
46
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
GWBX3-1
GWBX3-2
GWTX3-1
GWTX3-2
817.50
1,364.50
817.50
1,364.50
GWBX3-1
(Shown with Metro Tote Kit
on bottom shelf and casters)
Accessories
Width
(in.) (mm)
18
18
18
18
18
457
457
457
457
457
Length
(in.)
(mm)
36
36
36
36
351/2
914
914
914
914
901
Height
(in.)
(mm)
32
52
32
52
7
889
1320
889
1320
178
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Clear Cart Cover — Short Unit
Clear Cart Cover — Tall Unit
Blue Cart Cover — Short Unit
Blue Cart Cover — Tall Unit
Tote Glassware Transport Kit
Vinyl-Coated Baskets (2/pk.)
2.5 1.1
3.5 1.6
2.5 1.1
3.5 1.6
38.0 17.0
8.0 3.6
Cat. No.
GWCVC41
GWCVC62
GWSVC41
GWSVC62
*GWOLYKIT
GWBSKT36
List
Price
Each
272.50
326.50
272.50
326.50
165.50
381.50
*Each Metro tote kit includes TB93060NAT (1), TB92060NAT (1), DL93060NAT (3), DS93060NAT (3), DS92060NAT (3), and DL92060NAT (3).
GWBSKT36
GWBX3-1
(with blue cart
cover and casters)
GWBX3-2
Shown with GWTX3-1
GWTX3-1
(Includes two tote boxes.
Casters and additional tote boxes
sold separately)
GWBX3-1
(with clear cart cover
and casters)
Indicates antimicrobial product.
Red shelf markers can
be used to designate
unclean glassware
(See page 61)
Blue shelf markers can
be used to designate
clean glassware
(See page 61)
1.800.992.1776
•
By combining standard
MetroMax i components,
including MetroMax i baskets,
a custom glassware cart can
be created. Contact your
Metro representative for
more information.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
175
L a b C ar t s — E ncl o se d P o l y mer
Flexline™
• The time-tested Flexline enclosed polymer cart system has been redesigned to
provide unique flexibility and contemporary styling that withstands the rigors of a
lab environment.
• Corrosion-proof, smooth, stain-resistant polymer surfaces with rounded corners
make cleaning quick and thorough.
• Microban®* antimicrobial product protection is built in every cart, inhibiting the
growth of mold, mildew and bacteria.
• Available in pre-configured carts and build-a-cart components. To configure a cart
to your exact specifications, visit www.metroconfigurator.com.
Pre-Configured carts include accessories shown (see page 177).
LAR Procedure
Cat. No. FLISO1
General Storage
Cat. No. FLBED
LAR Procedure — Tall
Cat . No. FLISO3
LAR Procedure
Cat. No. FLTMENT1
General Storage
Cat. No. FLTMENT2
LAR Procedure with Overhead Package
Cat . No. FLCAST
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
176
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
L a b C ar t s — E ncl o se d P o l y mer
Flexline Preconfigured Carts
3" (76mm) Drawer Divider Kit
6/9" (152/229mm) Drawer Divider Kit
Side Bin (1) — Non Locking
Waste Basket 28 Quart & Holder
Glove Box Holder — Triple
Pull Out Side Shelf Auto Lock Keyless Entry Touch Pad
Overbridge with 2 Shelves
2
1
3
X
X
FLCAST
FL113
FL116
FL212
FL221
FL237
FL314
FL411
FL520
FLTMENT2
Description
FLTMENT1
Cat. No. FLBED
Accessories
FLISO3
FLISO1
Carts shown on the previous pages are configured with
the components and accessories listed here.
2
2
1
1
4
X
X
X
X
List Price Each
108.50
112.50
88.00
90.00
136.50
345.00
1,339.00
851.50
X
X
X
X
FL-OR
FL-
X
FL-SB
36" (914mm) Cart — Passive Lock
45" (1143mm) Cart — Passive Lock
45" (1143mm) Cart — Key Lock
36" (914mm) Narrow Cart — Key Lock
Drawer Pull Color
FL-GR
Description
FL21P
FL30P
FL30K
FLN21K
FL-VL
Cat. No. FL-YL
FL-YL
Carts
List Price Each
1,083.00
1,287.50
1,344.00
1,139.50
Drawers
Cat. No. FL103
FL106
FL109
Description
3" (76mm) Drawer
6" (152mm) Drawer
9" (229mm) Drawer
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
3
2
2
1
3
2
1
List Price Each
138.00
193.00
236.00
Drawer pull colors
YELLOW
FL-YL
VIOLET
FL-VL
SLATE BLUE
FL-SB
ORANGE
FL-OR
1.800.992.1776
GREEN
FL-GR
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
177
F lexl i ne
™
B u i l d - a - car t c o m p o nen t s
Basic Carts with Drawers
Drawer
Configuration
Cart
36" (914mm)H
Standard
36" (914mm)H
Narrow
39" (991mm)H
Standard
42" (1067mm)H
Narrow
42" (1067mm)H
Standard
42" (1067mm)H
Narrow
45" (1143mm)H
Standard
FLNK22100
45" (1143mm)H
Narrow
27”
(686mm)
Build-a-Cart
24”
(610mm)
Drawer
Pull Color
Cat. No.
Key Lock
Violet
FLK21100
2,138.00
Key Lock
Pink
FLNK32000
2,243.00
Passive Lock
Red
FLP31100
2,184.00
Key Lock
Slate Blue
FLNK22100
2,510.00
Passive Lock
Slate Blue
FLP41100
2,500.00
Key Lock
Dark Taupe
FLNK00300
2,300.00
2 - 3" (76mm)
1 - 6" (152mm)
1 - 9" (229mm)
3 - 3" (76mm)
2 - 6" (152mm)
3 - 3" (76mm)
1 - 6" (152mm)
1 - 9" (229mm)
2 - 3" (76mm)
2 - 6" (152mm)
1 - 9" (229mm)
4 - 3" (76mm)
1 - 6" (152mm)
1 - 9" (229mm)
3 - 9" (229mm)
27”
(686mm)
2 - 3" (76mm)
Passive Lock
2 - 6" (152mm)
1 - 12" (305mm)
1 - 3" (76mm)
Passive Lock
3 - 6" (152mm)
1 - 9" (229mm)
30”
(762mm)
21”
(533mm)
45
(1143mm)
(1067mm)
30”
(762mm)
45
39
"
(991mm)
27”
(686mm)
24”
(610mm)
Orange
Green
21”
FLP22010(533mm)
2,405.00
FLNP13100
24”
(610mm)
Narrow Cart
"
42"
24”
(610mm)
27”
(686mm)
Standard Cart
"
42"
(1143mm)
36"
(914mm)
(1067mm)
30”
(762mm)
21”
(533mm)
27”
(686mm)
39"
(991mm)
24”
(610mm)
Cart Bodies without Drawers
30”
Width/Length/Height
in. (mm)
Drawer Space
in. (mm)
27” x 347/8 (886mm)
223/8 (568mm)
x 32¼ (819mm)
21" (533mm)
(762mm)
24”
(686mm)
24" (610mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 32¼ (819mm) x 387/8 (988mm) (610mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 32¼ (819mm) x 417/8 (1064mm) 27" (686mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 32¼ (819mm) x 447/8 (1140mm) 30" (762mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 347/8 (886mm) 21" (533mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 387/8 (988mm) 24" (610mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 417/8 (1064mm) 27" (686mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 447/8 (1140mm) 30" (762mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 321/4 (819mm) x 347/8 (886mm) 21" (533mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 321/4 (819mm) x 387/8 (988mm) 24" (610mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 321/4 (819mm) x 417/8 (1064mm) 27" (686mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 321/4 (819mm) x 447/8 (1140mm) 30" (762mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 347/8 (886mm) 21" (533mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 387/8 (988mm) 24" (610mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 417/8 (1064mm) 27" (686mm)
223/8 (568mm) x 287/8 (734mm) x 447/8 (1140mm) 30" (762mm)
Lock
Passive Lock
21”
Passive
(533mm) Lock
Passive Lock
Passive Lock
Passive Lock
Passive Lock
Passive Lock
Passive Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Width
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Narrow
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
FL21P
FL24P
FL27P
FL30P
FLN21P
FLN24P
FLN27P
FLN30P
FL21K
FL24K
FL27K
FL30K
FLN21K
FLN24K
FLN27K
FLN30K
1,263.00
1,263.00
1,426.50
1,426.50
1,263.00
1,263.00
1,426.50
1,426.50
1,368.50
1,368.50
1,532.00
1,532.00
1,368.50
1,368.50
1,532.00
1,532.00
To configure a cart to your exact specifications, visit www.metroconfigurator.com
178
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
List
Price
Each
Lock
2,462.00
21”
(533mm)
36"
(914mm)
21”
(533mm)
FLEXLINE
™
ACCESSORIES
FL420
Additional Security
Description
Cat. No.
Individual Drawer Seal Lock Bar — 36" (914mm) Cart Individual Drawer Seal Lock Bar — 39" (991mm) Cart
Individual Drawer Seal Lock Bar — 42" (1067mm) Cart
Individual Drawer Seal Lock Bar — 45" (1143mm) Cart
Basic Keyless Entry Touchpad with 10 year Battery
Basic Keyless Entry Touchpad with Auto Lock, Rechargeable
Touchpad Charger Adapter Kit — 90-264 VAC 47-63 Hz
Touchpad with LCD Screen, Auto Lock, USB Port (Card Reader Upgradable)
Full Feature Touchpad with LCD Screen, Auto Lock, Wireless
Cart Management System Software – Network, Wireless
Software Manager for FL420
Proximity Card Reader for FL420
Bar Code Card Reader for FL420
Magnetic Card Reader for FL420
FL400F
FL401F
FL402F
FL403F
FL410*
FL411*F
FL419F
FL420*F
FL420WF*
FL422†
FL421
FL430**F
FL431**F
FL432**F
List Price Each
111.00
111.00
111.00
111.00
793.50
1,532.00
FL400-FL403
1,749.00
600.00
740.00
740.00
706.00
*FL410, FL411, FL420 can only be ordered with a key locking cart.
**Readers may not be compatible with all cards. Check with your Metro Representative.
F Must be factory installed prior to shipment.
†Available in U.S. and Canada only.
Drawer, Shelf and Keyboard Shelf
FL101
Drawer pulls must be ordered with each drawer.
Description
Cat. No.
Lockable Drawer Cover
3" (76mm) Pull Out Shelf
Keyboard Tray
3" (76mm) Individual Locking Drawer for Narcotics Storage — Key Lock Cart
3" (76mm) Individual Locking Drawer for Narcotics Storage — Electronic Lock Cart
6" (152mm) Drawer (no drawer pull)
9" (229mm) Drawer (no drawer pull)
12" (305mm) Drawer (no drawer pull)
Solid Bottom Shelf
FL100F
FL101
FL102F
FL103KLF
FL103ELF
FL106
FL109
FL112
FL120
List Price Each
222.00
265.00
359.50
520.00
619.50
203.00
250.00
296.00
140.50
*Inside Drawer Dimensions — 201/4" (514mm) wide x 17" (432mm) deep.
F Must be factory installed prior to shipment.
Drawer Pulls Colors
FL102
Order 1 drawer pull per drawer.
Description
Cat. No.
Drawer Pull — Code Blue
Drawer Pull — Red
Drawer Pull — Orange
Drawer Pull — Green
Drawer Pull — Yellow
Drawer Pull — Slate Blue
Drawer Pull — Violet
Drawer Pull — Pink
Drawer Pull — White
Drawer Pull — Dark Taupe
FL-CB
FL-RD
FL-OR
FL-GR
FL-YL
FL-SB
FL-VL
FL-PK
FL-WHT
FL-TPE
List Price Each
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
Drawer pull colors
CODE BLUE
FL-CB
RED
FL-RD
ORANGE
FL-OR
GREEN
FL-GR
YELLOW
FL-YL
SLATE BLUE
FL-SB
VIOLET
FL-VL
1.800.992.1776
•
PINK
FL-PK
WHITE
FL-WHT
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
DARK TAUPE
FL-TPE
179
FLEXLINE
™
ACCESSORIES
FL151
FL159
FL190 (Label not included)
Drawer Accessories
Description
FL237
FL235
Cat. No.
Divider Clip to Attach Loose Short Divider-end to Long Divider, 1 per Short Divider (Qty. 2)
3" (76mm) Drawer Divider Kit (3 Long, 5 Short, 6 T-Clips)
Short Divider for LEC103 or FL103 5 Pack 67/8" L (175mm)
Long Divider for LEC103 or FL103 2 Pack 171/4" L (437mm)
6/9" (152/229mm) Drawer Divider Kit (2 Long, 5 Short)
Short Divider for LEC106 or FL106 5 Pack 8" L (205mm)
Long Divider for LEC106 or FL106 2 Pack 171/4" L (437mm)
Ampule Insert and 12 Divider for Top Cavity or 3" (76mm) Drawer Tray 153/4" x 47/8" (400 x 124mm)
Divider for FL131, 12 Pack 5" L (125mm)
3" (76mm) Egg Crate-Style Drawer Divider Kit (Qty. 10 Vertical, 5 Horizontal)
6" (152mm) Egg Crate-Style Drawer Divider Kit (Qty. 10 Vertical, 5 Horizontal)
Short Divider for FL141 — Qty. 5 each 10" L (256mm)
Long Divider for FL141 — Qty. 5 each 171/8" L (436mm)
Short Divider for FL142 — Qty. 5 each 10" L (256mm)
Long Divider for FL142 — Qty. 5 each 171/8" L (436mm)
3" (76mm) Drawer Tray Approx. 20" x 16" (508 x 381mm) with 6 Dividers
4 Short, 2 Long, Sheet of Blank Labels, 5 Security Bags
Lid for 3" and 6" (76mm and 152mm) Drawer Tray (Fits FL151 and FL159)
6" (152mm) Drawer Tray Approx. 19" x 15" (483 x 381mm) with Dividers
6 Short, 2 Long, 5 Security Bags
Long Divider Rails for LEC143 or FL151 2 Pack 151/2" L (394mm)
Short Divider for LEC143 or FL151 10 Pack 67/8" L (175mm)
Long Divider for FL159 (2 Pack) 143/4" L (375mm)
Short Divider for FL159 (3 Pack) 8" L (205mm)
Security Bags for 3" (76mm) Tray and 6" (152mm) Tray 20 Pack
Label Holder Set of 10 135/8" L (346mm)
T-CLIP
FL113
FL114
FL115
FL116
FL117
FL118
FL131
FL132
FL141
FL142
FL143
FL144
FL145
FL146
FL151
List Price Each
110.00
66.00
55.00
114.00
66.00
55.00
123.00
57.50
144.00
176.00
168.50
FL158
FL159
77.50
214.00
FL163
FL164
FL166
FL167
FL183
FL190
42.00
57.50
47.50
36.00
52.50
26.50
Side/Recessed Storage Accessories
FL236, FL221
FL212
180
Description
Cat. No.
Side Bin (1) — Locking 41/2" x 163/4" x 81/2" (117 x 426 x 216mm)
Side Bin (1) — Non-Locking 41/2" x 163/4" x 81/2" (117 x 426 x 216mm)
Waste Basket 28 Quart and Holder 141/2" x 107/8" x 153/8" (370 x 275 x 390mm)
Waste Basket 28 Quart
Bracket with Velcro for Waste Basket or Large Sharps Container
O2 Tank Holder — All Size Carts — 51/2" (140mm) Diameter Tank
O2 Tank Holder — All Size Carts — 4" (102mm) Diameter Tank
O2 Tank Holder — 45" (1140mm)H Cart — 51/2" (140mm) Diameter Tank
93/8" x 51/2" x 191/4" (238 x 144 x 489mm)
O2 Tank Holder — 45" (1140mm)H Cart — 4" (102mm) Diameter Tank
93/8" x 63/4" x 191/4" (238 x 172 x 489mm)
Glove Box Holder — Single 4" x 101/8" x 63/8" (101 x 258 x 162mm)
Glove Box Holder — Triple 4" x 101/8" x 183/8" (101 x 258 x 466mm)
Scope Cabinet, 2 — Hook 103/8" x 9" x 48" (264 x 229 x1219mm)
Scope Cabinet, 4 — Hook 103/8" x 16" x 48" (264 x 406 x 1219mm)
Sharps Container Bracket with Velcro® Straps — Non-Locking 91/2" x 31/4" x 95/16" (241 x 83 x 237mm)
Lockable Sharps Container 43/4" x 13" x 197/8" (with Glove Box) x 113/8" (without Glove Box)
(121 x 330 x 505 or 302mm)
Replacement Containers for FL251 — 20 5 Qt. containers
Side Mounted Chart Holder 41/4" x 111/2" x 91/4" (120 x 292 x 235mm)
FL211*F
FL212
FL221
FL222
FL223
FL234-5
FL234
FL235-5
100.00
89.00
95.50
42.50
FL235
135.00
FL236
FL237
FL245**
FL246**
FL250
FL251
113.00
138.00
FL252
FL576
354.00
*Locking bins for keylock cart are available on the right. Locking bins for the passive lock cart are available on the left.
F
Must be factory installed prior to shipment.
**For use on 45" H (1143mm) carts only.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
List Price Each
145.00
145.00
135.00
61.50
268.00
FLEXLINE
FL314
™
ACCESSORIES
LEC304, FL315
FL303
Cart Accessories
Description
Cat. No.
Rear Accessory Mount Brackets — 1 Pair
Cord Manager 1/2" x 213/4" x 11/4" (13 x 554 x 31mm)
Defibrillator Strap Kit
Adjustable Defibrillator Tray 81/8-141/4" x 141/2" (206-362 x 368mm)
Medical Grade 4-Outlet Strip, 120V 15A, UL60601-01, 10' Cord, Cord Wrap
Universal 6 Outlet Power Strip, 250 V 13A, CE, ROHS, 6' (183cm) Cord, Cord Wrap
FL301F
FL302
FL303
LEC304
FL305-4US
List Price Each
39.00
64.50
76.50
530.00
290.00
See Below
FL305-EU
Universal
FL305-AUS
Universal
FL305-UK
Universal
FL305-IT
Universal
Suction Pump Shelf 12 /2" x 15 /4" x 4 /4 (320 x 384 x108mm)
Backboard with Front and Rear Assembly Kit
Backboard with Front Assembly Kit
Backboard with Back Assembly Kit
Backboard with Rear Assembly Kit for use with an Overbridge
Backboard with Back Assembly Kit for 36"H (914mm) FL21 Series Cart
Backboard with Rear Assembly Kit for use with 36"H FL621 Series Cart with Overbridge
Articulating Arm — Laptop (1-14 lbs.)
Articulating Arm — Tablet (1-14 lbs.)
Articulating Arm — Monitor (7.5-25 lbs.)
Peel Pouch Container 3" x 6" x 181/4" (78 x 154 x 461mm)
Peel Pouch/Catheter Holder 3" x 6" x 273/8" (78 x 154 x 695mm)
Pull Out Side Shelf 121/2" x 301/2" x 3/8" (322 x 775 x 10mm)
2HK I.V. Pole with Cart Mount 1/2" x 91/8" x 37" (max.)*-251/4" (min.)* (38 x 232 x 940-640mm)
4HK I.V. Pole with Cart Mount 5" x 71/8" x 37" (max.)*-251/4" (min.)* (127 x 183 x 940-640mm)
I.V. Pole-mounted Sharp Brackets
Plastic Security Seals 100 Pack
Backboard 24"L x 24"H x 5/16" (610 x 610 x 8mm)
1
1
1
LEC307F
LEC308F
LEC309F
FL309-OB
FL309-21F†
FL309-21OB
FL310
FL311
FL318
FL312
FL313
FL314F
FL315
FL317
LEC9800
LEC320
LEC323
261.00
201.00
201.00
253.00
295.50
253.00
936.00
798.50
798.50
283.00
299.00
348.00
226.50
283.00
87.00
85.00
202.00
FL310
FL515, FL544
Must be factory installed.
*Max., Min. in relation to cart top.
†Must be ordered on a 36"H (914mm) cart to accommodate I.V. pole, defibrillator arm, articulating arm or outlet strip.
F
Overbridges and Overbridge Accessories
Description
Cat. No.
Overbridge with Computer/Monitor Mounting Kit
Overbridge with 2 Hanger Rails 11/4" x 261/8" x 197/8"-251/2" (32 x 665 x 504-649mm)
Overbridge with Top Shelf and Hanger Rail
Overbridge with 2 Shelves
Tilt Bin 3 for Overbridge — 9½" (241mm)H x 7¾" (197mm)W x 23¾" (600mm)L
Tilt Bin 6 for Overbridge — 4½" (114mm)H x 3¼" (92mm)W x 23¾" (600mm)L
Hanger Rail
Overbridge Bottom Shelf 141/2" x 31" (368 x 787mm)
Overbridge Top Shelf 141/2" x 31" (368 x 787mm)
2HK I.V. Pole With Universal Clamp — for Overbridge
4HK I.V. Pole With Universal Clamp — for Overbridge 91/8" x 281/4" x 197/8"-251/2" (232 x 718 x 504-649mm)
Universal Clamp
Short Utility Hook 4 Pack (Holds Peel Pouches, I.V. Bags, Stethoscopes, etc.)
4-Hook Rack (Holds Forceps and Scopes) 37/8" x 11" x 6" (98 x 282 x 151mm)
Laryngoscope Blade/Specimen Bag Holder (Holds Plastic Bag — Not Included
— for Safe Storage of Contaminated Items) 33/4" x 71/2"x 51/8" (95 x 192 x 130mm)
Chart Holder 43/4" x 111/2" x 91/4" (120 x 292 x 235mm)
Half-Size Utility Bin — 5½"(140mm)H x 5½"(140mm)W x 5¾"(146mm)L
Full-Size Utility Bin — 5½"(140mm)H x 5½"(140mm)W x 11¾"(292mm)L
Label/Tape Dispenser
Sharps Bracket Container
Wire Supply Basket — 5"(127mm)H x 7"(178mm)W x 17"(432mm)L
Utility Bin with Cover (Pack of Six)
Monitor Mounts for Overbridge with Bracket for Overbridge
FL505
FL510
FL515
FL520
FL543
FL546
FL550
FL559
FL560
FL563
FL566
FL570
FL571*
FL574
FL575*
List Price Each
588.00
312.50
529.00
859.00
222.00
78.50
68.50
349.00
324.00
219.00
219.00
51.00
46.00
54.50
34.00
FL576
FL581
FL582
FL583
FL584*
FL585
FL586
FL590
81.50
58.00
73.00
40.50
58.00
44.50
68.50
298.00
FL510, FL546, FL544
FL510, FL583, FL581,
FL582, FL586
*Fits on universal clamp in addition to a hanger rail.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
181
F lexl i ne ™ car t s w i t h p o wer
Build-a-Cart
Cart Bodies without Drawers
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
223/8x321/4x417/8 568x819x1064
233/8x321/4x451/4 568x819x1149
Drawer Space
(in.) (mm)
24 610
27 686
Lock
Battery
Keyboard Mount
Width
Key Lock
Key Lock
Li-Nano
Li-Nano
Keyboard Tray
Keyboard Tray
Standard
Standard
Cat. No.
List
Price Each
FL27K-KL** 8,915.50
FL30K-KL** 8,507.00
*Powered carts support all-in-one computers.
**Powered cart shells come with a keyboard tray.
Nominal dimensions shown above
Drawers
Description
Cat. No.
3" (76mm) Individual Locking Drawer for Narcotics Storage — Key Lock Cart
3" (76mm) Individual Locking Drawer for Narcotics Storage — Electronic Lock Cart
3" (76mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
6" (152mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
9" (229mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
12" (305mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
FL103KL* F
FL103EL* F
FL103*
FL106*
FL109*
FL112*
List Price Each
520.00
619.50
146.00
203.00
250.00
296.00
*Flexline standard drawer pull colors available.
F
Must be factory installed prior to shipment.
Power Converters
FL505
Description
Cat. No.
Power Converter (12V Output)
Power Converter (19V Output)
Power Converter (24V Output)
FLCNVTR-12
FLCNVTR-19
FLCNVTR-24
List Price Each
303.00
303.00
303.00
Power Cord
Description
Cat. No.
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — US
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — Euro
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — UK
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — Swiss
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — Aus
SXFL-CORD-B
SXFL-CORD-C
SXFL-CORD-G
SXFL-CORD-J
SXFL-CORD-I
List Price Each
26.88
38.76
38.00
38.00
38.00
Power Tip Kits
FL318
Description
Cat. No.
DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx5.5mmx2.1mmx42" Long
DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx5.5mmx2.5mmx42" Long DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx4.65mmx1.65mmx42" Long
DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx7.9mmx5.5.4mmx42" Long
DC Power Cable with Center Pin, 5.5mmx2.5mmx7.4mmx5mmx42" Long DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx4.65mmx1.65mmx42" Long SXFL-TIP-01
SXFL-TIP-02
SXFL-TIP-03
SXFL-TIP-04
SXFL-TIP-05
SXFL-TIP-06
List Price Each
70.00
70.00
70.00
68.50
96.00
96.00
Computer and Computer Accessories
SXFLKBRDA
Description
Cat. No.
Hub, 4 Port, Belkin — Black
Mouse, Optical, USB
Keyboard, IRocks Ultra X-Slim
Cover, Keyboard, iRocks Antimicrobial Tangent V19 All-in-One Computer
SXFLUSBHUB
SXFLMOUSEUSB
SXFLKBRDA
SXFLKBRDACVR
FLAIO
List Price Each
70.70
36.00
59.50
37.00
2,672.00
Computer Mounting Options
Description
Monitor Arm Mounting (7.5-25 lbs.)
FL318
Overbridge Computer/Monitor Mounting Kit (Overbridge, Rail, Bracket & Cord Holder) FL505
Cat. No.
List Price Each
798.50
798.50
Flexline™ Carts with Power and Technology provides clinicians with real time access to
information with the added benefits of:
— Smaller footprint for tighter spaces and easier maneuvering
— Highly configurable drawers
— Built in Microban® antimicrobial product protection
182
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
F lexl i ne ™ car t s w i t h p o wer
Cat. No. FLTMENT-KL
Computerized Treatment Package
Clinical Integrated Technology
(All-in-one computer, keyboard, mouse and power supply included)
Many applications in healthcare today are utilizing a form of technology.
Applications that are integrating technology into their process need a
cart that can accommodate those components. The needs can range
from a simple hospital grade strip and articulating laptop arm, to a
fully integrated solution with onboard power and a full complement of
technology accessories.
Cat. No. FLCOM-LT
Computer Package
(Laptop, mouse, keyboard, and
power supply not included)
Features Include:
• Articulating arm options to hold laptops, tablets, LCD monitors, and
all-in-one computers
• Overbridge computer monitor mounting options
• Retractable keyboard tray
• Available with narcotic drawer option
• Premium power supply supporting all-in-wone computers
• Internal/external wire management protects cords from snags
and damage
• Tech trays for battery or computer storage
Cat. No. FLANES-KL
Computerized Anesthesia Package
• Automatic electronic locking system
(All-in-one computer, keyboard, mouse, power supply,
and CS drawer included)
Accessories
Cat. No.
Description
FL420
FL113
FL116
FL211
FL212
FL251
FL310
FL313
FL314
FL505
FL546
Lock Alert VI — Auto Lock
3” Drawer Divider Kit
6/9” Drawer Divider Kit
Side Bin (1) — Locking
Side Bin (1) — Non Locking
Lockable Sharps Container
Laptop Articulating Arm (1-14 lbs.)
Peel Pouch/Catheter Holder
Pull Out Side Shelf Flexline Overbridge Computer/Monitor Mounting Kit (Overbridge, Rail, Bracket, & Cord Extrusion)
Tilt Bin 6 For Overbridge
Flanes-KL
Fltment-KL
Flcom-lt
X
1
2
4
X
X
1
1
X
X
3
1
X
3
1
X
1
Computer Accessories
Cat. No.
Description
FLAIO
FLCNVTR-19
SXFL-TIP-01
SXFL-CORD-B
SXFLKBRDA
SXFLMOUSEUSB
SXFLKBRDACVR
Tangent V19 All-in-One Computer
Power Converter (19V Output)
Power Tip Kit, 5.5mm x 2.5mm x 5.5mm x 2.1mm x 42" Long
US Power Cord
Keyboard, iRocks Ultra X-Slim
Mouse, Optical, USB
Keyboard, Cover, iRocks, Antimicrobial X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
FL-SB
X
X
X
FL-GR
FL-SB
1
2
3
1
1
2
1
Carts
Cat. No.
Description
FL27K
FL27K-KL
FL30K-KL
FL-
Flexline 42” (1067mm) Cart, Key Lock
Flexline 42" (1067mm) Cart, Key Lock, Keyboard Tray and Lithium Nano Power
Flexline 45" (1067mm) Cart, Key Lock, Keyboard Tray and Lithium Nano Power
Drawer Pull Color
Drawers
Cat. No.
Description
FL102
FL103
FL106
FL109
FL103EL
Keyboard Tray
3” FL Drawer — No Drawer Pull
6” FL Drawer — No Drawer Pull
9” FL Drawer — No Drawer Pull
3” Narcotics Box, Individual Locking Drawer — No Drawer Pull
1.800.992.1776
1
1
2
1
1
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
183
L a b C ar t s — M e t al
Lab Security Cart —
52.05
Provides secure storage for animal cage, lab instrument, or hazardous chemical transport.
Solid stainless steel shelf with raised ship’s edge can be used as a work surface and can
contain unwanted spills.
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Rating1
(lbs.) (kg)
Description
24 610
30 760
39 990
600 273
Stainless steel security cart with flip-up door
5" (127mm) polyurethane casters
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
85 38.6
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
SECMLAB*
1,524.00
*Lab Security Cart features two stainless steel wire shelves, one stainless steel security module, and one stainless steel solid shelf.
Cart comes standard with two brake casters (Cat. No. 5MPB) and two swivel casters (Cat. No. 5MP).
Lab Security Cart
(shown with optional accessories)
MW700 Series
MW200 Series
Utility Carts
• Wire and solid shelves available.
• Choose between stainless and chrome finishes.
• Adjust shelves on 1" (25mm) increments.
• Various sizes and styles to choose from. (See pages 88-89)
184
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
MW400 Series
L a b C ar t s — E N C l o se d , M e t al
Enclosed Lab Carts —
33.10
Case24-H6S-P
The functional design of Metro Enclosed Lab
Carts maximizes usable inside storage space and
provides superior maneuverability. Carts can be
used wherever contents must be protected from
an “unclean” environment.
Case36-H6S-P
Case36-L6S-P
Case48-L6S-P
*Shelves sold separately.
Case24-L6S-P
Overall
(in.)
(mm)
Width
Height
33
45
57
838
1143
1448
275/8
395/8
515/8
702
1007
1311
399/16 1005
399/16 1005
399/16 1005
311/4
311/4
311/4
33
838
275/8
702
5615/16 1446
45
1143
39 /8
1007
56 /16 1446
Cabinet
(in.)
(mm)
5
Overall
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No. with 5"
Stainless Casters
List
Price
Each
794
794
794
115 52
186 84
212 96
CASE24-L6S-P
CASE36-L6S-P
CASE48-L6S-P
3,480.00
4,490.00
4,911.00
487/8
1240
162 73
CASE24-H6S-P
4,043.00
487/8
1240
262 119
CASE36-H6S-P
5,043.00
Cabinet
(in.)
(mm)
15
All units are 2811/16" (729mm) deep overall. Cabinet depth is 257/8" (657mm).
Add -P suffix to end of catalog number to include security latch (i.e. CASE24-L6S-P).
Optional Shelves (Wire Pullout with Rollers, Solid)
For Use with Cart
Model No. Prefix
CASE24-
CASE36-
CASE48-
(in.)
Shelf Size
(mm)
24x24
24x36
24x48
610x610
610x914
610x1219
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Wire Shelf
9 4.1
13 5.9
19 8.6
CASE-24WS
CASE-36WS
CASE-48WS
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
12 5.5
16 7.3
21 9.5
Cat. No.
Roller Shelf
CASE-24RS
CASE-36RS
CASE-48RS
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
15 6.8
19 8.6
25 11.3
Cat. No.
Solid Shelf
List
Price
Each
CASE-24SS
CASE-36SS
CASE-48SS
348.00
412.00
467.00
Each shelf includes two attachment brackets.
Shelf weight capacity is 150 lbs. (68kg) evenly distributed.
Optional wire roller
shelf extends out half
way, easily and quietly,
even at lowest level
where accessibility is
vital. Shelf brackets
attach and detach
quickly from unique
“keyhole” slots for easy
shelf adjustability at 2"
increments.
Easily Maneuverable:
Full length handles
on both sides of the
low profile carts and
CASE36-H allow for
pushing or pulling
from either end
and provide better
cart control. One
full length handle is
ergonomically located
on the CASE24-H cart.
Cleans Easily: Stainless
steel construction
makes units cart
washable. Shelves and
brackets remove for
washing. Weep holes
at the cart’s front
corners and underside
of door panels
facilitate drainage and
drying.
Serviceable:
Double-panel door
construction offers
better strength
and minimizes
maintenance. Caster
channels on each side
of the cart allows
individual replacement
should a damaging
situation occur. In the
same situation, other
models would have
to replace the entire
dolly.
1.800.992.1776
•
Casters — Stainless Steel: one swivel lock, two swivel
with brake, one swivel on 36” and 48" models; two
swivel, two swivel with brake on other models.
• TPR wheels and stainless steel horn
• All stainless steel hardware and top plate
• Double race of stainless steel swivel ball bearings,
grease sealed, dust cap with zerk fitting
Thermoplastic rubber wheel with rounded tread
design provides a softer, quieter ride than tradition
flat faced wheels. The non-marking material also
resists flat spotting and repels floor debris.
• Delrin® self lubricating bearing
• 11/4" (32mm) rounded face
• 6" (152mm) diameter
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
185
L a b o ra t o r­y S t o rage
MetroMax i ® Lab Storage Cart
• Corrosion Proof — The ultimate storage and transport system: Engineered
polymers and Type 304 stainless are warranted against rust and corrosion
for the life of the product.
• Microban®* antimicrobial product protection — A Metro exclusive —
is built into all shelves and touch points, inhibiting the growth of mold,
mildew, and bacteria.
• Cleanable — Lift off grid and solid shelf mats are sized to fit into a sink
making cleaning easy.
• Flexible — A range of shelf sizes, post heights and accessories allow you to
“customize” the system to fit your requirements.
For more information, see pages 14-28.
Super Adjustable™ Super Erecta® Shelving —
10.01a
• Adjustability: Patented release lever means shelves can be quickly and easily
adjusted at 1" (25mm) increments along the entire length of the post.
• Unique Shelf Design: Super Adjustable offers the patented shelf release method
for fast and easy shelf adjustment.
• Open-wire Construction: Minimizes dust accumulation and allows a free
circulation of air, greater visibility and light penetration.
• Unique Post Design: SiteSelect post design, with double grooves every 8"
(203mm) provides a visual guide for positioning shelves.
• Available in Type 304 stainless steel, durable chrome-plated and Metroseal 3
(corrosion resistant epoxy).
For more information, see pages 36-39.
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
186
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
L a b o ra t o r­y S t o rage
Wall-Mounted
Shelving — 10.40
An ideal method for storing
items overhead or above
work surfaces.
SmartWall G3
(see pages 74-79)
Post-Type Wall Mount installation
(see pages 81-82)
Metro® Top-Track High-Density Storage Systems —
9.12
When adding space isn’t an option, the
answer is to make your existing space
more efficient. Combines movable
aisles and stationary end units —
utilizing all available space.
• Metro Top-Track systems can
increase storage capacity up to 50%
and more by eliminating unnecessary
aisle space.
• Mobile and stationary units attach to
overhead tracks to increase storage
capacity.
• Eliminates the need for costly facility
expansion.
• Available in a variety of sizes.
See pages 93 and 96-100 for
more information.
Super Erecta Single Deep Top-Track System with SNC slide accessory and Metro totes.
qwikTRAK ™ High-Density Storage
The aluminum and stainless steel floor tracks provide a smooth, gliding surface for mobile units.
• Increase storage space by up to 50%.
• Heavy-duty mobile units are designed to
move easily and store heavy weight loads.
• Floor tracks protect the floor from wear
and tear and do not require to be mounted
to the floor.
• Floor tracks compensate for rough or
choppy floor surfaces.
Double-Deep Configurations can be created
where two systems are joined together to
increase the overall depth of the storage
system for even greater storage capacity.
Choose the shelving type based on the
application.
Both single- and double-deep systems can be
used with Metro wire shelving (Super Erecta
or Super Adjustable) and polymer shelving
systems (MetroMax i and MetroMax Q).
MetroMax i mobile qwikTRAK units can hold
up to 1,200 lbs. (544kg). MetroMax Q, Super
Adjustable, and Super Erecta mobile qwikTRAK
units can hold up to 2,000 lbs. (907kg).
See pages 92, 94 and 95 for more information.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
187
G o wn i ng R o o m R acks , Benches an d S t o rage
MetroMax i ® Gown and Bootie Storage
Baskets have semi-open front for easy access. Dividers adjust horizontally within the
basket to accept various sizes. Continuous label holders identify basket contents.
Description
IVB1
(shown with
optional Divider)
Height/Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Open Cart
Open Cart with Top Shelf
Open Cart
Open Cart with Top Shelf
Open Cart
Open Cart with Top Shelf
24x24x60
24x24x69
24x42x60
24x42x69
24x60x60
24x60x69
610x610x1524
610x610x1753
610x1066x1524
610x1066x1753
610x1524x1524
610x1524x1753
Total
Baskets Per Cart
Casters
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
4
4
8
8
12
12
*
*
†
†
†
†
MXIV1
MXIV2
MXIV4
MXIV5
MXIV6
MXIV7
1,872.00
2,084.50
3,166.00
3,355.50
4,053.00
4,360.00
*Four 5" (127mm) poly casters; two swivel, two with brakes.
†5"(127mm) poly casters on dolly frame; two swivel, one swivel with brake, and one rigid.
Accessories
Baskets fit on frames
level or at a 10° angle
for easy viewing.
MXIV1
Description
Size
Basket* with Label Holder
Divider
(in.)
(mm)
181/2x241/2x10
9
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
IVB1
IVBD
141.50
27.50
470x622x254
229
*Basket weight capacity is 35 lbs. (16kg). Finish is epoxy; color is taupe.
Garment Rack — Upright and Wall Mount —
58.15
Racks are designed to provide efficient storage of Cleanroom garments. Hangers are
spaced at 3” (75mm) intervals. Electro-polished, Type 304 stainless steel hangers are
included.
• Type 304 stainless steel construction throughout.
• Open-wire design promotes laminar air flow.
• Adjustable stainless steel leveling feet provide floor mount or free standing option.
• Unique hanger capture mechanism and hanger design provide theft deterrence.
Upright
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x72
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
No. of Hangers
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x1825
11
15
19
23
27
36
45
54
Wall Mount
Garment Rack
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
24x36
24x48
24x60
24x72
Gowning Bench —
List
Price
Each
GRU2436S
GRU2448S
GRU2460S
GRU2472S
1,667.00
2,065.00
2,519.00
2,979.00
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
No. of Hangers
610x914
610x1219
610x1524
610x1825
12.25
16.25
20.5 24.5 Cat. No.
11
15
19
23
20
221/2
271/2
32
9
10.2
12.5
14.5
GRW2436S
GRW2448S
GRW2460S
GRW2472S
1,002.00
1,261.00
1,598.00
1,735.00
58.15
Heavy-duty, solid top bench provides a sturdy and comfortable gowning fixture.
• Top is manufactured from 14 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel.
• Stainless steel footplates provide floor mount or free-standing option.
Gowning Bench
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
16x36
16x48
16x60
16x72
406x914
406x1219
406x1524
406x1825
Indicates antimicrobial product.
188
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
471/2
55
621/2
70
21.5
25
28.4
31.8
Cat. No.
GB1636S
GB1648S
GB1660S
GB1672S
List
Price
Each
1,094.00
1,148.00
1,201.00
1,303.00
A u t o clave S helv i ng
Super Erecta Shelf ® All-Stainless Solid Shelving
• Solid shelving is available in four widths and six lengths.
• All-stainless, 18-gauge steel construction with 1/8" (3mm) ship’s edge detail helps
contain spills.
• All-stainless design, including stainless cast corners, can be used in cart wash and
autoclave environments. Refer to autoclave guidelines on page 189.
• New accessories include high-temperature autoclave casters and autoclave
cart covers.
Solid Shelves
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Approx. Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
14x24
14x30
14x36
14x42
14x48
14x60
355x610
355x760
355x914
355x1066
355x1219
355x1524
10
12
14
15
17
22
4.5
5.4
6.4
6.8
7.7
9.9
1424NFS
1430NFS
1436NFS
1442NFS
1448NFS
1460NFS
258.00
265.00
265.00
321.00
321.00
383.00
18x24
18x30
18x36
18x42
18x48
18x60
457x610
457x760
457x914
457x1066
457x1219
457x1524
11
14
16
18
20
24
5.0
6.4
7.3
8.2
9.1
10.9
1824NFS
1830NFS
1836NFS
1842NFS
1848NFS
1860NFS
292.00
301.00
301.00
366.00
366.00
446.00
21x24
21x30
21x36
21x42
21x48
21x60
530x610
530x760
530x914
530x1066
530x1219
530x1524
13
15
18
21
23
26
5.9
6.8
8.2
9.5
10.4
11.8
2124NFS
2130NFS
2136NFS
2142NFS
2148NFS
2160NFS
338.00
343.00
343.00
420.00
420.00
525.00
24x24
24x30
24x36
24x42
24x48
24x60
610x610
610x760
610x914
610x1066
610x1219
610x1524
15
17
19
21
24
31
6.8
7.7
8.6
9.5
10.9
14.0
2424NFS
2430NFS
2436NFS
2442NFS
2448NFS
2460NFS
358.00
367.00
367.00
442.00
442.00
536.00
All stainless
solid shelf
with stainless
corners
Important: When ordering by components remember that stability decreases as the ratio of
height to width increases. Units should be kept as wide and low as possible.
Note: Demo corner sample can be obtained by ordering Cat. No. DEMO-NFS.
Stainless Steel Shelf Ledges
Sturdy 4" (101mm) ledges contain items on shelves. Spring-clip
tabs included for attachment.
Fits
Shelf Length
(in.) (mm)
14
18
21
24
30
36
42
48
60
355
457
530
610
760
914
1066
1219
1524
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
Per 6 Pieces
(lbs.)
(kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
71/2
9
101/2
12
131/2
161/2
191/2
221/2
30
L14WS
L18WS
L21WS
L24WS
L30WS
L36WS
L42WS
L48WS
L60WS
45.50
47.00
52.50
58.00
69.00
82.50
88.00
102.00
116.00
3.4
4.1
4.7
5.4
6.0
7.4
8.7
10.1
13.5
4" (101mm) Ledges
*Actual ledge length is approximately 1" (25mm) shorter than nominal shelf length/width.
Stainless Steel Shelf Dividers
The easy way to keep shelves orderly. Eight inch (203mm) high
dividers attach with spring clips (provided).
Fits
Shelf Length
(in.) (mm)
18 457
24 610
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
Per 6 Pieces
(lbs.)
(kg)
131/2
161/2
6.0
7.4
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
DD18FS
DD24FS
72.50
86.50
1.800.992.1776
Shelf Dividers
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
189
A u t o clave S helv i ng
A. Site-Select Posts for Stationary Shelving Applications
Combine required shelf sizes from previous page with stainless posts (4 required),
below. Stainless posts are fitted with adjustable stainless steel leveling bolts to
compensate for uneven surfaces.
SiteSelect™ Posts
are grooved at 1"
(25mm) increments
and numbered at 2"
(50mm) increments.
Posts are doublegrooved every 8"
(203mm) for easy
identification.
Height*
(in.)
(mm)
71/2
141/2
271/2
341/2
549/16
629/16
745/8
865/8
965/8
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
195
370
700
875
1385
1590
1895
2200
2454
1/2
1
13/4
2
3
31/2
4
5
51/2
0.3
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.3
2.5
Cat. No.
Stainless
List
Price
Each
—
13PS
27PS
33PS
54PS
63PS
74PS
86PS
—
34.50
47.50
54.00
59.50
67.00
74.50
87.00
*Height includes leveling bolt and cap.
B. Site-Select Posts for Mobile Applications
C. Site-Select Posts for Cart Wash (Mobile) Applications
Combine required shelf sizes from previous page with stainless
mobile posts (4), below. Mobile posts accept a wide range of
Metro stem casters. Refer to page 193, Caster Selection Guide, for
caster selection options or contact your local Metro Rep for more
information.
Combine required shelf sizes with stainless swaged posts (4), below.
Stainless steel cart washable casters are required for cart wash
applications. Refer to chart below for recommended caster series.
Swaged Posts
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stainless
27 /2
337­/8
54
62
74
86
1 /4
2
3
31­/2
4
4.5
27UPS
33UPS
54UPS
63UPS
74UPS
86UPS
1
699
861
1370
1575
1880
2185
3
0.75
0.9 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 Description
Dimensions
(in.)
(mm)
Stem Caster Post
Stem Caster Post
Stem Caster Post
33
54
63
875
1370
1600
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
33UPS-SW
54UPS-SW
63UPS-SW
61.50
67.00
74.50
These posts come without leveling bolt assembly to accommodate stem casters.
Stainless Steel Cart-Washable Stem Casters
Stem casters are shipped with donut bumpers.
5MDGSA
Wheel
Diameter
(in.) (mm)
5
5
5
5
5
5
127
127
127
127
127
127
Face
(in.) (mm)
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
150
150
150
300
300
300
32
32
32
32
32
32
68
68
68
135
135
135
Type
Wheel Tread
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
Swivel
Brake
Rigid
High Modulus High Modulus Donut
High Modulus Donut
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
21/2
25/8
23/8
21/8
21/4
2
1.1
1.17
1.08
.94
1
.9
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
5MDGSA
5MDBGSA
5MDRGSA
5MPGSA
5MPBGSA
5MPRGSA
152.50
160.00
160.00
167.50
161.00
167.50
Note 1: Load Height for all 5MD and 5MP casters — 63/32" ± 1/16" (155 ± 1.5mm).
Note 2: All casters are grease sealed with zerk fittings in swivel and axle.
Note 3: Brakes are foot-operated.
D. Site-Select Posts for Autoclave (Mobile) Applications
Combine required shelf sizes from previous page with stainless swaged posts (4 required), above. Aluminum split sleeves (Cat. No. 9986S)
must be used for autoclave applications. High temperature stem casters must be selected from chart below.
Aluminum Split Sleeves
Improved design is easier to install. For high temperature, over
the road, or conductive applications. Stainless steel retainer
rings included. One bag required per shelf; 4 pairs per bag.
9986S
Aluminum Split Sleeves with Stainless Rings
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
9986S
15.50
High-temperature Autoclave Stem Casters
5MHTP
5MHTPB
5MHTN
5MHTNB
Type
Wheel Tread
Load Rating
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Swivel
Brake
Swivel
Brake
Hi-temp Phenolic
Hi-temp Phenolic
Hi-temp Nylon
Hi-temp Nylon
300
300
300
300
5MHTP
5MHTPB
5MHTN
5MHTNB
209.00
223.00
209.00
223.00
Note: Casters are temperature rated for up to 300°F (149°C)
190
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
A u t o clave R acks / C ar t s
D. For Autoclave (Mobile) Applications (continued)
Autoclavable Cage Racks
• Preconfigured, autoclavable cage racks available in two footprints — 18x60 (457x1524mm)
and 24x60 (610x1524mm).
• Units are 69" (1753mm) high, including casters. Casters must be ordered separately.
• Carts come standard with swaged posts and aluminum split sleeves.
(in.)
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
18x60x69
24x60x69
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
457x1524x1753
610x1524x1753
136
166
61.7
75.3
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
5-shelf, 18" (457mm) wide cage rack
5-shelf, 24" (610mm) wide cage rack
LC5S1860
LC5S2460
2,452.00
2,892.00
Note: To build a cage rack according to specific requirements, follow instructions (D) on previous page. Refer to
Autoclave guidelines, below, for important checklist to follow.
LC5S2460
(casters sold separately)
See page 190 for Caster Selection.
Autoclave Cage Rack Covers
(in.)
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
20x62x61.5
26x62x61.5
508x1575x1562
660x1575x1562
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Description
6.0 2.7
7.0 3.2
Autoclavable cart cover for
18" (457mm) wide Cage Rack
Autoclavable cart cover for
24" (610mm) wide Cage Rack
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
LC1860AC
663.00
LC2460AC
679.00
Note: Autoclave cart covers are rated for approximately 70 cycles per cover.
Color may vary from image shown.
LC5S2460 with
autoclave cart cover
(casters sold separately)
Autoclavable Lab Carts
• Preconfigured, autoclavable Lab carts are available in two footprints —
18x24 (457x610mm) and 24x36 (610x914mm).
• Choose between 2- and 3-shelf models
• Units are 39" (991mm) high, including casters. Casters must be ordered separately.
• Carts come standard with swedged posts and aluminum split sleeves.
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
18x24x39 457x610x991
18x24x39 457x610x991
25.0 11.3
37.5 17.0
2-shelf, 18" (457mm) wide Lab cart
3-shelf, 18" (457mm) wide Lab cart
LC2S1824 LC3S1824
807.00
1,103.00
24x36x39 610x914x991
24x36x39 610x914x991
46.5 21.1
65.5 29.7
2-shelf, 24" (610mm) wide Lab cart
3-shelf, 24" (610mm) wide Lab cart
LC2S2436
LC3S2436
940.00
1,303.00
Note: To build a lab cart according to specific requirements, follow instructions (D) on previous page. Refer to
Autoclave guidelines, below, for important checklist to follow.
LC2S1824
(casters sold separately)
See page 190 for Caster Selection.
Autoclave Lab Cart Covers
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
20x26x33.5 508x660x851
26x38x33.5 660x965x851
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
3.0
3.5
1.4
1.6
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Autoclavable cart cover for
18" (457mm) wide Cage Rack
Autoclavable cart cover for
24" (610mm) wide Cage Rack
LC1824AC
568.00
LC2436AC
584.00
Note: Autoclave cart covers are rated for approximately 70 cycles per cover.
Autoclave Application Guidelines
When stainless solid shelving, as part of a mobile shelving unit, is used in an autoclave, the following Metro product guidelines are
recommended to ensure optimal product performance and longevity:
Stainless, swedged posts with aluminum post caps must be utilized [part numbers 33/54/63UPS-SW]
Aluminum split sleeves [part number 9986S] with stainless rings should be used to mount solid stainless shelves.
Select either hi-temp phenolic casters or hi-temp nylon casters for application. These casters are designed specifically for
autoclave environments. Bumpers should not be used as they are not designed to withstand autoclave temperature ranges.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
191
L A R F ee d C ar t s
Lab Animal Feed (LAR) Carts —
52.05
LAR Feed Carts are designed to store and transport animal feed. Stainless steel finish
provides superior corrosion resistance, while compact footprint makes it easy to
maneuver in and around tight lab spaces. Tote with snap-on cover included.
• Super Erecta Shelf ® construction makes units easy to assemble with absolute
rigidity, and makes relocation of shelves quick and simple.
• Wire Shelves: Bright, modern, sanitary appearance. Open construction minimizes
dust accumulation, maximizes visibility and air circulation.
Feed Cart
(One Tote Capacity)
Width
(in.) (mm)
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Rating1
(lbs.) (kg)
Description
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
18 457
24 610
38 965
375 171
Light-duty feed cart One tote capacity/shelf
4" (102mm) resilient casters2
42 18.7
LAR1
819.00
24 610
36 914
39 990
600 273
Heavy-duty feed cart Two tote capacity/shelf
5" (127mm) resilient casters2
65 29.2
LAR2
1,268.00
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Cart load rating listed is based on an evenly distributed load.
Cat. No. LAR1 features four L4D series swivel casters with resilient rubber tread. Cat. No. LAR2 features four 5M series swivel casters
with rubber tread.
1
2
Refer to page 193 for information on Metro’s Polymer LAR Feed Carts.
Feed Cart
(Two Tote Capacity)
Accessories
Durable, Metro totes provide clean and secure storage for animal feed. Totes are
injection-molded from polypropylene material, are stackable, and can be combined
with snap-on covers and cardholders for security and identification of contents.
White Tote Box
Outside Dimensions
Length/Width/Height
Top
(mm)
572x445x305
21x16 533x406
(in.)
22.5x17.5x12
Inside Dimensions
Length/Width/Height
Bottom
(in.)
(mm)
Bottom
(in.)
(mm)
20.2x15.1x11.5 513x384x292
Cat. No.
White
Polypropylene
List
Price
Each
MTB93120W
96.40
Note 1: All outside dimensions have an overall tolerance of (+/-) .050". All inside dimensions have an overall tolerance of (+/-) .100"
Note 2: Tote not recommended for freezer environments (temperatures lower than -20°F [-29°C]).
White Snap-on Cover
Length
(in.)
(mm)
Outside Dimensions
Width
(in.)
(mm)
22.5 572
17.5 445
Height
(in.)
(mm)
1.25
32
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
CO93000W
20.50
Tote Box Cardholders
Cover Holder (shown mounted on
Cart with one Tote Cover)
Material
Inside Dimensions Length
Height
(in.)
(mm)
(in.) (mm)
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
4.5
114.3
211/16 60.6
8
5
203
127
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
OP2501CLR
OP2535CLR
5.57
5.57
Cover Holder
Stainless steel wire cover holder provides a convenient storage
option for tote box covers when not in use. Accessory easily
mounts on any Super Erecta® based wire shelf.
Width
(in.) (mm)
181/2 470
192
1.800.992.1776
•
Length
(in.)
(mm)
181/4
464
Depth
(in.) (mm)
4
101
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Approx.
Carton Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
6 2.7
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
LAR-CH
85.50
L A R F ee d S t o rage
Bow-Tie™ Dunnage Racks —
9.09
• Racks join together easily without tools in “end-to-end” and
“back-to-back” configurations with the exclusive Bow-Tie™ feature.
• Rust and corrosion-proof polymer construction.
• Heavy-duty construction gives racks the strength to hold up to
1,500 lbs. (683kg) for 30” (760mm) and 36” (914mm) long racks,
and 3,000 (1365kg) for 48” (1219mm) and 60” (1524mm) racks.
• Available with Microban™* Antimicrobial Product Protection.
Bow-Tie Dunnage Rack
For more information, see page 101.
Length
(in.) (mm)
Height
(in.) (mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Capacity
(lbs.) (kg)
30
36
48
60
12
12
12
12
760
914
1219
1524
305
305
305
305
24
26
34
42
10.8
11.7
15.3
19
1500
1500
3000
3000
68
68
136
136
Cat. No. Standard
Cat. No.
Microban®
List
Price
Each
HP2230PD
HP2236PD
HP2248PD
HP2260PD
HP2230PDMB
HP2236PDMB
HP2248PDMB
HP2260PDMB
276.00
276.00
310.50
350.00
Bow-Tie Dunnage Rack
Metro Bulk Feed Cart —
13.37
• Use for bulk animal feed storage.
• Features unique patented multi-position lid which opens to 191/2"x12" (495x305mm).
• Double wall and deep insulation will hold ice for extended periods.
• Rust and corrsion-proof polymer construction. Large rear wheels and front swivel casters for
easy mobility.
Width/Depth/Height
(in.)
(mm)
221/2x281/4x331/2 572x718x851
Capacity
(lbs.)
(kg)
125
57
Casters
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
8" (203mm) rear; 5" (127mm) front (1 locking)
IC125
939.00
Feed Cart
Indicates antimicrobial product.
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
193
S t a i nless L a b W o rk t a b les
Stainless Lab Worktables —
Note:
Mobile posts include an
adaptor insert that will
accept Metro 5" (127mm)
stem casters.
52.03
• Corrosion-proof performance — stainless steel construction throughout.
• Easily cleaned smooth surfaces. Mobile units can be easily moved to clean behind table area.
• Available top materials include Type 304 stainless and TRESPA Phenolic resin (black or gray).
Refer to chart below for more information.
• Choose from a wide range of accessories and caster options (pages 195-196) to customize table.
Countertop Application Matrix
Use Area Phenolic Resin
Stainless Steel
CharacteristicsPhenolic Resin
Heat Resistance
Low chemical use
Abrasion Resistance
Moderate chemical use
XImpact Resistance
High chemical use
X
X
Strength
Stain Resistance
Stainless Steel
Fair*
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Good
Excellent
Good
Good
Good
Good
*Discolors with high heat
Note: Phenolic resin and stainless are offered as top options for this table system.
Definitions:
Phenolic resin: Compression molded of organic fiber-reinforced phenolic core with an integrally cured
thermoset resin surface. Stronger than Epoxy resin over a span, and not as brittle.
Stainless Steel: Worksurfaces are fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel which provides excellent
protection in corrosive environments.
Epoxy resin: Epoxy resins, silica, organic fillers, and inert hardeners are cast in forms and cured to a
uniform mixture throughout.
Select Table Style and Casters from Chart Below and Following Page:
Lab Tables with Stainless Island Top and Solid HD Shelf (Casters sold separately)
LTSM30IS with casters
(ordered separately)
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750 755
35.750 908
47.750 1212
59.750 1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
35.375
35.375
35.375
35.375
898
898
898
898
35.188
35.188
35.188
35.188
893
893
893
893
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
65
80
103
140
LTS30IS
LTS36IS
LTS48IS
LTS60IS
LTSM30IS
LTSM36IS
LTSM48IS
LTSM60IS
1,441.00
1,521.00
1,628.00
1,734.00
30
36
47
63
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (page 195) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Lab Tables with Stainless Island Top and 3-Sided Frame (Casters sold separately)
LTSM60UIS with optional
accessories and casters
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
35.375
35.375
35.375
35.375
898
898
898
898
35.188
35.188
35.188
35.188
893
893
893
893
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
58
70
91
119
26
32
41
54
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
LTS30UIS
LTS36UIS
LTS48UIS
LTS60UIS
LTSM30UIS
LTSM36UIS
LTSM48UIS
LTSM60UIS
1,441.00
1,521.00
1,628.00
1,734.00
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (page 195) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Lab Tables with Stainless Backsplash Top and Solid HD Shelf (Casters sold separately)
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000 762
30.000 762
30.000 762
30.000 762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
35.375
35.375
35.375
35.375
898
898
898
898
35.188
35.188
35.188
35.188
893
893
893
893
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
65
80
103
140
LTS30S
LTS36S
LTS48S
LTS60S
LTSM30S
LTSM36S
LTSM48S
LTSM60S
1,441.00
1,521.00
1,628.00
1,734.00
30
36
47
63
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (page 195) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Lab Tables with Stainless Backsplash and 3-Sided Frame (Casters sold separately)
LTS30US with optional
accessory wire shelf
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
35.375
35.375
35.375
35.375
898
898
898
898
35.188
35.188
35.188
35.188
893
893
893
893
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
58
70
91
119
26
32
41
54
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
LTS30US
LTS36US
LTS48US
LTS60US
LTSM30US
LTSM36US
LTSM48US
LTSM60US
1,441.00
1,521.00
1,628.00
1,734.00
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (page 195) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
194
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
S t a i nless L a b W o rk t a b les
Stainless Lab Worktables —
52.03 (Casters sold separately).
Lab Tables with Black Phenolic Top and Solid HD Shelf
(Casters and backsplash accessory ordered separately)
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
36.000
36.000
36.000
36.000
914
914
914
914
35.875
35.875
35.875
35.875
911
911
911
911
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
77
92
113
141
35
41
51
64
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
LTS30PB
LTS36PB
LTS48PB
LTS60PB
LTSM30PB
LTSM36PB
LTSM48PB
LTSM60PB
1,415.00
1,495.00
1,601.00
1,707.00
LTSM30PB
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (below) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Stainless Tables with Black Phenolic Top and 3-Sided Frame
(Casters and backsplash accessory ordered separately)
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
36.000
36.000
36.000
36.000
914
914
914
914
35.875
35.875
35.875
35.875
911
911
911
911
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
70
82
101
120
32
37
46
54
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
LTS30UPB
LTS36UPB
LTS48UPB
LTS60UPB
LTSM30UPB
LTSM36UPB
LTSM48UPB
LTSM60UPB
1,415.00
1,495.00
1,601.00
1,707.00
LTSM60UPB with accessories,
casters, backsplash,
and Starsys™ cart
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (below) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Stainless Tables with Gray Phenolic Top and Solid HD Shelf
(Casters and backsplash accessory ordered separately)
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
36.000
36.000
36.000
36.000
914
914
914
914
35.875
35.875
35.875
35.875
911
911
911
911
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
77
92
113
141
35
41
51
64
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
Price
Each
LTS30PG
LTS36PG
LTS48PG
LTS60PG
LTSM30PG
LTSM36PG
LTSM48PG
LTSM60PG
1,415.00
1,495.00
1,601.00
1,707.00
LTSM30PG
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (below) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Stainless Tables with Gray Phenolic Top and 3-Sided Frame
(Casters and backsplash accessory ordered separately)
Width
(in.)
(mm)
30.000
30.000
30.000
30.000
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
29.750
35.750
47.750
59.750
755
908
1212
1517
Work Surface Height
Stationary
Mobile
(in.)
(mm)
(in.)
(mm)
36.000
36.000
36.000
36.000
914
914
914
914
35.875
35.875
35.875
35.875
911
911
911
911
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
70
82
101
120
32
37
46
54
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
List
Price
Each
LTS30UPG
LTS36UPG
LTS48UPG
LTS60UPG
LTSM30UPG
LTSM36UPG
LTSM48UPG
LTSM60UPG
1,415.00
1,495.00
1,601.00
1,707.00
LTSM60UPG with accessories,
casters, backsplash, and
Starsys™ cart
Leveling feet on stationary units have 1.250 (31mm) vertical adjustment.
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (below) for more information.
Stainless Lab Tables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg) assuming evenly
distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
For Stainless Steel Mobile Worktables, Select Appropriate Casters from Chart Below.
(Four brake casters are recommended for maximum table stability)
Caster Selection Guide
Caster Series
Wheel Material
5MDA/5MDBA (brake)
High Modulus Rubber 5MP/5MPB (brake)Polyurethane
5PC/5PCB (brake)Polyurethane
5PCM/5PCBM (brake)Polyurethane
5MPGSA/5MPBGSA (brake)Polyurethane
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
Rollability
Floor Protection Noise
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
250
300
300
300
300
114
137
137
137
137
Corrosion
Resistance
Cart
Washable
Antimicrobial
Additive in Wheel
Low
No
No
Low
No
No
High
No
No
High
NoYes
HighYes
No
Note: The total weight of the equipment and its load should not exceed three times the load rating per caster.
Additional stem casters, in various sizes and wheel materials, are available. Contact your Metro rep for more information.
5MDA
5MP
5PCB
5PCBM
1.800.992.1776
•
5MPGSA
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
195
S t a i nless L a b W o rk t a b le A ccess o r i es
Stainless Lab Worktable Accessories —
52.03
Backsplash
4" (102mm) high. Attaches to phenolic table top (page 195), using
pre-drilled holes. Match length and color with selected countertop.
LT30BSG
Length
(in.)
(mm)
273/4
333/4
453/4
573/4
705
875
1162
1466
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
5.5
6.5
7.5
9.5
2.5
2.9
3.4
4.3
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
Gray
List
Price
Each
LT30BSB
LT36BSB
LT48BSB
LT60BSB
LT30BSG
LT36BSG
LT48BSG
LT60BSG
83.50
100.00
121.50
144.00
Wire Shelf
Stainless or Epoxy-coated shelves available.
LT30WS
Length
(in.) (mm)
223/8
283/8
403/8
523/8
568
720
1025
1330
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
6
7.5
10
12
2.7
3.4
4.5
5.4
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Epoxy Coated
Each
LT30WS
LT36WS
LT48WS
LT60WS
LT30WE
LT36WE
LT48WE
LT60WE
91.50
108.00
125.50
138.00
Note: Shelves are load rated for a maximum of 150 lbs. (68kg).
Stainless Keyboard Tray
Fits 48" and 60" (1219 and 1524mm) table lengths
Cat. No. LTSKB
Note: Stainless keyboard tray and stainless drawer will both
fit 60" (1524mm) long table.
LTSKB
Stainless Drawer
Fits 30", 36", 48" and 60" (760, 914, 1219 and 1524mm) table lengths
Drawer, when fully extended, provides a 75/8" (194mm) opening.
Cat. No. LTSD6
Note: Stainless keyboard tray and stainless drawer will both
fit 60" (1524mm) long table.
LTSD6
Surface Mount Swing Arm for Flat Monitor
Cat. No. LTFMA
LTFMA
196
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
M e t r o M ax i ® P o l y mer L a b W o rk t a b les
MetroMax i Lab Worktables —
52.01
• Advanced polymer construction provides excellent corrosion-resistance performance for
the most corrosive lab environments.
• Table features smooth surfaces that are easy-to-clean. Mobile units can be easily moved
to clean behind table area.
• Available top materials include Type 304 stainless and TRESPA phenolic resin (black or
gray). Refer to chart below for more information.
• Choose from a wide range of available accessories and caster options (pages 198-199)
to customize table for a specific application.
Countertop Application Matrix
Use Area Phenolic Resin Stainless Steel
CharacteristicsPhenolic Resin
Heat Resistance Fair*
Low chemical use
Abrasion Resistance Excellent
Moderate chemical use
XImpact Resistance Excellent
High chemical use
X
X
Strength Excellent
Stain Resistance Good
Stainless Steel
Excellent
Good
Good
Good
Good
LTM60XUPG3
(Shown with accessories,
casters and Starsys Cart)
*Discolors with high heat
Note: Phenolic resin and stainless are offered as top options for this table system.
Definitions:
Phenolic resin: Compression molded of organic fiber-reinforced phenolic core with an
integrally cured thermoset resin surface. Stronger than Epoxy resin over a span, and not
as brittle.
Stainless Steel: Worksurfaces are fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel which provides
excellent protection in corrosive environments.
Epoxy resin: Epoxy resins, silica, organic fillers, and inert hardeners are cast in forms and
cured to a uniform mixture throughout.
Select Table Style and Casters from Chart Below and Following Page:
Worktables with Stainless Top and Backsplash with a Solid MetroMax i Shelf
(Casters sold separately)
Width
(in.) (mm)
30
30
30
30
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
293/4
353/4
473/4
593/4
749
908
1213
1517
Work Surface
Height
(in.) (mm)
351/2
351/2
351/2
351/2
902
902
902
902
Overall
Height
(in.) (mm)
391/2
391/2
391/2
391/2
1003
1003
1003
1003
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
65
70
90
100
29
32
41
45
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
List
Price
Each
LT30XS3
LT36XS3
LT48XS3
LT60XS3
LTM30XS3
LTM36XS3
LTM48XS3
LTM60XS3
1,217.50
1,272.50
1,340.50
1,396.00
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (page 198) for more information.
Lab Worktables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg)
assuming evenly distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
LTM30XS3
(Featuring solid MetroMax i
shelf shown with casters)
Worktables with Stainless Top and Backsplash with a 3-Sided Frame
(Casters sold separately)
Width
(in.) (mm)
30
30
30
30
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
293/4
353/4
473/4
593/4
749
908
1213
1517
Work Surface
Height
(in.)
(mm)
351/2
351/2
351/2
351/2
902
902
902
902
Overall
Height
(in.)
(mm)
391/2
391/2
391/2
391/2
1003
1003
1003
1003
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
70
75
95
110
32
34
43
50
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
List
Price
Each
LT30XUS3
LT36XUS3
LT48XUS3
LT60XUS3
LTM30XUS3
LTM36XUS3
LTM48XUS3
LTM60XUS3
1,094.50
1,122.00
1,163.50
1,217.50
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide (page 198) for more information.
Lab Worktables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg)
assuming evenly distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
LTM30XUS3
(Shown with accessory
wire shelf and casters)
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
197
M e t r o M ax i ® P o l y mer L a b W o rk t a b les
MetroMax i Lab Worktables —
52.01
Select Table Style and Casters from Chart Below:
Worktables with Black Phenolic Top and Solid MetroMax i Shelf (Casters sold separately)
LTM60XPB3
(Shown with backsplash,
accessories and casters)
Width
(in.) (mm)
30
30
30
30
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
293/4
353/4
473/4
593/4
749
908
1213
1517
Work Surface
Height
(in.) (mm)
361/2
361/2
361/2
361/2
Overall
Height
(in.) (mm)
927
927
927
927
401/2
401/2
401/2
401/2
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1016
1016
1016
1016
85
91
118
138
38
41
53
62
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
List
Price
Each
LT30XPB3
LT36XPB3
LT48XPB3
LT60XPB3
LTM30XPB3
LTM36XPB3
LTM48XPB3
LTM60XPB3
1,217.50
1,244.50
1,313.00
1,368.00
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide below for more information.
Lab Worktables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg)
assuming evenly distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Worktables with Black Phenolic Top and 3-Sided Frame (Casters sold separately)
Width
(in.) (mm)
LTM60XUPB3
(Shown with accessories and casters)
30
30
30
30
Length
(in.)
(mm)
762
762
762
762
293/4
353/4
473/4
593/4
Work Surface
Height
(in.)
(mm)
749
908
1213
1517
361/2
361/2
361/2
361/2
927
927
927
927
Overall
Height
(in.) (mm)
401/2
401/2
401/2
401/2
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1016
1016
1016
1016
90
97
125
145
41
44
56
66
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
List
Price
Each
LT30XUPB3
LT36XUPB3
LT48XUPB3
LT60XUPB3
LTM30XUPB3
LTM36XUPB3
LTM48XUPB3
LTM60XUPB3
1,067.00
1,094.50
1,135.50
1,176.50
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide below for more information.
Lab Worktables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg)
assuming evenly distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Worktables with Gray Phenolic Top and Solid MetroMax i Shelf (Casters sold separately)
LTM60XPG3
(Shown with backsplash,
accessories and casters)
Width
(in.) (mm)
30
30
30
30
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
293/4
353/4
473/4
593/4
749
908
1213
1517
Work Surface
Height
(in.) (mm)
361/2
361/2
361/2
361/2
Overall
Height
(in.) (mm)
927
927
927
927
401/2
401/2
401/2
401/2
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
1016
1016
1016
1016
85
91
118
138
38
41
53
62
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
LT30XPG3
LT36XPG3
LT48XPG3
LT60XPG3
LTM30XPG3
LTM36XPG3
LTM48XPG3
LTM60XPG3
List
Price
Each
1,190.50
1,244.50
1,313.00
1,368.00
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide below for more information.
Lab Worktables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg)
assuming evenly distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
Worktables with Gray Phenolic Top and 3-Sided Frame (Casters sold separately)
Width
(in.) (mm)
30
30
30
30
762
762
762
762
Length
(in.)
(mm)
293/4
353/4
473/4
593/4
Work Surface
Height
(in.)
(mm)
749
908
1213
1517
361/2
361/2
361/2
361/2
927
927
927
927
Overall
Height
(in.) (mm)
401/2
401/2
401/2
401/2
1016
1016
1016
1016
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
90
97
125
145
41
44
56
66
Cat. No.
Stationary
Cat. No.
Mobile*
LT30XUPG3
LT36XUPG3
LT48XUPG3
LT60XUPG3
LTM30XUPG3
LTM36XUPG3
LTM48XUPG3
LTM60XUPG3
List
Price
Each
1,067.00
1,094.50
1,135.50
1,176.50
*Casters ordered separately. Refer to Caster Selection Guide below for more information.
Lab Worktables are load rated at 50 lbs. per sq. foot (.024kg per sq. cm) up to a maximum of 600 lbs. (273kg)
assuming evenly distributed load and caster specification meets requirement.
Note: Mobile posts include an adaptor insert that will accept Metro 5" (127mm) stem casters.
LTM60XUPG3
(Shown with accessories and casters)
For MetroMax i Mobile Worktables, Select Appropriate Casters from Chart Below.
(Four brake casters are recommended for maximum table stability)
Caster Selection Guide
*Caster Series
Wheel Material
5MDXA/5MDBXA (brake)
High Modulus Rubber 5MPX/5MPBX (brake)Polyurethane
5PCX/5PCBX (brake)Polyurethane
5PCXM/5PCBXM (brake)Polyurethane
5MPXGSA/5MPBXGSA (brake)Polyurethane
Rollability
Floor Protection Noise
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Moderate
Load Rating
(lbs.) (kg)
250
300
300
300
300
114
137
137
137
137
Note: The total weight of the equipment and its load should not exceed three times the load rating per caster.
Additional stem casters, in various sizes and wheel materials, are available. Contact your Metro rep for more information.
5MDXA
198
1.800.992.1776
5MXP
•
5PCBX
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
5PCBXM
5MPXGSA
Corrosion
Resistance
Cart
Washable
Antimicrobial
Additive in Wheel
Low
No
No
Low
No
No
High
No
No
High
NoYes
HighYes
No
M e t r o M ax i ®
MetroMax i Lab Worktable Accessories —
L a b W o rk t a b le A ccess o r i es
52.01
Backsplash
4" (102mm) high. Attaches to phenolic table top (page 198), using pre-drilled holes.
Match length and color with selected countertop.
Length
(in.)
(mm)
273/4
333/4
453/4
573/4
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
705
875
1162
1466
5.5
6.5
7.5
9.5
2.5
2.9
3.4
4.3
Cat. No.
Black
Cat. No.
Gray
List
Price
Each
LT30BSB
LT36BSB
LT48BSB
LT60BSB
LT30BSG
LT36BSG
LT48BSG
LT60BSG
83.50
100.00
121.50
144.00
LT30BSG
Keyboard Tray
Fits 48" and 60" (1219 and 1524mm) table lengths.
Cat. No. LTKB
Note: Keyboard tray and drawer will both fit a 60" (1524mm) table.
Drawers
Fit 30", 36", 48" and 60" (760, 914, 1219 and 1524mm)
table lengths.
3" (76mm)
Cat. No. LTD3
6" (152mm)
Cat. No. LTD6
3" (76mm) locking
Cat. No. LTD3L
6" (152mm) locking
Cat. No. LTD6L
Note: Keyboard tray and drawer will both fit a 60" (1524mm) table.
Wire Shelf
Stainless or Epoxy-coated shelves available.
Length
(in.) (mm)
223/8
283/8
403/8
523/8
568
720
1025
1330
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
6
7.5
10
12
2.7
3.4
4.5
5.4
Cat. No.
Stainless
Cat. No.
Epoxy Coated
List
Price
Each
LT30WS
LT36WS
LT48WS
LT60WS
LT30WE
LT36WE
LT48WE
LT60WE
91.50
108.00
125.50
138.00
Note: Shelves are load rated for a maximum of 150 lbs. (68kg).
Surface Mount Swing Arm for Flat Monitor
Cat. No. LTFMA
LTFMA
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
199
H D S u p er ™ W o rkTa b les
Worktables —
17.20
Built for cleanliness and stability.
• Seamless 14-gauge Type 304 stainless steel work surface and support structure.
• Shipped knocked down and can be assembled in minutes without tools.
All Worktables are 34" (864mm) high with stationary posts and leveling feet.
Standard Worktables — 30" (760mm) Wide
Length
(in.) (mm)
Post
Material
Bottom
Shelf
Material
Bottom
3-Sided
Frame
Material
Bottom
H-Frame
Material
48
60
72
96
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
90
130
170
226
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
—
—
—
1219
1524
1825
2439
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
1219
1524
1825
2439
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
Worktable with Bottom Shelf
48
60
72
96
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
41
59
77
103
WT305FS
WT306FS
WT307FS
WT309FS
1,528.00
1,634.00
1,766.00
2,156.00
—
—
—
146 66
180 82
226 103
WT306FC
WT307FC
WT309FC
1,137.00
1,300.00
1,557.00
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
115
115
142
201
52
52
65
91
WT305US
WT306US
WT307US
WT309US
1,251.00
1,353.00
1,475.00
1,759.00
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
115 52
142 65
202 92
WT306HS
WT307HS
WT309HS
1,353.00
1,475.00
1,759.00
SS = Stainless Steel
Standard Worktables — 36" (914mm) Wide
Worktable with 3-Sided Frame
Length
(in.) (mm)
Post
Material
Bottom
Shelf
Material
Bottom
3-Sided
Frame
Material
Bottom
H-Frame
Material
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
—
—
125 57
130 59
185 84
WT366FS
WT367FS
WT369FS
1,877.00
2,013.00
2,424.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
—
—
—
—
—
—
125 57
130 59
185 84
WT366FC
WT367FC
WT369FC
1,486.00
1,672.00
1,891.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
104 47
106 48
161 73
WT366US
WT367US
WT369US
1,579.00
1,710.00
2,004.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
103 47
107 49
162 74
WT366HS
WT367HS
WT369HS
1,579.00
1,710.00
2,004.00
SS = Stainless Steel
Standard Worktables — 44" (1118mm) Wide
Worktable with H-Frame
Length
(in.) (mm)
Post
Material
Bottom
Shelf
Material
Bottom
3-Sided
Frame
Material
Bottom
H-Frame
Material
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
—
—
136 62
160 73
202 92
WT446FS
WT447FS
WT449FS
2,038.00
2,175.00
2,583.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
—
—
—
—
—
—
136 62
160 73
202 92
WT446FC
WT447FC
WT449FC
1,641.00
1,833.00
2,063.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
114 52
135 61
177 81
WT446US
WT447US
WT449US
1,744.00
1,870.00
2,169.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
113 51
136 62
178 81
WT446HS
WT447HS
WT449HS
1,744.00
1,870.00
2,169.00
SS = Stainless Steel
200
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
H D S u p er ™ W o rkTa b les
Mobile Worktables —
17.20
All Mobile Worktables are 34" (864mm) high. Mobile units have special posts and four
5" (127mm) poly casters — 2 swivel/2 brake.
Mobile Worktables — 30" (760mm) Wide
Length
(in.) (mm)
Post
Material
Bottom
Shelf
Material
Bottom
3-Sided
Frame
Material
Bottom
H-Frame
Material
48
60
72
96
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
105
160
182
226
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
—
—
—
1219
1524
1825
2439
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
1219
1524
1825
2439
60 1524
72 1825
96 2439
48
60
72
96
SS = Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
48
73
83
103
MWT305FS
MWT306FS
MWT307FS
MWT309FS
1,928.00
2,033.00
2,157.00
2,558.00
—
—
—
146 66
180 82
226 103
MWT306FC
MWT307FC
MWT309FC
1,429.00
1,592.00
1,850.00
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
—
130
139
155
201
MWT305US
MWT306US
MWT307US
MWT309US
1,640.00
1,747.00
1,870.00
2,152.00
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
124 56
156 71
202 92
Worktables with Overhead —
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
59
63
71
91
Mobile Worktable
MWT306HS 1,747.00
MWT307HS 1,870.00
MWT309HS 2,152.00
17.26
All Worktables with Overhead are 30" (760mm) wide and have rear posts that are
approximately 88" (2235mm) high. Cantilever shelves for overhead models are sold
separately (see page 194).
Length
(in.) (mm)
Post
Material
Bottom
Shelf
Material
Bottom
3-Sided
Frame
Material
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
60 1524
72 1825
96 2440
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
158 71
251 114
288 131
WTC306FS
WTC307FS
WTC309FS
1,837.00
1,971.00
2,365.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2440
Chrome
Chrome
Chrome
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
—
—
—
214 97
251 114
288 131
WTC306FC
WTC307FC
WTC309FC
1,259.00
1,424.00
1,676.00
60 1524
72 1825
96 2440
SS
SS
SS
—
—
—
SS
SS
SS
196 89
230 105
267 121
WTC306US
WTC307US
WTC309US
1,561.00
1,682.00
1,957.00
All overhead models are fitted with stationary posts and leveling feet.
For overhead models in other sizes, contact your InterMetro representative.
SS = Stainless Steel
Shown with optional Cantilever Shelf
and Utility Rack
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
201
H D S u p er
™
A ccess o r i es
Cantilever Shelf —
10.67
Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Fits Unit
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Chrome
Cat. No.
Stainless
Price
Each
12x54 304x1372
12x60 304x1524
60" (1524mm) long
72" (1830mm) long & 96" (2440mm) long
11.8 5.3
12.7 5.7
1254CHC
1260CHC
1254CHS
1260CHS
298.00
298.00
Cantilever Shelf
HD Super™ Replacement Parts —
10.69
31/2" (89mm) Foot Plates
Cat. No. 9993HS
Post Clamps
Cat. No. 9994HZ
31/2" (89mm) Foot Plate
Replacement HD Super™ Plastic Split Sleeves
4 pair per bag
Cat. No. 9985H
Replacement HD Super™
Plastic Split Sleeve
Replacement 51/2" (140mm)
Donut Bumper
Replacement HD Super™ Aluminum
Split Sleeves with Zinc Ring
4 pair per bag
Cat. No. 9986HZ
Wall Mounting Brackets
(not shown)
Cat. No. 9984HZ
Post Clamp
Replacement 51/2" (140mm) Donut Bumpers
Cat. No. 9992H
Above fit 15/8" (41mm) posts only.
Replacement HD Super™
Aluminum Split Sleeve
Accessories for Worktables with Overhead —
17.26
Utility Racks for Overhead Models
Inside dimensions measure 115/16" (48mm) high and 43/8" (109mm) wide.
Utility Rack
Inside
Length
(in.)
(mm)
519/16
579/16
1406
1406
Fits Units
(in.)
Finish
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
60 long
72 long & 96 long
Chrome-Plated
Chrome-Plated
7.7 3.5
8.3 3.8
654SRC
660SRC
98.00
102.50
Utility Hook for Cantilever Shelves
Width/Height/Depth
(in.)
(mm)
/8x37/16x111/16
/8x37/16x111/16
3
3
9x87x43
9x87x43
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
Finish
Chrome
Stainless
0.1 .045
0.1 .045
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
HK23C
HK23S
6.30
11.40
Accessories for All Worktables
Economy Drawer
Utility Hook
Overall Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
141/4x28x53/4
362x711x146
Dimensions
Inside Bottom
(in.)
(mm)
10x16
254x406
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
6.8
3.1
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
WTD21C
120.00
Deluxe Drawer
Table accepts up to two drawers stacked.
Overall Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
(in.)
(mm)
24x253/4x71/2
610x654x191
Deluxe Drawer
202
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
Dimensions
Inside Bottom
(in.)
(mm)
20x20
508x508
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.)
(kg)
31
13.9
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
WTD51S
787.00
Take advantage
of our layout and
design services.
> “Space Audits” to maximize your storage potential
We’ll measure your space, assess your storage needs and generate a quotation
and detailed drawings.
> Product Planning and Room Layout
Our team of architectural consultants are ready to support your room layout
needs with computer aided drafting. Our drawings take the guess work out of the
planning process.
> Project Quoting and Management
Whether your Metro storage needs are small or you are stocking a complete
facility, together our Sales Professionals and their Sales Support and Customer
Service teams will work with you to ensure your project is a success.
> 3D Product and Application Visualization
With state of the art computer generated imagery, Metro’s Sales Support team
can help you visualize our products in your space or future space….
Not in the USA? Look on the back cover of your catalog for the contact information you need.
Start the
process today.
Log on to
www.metro.com
to locate a
representative
near you.
S ta r s y s
™
Ov e r v i e w
Solutions That Move You.
Mobile, Modular System . . . Flexible Space
A
CLE N
DESIG
N
Carts
Tall Units
Mobile WorkCenters
WorkCenters
Overheads
The Starsys Mobile,
Modular System creates
flexible space.
Starsys Benefits:
No matter what you need
— open, closed, short, tall,
mobile, stationary elements,
preconfigured WorkCenters
or carts . . . Starsys has the
elements for you.
• The ability to quickly reconfigure unit design.
With Starsys, you choose from
an array of modular units
to fit the space and work
specifications. It’s that easy
and that flexible.
• Rigid aluminum substructure combined with advanced polymers provides
a robust stable work environment for even the most sensitive equipment.
• Facilitates fast, efficient product installation.
• The ability to easily reconfigure lab furniture layout as needs change.
• Flexibility to design a storage solution to meet your exact needs.
• Microban®* antimicrobial product protection inhibits the growth of mold,
mildew, and bacteria keeping the surface area “cleaner between cleanings.”
• Durable, easy-to-clean, polymer enclosures that won’t chip, peel, dent or
rust ever.
• A high level of organization with easy access to supplies.
• Greater storage density in a smaller footprint.
*Microban® and the Microban® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company,
Huntersville, NC.
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
204
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
Ov e r v i e w
Metro® Starsys™ — Reinvent Your Lab!
The mobile, modular Starsys Lab System creates flexible space enhancing lab
productivity and space efficiency by empowering you with the ability to
easily reconfigure your lab space.
Research Lab . . .
Research Lab, 5 minutes Later . . .
Mobile Starsys
WorkCenters
Mobile Starsys
WorkCenters
Fixed Starsys
WorkCenters
Fixed Starsys
WorkCenters
Note: The Starsys System features advanced polymer materials that offer excellent chemical resistance.
To obtain a complete Starsys chemical resistance report, please contact your local Metro representative.
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
205
S ta r s y s
™
Ca r ts
A
CLE N
DESIG
N
The convenient overbridge can
be fitted with a wide selection of
baskets, shelves, and bins to keep
necessary items within reach.
Microban® antimicrobial protection
inhibits the growth of stain and
odor-causing bacteria on Starsys,
keeping the surface areas “cleaner
between cleanings.”
Swing-out Side Storage
units increase work
surface up to 135%.
Easy to clean advanced polymer
material is a marked improvement
over traditional metal carts: won‘t
dent, chip, rust, flake or corrode.
Interchangeable 3", 6" and 9"
(76, 152 and 230mm) drawers
with removable totes can be fully
extended for easy access.
Side storage allows easy
customization of a wide variety
of accessories.
Color-coded drawer pulls are
available in an array of choices to
fit any system or decor.
Label holders available to quickly
identify drawer contents.
Each drawer face has a 1/2 x 183/8"
polished area allowing for secure
adhesion of DYMO and Zebra
labels (not suppled by Metro).
5" (127mm) polyurethane plate
casters, 2 with brakes, make unit
easy to maneuver in tight lab spaces.
Starsys Carts
Starsys provides a complete system of enclosed carts in a wide
variety of heights and system widths. When mobility is a key part
of your storage needs, Starsys carts provide a broad selection of
unique solutions. This modular system approach allows you to
create a cart to meet your exact needs.
Starsys cart widths and depths:
The Starsys cart system is built upon a square module. Multiplying
this storage module results in system widths of single 223/4"
(578mm), double 421/2" (1080mm) and triple widths 621/2"
(1588mm). Depth on all carts is 24.9" (632mm).
Starsys cart heights:
Starsys carts are available in the following working heights:
36" (907mm), 39" (983mm), 42" (1060mm), 45" (1136mm) and
48" (1212mm).
General Overview:
Starsys carts feature 5" (127mm) polymer swivel casters. The front
two casters have a total-lock toe brake (locks both the wheel and
the horn).
Starsys carts feature a smooth polymer top/worksurface. If
chemical resistance is a concern or heavy equipment is likely to be
placed on the top of the cart, Starsys Mobile WorkCenters may be
a more appropriate product selection.
An extended mobile base is required when Heavy-Duty drawers,
Active Level shelving or qwikSLOT shelving is specified in a Starsys
configuration. The extended mobile base adds an additional
3" (76mm) to the overall depth of the cart. The extended base
combines additional counter weights with a deeper footprint to
reduce any chance of overbalance when active level shelving is
fully extended.
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
206
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
P r e c o n f i g u r e d Ca r ts
See page 206 for specification details.
Close-up
of system
Emergency Response
Cat. No. SXRS40CM1
Personal Protective Equipment
Cat. No. SXRS43CM1
LAR Surgery
Cat. No. SXRSANES
LAR Procedure
Cat. No. SXRSARTH
Validation
Cat. No. SXRS43CM3
Fume Hood Storage
Cat. No. SXRSDRS
Gowning Storage
Cat. No. SXRSMDSRG
General Supply
Cat. No. SXRSISO
General Supply
Cat. No. SXRS43CM4
Computer
Cat. No. SXRSBED
General Supply
Cat. No. SXRS43CM6
LAR Investigator
Cat. No. SXRSDCMED
Computer Ready Cart
Cat. No. SXRCOMPBED
LAR I.V. Therapy
Cat. No. SXRSIV
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
207
S ta r s y s
™
P r e c o n f i g u r e d Ca r ts
See page 204 for specification details.
LAR Anesthesia
Cat. No. SXRSUDOSE
Cold Room/Buffer Cart
Cat. No. SXRD43CM3
LAR Imaging
Cat. No. SXRSTRAMA
LAR Euthanize
Cat. No. SXRSCCU
Biomedical
Cat. No. SXRSBIO
LAR Secure Transport
Cat. No. SXRD43CM4
LAR Procedure
Cat. No. SXRSCAST
Basic Single Wide, Locking Carts
SXRS3310L
SXRS3210L
(in.)
(mm)
Drawer Configuration
Cat. No.
247/8x223/4x413/4
247/8x223/4x413/4
247/8x223/4x413/4
1061x578x1061
1061x578x1061
1061x578x1061
1-3", 3-6", 1-9", 0-12"
3-3", 2-6", 1-9", 0-12"
5-3", 1-6", 1-9", 0-12"
SXRS1310L
SXRS3210L
SXRS5110L
247/8x223/4x443/4
247/8x223/4x443/4
247/8x223/4x443/4
1137x578x1137
1137x578x1137
1137x578x1137
1-3", 2-6", 2-9", 0-12"
4-3", 2-6", 1-9", 0-12"
6-3", 1-6", 1-9", 0-12"
SXRS1220L
SXRS4210L
SXRS6110L
247/8x223/4x473/4
247/8x223/4x473/4
247/8x223/4x473/4
1213x578x1213
1213x578x1213
1213x578x1213
0-3", 3-6", 2-9", 0-12"
2-3", 2-6", 2-9", 0-12"
3-3", 3-6", 1-9", 0-12"
SXRS0320L
SXRS2220L
SXRS3310L
Drawer Pulls (one required per drawer) To specify color for drawer pull, order following catalog numbers for each drawer:
Dark Taupe
SXRDP-TP
White
SXRDP-WH
Code Blue
SXRDP-CB
Red
SXRDP-RE
Orange
SXRDP-OR
Green
SXRDP-GR
Yellow
SXRDP-YL
Slate Blue
SXRDP-BL
Purple
SXRDP-VL
Pink
SXRDP-PK
Black
SXRDP-BK
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
208
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s ™ Ca r t A CCE S S ORIE S — S e c u r i t y o p t i o ns
Starsys Carts — Security Options
Mechanical Keylocks
The new M300 Series Keylocks have an "Ignition-Style" design to protect keys
from bending or breaking. Mechanical keylocks are a good choice for all kinds of
applications and work on all types of units and accessories — carts, cabinets, drawers,
doors and wall cabinets. They are available as primary locks or as backups for other
types of locking systems. Each lock includes a set of two keys. Extra keys available
upon request.
Electronic Push Button Locks (“EPBL” Locks)
The “EPBL” Lock is a simple push-button, battery-operated 4-digit code lock with a
10-digit push button face and 10-user programmable PIN numbers. Correctly entering
a 4-digit code will allow a simple lock latch to be turned for access. Master, SubMaster, User and Single Use functions. Power: (2) AAA Batteries.
M300 Series Keylock
EPBL Lock
Electronic Touchpad Locking System
Our most advanced full-feature keyless electronic drawer locking system designed
for use on single-, double- and triple-wide carts in heights from 36" to 48" tall.
Features:
• 2,000 User/Supervisor Codes
• Auto-relock with Motion Sensors
• USB Port for Audit Access
• Proximity & Magnetic Card Reader Options
• User Management/Audit Trail Software option
• Multiple Bay Security
Touchpads & Options
Description
Cat. No.
SXRTP-varies
SXRTP-varies
SXRTP-111
FL421
SXR-INTLCHGR
SXR-PRXRDR
SXR-UPROXCRD
SXR-PROXTAG
SXR-MAGRDR
Keyless Entry Touchpad — Single Bay Locking
Keyless Entry Touchpad — Double Bay Locking
Keyless Entry Touchpad — Triple Bay Locking
User Management/Audit Trail Software
Charger/Voltage Adapter (for outside N. America)
Proximity Reader
Proximity User Card
Proximity Key Ring Tag
Magstripe Reader
Hinged Push-Button Lockbars
These versatile push button lockbars can be used to lock both drawers and doors.
Because the push button mechanism is purely mechanical, no wiring, electronic or
batteries are required. Each lockbar includes a backup M300 series keylock, 2 keys, and
a passive security locktab (security seals ordered separately: LEC9900A = Bag of 100).
For Factory-Assembled Units
Description
24"H (610mm) Hinged Lockbar 27"H (686mm) Hinged Lockbar
30"H (762mm) Hinged Lockbar
33"H (839mm) Hinged Lockbar
36"H (914mm) Hinged Lockbar
Left Mounted
Cat. No.
Right Mounted
Cat. No.
SXRPBL24L
SXRPBL27L
SXRPBL30L
SXRPBL33L
SXRPBL36L
SXRPBL24R
SXRPGL27R
SXRPBL30R
SXRPBL33R
SXRPBL36R
For field retrofit of above key locking bars, add suffix -KD to above part numbers.
Tamper-Evident (Passive Security) Locks
Provides passive security for each drawer individually. Quick visual confirmation of
broken seals indicates which drawers have been opened. Includes factory-installed
lockbar, drawer locktabs permanently riveted to each drawer, and 100 security seals.
Tamper-Evident Locks
Hinged Lockbar
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
209
S ta r s y s ™ Ca r t A CCE S S ORIE S — p o ly m e r d r aw e r s / tot e s
Polymer Drawers (Drawer pull required — see selection below)
Removable drawer totes allow for
exchange or convenient access
outside of cart
Dark Taupe
SXRDP-TP
White
SXRDP-WH
Description
Inside Dimensions
(Height/Width/Length)
(in.)
Non-Locking
Cat. No.
Locking
Cat. No.
3" (76mm) SW Drawer
4.5" (114mm) SW Drawer
6" (152mm) SW Drawer
7.5" (191mm) SW Drawer
9" (230mm) SW Drawer
10.5" (267mm) SW Drawer
12" (305mm) SW Drawer
23/8x163/8x157/8
37/8x163/8x157/8
53/8x161/4x153/4
67/8x161/4x153/4
83/8x161/4x153/4
97/8x161/4x153/4
113/8x161/4x153/4
SXRS3
SXRS4.5
SXRS6
SXRS7.5
SXRS9
SXRS10.5
SXRS12
SXRS3-LK
SXRS6-LK
SXRS9-LK
Drawer Pulls (one required per drawer) To specify color for drawer pull,
order following catalog numbers for each drawer:
Code Blue
SXRDP-CB
Red
SXRDP-RE
Orange
SXRDP-OR
Green
SXRDP-GR
Yellow
SXRDP-YL
Slate Blue
SXRDP-BL
Purple
SXRDP-VL
Pink
SXRDP-PK
Black
SXRDP-BK
Drawer Label Holders
.
Description
Label Kits (10 Pieces Per Kit)
Height/Length
in.
Cat. No.
SXRLABKIT
/4" X 11" (19 x 279mm)
3
SXRLABKIT
L
L
Drawer Accessories for Drawers and Full Extension Totes
Drawer Divider Kits
S
S
S
S
S
S
Description
3" (76mm) Drawer Divider Kit
3" (76mm) Drawer Short Dividers
3" (76mm) Drawer Long Dividers
Egg Crate Style 3" (76mm) Drawer Divider Kit
6" (76mm) Drawer Divider Kit
6" (76mm) Drawer Short Dividers
6" (76mm) Drawer Long Dividers
Egg Crate Style 6"/9" (152/230mm) Drawer Divider Kit
Product Detail
(Qty.) in.
Cat. No.
(2) 16.8 & (6) 5
(3) 5
(2) 16.8
(5) 16.8 & (10) 8
(2) 16.8 & (6) 5
(3) 5
(2) 16.8
(5) 16.8 & (10) 8
SXR3DIV
SXR3SDIV
SXR3LDIV
SXR3DVR
SXR6DIV
SXR6SDIV
SXR6LDIV
SXR6DVR
Drawer dividers are available to
organize your supplies for easy access.
Additional Starsys Totes — Totes provide complete containment for smaller items.
Description
3" (76mm) Drawer Tote
6" (152mm) Drawer Tote
9" (229mm) Drawer Tote
Inside Dimensions
(Height/Width/Length)
(in.)
(mm)
Non-Locking
Cat. No.
Locking
Cat. No.
23/4x181/4x171/2 70x464x445
53/4x181/4x171/2 146x464x445
81/2x181/4x171/2 216x464x445
SXR3TOTE
SXR6TOTE
SXR9TOTE
SXR3-LKTOTE
SXR6-LKTOTE
SXR9-LKTOTE
Drawer Totes
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
210
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s ™ c a r t a c c e ss o r i e s — p o l y m e r sh e l f
Accessories for Units with Slotted Polymer Inner Panels
Polymer Shelves
Cat. No.
Description
SXRPOLY
SXRPOLYDIV
SXRSF-VSHFDIV
SXRDF-VSHFDIV
SXRFVDIV-1
Single Wide Polymer Shelf
Poly Shelf Divider Kit (Includes 2 Divider Rails, 4 Dividers)
Single Wide Vertical Shelf Divider Kit (w/(2) brackets & (2) vertical dividers)
Double Wide Vertical Shelf Divider Kit (w(2) brackets & (2) vertical dividers)
Extra Vertical Shelf Divider
Polymer shelves are easy to clean
and reposition.
Suture Storage
Cat. No.
Description
SXRSUTURE
Suture Storage Module
Suture Storage
Full-Extension Totes/Dividers
Cat. No.
Description
SXRFTOT3
SXRFTOT6
SXRFTOT9
SXR3DIV
SXR3SDIV
SXR3LDIV
SXR6DIV
SXR6SDIV
SXR6LDIV
SXR3RDVR
SXR6RDVR
3" Full Extension Tote/Frame Assembly
6" Full Extension Tote/Frame Assembly
9" Full Extension Tote/Frame Assembly
3" Tote Divider Kit (Includes (2) Long Dividers & (6) Short Dividers)
3" Short Divider Kit (3-Pack)
3" Long Divider Kit (2-Pack)
6" Tote Divider Kit (Includes (2) Long Dividers & (6) Short Dividers)
6" Short Divider Kit (3-Pack)
6" Long Divider Kit (2-Pack)
3" Eggcrate Style Tote Divider Kit
6" Eggcrate Style Tote Divider Kit
Full Extension Tote and Basket
Full-Extension Baskets/Dividers
Cat. No.
Description
SXRFBSK3
SXRFBSK7
SXRFB3SDIV
SXRFB3LDIV
SXRFB7SDIV
SXRFB7LDIV
3" Full Extension Basket/Frame Assembly
7.5" Full Extension Basket/Frame Assembly
3" Short Basket Dividers (3-Pack)
3" Long Basket Dividers (2-Pack)
7.5" Short Basket Dividers (3-Pack)
7.5" Long Basket Dividers (2-Pack)
7" (178mm)
3" (7 6mm)
Baskets
Additional Baskets
Cat. No.
Length/Height
BSKT3
BSKT7
Description
Color
Qty.
(in.)
(mm)
3" (76mm) H. Basket
7" (178mm) H. Basket
White
White
6
6
31/4 x 203/4 x 163/4
71/4 x 203/4 x 163/4
83 x 527 x 425
184 x 527 x 425
Wire grid space: 11/8" x 11/8" (29 x 29mm)
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
211
S ta r s y s ™ Ca r ­t A c c e ss o r i e s — c ass e tt e an d b i ns
Components — Polymer
Description
No. of Bins
Per Level
Overall Dimensions
Height/Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No.
151x298x492
277x298x492
303x298x492
379x298x492
456x298x492
SXRCASB1
SXRCASB2
SXRCASB3
SXRCASB4
SXRCASB5
29/16x1115/16x211/16 65x303x68
29/16x1115/16x41/16
65x303x103
65x303x140
29/16x1115/16x51/2
65x303x203
29/16x1115/16x8
SXRBINSB3
SXRBINSB4
SXRBINSB6
SXRBINSB8
Cassettes and Bins
4 Level Cassette
1 Level Cassette Body 515/16x113/4x193/8
2 Level Cassette Body 815/16x113/4x193/8
3 Level Cassette Body
1115/16x113/4x193/8
4 Level Cassette Body
1415/16x113/4x193/8
5 Level Cassette Body
1715/16x113/4x193/8
3" (76mm) wide Cassette Bin
41/2" (114mm) wide Cassette Bin
6" (152mm) wide Cassette Bin
8" (203mm) wide Cassette Bin
6
4
3
2
Note: Bins are shipped with one ID card.
Description
Cat. No.
Bin Accessories
SXRBINDIV
SXRCASLAB
SXRBINLAB-BL
SXRBINLAB-GR
SXRBINLAB-RD
Cassette Bin Divider Kit (20 dividers) Cassette Label Kit (includes label strips in Mauve, Slate Blue and Jade for indentification of bins)
Cassette Bin Labels (5 sheets of Slate Blue bin labels — 18 of each size per sheet)
Cassette Bin Labels (5 sheets of Jade bin labels — 18 of each size per sheet)
Cassette Bin Labels (5 sheets of Mauve bin labels — 18 of each size per sheet)
Bins
SXRBINDIV divides up to 4 bins.
SXRCASLAB includes 3 sheets of labels. One sheet per color. Each sheet contains 18 labels for each size bin. It also includes 18 patient
ID bin cards for each size bin and 4 cassette ID labels.
Cassette Transfer Carts
Description
Overall Dimensions
Height/Width/Length
(in.)
(mm)
Inside
Height
(in.)
(mm)
Approx.
Pkd. Wt.
(lbs.) (kg)
Cat. No.
Single-Wide, Double-Sided*
40" (1016mm) Single
43" (1092mm) Single
46" (1168mm) Single
393/4x247/8x2211/16 1010x632x576
423/4x247/8x2211/16 1086x632x576
453/4x247/8x2211/16 1162x632x576
301/4
331/4
361/4
768
845
921
150
150
157
68
68
71
SXRS40TRAN
SXRS43TRAN
SXRS46TRAN
301/4
331/4
361/4
768
845
921
170
176
181
77
80
82
SXRD40TRAN
SXRD43TRAN
SXRD46TRAN
Double-Wide, Double Sided*
Double-Wide, Double Sided
Medication Cassette Transfer Cart
Cat. No. SXRD46TRAN
(shown with cassettes and bins,
sold separately, see above)
40" (1016mm) Double
43" (1092mm) Double
46" (1168mm) Double
393/4x247/8x421/2 1010x632x1080
423/4x247/8x421/2 1086x632x1080
453/4x247/8x421/2 1162x632x1080
*Cassette storage available on both front and back of cart.
Starsys™ Single Bin Access Cassette System
Cassette shown in
“Single Bin Access” Mode
Cassette shown in “Full Level” Mode
Detail of Turn Latch
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
212
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
Ca r ­t A c c e ss o r i e s — q w i k sl o t
™
™
Shelves & Accessories for Units with qwikSLOT Inserts
Wire Shelves
Cat. No.
SXRSWQ
Single Wide QS Wire Shelf
SXRSWAR
Single Wide Full Extension Wire Shelf (Right Thumb Latch)
SXRSWAL
Single Wide Full Extension Wire Shelf (Left Thumb Latch)
SXRDWQ
Double Wide QS Wire Shelf
SXRDWAR
Double Wide Full Extension Wire Shelf (Right Thumb Latch)
SXRDWAL
Double Wide Full Extension Wire Shelf (Left Thumb Latch)
2148CI-4Clear Inlays for Wire Shelves (4-Pk)
9990P7
Label Holder for Single Wide Wire Shelf
9990P8
Label Holder for Double Wide Wire Shelf
SXRSLDG
4"H Wire Shelf Ledge
SXRSLFDIV
4"H Wire Shelf Divider
SXRSLFDIV8
8"H Wire Shelf Divider
Description
SXRSLDG Ledge
Metro Totes
Outside Dimensions
(Includes lip)
Length x Width
(in.)
(mm)
221/2 x 171/2
221/2 x 171/2
221/2 x 171/2
221/2 x 171/2
221/2 x 171/2
Inside Dimensions
Length x Width
(in.)
(mm)
572 x 445
572 x 445
572 x 445
572 x 445
572 x 445
201/4 x 151/8
201/4 x 151/8
201/4 x 151/8
201/4 x 151/8
201/4 x 151/8
Height
O.D.
(in.) (mm)
I.D*
(in.) (mm)
3 76
5 127
6 152
8 203
12 305
2.5 64
4.5 114
5.5 140
7.5 191
11.5 292
514 x 384
514 x 384
514 x 384
514 x 384
514 x 384
Capacity
(cu. ft.) (cu. m.)
.44
.79
.97
1.32
2.03
0.017
0.02
0.027
0.037
0.057
Approx. Tote
Box Wt.
(lbs.)
Cat. No.
MTB93030W
MTB93050W
MTB93060W
MTB93080W
MTB93120W
2.57
4.0
4.0
5.25
6.67
SXRSLFDIV
*Loading height restrictions when using covers or stacking totes.
Note: Other Metro totes available. See page 156.
Dividers
For Tote Box
MTB93030W
MTB93060W
Dividers
Short
Long
Short
Long
Maximum Tote
MDS93030NAT
MDL93030NAT
MDS93060NAT
MDL93060NAT
15
11
15
11
For Tote Box
Dividers
MTB93080W
MTB93120W
Short
Long
Short
Long
Maximum Tote
MDS93080NAT
MDL93080NAT
MDS93080NAT
MDL93080NAT
15
11
15
11
Metro Totes
Heavy-Duty Drawers* & Accessories
All Starsys Heavy-Duty drawers have an interior front-to-back dimension of 19.188" (487mm).
Single Heavy-Duty drawers have an interior width of 16.375" (416mm). Double Heavy-Duty drawers
have an interior width of 36.250" (920mm).
Description
Interior Depth
(in.)
(mm)
Cat. No.
Heavy-Duty Drawers — Single
3" (76mm) SW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
6" (152mm) SW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
9" (229mm) SW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
12" (305mm) SW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
23/8 60
53/8 136
83/8 213
113/8 289
SXRS3HD
SXRS6HD
SXRS9HD
SXRS12HD
23/8 60
53/8 136
83/8 213
113/8 289
SXRD3HD
SXRD6HD
SXRD9HD
SXRD12HD
Heavy-Duty Drawers — Double
3" (76mm) DW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
6" (152mm) DW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
9" (229mm) DW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
12" (305mm) DW Starsys Heavy-Duty Drawer
Heavy-Duty Drawer Dividers — Single
SXRS3HDIV
SXRS6HDIV
3" (76mm) SW Drawer Divider Kit
6" (152mm) SW Drawer Divider Kit
Heavy-Duty Drawer Dividers — Double
Heavy-Duty Drawer*
*A keylock module is required in
all heavy-duty drawers specified
in mobile applications. See
www.metroconfigurator.com
SXRD3HDIV
SXRD6HDIV
3" (76mm) DW Drawer Divider Kit
6" (152mm) DW Drawer Divider Kit
Drawer Label Kits
SXRLABKIT
Label Kit
Drawer Pulls (one required per drawer) To specify color for drawer pull, order following catalog numbers for each drawer:
Dark Taupe
SXRDP-TP
White
SXRDP-WH
Code Blue
SXRDP-CB
Red
SXRDP-RE
Orange
SXRDP-OR
Green
SXRDP-GR
Yellow
SXRDP-YL
Slate Blue
SXRDP-BL
Purple
SXRDP-VL
Pink
SXRDP-PK
Black
SXRDP-BK
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
213
Starsys™ cart accessories — corner accessories and side pods
Corner Accessories
SXRMON
SXRLAP
SXR243
Description
Dimensions — Inches (millimeters)
Articulating Laptop Arm
18" Extension, 10" Vertical Range
Articulating LCD Monitor ArmIncludes: 75 & 100mm VESA adapters
Articulating Tablet PC ArmRotates for Writing or Drawing
Articulating Arm Mounting Pole*Order with Laptop, Monitor or Tablet Arms
Hospital Grade Power Strip & Cord Wrap
6 Outlets, 15" Cord
I.V. Utility PoleAttaches directly to left or right rear cart corner
Peel Pouch/Catheter Holder-18"
18H (457) x 6W (152) x 3D (76)
Peel Pouch/Catheter Holder-28"
27H (686) x 6W (152) x 3D (76)
Cat. No.
SXRLAP
SXRMON
SXRTAB
SXR-ARMPOLE
SXR595
SXRIV
SXR240
SXR243
*Mounting pole ordered separately.
Side Pods — All side pods are 30"H x 19.5"W x 6"L (762 x 483 x 152mm)
Description
Fixed Side Pod (Non-Locking)
Fixed Side Pod (with Top-Locking Tilt Bin)*
Fixed Side Pod (with 3-Locking Tilt Bins)**
Left Swing-out Side Pod (Non-Locking)
Left Swing-out Side Pod (with Top-Locking Tilt Bin)*
Left Swing-out Side Pod (with 3 Locking Tilt Bins)**
Right Swing-out Side Pod (Non-Locking)
Right Swing-out Side Pod (with Top Locking Tilt Bin)*
Right Swing-out Side Pod (with 3-Locking Tilt Bins)**
Cat. No.
SXRPOD
SXRPODK1
SXRPODK3
SXRPODSL
SXRPODSLK1
SXRPODSLK3
SXRPODSR
SXRPODSRK1
SXRPODSRK3
*Top Tray with Dividers and Tilt Bin included.
**Top Tray with Dividers and 3 Tilt Bins included.
Accessorized Pods on Starsys cart
Side Pod Accessories
Description
Dimensions — Inches (millimeters)
Chart Holder
99/16H (242) x 111/2W (292) x 4 3/4L (121)
Containment Shelf Ledge
11/2H (38) 16L (406) x 31/2D (89)
Cup Holder 2Cup Sizes: 13/8 (35), 2 (51), 21/2 (64)
Holds C, D and E Tanks
Gas Tank Holder 3
Glove Box Holder — Single
61/8H (156) x 101/8W (258) x 4L (102)
Glove Box Holder — Triple
181/4H (464) x 101/8W (258) x 51/2L (140)
Lockable Sharps Container & Glove Box
181/4H (464) x 13W (330) x 51/2L (140)
Lockable Sharps Replacement Containers
20/Pack, 5 Qt. (4.7L) Capacity
Sharps Container Holder
9.3H (236) x 8W (203) x 3L (76)
Tilt Out Bin
71/2H (191) 16L (406) x 31/2D (89)
1
21/2H (57) x 167/8W (429) x 43/8L (111)
Top Tray (with 3 Dividers) Unit Shelf
41/2D (115) x 167/8D (429) x 167/8W (429)
Waste Basket & Holder
Holder: 15.5H (394) x 8W (203) x 3L (76)
121/4H (311) x 111/4W (286) x 81/4D (210)
Waste Basket Only
SXRGAS
SXRPODLDGE
Cat. No.
SXRCHRT
SXRPODLDGE
SXRCUP
SXRGAS-H
FL236
FL237
SXR251
SXRMF252
SXRSHRPS
SXRPODBIN
SXRPODTRY
SXRPODSHLF
SXRBSKT-H
SXRBSKT
Attached to top of Unit Shelf (SXRFULSHLF).
Attaches to top of Unit Shelf (SXRFULSHLF).
One or two allowed on Fixed Non-Locking Pods Only.
1
2
3
SXRPODBIN
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
214
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
Starsys™ Car­t Accessories — SIDE ACCESSORIES AND OVERBRIDGES
Side Accessory Bracket
Description
Dimensions — Inches (millimeters)
Cat. No.
Side Accessory Bracket
43/8H (111) x 193/8W (492)
SXR205
Side Accessory Bracket Accessories
Description
Dimensions — Inches (millimeters)
Cat. No.
Chart Holder 1
Gas Tank Holder — Single 2
Glove Box Holder —Single 1
Glove Box Holder — Triple 2
Lockable Sharps Container and Glove Box1
Lockable Sharps Replacement Containers
Sharps Container Holder 1
Side Bins (3 Pack) 3
Waste Basket and Holder 1
Waste Basket Only
99/16H (242) x 111/2W (292) x 43/4L (121)
Holds C, D and E Tanks
61/8H (156) x 101/8W (258) x 4L (102)
181/4H (464) x 101/8W (258) x 4L (102)
181/4H (464) x 13W (330) X 51/2L (140)
20/Pack, 5 Qt. (4.7L) Capacity
9.3H (236) x 8W (203) x 3L (76)
4 (102) x 41/2 (114) x 183/8 (254)
Holder: 15.5H (394) x 8W (203) x 3L (76)
121/4H (311) x 111/4W (286) x 81/4D (210)
SXRCHRT
SXRGAS-H
FL236
FL237
SXR251
SXRMF252
SXRSHRPS
MBP216
SXRBSKT-H
SXRBSKT
*Accessory Bracket(s) included.
1
Order with (1) SXR205 Accessory Bracket.
2
Order with (2) SXR205 Accessory Brackets.
3
Order with (3) SXR205 Accessory Brackets
SX205 Accessory Bracket
SXR205, SXR251
Other Accessories
Description
Dimensions — Inches (millimeters)
Cat. No.
Extended Handle
4H (102) x 211/2W (546) x 41/4L (108)
Extended Handle (Field Retrofit)
4H (102) x 211/2W (546) x 41/4L (108)
Pullout Writing Surface (Left Side)
17.5"W (445) x 15.75"L (400); (25 lb. cp.)
Pullout Writing Surface (Right Side)
17.5"W (445) x 15.75"L (400); (25 lb. cp.)
Single Wide Full-Extension Keyboard Tray
163/8" (417) x 135/8"L (346) x 25/8" (67)
Double Wide Full-Extension Keyboard Tray
361/4" (920) x 135/8"L (346) x 25/8" (67)
Backlit Keyboard with Clear Cover (Fits Single or Double Wide KBD Trays)
SXRPULLOUTL
SXRSKBT
SXREHAN
SXREHAN-KD
SXRPULLOUTL
SXRPULLOUTR
SXRSKBT
SXRDKBT
SXRKBD
SXRDKBT
SXRKBD
Overbridge and Accessories
Description
Cat. No.
(A)Overbridge Assembly with two Hanger Rails**
Overbridge Assembly with no Hanger Rails
(B) Hanger Rail (23/16" [55mm] H.x1" [25.4mm] W.x191/2" [495mm] L. usable space
Overbridge with Top Shelf and Hanger Rail
Overbridge with 2 Shelves
Overbridge Shelf***
Utility Pole Including Universal Clamp (Attaches to Overbridge)
Universal Clamp
Short Utility Hook (package of 4) (31/2" [89mm] usable length)
Laryngoscope Blade/Specimen Holder
(C) Half-Size Metal Utility Bin (51/2" [140mm] H.x51/2" [140mm] W.x53/4" [146mm] L.)
(D) Full-Size Metal Utility Bin (51/2" [140mm] H.x51/2" [140mm] W.x115/8" [292mm] L.)
Label/Tape Dispenser
Wire Supply Basket (7" [178mm) H.x5" [127mm) W.x17" [432mm] L.)
(E) Utility Bin with Cover (Package of 6)
†† Sharps Container Bracket
Tilt Bin 3 Units with Brackets
Tilt Bin 4 Units with Brackets
Tilt Bin 6 Units with Brackets
SXRSOB
SXRSOB-1000
SXROBSRAIL
SXR515
SXR520
SXR560
SXR566
SXR570
SXR571
SXR575
SXR581
SXR582
SXR583
SXR585
SXR586
LEC9800
SXRMF543
SXRMF544
SXRMF546
SXREHAN
A
B
E
C
D
SXRSOB Overbridge Assembly
(shown with optional accessories)
**Maximum weight capacity for overbridge assembly is 40 lbs. (18.1kg).
***Maximum weight capacity for overbridge shelf is 40 lbs. (18.1kg).
† Mounts to universal clamp in addition to hanger rail.
††Mounts to I.V. pole or utility pole.
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
215
S ta r s y s ™ Ca r ts w i th p o w e r
Build-a-Cart
Cart Bodies without Drawers
(in.)
Width/Length/Height
(mm)
247/8x223/4x373/4
630x577x958
247/8x223/4x423/4 630x819x1085
247/8x421/2x423/4 630x1080x1085
Drawer Space
(in.) (mm)
Lock
Battery
Keyboard Mount
24 610
27 686
27 686
Key Lock
Key Lock
Key Lock
Li-Nano
Li-Nano
Li-Nano
Keyboard Tray
Keyboard Tray
Keyboard Tray
Width
List
Price
Each
Cat. No.
Single SXRS27K-KL 8,495.00
Single SXRS30K-KL 8,495.00
Double SXRD30K-KL 8,995.00
*Powered carts support all-in-one computers.
**Powered cart shells come with a keyboard tray.
Drawers
Description
Cat. No.
3" (76mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
6" (152mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
9" (229mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
12" (305mm) Drawer (No Drawer Pull)
SXRS3*
SXRS6*
SXRS9*
SXRS12*
List Price Each
136.00
177.00
220.00
266.50
*Starsys standard drawer pull colors available.
**For cassette options please refer to the Starsys cassette catalog page.
Power Converters
SXFLKBRDA
Description
Cat. No.
Power Converter (12V Output)
Power Converter (19V Output)
Power Converter (24V Output)
SXRCNVTR-12
SXRCNVTR-19
SXRCNVTR-24
List Price Each
260.00
260.00
260.00
Power Cord
Description
Cat. No.
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — US
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — Euro
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — UK
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — Swiss
Starsys/Flexline 8' (2.4m) Power Cord — Aus
SXFL-CORD-B
SXFL-CORD-C
SXFL-CORD-G
SXFL-CORD-J
SXFL-CORD-I
List Price Each
20.00
35.00
35.00
35.00
35.00
Power Tip Kits
SXRS505
Description
Cat. No.
DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx5.5mmx2.1mmx42" Long
DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx5.5mmx2.5mmx42" Long DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx4.65mmx1.65mmx42" Long
DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx7.9mmx5.5.4mmx42" Long
DC Power Cable with Center Pin, 5.5mmx2.5mmx7.4mmx5mmx42" Long DC Power Cable, 5.5mmx2.5mmx4.65mmx1.65mmx42" Long SXFL-TIP-01
SXFL-TIP-02
SXFL-TIP-03
SXFL-TIP-04
SXFL-TIP-05
SXFL-TIP-06
List Price Each
65.00
65.00
65.00
65.00
95.00
95.00
Computer and Computer Accessories
Description
Hub, 4 Port, Belkin — Black
Mouse, Optical, USB
Keyboard, IRocks Ultra X-Slim
Cover, Keyboard, IROCKS Antimicrobial Tangent Vita 2001SA All-in-One Computer
SXR319
Cat. No.
List Price Each
SXFLUSBHUB
65.00
SXFLMOUSEUSB
33.00
SXFLKBRDA
55.00
SXFLKBRDACVR
34.00
SXRAIO
2,650.00
Computer Mounting Options
Description
Cat. No.
List Price Each
Monitor Arm Mounting (16-26 lbs.)
SXR319
Single Wide Overbridge Computer/Monitor Mounting Kit (Overbridge, Rail, Bracket & Cord Holder) SXRS505
Double Wide Overbridge Computer/Monitor Mounting Kit (Overbridge, Rail, Bracket & Cord Holder) SXRD505
Starsys™ Carts with Power and Technology provides users with real time
access to information with the added benefits of:
— Smaller footprint for tighter spaces and easier maneuvering
— Highly configurable drawers and supply bins
— Built in Microban® antimicrobial product protection
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
216
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
850.00
556.00
556.00
S ta r s y s ™ Ca r ts w i th p o w e r
Preconfigured units include carts and accessories noted below.
SX
RS
BE
D-K
L
Accessories
Cat. No.
Description
SXRTP-001
SXR3DIV
SXR6DIV
SXRPODSLK1
SXRPODSLK3
FL236
SXRBSKT-H
SXRSHRPS
SXR205
SXR319
Lock Alert Touchpad Single Bay Lock
X
3" DRAWER DIVIDER KIT
2
6" DRAWER DIVIDER KIT
1
Left Swingout Side Pod with Top-Locking Tilt Bins
Left Swingout Side Pod with 3 Top-Locking Tilt Bins
X
Single Glove Box Holder 20 GA.
WASTE BASKET WITH HOLDER
SHARPS CONTAINER HOLDER
Side Accessory Bracket
Monitor Arm Mounting (16-26 lbs.)
X
SX
RS
ED
-KL
Cat. No. SXRSED-KL
Cat. No. SXRSBED-KL
X
2
1
X
X
X
X
2
X
Computer Accessories
Cat. No.
SXRAIO
Tangent Vita 2000SA All-in-One Computer
SXRCNVTR-19
Power Converter (19V Output)
SXFL-TIP-01
Power Tip Kit, 5.5mm x 2.5mm x 5.5mm x 2.1mm x 42" Long
SXFL-CORD-B
US Power Cord
SXFLKBRDA
Keyboard, IRocks Ultra X-Slim
SXFLKBRDACVRCover, Keyboard,IRocks, Antimicrobial SXFLMOUSEUSB
Mouse, Optical, USB
Description
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SXRDP-BL
X
SXRDP-TP
2
2
1
2
2
1
Carts
Cat. No.
Description
SXRS27K-KL
SXRS30K-KL
SXR-
Starsys 40” (mm) Single Wide Cart, Key Lock, Keyboard Tray and Li-Nano Power
Starsys 43” (mm) Single Wide Cart, Key Lock, Keyboard Tray and Li-Nano Power
Drawer Pull Color (shown on page 213)
Drawers
Cat. No.
Description
SXRS3
SXRS6
SXRS9
3” FL Drawer - No Drawer Pull
6” FL Drawer - No Drawer Pull
9” FL Drawer - No Drawer Pull
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
217
S ta r s y s
™
T all c ab i n e ts
A
CLE N
DESIG
N
Unit shown with
optional sloped top.
Tall Mobile Units are stand-alone products.
Tall mobile units are available in single (223/4" [578mm]), double
(421/2" [1080mm]) and triple (621/2" [1588mm]) widths. The
overall height of a tall mobile unit is 78" (1981mm). All units are
247/8" (632mm) deep.
Tall Stationary Units are stand-alone products or may be used in
conjunction with other tall units or Starsys product families. Tall
stationary units are available in single and double widths only.
General Overview:
The overall height of a tall stationary unit is 721/2" (1842mm).
Add 113/4" (299mm) wth sloped tops.
The configurable interior space is 66" (1676mm).
Triple-width units must be divided into a single & double bay or
three single bays — there are no triple wide accessories.
The specification of a qwikSLOT interior or an empty interior will
necessitate an extended mobile base as part of the configuration.
Starsys Mobile Units have a total recommended load rating of
900 lbs. (408kg) including the weight of the Starsys unit.
Units feature two 5" (127mm) casters — the front two casters
have color-matched toe-brakes.
General Overview:
The configurable interior space is 66" (1676mm). The overall widths
are 211/2" (546mm) for singles and 411/3" (1049mm) for doubles.
Filler kits are available to fill gaps between units, between the back
of a unit and the wall (25" [635mm] & 30" [762mm] depths) and
between tall units interfacing at 45 or 90 degrees.
All tall units must be affixed to the wall with appropriate mounting
hardware utilizing the attached Starsys mounting bracket or affixed
to the floor with the optional floor mounting kit.
Tall units are not intended to support cantilevered
countertop sections.
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
218
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
p r e - c o n f i g u r e d tall c ab i n e ts
For specification details, consult page 218.
Cat. No. SXRSGS2
Cat. No. SXRSGS1
Cat. No. SXRD76CM3
Cat. No. SXRD76CMHD1
Cat. No. SXRS72TU2
Cat. No. SXRS76CM5
Cat. No. SXRTGS2
Cat. No. SXRS76CMHD2
Cat. No. SXRTGS3
Cat. No. SXRS72TUHD2
Cat. No. SXRS72TU4
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
219
S ta r s y s ™ p r e - c o n f i g u r e d tall c ab i n e ts
For specification details, consult page 218.
Cat. No. SXRD72TU2
Cat. No. SXRD72TU3
Cat. No. SXRD72TU6
Accessories
Description
Extended Handle Assembly 4" ([102mm] H.x211/2" [546mm] W.x 41/4" [108mm] L.)
Extended Handle Assembly — KD
Coat Hanger Tube
Cat. No.
SXREHAN†
SXREHAN-KD
SXRSHANG
†Unless otherwise requested, handle will be assembled on left side of unit.
Extended Handle
Filler Kits and Trim Kits — Tall Stationary Units
Description
Cat. No.
Unit to Unit Filler Strip Kit
Back Wall Trim Kit x 72" (1829mm)
Back Wall Trim Kit x 72" (1829mm) — 30" (762mm) Deep
45° Corner Filler Strip Kit x 84" (2134mm)
90° Corner Filler Strip Kit x 84" (2134mm)
SXR72UUFLR
SXR72BKFLR
SXR72BKFLR30
SXR84CR45FLR
SXR84CR90FLR
Coat Hanger Tube
Floor Mounting Kit
Description
Floor Mounting Kit
Cat. No.
SX-FLR
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
220
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
m o b i l e w o r k c e nt e r s
A
CLE N
DESIG
Starsys mobile workcenter units
can be specified with or without
overhead cabinets attached.
Available overhead heights include
24", 27", 30", and 36".
N
Overhead cabinet shelves
are removable, easy-to-clean,
and are available in both
solid polymer and epoxy-coated,
open-wire shelf designs.
Overhead cabinet accessories include
light fixture, cassette bins for small
item storage and organization, and
poly shelf dividers.
Pre-configured units are available
with black epoxy countertops.
Standard countertop choices include
stainless steel, Trespa® and Corian®.
For other options, including
laminate, contact your
Metro representative.
Overhead cabinets can be specified
with a variety of available doors, clear
or solid style, locking or non-locking.
Contact your Metro representative for
more information.
Microban® Antimicrobial Product
Protection inhibits the growth of
stain and odor-causing bacteria on
Starsys, keeping the surface areas
“cleaner between cleanings.”
Door handle detail is GMP compliant
and can be accented with choice of 8
available colors.
Drawer pull is GMP compliant
and can be accented with
choice of 8 available colors.
Starsys Doors, available in multiple heights,
can be specified with or without window,
as well as locking and non-locking.
Starsys drawer options
include choice of polymer drawers
(3", 41/2", 6", 71/2", 9", 101/2", and
12" heights) or heavy-duty drawers
(3", 6", 9" and 12" heights),
featuring stainless steel drawer
interior, load-rated at 150 lbs.
per drawer. Heavy-duty drawers
are available in both single- and
double-wide modules.
5" (127mm) polyurethane plate
casters, 2 with brakes, make unit
easy to maneuver in tight lab spaces.
Starsys Mobile WorkCenters are built for change. They allow
you to easily adapt to a changing work environment and even
inspire change in your work environment.
Available Widths: Starsys Mobile WorkCenters are available in four
widths; single, double, triple & single-kneewell-single.
Working Heights: Available working heights without overhead
storage: 33", 36", 39", 42", 45" (with 5" casters). Deduct 2"
(51mm) from unit height when specifying 3" Total-Lock casters
or Leveling casters.
Total Unit Height: All units with overhead storage have a total
height of 82" (2083mm) (with 5" casters). Deduct 2" from unit
height when specifying 3" Total-Lock casters or Leveling casters.
Countertop Heights available with Overheads: 33", 36", 39", 42"
(45" height is not available with overhead storage)
Available Configuration Widths: (without side pods)
Single: 23.6" (600mm)
Double: 43.4" (1103mm)
Triple: 63.2" (1606mm)
Single-Kneewell-Single: 73.0" (1855mm)
Countertops: 29" depth, available with back splash or island
style (when overheads are not specified) in black epoxy, Trespa®,
Corian® or stainless steel. Side splashes are available for units with
back splash.
Kneewell Options: Starsys Mobile WorkCenter configurations have
several kneewell options including a keyboard tray, pencil drawer
(drawer pull specified separately) and support bracket. The triple
unit has a right oriented kneewell option with a nominal opening of
42" (1067mm) and the single-kneewell-single configuration has a
nominal opening of 30" (762mm). The kneewell area in both of these
configurations is supported by a bracket assembly in the event that
neither the keyboard nor pencil drawer option is specified.
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
221
S ta r s y s ™ p r e c o n f i g u r e d M o b i l e W o r kC e nt e r s
For specification details, consult page 221.
Preconfigured Mobile WorkCenters with Epoxy Tops —
46.01
All preconfigured units below come standard with taupe door/drawer pulls and polymer 5" (127mm) diameter casters (2-total lock,
2-swivel). Overhead units include 27" (686mm) cabinets with locking clear doors and two poly shelves. The countertops are 1" (25mm) thick
black epoxy resin. Other top materials and accessories are available upon request.
Description
Cat. No.
Overall Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
Cat. No.
With Overhead
Overall Dimensions
Width/Length/Height
SXRMWS36EBS2
SXRMWS36EBS3
28.6x23.6x36.5
28.6x23.6x36.5
SXRMWS36EOH2
SXRMWS36EOH3
28.6x23.6x81.5
28.6x23.6x81.5
SXRMWD36EBS2
SXRMWD36EBS3
28.6x43.4x36.5
28.6x43.4x36.5
SXRMWD36EOH2
SXRMWD36EOH3
28.6x43.4x81.5
28.6x43.4x81.5
Single-Wide Units
Single-Wide with Standard Drawers
Single-Wide with Locking Doors and Poly Shelves
Double-Wide Units
Double-Wide with Standard Drawers
Double-Wide with Locking Doors and Poly Shelves
Triple-Wide Units
Triple-Wide with Locking Doors and Wire Shelves
SXRMWT36EBS4
28.6x63.2x36.5
Triple-Wide with Locking Doors and Poly Shelves
Triple Kneewell with Standard Drawers
Triple Kneewell with Locking Doors and Poly Shelves
SXRMWTK36EBS2
SXRMWTK36EBS3
28.6x63.2x36.5
28.6x63.2x36.5
Triple Kneewell with Standard Drawers
Triple Kneewell with Locking Doors and Poly Shelves
SXRMWTK39EBS2
SXRMWTK39EBS3
28.6x63.2x39.5
28.6x63.2x39.5
Single Kneewell with Standard Drawers
Single Kneewell with Locking Doors and Poly Shelves
SXRMWSK39EBS2
SXRMWSK39EBS3
28.6x73x39.5
28.6x73x39.5
SXRMWT36EOH3
28.6x63.2x36.5
SXRMWTK36EOH2
SXRMWTK36EOH3
28.6x63.2x81.5
28.6x63.2x81.5
Single-Wide Units
Cat. No. SXRMWS36EBS2
Cat. No. SXRMWS36EBS3
Double-Wide Units
Cat. No. SXRMWD36EBS3
Cat. No. SXRMWD36EBS2
Cat. No. SXRMWT36EBS4
*Trespa Phenolic, Laminate, Solid Surface and Stainless Steel tops are available. Contact your Metro representative.
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
222
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s ™ PRECO N FIG U RED M o b i l e W o r kC e nt e r s
For specification details, consult page 221.
Mobile WorkCenters with Epoxy Tops and Overheads*
Cat. No. SXRMWTK36EBS3
Cat. No. SXRMWTK36EBS2
Cat. No. SXRMWTK39EBS2
Cat. No. SXRMWTK39EBS3
Cat. No. SXRMWSK39EBS3
Cat. No. SXRMWSK39EBS2
Cat. No. SXRMWS36EOH2
Cat. No. SXRMWS36EOH3
Cat. No. SXRMWD36EOH2
*Trespa Phenolic, Laminate and Stainless Steel tops are available. Contact your Metro representative.
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
223
S ta r s y s ™ p r e c o n f i g u r e d M o b i l e W o r kC e nt e r s
For specification details, consult page 221.
Mobile WorkCenters with Epoxy Tops and Overheads*
Cat. No. SXRMWD36EOH3
Cat. No. SXRMWTK36EOH2
Cat. No. SXRMWT36EOH3
Cat. No. SXRMWTK36EOH3
*Trespa Phenolic, Laminate, Solid Surface and Stainless Steel tops are available. Contact your Metro representative.
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
224
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s ™ ut i l i t y c has e
Starsys™ Utility Chase
The utility chase is made from extruded aluminum alloy with a
clear anodized finish. Utility chases are available in eight standard
configurations — single raceway power/data only and double
raceway power/data and utilities (air, water and gas). Chases
come with an 8' black power cord and a 20 amp twist lock plug.
Duplex receptacles (5-20R) are pre-wired and pre-assembled at
the factory. Double raceway utility cutouts are included, ports
and plumbing supplied by others at installation. Hole plugs are
included for unused utility access holes. Mounting hardware is
included. Assembly is a snap . . . simply attach mounting plates
to chase, align chase between overhead uprights and install with
self tapping screws.
Double Raceway attached to a mobile Starsys system.
Single Raceway
Length (in.)
Depth/Height (in.)
# of Duplex
Receptacles
# of Utility
Cutouts
Qty. of Data Holders
with Cat 5E Jack and
8' Cat 5E Cord
Cat. No. 1
18.375
38.188
59.938
67.875
2.25 x 3.00
2.25 x 3.00
2.25 x 3.00
2.25 x 3.00
2
3
3
4
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
DD8650-SWPS
DD8650-DWPS
DD8650-TWPS
DD8650-KHPS
List
Price
Each
Double Raceway
Length (in.)
Depth/Height (in.)
# of Duplex
Receptacles
# of Utility
Cutouts
Qty. of Data Holders
with Cat 5E Jack and
8' Cat 5E Cord
Cat. No. 1
18.375
38.188
59.938
67.875
2.25 x 5.25
2.25 x 5.25
2.25 x 5.25
2.25 x 5.25
2
3
3
4
3
3
3
4
1
1
1
1
DD8650-SWUC
DD8650-DWUC
DD8650-TWUC
DD8650-KHUC
1
List
Price
Each
SW = Single Wide, DW = Double Wide, TW = Triple Wide, KH = Knee Hole.
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
225
S ta r s y s
™
m o b i l e w o r k c e nt e r s
Starsys Drawers
Starsys offers two types of drawers to address varying user requirements.
Below is a feature comparison to help determine the appropriate drawers
system for a desired application.
Feature
Light to medium weight capacity (25-40 lbs.)
X
Heavy weight capacity (up to 150 lbs.)
Removable tote
X
Inner panel compatible
X
Slotted post insert compatible
Ball bearing slide
Full extension
X
Stainless steel interior
Polymer interior
X
Easy to clean
X
Easily removed/reconfigured
X
Adjustable dividers
X
Lockable
X
Optional lock cover
X
Label kits
X
Accommodate hanging files
Heavy-Duty Drawer* (page 213).
Removable drawer totes allow for
exchange or convenient access
outside of cart (page 210).
Polymer
Drawers
*A keylock module is required in
all heavy-duty drawers specified
in mobile applications. See
www.metroconfigurator.com
Heavy-Duty
Drawers
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Starsys™ Doors
Starsys offers two types of doors, hinged and tambour. The hinged doors are available in a choice
of solid or clear. Each offers unique benefits to address varying user requirements. Below is a feature
comparison to help determine the appropriate door selection for a desired application.
Feature
Solid Doors
Hinged
Solid
Door
Hinged
Clear
Door
Benefit
Visual Security
X
Puts inventory out of plain site
Hides clutter
X
Enhances department aesthetics
Visual inventory
X
Protection is not compromised when looking for supplies
Lockable
X
XAdded security
Space saving
Does not encroach on work space
Door swing overlaps X
X
Promotes door closure to protect supplies adjacent storage spaces
90 degree hinge
X
X
Prevents door from overlapping adjacent space
270 degree hinge
X
XAllows door to swing to side o cabinet or cart
Polymer
X
XImpact and corrosion protection
Left or right hinge
X
X
Provides appropriate swing direction
Center closing
X
XAllows for double wide storage compartments
Door label holders
X
X
Provides clean replenishable labeling option
Non-locking
X
X
Lower cost alternative
Clear Door
Starsy Cart Accessory Casters
Standard Starsys Mobile Unit Casters. All mobile units come standard with these casters.
Description
Cat. No.
(2) Front Polymer 5" (127mm) Casters with Toe Brake
(2) Rear Polymer 5" (127mm) Swivel Casters
B5PTB
B5P
Caster Options
3" (76mm)
Total-Lock
Caster:
Utilize 3" totallock plate casters
B3P-TL
for limited mobile
applications or when additional
storage area is required.
5" (127mm)
Stainless Steel
Caster:
Recommended
for corrosive
environments.
B5PBGSA
5" (127mm) Swivel/Lock (Directional) Casters (available by request)
Other specialty caster options are available, consult your Metro representative.
5" (127mm)
Total-Lock,
All-Polymer
Caster:
Recommended
for corrosive
environments.
B5PC-TL
All-polymer totallock plate caster is an economical
alternative to stainless casters.
Stabilizer/
Leveling Caster:
Recommended
for applications
where benchtop
equipment
B3N-AS
demands unit
stability and/or a level worksurface.
Engage caster foot for stability,
release for mobility.
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
226
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
M o b i l e W o r kC e nt e r s
Mobile WorkCenter Countertop Options
Epoxy Tops — Mobile WorkCenters
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Tops with Backsplash
Epoxy Top 21" (533mm) L. Backsplash — Black
Epoxy Top 42" (1067mm) L. Backsplash — Black
Epoxy Top 63" (1600mm) L. Backsplash — Black
Epoxy Top 73" (1854mm) L. Backsplash — Black
SXRCT2B23EB
SXRCT2B43EB
SXRCT2B63EB
SXRCT2B73EB
525.00
735.00
945.00
1,008.00
SXRCT2N23EB
SXRCT2N43EB
SXRCT2N63EB
SXRCT2N73EB
504.00
714.00
882.00
924.00
SXRCT2U23EB
SXRCT2U43EB
SXRCT2U63EB
SXRCT2U73EB
703.50
945.00
1,144.50
1,207.50
Island Tops — No Backsplash
Epoxy Top 21" (533mm) L. No Backsplash — Black
Epoxy Top 42" (1067mm) L. No Backsplash — Black
Epoxy Top 63" (1600mm) L. No Backsplash — Black
Epoxy Top 73" (1854mm) L. No Backsplash — Black
Tops with Backsplash and Overheads
Epoxy Top 21" (533mm) L. Backsplash Overhead — Black
Epoxy Top 42" (1067mm) L. Backsplash Overhead — Black
Epoxy Top 63" (1600mm) L. Backsplash Overhead — Black
Epoxy Top 73" (1854mm) L. Backsplash Overhead — Black
Epoxy Top Brackets — Not Required for Island Tops
SXRSEB
SXRDEB
SXRTEB
Single Epoxy Countertop Back Bracket
Double Epoxy Countertop Back Bracket
Triple Epoxy Countertop Back Bracket
38.00
48.50
59.00
Side Splash Options
SXRCN2EB
SXRCS2EB
Epoxy Side Splash — Black
Epoxy Side Splash Overhead — Black
Mobile WorkCenter
with Epoxy Top
104.00
104.00
Stainless Steel Tops — Mobile WorkCenters
Description
Cat. No.
List
Price
Each
Tops with Backsplash
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Single Backsplash
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Double Backsplash
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Triple Backsplash
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — S-KW-S Backsplash
SXRCT2B23S
SXRCT2B43S
SXRCT2B63S
SXRCT2B73S
871.50
1,134.00
1,396.50
1,533.00
SXRCT2N23S
SXRCT2N43S
SXRCT2N63S
SXRCT2N73S
420.00
682.50
945.00
1,081.50
SXRCT2U23S
SXRCT2U43S
SXRCT2U63S
SXRCT2U73S
735.00
997.50
1,260.00
1,396.50
Island Tops — No Backsplash
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Single Island
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Double Island
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Triple Island
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — S-KW-S Island
Tops with Backsplash and Overheads
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Single Overhead
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Double Overhead
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Triple Overhead
Stainless Steel Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — S-KW-S Overhead
See pages 231-232 for Overhead Cabinet Selection
*Base unit working height is equal to Base interior height +9" [229mm]
(based on 5" [127mm] casters)
Overhead exterior height is equal to Overhead interior height +2.5" [64mm]
Mobile WorkCenter with
Stainless Steel Top
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
227
S ta r s y s
™
M o b i l e W o r kC e nt e r s
Mobile WorkCenter Countertop Options (continued)
Trespa® Phenolic Tops — Mobile WorkCenters
Description
Cat. No.
Tops with Backsplash — No Overheads
SXRCT2B23T
SXRCT2B43T
SXRCT2B63T
SXRCT2B73T
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Single Backsplash
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Double Backsplash
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Triple Backsplash
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — S-KW-S Backsplash
Island Tops — No Backsplash
SXRCT2N23T
SXRCT2N43T
SXRCT2N63T
SXRCT2N73T
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Single Island
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Double Island
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Triple Island
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — S-KW-S Island
Tops with Backsplash and Overheads
SXRCT2O23T
SXRCT2O43T
SXRCT2O63T
SXRCT2O73T
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Single Overhead
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Double Overhead
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Triple Overhead
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — S-KW-S Overhead
Side Splash Options
Mobile WorkCenter
with Trespa®
Phenolic Top
SXRCN2T
SXRCCS2T
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Side Splash Backsplash
Trespa Phenolic Mobile WorkCenter Countertop — Side Splash Overhead
Corian® Tops — Mobile WorkCenters
Description
Size
Cat. No.
Tarragon
Cat. No.
Flint
Cat. No.
Matterhorn
Cat. No.
Slit
SXRCT3B23CTA
SXRCT3B43CTA
SXRCT3B63CTA
SXRCT3B73CTA
SXRCT3B23CFL
SXRCT3B43CFL
SXRCT3B63CFL
SXRCT3B73CFL
SXRCT3B23CMA
SXRCT3B43CMA
SXRCT3B63CMA
SXRCT3B73CMA
SXRCT3B23CSL
SXRCT3B43CSL
SXRCT3B63CSL
SXRCT3B73CSL
SXRCT3N23CTA
SXRCT3N43CTA
SXRCT3N63CTA
SXRCT3N73CTA
SXRCT3N23CFL
SXRCT3N43CFL
SXRCT3N63CFL
SXRCT3N73CFL
SXRCT3N23CMA
SXRCT3N43CMA
SXRCT3N63CMA
SXRCT3N73CMA
SXRCT3N23CSL
SXRCT3N43CSL
SXRCT3N63CSL
SXRCT3N73CSL
28.568x23.575
28.568x43.375
28.568x63.175
28.568x73.075
SXRCT3U23CTA
SXRCT3U43CTA
SXRCT3U63CTA
SXRCT3U73CTA
SXRCT3U23CFL
SXRCT3U43CFL
SXRCT3U63CFL
SXRCT3U73CFL
SXRCT3U23CMA
SXRCT3U43CMA
SXRCT3U63CMA
SXRCT3U73CMA
SXRCT3U23CSL
SXRCT3U43CSL
SXRCT3U63CSL
SXRCT3U73CSL
3x25.063
3x20.688
SXRS3CTA
SXRN3CTA
SXRS3CFL
SXRN3CFL
SXRS3CMA
SXRN3CMA
SXRS3CSL
SXRN3CSL
Tops with Backsplash — No Overheads
*Base unit working height is
equal to Base interior height
+9" [229mm] (based on 5"
[127mm] casters) Overhead
exterior height is equal to
Overhead interior height
+2.5" [64mm]
Single
Double
Triple
Single-Kneewell-Single
28.568x23.575
28.568x43.375
28.568x63.175
28.568x73.075
Island Tops — No Backsplash
Single
Double
Triple
Single-Kneewell-Single
28.568x23.575
28.568x43.375
28.568x63.175
28.568x73.075
Tops with Backsplash and Overheads
Single
Double
Triple
Single-Kneewell-Single
Side Splash Options
With Overhead Storage
Without Overhead Storage
Kneewell Options
Description
Cat. No.
30" (762mm) Kneewell
SXR30BRKTKB-MW
SXR30BRKT-MW
SXR30BRKTPN-MW
30" (762mm) Brkt Assembly Keyboard Tray
30" (762mm) Brkt Assembly Blank
30" (762mm) Brkt Assembly Pencil Drawer
42" (1067mm) Kneewell
Solid
Surface
Colors
SXR42BRKTKB-MW
SXR42BRKT-MW
SXR42BRKTPN-MW
42" (1067mm) Brkt Assembly Keyboard Tray, Mobile WorkCenter
42" (1067mm) Brkt Assembly Blank, Mobile WorkCenter
42" (1067mm) Brkt Assembly Pencil Drawer, Mobile WorkCenter
Platinum
Matterhorn
Silt
Flint
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
228
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
M o b i l e W o r kC e nt e r s
Mobile WorkCenter Overhead Cabinet Support
Select overhead cabinets on pages 235 and 236.
Description
Cat. No.
Lateral Supports for Overhead Cabinets — Select one per WorkCenter
SXRSMWOHB
SXRDMWOHB
SXRTMWOHB
SXRKMWOHB
Overhead Structure Single Wide Mobile WorkCenter
Overhead Structure Double Wide Mobile WorkCenter
Overhead Structure Triple Wide Mobile WorkCenter
Overhead Structure Single-Kneewell Mobile WorkCenter
Vertical Supports for Overhead Cabinets — Select one pair per WorkCenter
SXRMWUP24-24
SXRMWUP24-27
SXRMWUP24-30
SXRMWUP24-33
SXRMWUP27-24
SXRMWUP27-27
SXRMWUP27-30
SXRMWUP30-24
SXRMWUP30-27
SXRMWUP33-24
24" (610mm) Base Interior with 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
24" (610mm) Base Interior with 27" (686mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
24" (610mm) Base Interior with 30" (762mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
24" (610mm) Base Interior with 33" (838mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
27" (686mm) Base Interior with 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
27" (686mm) Base Interior with 27" (686mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
27" (686mm) Base Interior with 30" (762mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
30" (762mm) Base Interior with 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
30" (762mm) Base Interior with 27" (686mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
33" (838mm) Base Interior with 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior (1 Pair)
Overhead Cabinet and Shelving Combination — Vertical Supports
SXRMWUP24Q-24
SXRMWUP24Q-27
SXRMWUP24Q-30
SXRMWUP24Q-33
SXRMWUP27Q-24
SXRMWUP27Q-27
SXRMWUP27Q-30
SXRMWUP30Q-24
SXRMWUP30Q-27
SXRMWUP33Q-24
24" (610mm) Base 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
24" (610mm) Base 27" (686mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
24" (610mm) Base 30" (762mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
24" (610mm) Base 33" (838mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
27" (686mm) Base 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
27" (686mm) Base 27" (686mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
27" (686mm) Base 30" (762mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
30" (762mm) Base 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
30" (762mm) Base 27" (686mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
33" (838mm) Base 24" (610mm) Overhead Interior and Slotted Inserts
Mobile WorkCenter Reagent Shelving and Supports
Description
Cat. No.
Reagent Shelving Options
SXRSMWSHF
SXRDMWSHF
SXRTMWSHF
SXRKMWSHF
Shelf Assembly — Single width
Shelf Assembly — Double width
Shelf Assembly — Triple width
Shelf Assembly — Single-Kneewell — Single
Lateral Support for Reagent Shelving — Select one per WorkCenter
Cross Member — Single width
Cross Member — Double width
Cross Member —Triple width
Cross Member — Single-Kneewell —Single
SXRSMWSB
SXRDMWSB
SXRTMWSB
SXRKMWSB
Vertical Supports with Slotted Inserts for Reagent Shelving —
Select one pair per WorkCenter
24" (610mm) Base Interior with Slotted Inserts (1 Pair)
27" (686mm) Base Interior with Slotted Inserts (1 Pair)
30" (762mm) Base Interior with Slotted Inserts (1 Pair)
33" (838mm) Base Interior with Slotted Inserts (1 Pair)
*Base unit working height
is equal to Base interior
height +9" [229mm]
(based on 5" [127mm]
casters) Overhead
exterior height is equal to
Overhead interior height
+2.5" [64mm]
SXRMWUP24Q
SXRMWUP27Q
SXRMWUP30Q
SXRMWUP33Q
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
229
S ta r s y s
™
S tat i o na r y W o r kC e nt e r s
A
CLE N
DESIG
N
Starsys Stationary WorkCenters
Starsys Base Units
Starsys WorkCenters are designed to be a fully integrated, fully
adaptable, modular system. WorkCenters can be stand alone
products or can be a configured section within a larger product
configuration. WorkCenters combine valuable lower storage
areas with finished modular countertops to offer a complete
storage and work area solution. Starsys WorkCenters are
made up of two key components: base units and countertops.
Understanding how these two elements work together is the key
to understanding the Starsys WorkCenters line. While sections
of Starsys WorkCenters can be configured into many physical
combinations, these sections are typically divided into two
categories: “straight run” or “corner” configurations.
Base units are the products that provide valuable lower storage
areas, as well as providing the necessary support for countertops.
Base units are the most critical part of a configuration with
countertops. Their total combined length and placement will
determine the length of the associated countertops in the
design. Their placement will determine the placement and size
of necessary kneewells and provide support for valuable corner
work areas. All Starsys base units are available in light taupe but
have the flexibility to be accented with various door & drawer
handle colors. Countertop color selection and cove base color
selections may be used to accent the base unit color.
Working Heights: Starsys WorkCenters are available in the
following working heights: 30" (762mm), 33" (838mm),
36" (914mm), 39" (990mm) and 42" (1067mm). Within each
working height there is up to 2.5" (64mm) of additional height
adjustment via the four adjustable leveling feet in each base unit.
• Microban® antimicrobial product protection inhibits the
growth of mold, mildew, and bacteria keeping the surface area
“cleaner between cleanings.”
System Widths: Base Units are available in Single and
Double widths.
System Heights: Base Units are designed to work with the
following nominal countertop heights: 30" (762mm), 33"
(838mm), 36" (914mm), 39" (990mm) & 42" (1067mm)
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
230
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s ™ PRECO N FIG U RED S tat i o na r y W o r kC e nt e r s
For specification details, consult page 230.
Preconfigured WorkCenter Base Units
Cat. No. SXRS30BU1
Cat. No. SXRD30BU1
Cat. No. SXRS36BU1
Cat. No. SXRS36BUHD1
Cat. No. SXRS30BU2
Cat. No. SXRS30BU3
Cat. No. SXRD30BU2
Cat. No. SXRS36BU2
Cat. No. SXRS36BUHD2
Cat. No. SXRS30BU4
Cat. No. SXRD30BUHD1
Cat. No. SXRS36BU3
Cat. No. SXRS30BUHD1
Cat. No. SXRD30BUHD2
Cat. No. SXRS36BU6
Cat. No. SXRS36BU4
Cat. No. SXRD36BU1
Cat. No. SXRD36BU2
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
231
S ta r s y s ™ PRECO N FIG U RED S tat i o na r y W o r kC e nt e r s
For specification details, consult page 230.
Preconfigured WorkCenter Base Units
Cat. No. SXRD36BU4
Cat. No. SXRD36BU3
Cat. No. SXRS39BU1
Cat. No. SXRD39BU6
Cat. No. SXRS39BU3
Cat. No. SXRD39BUHD1
Cat. No. SXRD36BU6
Cat. No. SXRD36BUHD2
Cat. No. SXRD39BU4
Cat. No. SXRD39BUHD2
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
232
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
S tat i o na r y W o r kC e nt e r s
For specification details, consult page 230.
Base Unit Trim Kits
Description
Cat. No.
Back Wall Trim Kits — 25" Deep Countertops
Back Wall Trim Kit x 39 (all heights)
SXR39BKFLR
Back-to-Back Cabinet Trim Kits — 25" Deep Countertops
Back to Back Filler for 30" H — 25" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 33" H — 25" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 36" H — 25" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 39" H — 25" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 42" H — 25" Countertop
SXR30BBFLR
SXR33BBFLR
SXR36BBFLR
SXR39BBFLR
SXR42BBFLR
Back Wall Trim Kits — 30" Deep Countertops
Back Wall Trim for 30" H — 30" Countertop
Back Wall Trim for 33" H — 30" Countertop
Back Wall Trim for 36" H — 30" Countertop
Back Wall Trim for 39" H — 30" Countertop
Back Wall Trim for 42" H — 30" Countertop
SXR30BKFLR30
SXR33BKFLR30
SXR36BKFLR30
SXR39BKFLR30
SXR42BKFLR30
Back-to-Back Cabinet Trim Kits — 30" Deep Countertops
Back to Back Filler for 30" H — 30" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 33" H — 30" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 36" H — 30" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 39" H — 30" Countertop
Back to Back Filler for 42" H — 30" Countertop
Valance Kit
SXR30BBFLR30
SXR33BBFLR30
SXR36BBFLR30
SXR39BBFLR30
SXR42BBFLR30
Unit-to-Unit Filler Kits
Unit to Unit Filler Strip Kit (10 pieces/kit)
SXR72UUFLR
Corner Filler Kits
45 Degree Corner Filler Strip Kit x 84
90 Degree Corner Filler Strip Kit x 84
SXR84CR45FLR
SXR84CR90FLR
WorkCenter Base Unit Accessories
Description
Cat. No.
Kneewell Options and Accessories
Undercounter Keyboard Tray
30 Brkt Assembly Blank
30 Brkt Assembly Keyboard Tray
30 Brkt Assembly Pencil Drawer
42 Brkt Assembly Blank
42 Brkt Assembly Keyboard Tray
42 Brkt Assembly Pencil Drawer
SXRKYBDTRY
SXR30BRKT
SXR30BRKTKB
SXR30BRKTPN
SXR42BRKT
SXR42BRKTKB
SXR42BRKTPN
30" Kneewell Bracket with Pencil Drawer Option
Countertop Support
Brackets:
The counter-to-counter
bracket allows a
countertop adjacent to
a WorkCenter section
with base unit to be
supported at the
same working height
without the need for
an additional base unit.
The offset counter
bracket allows for
similar configurations
but accommodates
change in the working
heights by dropping the
adjacent countertop by
3", 6", or 9" (76, 152, or
229mm) as required by
the application.
Sink Valance
Sink Valance Kit
SXRSINKVLC
Floor Mounting Kit
Floor Mounting Kit
SXR-FLR
Countertop Accessories
Description
Cat. No.
Countertop Mounting Brackets
Counter to Counter Bracket
Counter to Wall Bracket
Offset Counter Bracket — 3
Offset Counter Bracket — 6
Offset Counter Bracket — 9
SXRCCBRKT
SXRCWBRKT
SXROST3BRKT
SXROST6BRKT
SXROST9BRKT
Countertop Hole Grommet Kits
Hole Grommet Kit
SXRHOLEGRMT
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
233
Starsys ™ WorkCenters —SINKS, FIXTURES AND EYE WASHES
Starsys™ WorkCenters — Sinks, Fixtures and Eye Washes —
8.01
Below is a sampling of the wide variety of single- and double-bay sinks, faucets, eye washes and other fixtures available
with countertop units: black epoxy sinks, stainless steel sinks (lipped or undermount), standard and laboratory grade
faucets (deck or floor mount). Pure water and pre-rinse faucets also available. Consult your Metro representative.
Stainless Steel Sink and Faucet Kit
Includes 12" x 12" x 7 1/2" (305 x 305 x
191mm) stainless steel sink bowl,
chrome-plated faucet (6" [152mm]
swivel gooseneck wrist blade handles),
trap and drain.
Cat. No. SC0459
Stainless Steel Sink and Faucet Kit
Includes 14" x 18" x 71/2" (356 x 457
x 191mm) stainless steel sink bowl,
chrome-plated faucet (6" [152mm] swivel
gooseneck wrist blade handles) trap and
drain.
Cat. No. SC0460
Laboratory Mixing Faucet
Deck mounted, 6" (152mm) swing vacuum
breaker, 10 serration hose end gooseneck,
four arm handles.
Cat No. SC0734A
Laboratory Mixing Faucet
Deck mounted, 6" (152mm) swing vacuum
breaker gooseneck, 10 serration hose end
and four arm handles.
Cat No. SCP1830Q
Eye Wash (Rear Mount)
Black Epoxy-Lipped Sink Bowl
Includes 16" x 12" x 8"
(406 x 305 x 203mm) bowl,
center outlet and strainer.
Cat. No. SCP1148F
Polished chrome plated brass, right-hand
deck mount AutoFlow,™ GS-Plus™ spray
heads 90° swing-down flip-top spray head
dust covers.
Cat. No. SCP0734C
Eye Wash (Right-Side Mount)
Black Epoxy Lipped Sink Bowl
Includes 25" x 15" x 10" (635 x 381 x
254mm) bowl, corner outlet and strainer.
Cat. No. SCP1320B
12.5" (318mm) swing away arm with swivel
valve, right side deck mount, acetal dual
stream heads with integral hinged covers.
Cat No. SCP11771
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
234
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
S ta r s y s
™
Ov e r h e a d U n i ts
A
CLE N
DESIG
N
Starsys Overhead Storage Solutions: The Starsys line offers
two solutions when additional wall storage is required above
a WorkCenter or when overhead storage is required above a
Mobile WorkCenter.
Starsys Half-Depth Overhead Storage Units — are built on
the same widths as Starsys base units utilizing very similar
construction, insuring that wall cabinets align with the lower
product configuration in your application. Starsys Overhead
Cabinets are available as single or double width cabinets in the
following interior heights:
Interior dimensions: 24", 27", 30", 33", 36" [610mm, 686mm,
762mm, 838mm, 914mm] (add 2.5" [64mm] for overall
exterior height).
All Starsys overhead cabinets include corrugated polymer inner
panels in their assembly as well as a clean-design back panel,
molded with the cosmetic side facing the inside of cabinet,
creating a much cleaner appearance — especially when used
without doors or in conjunction with a clear door. The necessary
wall mount rails/hardware are included with each wall cabinet.
(wall anchoring hardware is not supplied by InterMetro).
To configure a Starsys unit to your exact specifications, please visit www.metroconfigurator.com
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
235
S ta r s y s
™
Ov e r h e a d U n i ts
For specification details, consult page 230.
Cat. No. SXRSOH27P2C
Cat. No. SXRSOH27P2N
Cat. No. SXRSOH27P2S
Cat. No. SXRDOH27P2S
Cat. No. SXRDOH27W2C
Starsys Wall Cabinet Accessories
Decription
Cat. No.
Wall Cabinet Shelving
Single-wide Overhead Polymer Shelf
Single-wide Overhead Wire Shelf
Double-wide Overhead Polymer Shelf
Double-wide Overhead Wire Shelf
SXRSOHPS
SXRSOHWE
SXRDOHPS
SXRDOHWE
Wall Cabinet Shelf Divider Kits
Single-wide Overhead Shelf Divider Kit
Double-wide Overhead Shelf Divider Kit
SXRSOHDIV
SXRDOHDIV
Under Cabinet Lighting
Single-wide Overhead Light (Valance and 1 Light)
Double-wide Overhead Light (Valance and 1 Light)
Triple-wide Overhead Light (Valance and 2 Lights)
Additional Overhead Light
SXRSOHL
SXRDOHL
SXRTOHL
SXROHLT
Cassettes and Bins
Wall Cabinets
1 Level Cassette Body
2 Level Cassette Body
3 Level Cassette Body
4 Level Cassette Body
5 Level Cassette Body
SXRCASB1
SXRCASB2
SXRCASB3
SXRCASB4
SXRCASB5
3" (76mm) wide Cassette Bin
41/2" (114mm) wide Cassette Bin
6" (152mm) wide Cassette Bin
8" (203mm) wide Cassette Bin
SXRBINSB3
SXRBINSB4
SXRBINSB6
SXRBINSB8
Note: Bins are shipped with one ID card.
Sloped Tops — Wall Cabinets
Single-wide Overhead Sloped Top
Double-wide Overhead Sloped Top
SXRSOHSLTOP
SXRDOHSLTOP
Filler Kits — Additional Wall Mount Rails and Covers
49" (1245mm) Overhead Back Filler Kit
63" (1600mm) Mounting Rail Cover Kit
Additional Single-wide Wall Mount Bracket Kit (1 Pair)
Additional Double-wide Wall Mount Bracket Kit (1 Pair)
SXROHFLR-49
SXROHFLR-63
SXROHWB-22
SXROHWB-42
Starsys Carts are built to exact customer specifications, therefore, they are non-cancelable, non-returnable.
For Starsys pricing information, please contact your local Metro representative.
236
1.800.992.1776
•
WWW.ME TRO.COM
terms and conditions
Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale
1. Prices:
Unless otherwise specified in writing by Seller,
Seller’s price for the goods shall remain in effect
for sixty (60) days after the date of Seller’s
quotation or acknowledgment of Buyer’s order
for the Goods, whichever occurs first, provided
an unconditional, complete authorization for the
immediate shipment of the Goods is received
and accepted by Seller within such time period. If
such authorization is not received by Seller within
such sixty (60) day period, Seller shall have the
right to change the price for the Goods to Seller’s
price for the Goods at the time of shipment.
2. Taxes:
Any current or future tax or governmental charge
(or increase in same) affecting Seller’s costs
of production, sale, or delivery or shipment,
or which Seller is otherwise required to pay or
collect in connection with the sale, purchase,
delivery, storage, processing, use or consumption
of Goods, shall be for Buyer’s account and shall be
added to the price or billed to Buyer separately, at
Seller’s election.
3. Terms of Payment:
Subject to the approval of Seller’s Credit
Department, terms are 1% ten (10) days net
thirty (30) days from date of Seller’s invoice in
U.S. currency. Freight and handling charges are
not subject to discount. If any payment owed to
Seller is not paid when due, it shall bear interest
at a rate to be determined by Seller, which shall
not exceed the maximum rate permitted by
law, from the date on which it is due until it is
paid. Should Buyer’s financial responsibility
become unsatisfactory to Seller, cash payments
or security satisfactory to Seller may be required
by Seller for future deliveries and for the Goods
theretofore delivered. If such cash payment or
security is not provided, in addition to Seller’s
other rights and remedies, Seller may discontinue
deliveries. Seller shall have the right among other
remedies, either to terminate the Agreement or
to suspend further performance under this and/
or other agreements with Buyer in the event
Buyer fails to make any payment when due,
which other agreements Buyer and Seller hereby
amend accordingly. Buyer shall be liable for all
expenses, including attorneys’ fees, relating to
the collection of past due amounts.
Minimum Order:
Orders under Seller’s Minimum Order Net will be
charged a then-current Freight and Handling Fee
or a then-current Handling Fee plus actual freight
costs when applicable. See www.metro.com/
Terms for Seller’s current Minimum Order value
and associated Fees.
Returns of Non-Defective Goods:
Written approval from Seller’s customer service is
required to return merchandise. All merchandise
must be returned within 45 days from the invoice
date and be returned in original, unopened, and
resalable packaging.
Returns must meet Seller’s then-current
Minimum Return value and may be subject to a
then-current restock charge. See www.metro.
com/Terms for Metro’s current Minimum Return
value and restock charge.
Exceptions — Special orders of cut posts, made to
order dollies, cart covers, Designer Color product,
Configured Products, and custom or made-toorder Goods are not returnable (See Section 17).
4. Shipment and Delivery:
While Seller will use all reasonable commercial
efforts to maintain the delivery date(s)
acknowledged or quoted by Seller, all shipping
dates are approximate and not guaranteed. Seller
reserves the right to make partial shipments and
to segregate Configured Products and other
made-to-order Goods from normal stock Goods.
Seller, at its option, shall not be bound to tender
delivery of any Goods for which Buyer has not
provided shipping instructions and other required
information. If the shipment of the Goods is
postponed or delayed by Buyer for any reason,
Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller for any and
all storage costs and other additional expenses
resulting therefrom. Risk of loss and legal title
to the Goods shall transfer to Buyer for sales in
which the end destination of the Goods is outside
of the United States immediately after the Goods
have passed beyond the territorial limits of the
United States. For all other shipments, risk of loss
for damage and responsibility shall pass from
Seller to Buyer upon delivery to and receipt by
carrier at Seller’s shipping point. All shipments
are F.O.B. Seller’s shipping point. Any claims for
shortages or damages suffered in transit are the
responsibility of Buyer and shall be submitted
by Buyer directly to the carrier. Shortages or
damages must be identified and signed for at
the time of delivery. Order consolidation may
be available for an additional charge and Buyer
may contact Seller’s customer service for more
information.
5. Limited Warranty:
Subject to the limitations of Section 6, Seller
warrants that the Software will execute the
programming instructions provided by Seller
and that the Goods will be free from defects in
material and workmanship under normal use,
service and maintenance for a period of one (1)
year from the date of shipment of the Goods
by Seller, unless otherwise specified by Seller
in writing. Seller does not warrant that the
operation of the Software shall be uninterrupted
or error free. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH
IN THIS SECTION 5 AND THE WARRANTY SET
FORTH IN SECTION 7, ARE THE SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES GIVEN BY SELLER
WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS AND ARE IN LIEU
OF AND EXCLUDE ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION
OF LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHETHER OR NOT
THE PURPOSE OR USE HAS BEEN DISCLOSED
TO SELLER IN SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS OR
OTHERWISE, AND WHETHER OR NOT SELLER’S
PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED AND/
OR MANUFACTURED BY SELLER FOR BUYER’S USE
OR PURPOSE.
These warranties do not extend to any losses or
damages due to misuse, accident, abuse, neglect,
normal wear and tear, negligence (other than
Seller’s), unauthorized modification or alteration,
use beyond rated capacity, or improper
1.800.992.1776
•
installation, maintenance or application. To
the extent that Buyer or its agents has supplied
specifications, information, representation of
operating conditions or other data to Seller in
the selection or design of the Goods and the
preparation of Seller’s quotation, and in the
event that actual operating conditions or other
conditions differ from those represented by
Buyer, warranties or other provisions contained
herein which are affected by such conditions shall
be null and void.
If within thirty (30) days after Buyer’s discovery
of any warranty defects within the warranty
period, Buyer notifies Seller thereof in writing,
Seller shall, at its option, and as Buyer’s exclusive
remedy, repair, correct or replace F.O.B. point of
manufacture, or refund the purchase price for,
that portion of the goods found by Seller to be
defective.
Failure by Buyer to give such written notice
within the applicable time period shall be
deemed an absolute and unconditional waiver
of Buyer’s claim for such defects. All costs of
dismantling, reinstallation and freight and the
time and expense of Seller’s personnel and
representatives for site travel and diagnosis under
these warranties shall be borne by Buyer unless
accepted in writing by Seller. Goods repaired
or replaced during the warranty period shall be
covered by the foregoing warranty warranties
for the remainder of the original warranty period
or ninety (90) days from the date of shipment,
whichever is longer.
Buyer assumes all other responsibility for any loss,
damage, or injury to persons or property arising
out of, connected with, or resulting from the use
of Goods, either alone or in combination with
other products/components.
Section 5 applies to any entity or person who
may buy, acquire or use the Goods, including any
entity or person who obtains the Goods from
Buyer, and shall be bound by the limitations
therein, including Section 6. Buyer agrees to
provide such subsequent transferee conspicuous,
written notice of the provisions of Sections 5
and 6.
Buyer assumes all other responsibility for any loss,
damage, or injury to persons or property arising
out of, connected with, or resulting from the use
of Goods, either alone or in combination with
other products/components.
In addition to the above standard warranty, Seller
offers a MetroESP Parts-Only Extended Warranty
Option, a MetroESP Parts & Labor Extended
Warranty Option and MetroESP Preventive
Maintenance Option. To learn more about the
terms of these options, see Seller’s website
at www.metro.com/terms. If Buyer elects to
purchase a MetroESP Option, Buyer will be bound
to the terms and conditions, which are contained
on such website address, at the time of Buyer’s
order submission. Seller reserves the right to
change the terms of such MetroESP Options
at any time in its discretion; provided, that the
terms in effect at the time of Buyer’s order shall
remain the terms applicable to such order.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
237
terms and conditions
Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale
(continued)
6. Limitation of Remedy and Liability:
THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH
OF ANY WARRANTY HEREUNDER (OTHER THAN
THE WARRANTY PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 7)
SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR, CORRECTION OR
REPLACEMENT, OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE
PRICE UNDER SECTION 5.
SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES
CAUSED BY DELAY IN PERFORMANCE AND
THE REMEDIES OF BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS
AGREEMENT ARE EXCLUSIVE. IN NO EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE CLAIM
OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER BASED IN
CONTRACT, INFRINGEMENT, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY, OTHER TORT OR OTHERWISE),
SHALL SELLER’S LIABILITY TO BUYER AND/OR
ITS CUSTOMERS EXCEED THE PRICE PAID BY
BUYER FOR THE SPECIFIC GOODS PROVIDED BY
SELLER GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM OR CAUSE
OF ACTION. BUYER AGREES THAT IN NO EVENT
SHALL SELLER’S LIABILITY TO BUYER AND/OR ITS
CUSTOMERS EXTEND TO INCLUDE INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. The
term “consequential damages” shall include,
but not be limited to, loss of anticipated profits,
business interruption, loss of use, revenue,
reputation and data, costs incurred, including
without limitation, for capital, fuel, power and
loss or damage to property or equipment.
It is expressly understood that any technical
advice furnished by Seller with respect to the use
of the Goods is given without charge, and Seller
assumes no obligation or liability for the advice
given, or results obtained, all such advice being
given and accepted at Buyer’s risk.
7. Patents and Copyrights:
Subject to the limitations of the second
paragraph of Section 6, Seller warrants that the
Goods sold, except as are made specifically for
Buyer according to Buyer’s specifications, do
not infringe any valid U.S. patent or copyright
in existence as of the date of shipment. This
warranty is given upon the condition that
Buyer promptly notify Seller of any claim or
suit involving Buyer in which such infringement
is alleged and cooperate fully with Seller and
permit Seller to control completely the defense,
settlement or compromise of any such allegation
of infringement. Seller’s warranty as to use
patents only applies to infringement arising solely
out of the inherent operation according to Seller’s
specifications and instructions (i) of such Goods,
or (ii) of any combination of Goods acquired from
Seller in a system designed by Seller. In the event
such Goods are held to infringe such a U.S. patent
or copyright in such suit, and the use of such
Goods is enjoined, or in the case of a compromise
or settlement by Seller, Seller shall have the
right, at its option and expense, to procure for
Buyer the right to continue using such Goods,
or replace them with non-infringing Goods, or
modify same to become non-infringing, or grant
Buyer a credit for the depreciated value of such
Goods and accept return of them. In the event
of the foregoing, Seller may also, at its option,
cancel the agreement as to future deliveries of
such Goods, without liability.
238
1.800.992.1776
•
8. Excuse of Performance:
Seller shall not be liable for delays in performance
or for non-performance due to the following
(none of which is as a result of Seller’s negligent
or intentional conduct): acts of God, acts of
Buyer, war, riot, fire, flood, power surges, other
severe weather, sabotage, or epidemics; strikes
or labor disturbances; governmental requests,
restrictions, laws, regulations, orders or actions;
unavailability of or delays in transportation;
default of suppliers; or unforeseen circumstances
or any events or causes beyond Seller’s
reasonable control. If Seller determines that
its ability to supply the total demand for the
Goods is made impracticable due to causes
addressed in this Section 8, Seller may allocate
its available supply of the Goods or such material
(without obligation to acquire other supplies
of any such Goods or such materials) among
itself and its purchasers on such basis as Seller
determines to be equitable without liability for
any failure of performance which may result
therefrom. Deliveries suspended or not made by
reason of this section may be canceled by Seller
upon notice to Buyer without liability, but the
balance of the agreement shall otherwise remain
unaffected as a result of the foregoing.
or removal, nor prevent their use by Seller for
other purchasers, except as otherwise expressly
provided by Seller and Buyer in writing with
reference to this provision.
If Seller determines that its ability to supply the
total demand for the Goods, or to obtain material
used directly or indirectly in the manufacture
of the Goods, is hindered, limited or made
impracticable due to causes set forth in the
preceding paragraph, Seller may allocate its
available supply of the Goods or such material
(without obligation to acquire other supplies of
any such Goods or material) among its purchasers
on such basis as Seller determines to be equitable
without liability for any failure of performance
which may result therefrom.
14. General Provisions:
These terms and conditions supersede all other
communications, negotiations and prior oral
or written statements regarding the subject
matter of these terms and conditions. No
change, modification, rescission, discharge,
abandonment or waiver of these terms and
conditions shall be binding upon the Seller
unless made in writing and signed on its
behalf by a duly authorized representative of
Seller. No conditions, usage of trade, course
of dealing or performance, understanding or
agreement purporting to modify, vary, explain,
or supplement these terms and conditions shall
be binding unless hereafter made in writing
and signed by the party to be bound, and
no modification or additional terms shall be
applicable to this agreement by Seller’s receipt,
acknowledgment, or acceptance of purchase
orders, shipping instruction forms, or other
documentation containing terms at variance with
or in addition to those set forth herein. Any such
modifications or additional terms are specifically
rejected by Seller. No waiver by either party
with respect to any breach or default or of any
right or remedy, and no course of dealing, shall
be deemed to constitute a continuing waiver of
any other breach or default or of any other right
or remedy, unless such waiver be expressed in
writing and signed by the party to be bound. All
typographical or clerical errors made by Seller in
any quotation, acknowledgment or publication
are subject to correction.
9. Cancellation:
The Buyer may cancel orders only upon written
notice and upon payment to Seller of cancellation
or restocking charges which include, among
other things, all costs and expenses incurred
and commitments made by the Seller and a
reasonable profit thereon. Large requirements
of made-to-order products may require a noncancelable purchase order. Provided, however,
Buyer shall incur no costs for canceling orders
in which seller has not timely delivered. Once
ordered, MetroESP options may not be cancelled,
and are not refundable, in whole or part.
10. Changes:
Buyer may request changes or additions to the
Goods consistent with Seller’s specifications and
criteria. In the event such changes or additions
are accepted by Seller, Seller may revise the price
and delivery schedule.
Seller reserves the right to change designs and
specifications for the Goods without prior notice
to Buyer, except with respect to Goods being
made‑to‑order for Buyer.
11. Tooling:
Tool, die, and pattern charges, if any, are in
addition to the price of the Goods and are due
and payable upon completion of the tooling.
All such tools, dies and patterns shall be and
remain the property of Seller. Charges for tools,
dies, and patterns do not convey to Buyer, title,
ownership interests in, or rights to possession
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
12. Assignment:
Buyer shall not assign its rights or delegate
its duties hereunder or any interest therein or
any rights hereunder without the prior written
consent of the Seller, and any such assignment,
without such consent, shall be void.
13. Software:
Notwithstanding any other provision herein
to the contrary, Seller or applicable third
party licensor to Seller shall retain all rights of
ownership and title in its respective Software,
including without limitation all rights of
ownership and title in its respective copies of
such Software. Except as otherwise provided
herein, Buyer is hereby granted a nonexclusive,
non-transferable royalty free license to use the
Software incorporated into the Goods solely for
purposes of Buyer properly utilizing such Goods
purchased from Seller. All other Software shall
be furnished to, and used by, Buyer only after
execution of Seller’s (or the licensor’s) applicable
standard license agreement.
The validity, performance, and all other matters
relating to the interpretation and effect of this
agreement shall be governed by the law of
the State of Pennsylvania without regard to its
conflict of laws principles. Buyer and Seller agree
that the proper venue for all actions arising in
connection herewith shall be only in Pennsylvania
and the parties agree to submit to such
jurisdiction. No action, regardless of form, arising
out of transactions relating to this contract, may
be brought by either party more than two (2)
terms and conditions
Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale
(continued)
years after the cause of action has accrued. The
Convention for the International Sales of Goods
shall not apply to this agreement.
15. Buyer’s Compliance with Laws:
In connection with the transactions
contemplated by this agreement, Buyer is familiar
with and shall fully comply with all applicable
laws, regulations, rules and other requirements
of the United States and of any applicable
state, foreign and local governmental body in
connection with the purchase, receipt, use,
shipment, transfer and disposal of the Goods.
16. Export/Import:
Buyer agrees that all applicable import and
export control laws, regulations, orders and
requirements, including without limitation those
of the United States and the European Union, and
the jurisdictions in which the Seller and Buyer are
established or from which Goods and Services
may be supplied, will apply to their receipt
and use. In no event shall Buyer use, transfer,
release, import, export, Goods in violation of
such applicable laws, regulations, orders or
requirements.
17. Additional Terms & Conditions Expressly
Related to Configured Products*:
The following Terms and Conditions provided
expressly for Configured Products supersede
those stated for all other Goods of Seller.
Those situations not specifically addressed by
the following Configured Products Terms and
Conditions are governed by Seller’s standard
Terms and Conditions of Sale as provided above.
A. Configured Products — Order Change/
Cancellation Policy:
All order change requests must be requested
through Seller’s customer service. Changes/
cancellations requested within 7 workdays of
the scheduled ship date that will impact order
production, will incur, a then-current minimum
Change/Cancellation Fee, up to the full order
value, depending on the percentage of the order
completed. See www.metro.com/terms for
Metro’s Configured Products minimum order
Change/Cancellation Fee. Customer service will
relay percentage of order completed along with
the Change/Cancellation Fee amount. Prior to
Seller accepting the change, a revised purchase
order (including associated Fee) is required.
Orders for C5 cabinets with an “A” suffix are noncancellable and non-returnable.
1.800.992.1776
•
B. Configured Products — Return Policy
— ­Accessories are returnable at the sole
discretion of Seller.
• A Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA)
must be obtained through Seller’s customer
service prior to returning the product.
• All returns will be coordinated by Seller’s
customer service and return freight costs will
be charged back.
• All returns must be in original packaging,
unused and in saleable condition.
• All returns must be made within 45 days of
invoice date.
Returns must meet Metro’s then-current
Minimum Return Value and may be subject to a
then-current restock charge. See www.metro.
com/Terms for Metro’s current Minimum Return
Value and Configured Product Restock Charge.
*Configured Products apply to thermal holding and
transport cabinets, healthcare carts, point-of-care
workstations, automated dispensing products,
modular work centers, countertops, fixtures and
medication carts.
WWW.ME TRO.CO M
239
Product index
PRODUCT
Metro uses new ways to serve, inform
and better connect with you.
View the latest product
and application videos.
youtube.com/metrogrocery
youtube.com/metrolabsolutions
PAGE
Examples of 3D Product and Application Visualization
Looking for
high-touch services?
Metro can make everything
from application visualization
to custom packaging easy.
Professional Services Available:
• “Space Audits” to Maximize Your Storage Potential
• Product Planning and Room Layout
• Project Quoting and Management
• 3D Product and Application Visualization
• Custom Product Design and Engineering
• Product Prototyping and Samples
• Custom Packaging
PAGE
PRODUCT
PAGE
Side Load............................137
Tray Drying...........................28
Turn-Out Gear.................... 114
Wire Bun Pan......................137
Flexline.......................176-183
Carts
Autoclave...........................191
Basket..................................87
Benchside...........................151
Cleanroom Wire/Solid........166
Electronic Tray............158-160
Feed...................................192
Glassware...........................175
Kitting................................153
Lab..............................172-177
Lab Animal Research..........192
Liquid Chromatography.....174
PCB..............................156-161
Metal...........................184-185
Sanitation..........................167
Slanted Shelf................ 49, 135
Smart Tray...................158-160
Stem Caster............. 18, 39, 48
Tray....................................161
Utility
Accessories................... 85-86
Deep Ledge.........................86
Heavy Duty.................89, 142
MetroMax i...................19, 83
MetroMax Q..................19, 83
myCart Series............... 84-85
Standard Duty....................88
Wine...................................136
Frames
Dolly.....................................52
MetroMax . ..........................27
Three-Sided................... 27, 57
Reel Storage, SMT............. 154
Furniture, Lab
Starsys System........... 204-236
Security Trucks
and Units....................103-107
Grounding Cables..............155
Shelves
Basket.....................47, 87, 134
Cantilever.............46, 134, 202
Dunnage........................46, 71
Triangle..............................134
Caster Guide....................... 51
“Let us help manage
your space. Take
advantage of our layout
and design services.”
PRODUCT
Bench, Gowning................ 169
Casters
Antimicrobial.......................50
Cleanroom.........................167
Conductive........................152
Decorative...........................51
Electronic...........................152
High-Temperature.............190
Plate.....................................53
Polymer..........................18, 50
Stainless Steel........ 18, 50, 167
Stem............... 18, 50, 152, 190
Clean Tables, Perf Top....... 165
Computer Accessories........ 64
Counter Units...................... 67
Dollies
Made-To-Order....................52
Truck....................................52
Hangers
Extension Display................ 60
Garment Tube......................58
Rail.......................................57
Swing.................................. 60
HD qwikTRAK................ 92-95
High-Density Storage....92-100
Inventory Storage....... 141-144
Kits
ESD.....................................155
Solid Mat Overlay.................16
Merchandisers,
Slanted Shelf......................135
Posts
Designer....................... 43, 131
HD Super..............................70
MetroMax i...........................12
MetroMax 4..........................14
MetroMax Q.........................16
qwikSLOT...........................127
Super Erecta
SiteSelect..........35, 37, 42, 152
Printed Circuit
Board Handling
Accessories........................157
Hand-Held Carriers............157
PCB Carts....................156-161
Smart Tray System......158-160
Racks
Bootie/Shoe.......................169
Can.......................................26
Cleanroom Garment..........168
Drying..................................28
Dunnage.....................101-102
End Load............................137
Garment.....................168, 188
Gowning....................168, 188
Shelving
Appeal.........................124-125
Autoclave....................189-190
Convenience Pak................. 46
Designer....................... 43, 127
Drop Mat............................125
Erecta Shelf..........................69
HD Super........................ 70-71
Hi-Rise................................100
MetroMax i Polymer.............12
MetroMax 4..........................14
MetroMax Q Polymer
Wire Hybrid..........................16
Platform..................... 102, 131
qwikSLOT...........................123
Reel....................................154
Seismic........................108-109
Starter and
Add-On Units
MetroMax i.........................13
MetroMax Q........................17
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta.......................38
Super Erecta.................44-45
Super Adjustable
Super Erecta................... 36-39
Super Erecta Pro.............32-35
Super Erecta Shelf
— Solid............................66-68
Super Erecta Shelf
— Wire............................40-61
Shelving Accessories
Baskets..................... 27, 59, 60
Bins..............................62, 163
Bumpers........................ 51, 71
Clamps
Joining........................... 47, 68
Post...............................14, 47
1.800.992.1776
•
PRODUCT
PAGE
Color Identification Tubes.....61
Covers
Autoclave..........................191
Cart.....................................63
Dust....................................52
ESD Cart............................151
Dividers...... 22, 23, 55, 68, 129
Enclosure Panels............24, 56
Foot Plates................14, 47, 71
Floor Glides..........................47
Handles..........................19, 54
Hooks...........................58, 132
Inlays, Shelf..........................58
Keyboard Tray..................... 64
Label Holders........... 25, 35, 61
Ledges...................... 22, 23, 55
Leveling Feet........................47
Power Strip.......................... 64
Rods and Tabs......................57
“S” Hooks.......................38, 44
Shelf Markers.................25, 35
Slides........................26, 59, 68
Split Sleeves.........................47
Tote Boxes..........................162
Tow Bar Assembly............... 54
Wedge Connector......... 12, 14
Wire Management Clip....... 64
Smart Tray System......158-160
Starsys System........... 204-236
Table
Accessories........ 196, 199, 202
Tables......................... 194-202
Top-Track High-Density
Storage System.......93, 96-100
Tote Boxes......................... 162
Trucks
Super Erecta Shelf Dolly.......49
Wall Shelving
Brackets......................... 74-82
Erecta Shelf..........................81
MetroMax i...........................80
SmartWall G3..................74-79
Super Erecta Shelf.......... 81-82
Wine Merchandisers..........136
Worktables................ 194-202
WWW.METRO.CO M
2016
COMMERCIAL
PRODUCT CATALOG
U.S. Customer Service
Phone: 1.800.992.1776
Fax (PA): 1.800.638.9263
Fax: (CA): 1.800.638.3292
Canada Customer Service
Phone: 1.905.676.9890
Phone: 1.800.992.1776
Fax: 1.905.676.9262
Product
Information/Literature
(U.S. and Canada Only):
U.S./Canadian Toll-Free
Phone: 1.800.992.1776
Distribution Centers
California
9420 Santa Anita Ave
Cucamonga, CA 91730
International Sales/
Customer Service Offices
Asia/Pacific
Singapore
Phone: +65 6829 5300
Middle East/Africa/India
Dubai-United Arab Emirates
Phone: +971 4 811 8286
Fax: +971 4 886 5465
Europe
The Netherlands
Phone: +31 76 587 7550
Fax: +31 76 581 1313
Latin America
Mexico
Phone: +52 33 362 778 30
Pennsylvania
Thomas & Second Streets
Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705
Tennessee
3263 Elam Farms Parkway
Murfreesboro, TN 37127
Canada
Metropolitan Wire (Canada) LTD.
3160 Orlando Drive
Mississauga, Ontario
Canada L4V 1R5
InterMetro European
Distribution Center
Meerheide 47-51
5521 DZ Eersel
The Netherlands
www.metro.com
LO4-031NP 02/16
Information and specifications are subject to
change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.
© 2016 InterMetro Industries Corporation, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705
Corporate Headquarters
651 North Washington Street
Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705
Phone: 1.570.825.2741
Fax: 1.570.825.2852
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising